(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Handbook Of Indian Universities"

THE BOOK WAS 
DRENCHED 

TEXT LIGHT 
WITHIN THE BOOK 
ONLY 



a>> Ci 

( K. 00 ^ 

gOU_1 68395 gm 

^ CD ^0 xD 



<g 



Inter-University Board, India 



HANDBOOK 

OF 

INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

1938 



PRINTED AT 

id* BANGALORE PRESS, MYSORE ROAD 
BANGALORE CITY 



Intcr-UniversiU Board. India 



HANDBOOK OF 
INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

1938 



ISSUED BY 

THE SECRETARY, INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD, INDIA 
LUCKNOW 



PRINTED AT 

THE BANGALORE PRESS, MYSORE ROAD 
BANGALORE CITY 



FOREWORD. 



This is the seventh issue of the Handbook of Indian 
Universities published by the Inter-University Board, 
India, with the help of a special grant made for the 
purpose by the Government of India, Department of 
Education, Health and Lands. The Volume also contains 
information about other institutions in the country doing 
work of University standard. Particulars regarding 
copies of this as well as other publications of the Inter- 
University Board can be had from this office or from 
the Bangalore Press, Bangalore City. All communica- 
tions relating to this Handbook should be addressed to 
the Secretary, Inter-University Board, India. 



N. K. SlDHANTA, 

Secretary, 
10th November 1937. / Inter-University Board, India. 



LUCKNOW, \ Secretary, 

M 



INTRODUCTION. 



The first proposal for founding 1 a University in 
India was made by the Council of Education in Bengal 
in the year 1845, but was not accepted by the Board of 
Directors of the East India Company, who considered 
the scheme somewhat premature. The famous Despatch 
of Sir Charles Wood in 1854, soon after the renewal of 
the Charter of the East India Company in the previous 
year, brought the question once more to the front, as it 
demanded a scheme of Education for all India, far wider 
and more comprehensive than the Local or Supreme 
Government would have ventured to suggest. "Among" 
many subjects of importance/' proclaimed the epoch- 
making document, "none have a stronger claim to our 
attention than that of education. It is one of our most 
sacred duties to the nation, to be the means, as far as in 
us lies, of conferring upon the natives of India those vast 
moral and material blessings which flow from the general 
diffusion of useful knowledge and which India may 
under Providence derive from her connection with 
England." 

It was in accordance with this declared policy of 
the Government of India, that the foundations of Univer- 
sity education were laid in the country with the establish- 
ment of the Universities of Calcutta, Bombay and 
Madras in the year 1857, the necessary legislation 
incorporating them having been passed respectively on 
January 24th, July 18th and September 15th of the year. 
The jurisdiction of the Calcutta University, which at 
the beginning included practically all Northern India, 
was soon found to be unwieldy and it was therefore 
broken up by the establishment of two additional Uni- 
versities, the University of the Punjab which was 
founded in 1882 and the University of Allahabad which 
followed five vears later in 1887. 



VI 



These five Universities were found adequate for 
several years to meet the needs of the entire country in 
the matter of higher education, though many important 
events had happened during the interval. An Educa- 
tional Commission, presided over by Sir William Hunter, 
was appointed in 1882 "to enquire particularly into the 
manner in which effect has been given to the principles 
of the Despatch of 1854, and to suggest such measures 
as it may think desirable in order to the further carrying 
out of the policy laid clown". The deliberations of this 
Commission resulted in recommendations of a far-reach- 
ing nature with regard to the control of higher education 
in the country and the encouragement of private enter- 
prise in the matter of colleges, but no additions were 
made to the existing Universities. 

The next landmark in the history of Indian Univer- 
sities was the appointment, by Lord Curzon, of a 
Universities 1 Commission in the year 1902. The recom- 
mendations of the Commission were mainly in the 
direction of reforms in the constitutions of Universities, 
"that educational standards should be allowed a pre- 
dominant influence in them". An enactment for amend- 
ing the law relating to Universities in India came into 
effect on the 1st September 1904 and new Senates and 
Syndicates were formed in accordance with the provi- 
sions of the new code. This Act laid new responsibilities 
upon Universities as regards both their control of affiliat- 
ed colleges and their own teaching functions. 

The Universities of India were not originally 
teaching bodies, but the Act of 1904 specified the provi- 
sion of Instruction as one of their duties and gave them 
the power of appointing professors and lecturers, of 
holding and managing endowments and of erecting, 
equipping and maintaining University libraries, labo- 
ratories and museums. Though the bulk of the teaching 
continued to be in the affiliated colleges, a certain amount 
of higher instruction now began to be concentrated 
under University management. Assisted by grants 
from the Imperial Government and in a few cases by 
private endowments, some of the Universities were 



VII 



successful in the formation and maintenance of colleges 
for ordinary instruction, in the partial substitution of 
University for college teaching in the Mastership courses 
and in the organization of research and lectures of 
general interest. 

The resolution of the Government of India on 
Indian Educational Policy issued in 1913 drew attention 
not only to the need for additional Universities in India, 
but also for university organizations of a better type. 
"At present," the Resolution observed, "there are only 
five Indian Universities for 185 arts and professional 
colleges in British India besides several institutions in 
Native States. The day is probably far distant when 
India will be able to dispense altogether with the affili- 
ating University. But it is necessary to restrict the 
area over which affiliating Universities have control by 
securing, in the first instance, a separate University for 
each of the leading provinces in India and secondly, 
to create new local teaching and residential Universities 
within each of the provinces in harmony with the best 
modern opinion as to the right road to educational effici- 
ency". It is interesting to note that the country was 
soon to benefit by activities in both these directions. 

If the earlier Universities of India were started, 
more or less entirely, under official auspices, there were 
soon to be two new Universities in the country to serve 
the special needs of the Hindus and Muhammadans, 
founded largely by the efforts of the leaders of the two 
communities themselves, though aided by the Govern- 
ment and established by Acts of Legislature like the first 
models. The Benares Hindu University came into exis- 
tence in 1916 and the Aligarh Muslim University in 
1920. The primary aim of the former is to preserve 
"the best thought of the culture of the Hindus and all 
that was good and great in the ancient civilization of 
India," though admission is not restricted to Hindus 
only and though it has extensive departments of modern 
learning in Arts as well as in Science, including Engineer- 
ing, Mining and Metallurgy, and Agriculture. The 
aims of the Aligarh Muslim University are on similar 



Vlll 



lines, though it is also open, like the Benares Hindu 
University, to students of all communities and has all 
the usual departments of a modern University. The 
provision of faculties of Oriental Learning- and religious 
instruction is a special feature of these institutions. It 
is only necessary to add that both of these Universities 
were based on earlier foundations, the Central Hindu 
College of Mrs. Annie Resant at Benares and the 
Muhammadan Anglo-Oriental College of Sir Syed 
Ahmed at Aligarh. 

The rapid progress of higher education in Indian 
States was responsible for the foundation of the Uni- 
versity of Mysore in 1916 and the Osmania University 
of Hyderabad-Deccan in 1918. A noteworthy feature 
of the latter is that all teaching in non-language subjects 
is through Urdu, the language of the State, though the 
courses have recently been made to include even such 
technical subjects as Medicine and Engineering. 

The constitution of Bihar and Orissa into a separate 
province resulted in the formation of an additional 
University at Patna in 1917. 

The Calcutta University Commission presided over 
by Sir Michael Sadler, which deliberated from 1917 to 
1919, was responsible for considerable activity in the 
University world of India. One of its primary recom- 
mendations was that Universities should be relieved of 
their Intermediate work so that they might be able to 
concentrate attention on real University teaching and 
the advancement of higher learning. The movement for 
the establishment of unitary and residential Universities 
which were also strongly advocated by the Commission 
received great impetus and several Universities were 
formed in the years immediately following the report, 
largely on the new lines recommended which had also 
already been adopted by Benares and Mysore in 1916. 
Reference has already been made to the Aligarh Muslim 
University which was founded in 1920. A University 
was also established in the same year at Rangoon to 
satisfy the aspirations of Burma. The University of 



IX 



Lucknow was incorporated in December 1920. The 
University of Dacca came into existence on the 1st July 
1921. The Imperial Capital of Delhi had a University 
of its own by Act VII of 1922. The Central Provinces 
which had to be content till now with the affiliation of 
its colleges to the University of Allahabad obtained a 
new University of their own at Nagpur in 1923. 

Though the recommendations of the Calcutta Uni- 
versity Commission have not been given effect to in any 
substantial manner in the University of Calcutta for 
which they were primarily intended, they have been 
responsible for many changes in the organization of 
higher education in the United Provinces. After the 
foundation of the unitary, teaching and residential 
Universities of Benares, Aligarh and Lucknow, the 
constitution of Allahabad was also changed in 1922 into 
a University of the same type, though the associated 
colleges continued to be controlled by it till July 1927. 
The formation of the Agra University during the year, 
however, freed Allahabad completely from its external 
jurisdiction and it is now functioning entirely as a Uni- 
versity of the unitary type. Incidentally, this has 
furnished the people of Agra with a separate University 
of their own, though it has also, at present, to cater to 
the needs of Rajputana and Central India. 

Another notable feature in connection with the 
Universities in the United Provinces is that except in 
the case of Aligarh and Benares, Intermediate education 
has been removed from their control, with the formation 
of a separate Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education for the purpose in 1921, established by a 
special Act of the Legislature, in accordance with one 
of the most important recommendations of the Calcutta 
University Commission, the only other University in 
India which has also embodied the reform .being the 
University of Dacca. The colleges of Rajputana and 
Central India also, it may be observed in passing, have 
only their degree classes affiliated to the University of 
Agra, while the Intermediate classes are controlled by 
the Board of High School and Intermediate Education 



for Rajputana (including Ajmer-Merwara), Central 
India and Gwalior established in 1929. 

As was only to be expected, the establishment of 
Universities of a newer type could not but exercise 
considerable influence on the older Universities. The 
University of Calcutta may be said to have entered upon 
an entirely new chapter in her history with the Indian 
Universities Act of 1904, and the constitution has also 
been amended, more than once, since that date. It has 
now extensive and well-established teaching departments, 
though it also continues to be the largest affiliating 
University in India and the Empire. The University 
of Bombay underwent complete reorganization by the 
Act of 1928, which reduced the proportion of the nomi- 
nated to the elected members of the Senate and enabled 
various popular interests to be represented on it. By 
the new Act, the executive functions of the University 
are carried on by the Syndicate, while the academic work 
is looked after by the Academic Council. In the case 
of the University of Madras, the Indian Universities 
Act of 1904 has been superseded by the Madras Uni- 
versity Act of 1923, with a view to establishing a 
teaching and residential University at Madras, while 
enabling the University to exercise due control over the 
quality of the teaching given by colleges which are to 
constitute the University or are affiliated to it. This 
Act has again been amended by Act XII of 1929. 

The University of the Panjab has also been chang- 
ing in its duties and responsibilities since the year 1919. 
Honours teaching in every subject is now directly under 
the control of the University which also administers the 
Oriental, Law and Commerce Colleges. The University 
has also attempted in some measure to co-ordinate the 
teaching in the colleges at Lahore. The future of 
University education in the Panjab has been recently 
subjected "to a close scrutiny by the Pan jab University 
Enquiry Committee (1932-33) with Sir George Ander- 
son as Chairman, but no action has yet been taken on 
their report. 



XI 



The year 1926 witnessed important University deve- 
lopments in the Madras Presidency with the establish- 
ment of the Andhra University for the special needs of 
the Telugu people in the North, the headquarters of the 
University having- been settled after prolonged contro- 
versy to be located at Waltair. The youngest University 
in the country is the Annamalai University of Anna- 
malainagar at Chidambaram in Southern India which 
began to function in July 1929 and which was rendered 
possible by the princely generosity of the Hon'ble Raja 
Sir Annamalai Chetty who gave a donation of twenty 
lakhs of rupees for the purpose in addition to the 
buildings, equipment and property of the Annamalai 
College founded some years earlier by him at the same 
place. 

N. K. SIDHANTA, 

IvUCKNOW, 1 Secretary, 

10th November 1937.} Inter-University Board, India, 



CONTENTS. 



PACKS 

The Inter-University Board, India . . . . xv-xvi 

Agra University .. .. .. .. 1 17 

Ab'garh Muslim University . . . . . . 18 -30 

Allahabad University . . . . . . . . 31 19 

Anclhra University . . . . . . . . 5081 

Annamalai University, Annamalainagar . . . . 82 92 

Benares Hindu University .. .. .. 93-119 

Bombay University .. .. .. .. 120-150 

Calcutta .. .. .. . . 151-1 ( >3 

Dacca ., .. .. .. .. 194-216 

Delhi .. .. .. .. 217-233 

Lucknow . . . . . . . . 234-256 

Madras .. .. .. .. 257-293 

Mysore .. .. .. .. 294-335 

Nagpur .. .. .. .. 336-360 

Osmania . . . . . . . . 361-397 

The Panjab .. .. .. .. 398-437 

Patna .. .. .. .. 438-464 

Rangoon .. .. .. .. 465-489 

Appendices : 

I. Bhanclarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona -490-492 

II. Hose Research Institute, Calcutta . . . . 493-495 
III. Fou-st Research Institute and College, 

Dchra Dun . . . . . . . . 496-497 

IV. Harcourt Butler Technological Institute, 

United Provinces, Cawnpore . . . . 498-499 

V. Imperial Agricultural Research Institute, 

New Delhi . . . . . . . . 50O-502 

VI. Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore .. 503-504 
VII. Indian Institute of Philosophy, Amalner, 

Eaht Khandesh . . . . . . 505 



XIV 

PAGES 

VIII. Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad .. 506-509 

IX. Serampore College .. .. .. 510-513 

X. Sreemathi Nathibai Damodher Thackersey 

Indian Women's University, Poona . . 514518 

XL Thomason College of Civil Kngineering, 

Koorkee .. .. . . " .. 519-521 

XII. Visva-Bharati .. .. .. .. 522-526 

Index 527-545 



THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD, INDIA. 



The need for co-ordination in the work of the Universities 
in India was expressed by the Calcutta University Commission in 
their Report, and in 1921, acting on a resolution passed by the 
Congress of the Universities of the Empire, the Indian Delegates 
to the Congress passed a resolution recommending to the Uni- 
versities of India, that an Association or a Committee of 
Representatives of different Indian Universities be formed, with 
the object of dealing with questions affecting their mutual and 
common interests. It was suggested in particular that such an 
association if formed should go into the question of certain 
difficulties which might arise owing to the conditions of admission 
of students to certain courses and examinations of the Universities 
of the United Kingdom not being suited to the qualifications 
which students from Indian Universities could present. The 
Lytton Committee on Indian students in England also hoped 
that the Indian University authorities would take steps at an early 
date to establish an Inter-University Board for the purpose of 
co-ordinating the courses of study in India and securing uniformity 
in their recognition abroad. The Indian Universities* Conference 
held at Simla, in May 1924, passed a resolution unanimously 
recommending to the Universities that it was desirable that an 
Inter-University organization should be established. The func- 
tions assigned to it were the following : 

(i) To act as an Inter-University Organization and Bureau 

of Information ; 

(ii) To facilitate an exchange of professors; 
(iii) To serve as an authorized channel of communication 

and facilitate co-ordination of University work; 
(iv) To appoint or recommend, where necessary, a com- 
mon representative of India at an Imperial or 
International Conference on Higher Education ; 
(v) To assist Indian Universities in obtaining recognition 
for their degrees, diplomas and examinations in 
other Universities; 
(vi) To act as an Appointments' Bureau for Indian 

Universities ; 

(vii) To fulfil such other duties as may be assigned to it 
from time to time by the Indian Universities. 

A Provisional Committee consisting of representatives of 
the Universities was also appointed to discuss ways and means 
and other preliminaries with regard to the formation of this 



XVI 

Board. It prepared an estimate of probable expenditure amount- 
ing to Rs. 24,000 per annum; and suggested that each of the 
fifteen Universities then in existence in India should guarantee 
an annual contribution of a maximum amount of Rs. 1,600* for 
a term of three years with effect from 1st April 1925, and that 
an advance payment of not less than Rs. 100 should be made 
by each University on 1st February 1925, to meet certain preli- 
minary expenses. Twelve Universities agreed to join the Board 
and made a preliminary contribution. Their representatives met 
at Bombay in March 1925 to consider the Agenda, which had 
been prepared in this instance by the Education Department of 
the Government of India. The Agenda included questions relating 
to the future organization and work of the Board as well as a 
number of references made in advance to the Inter-University 
organization by the Universities' Conference held at Simla. The 
first annual meeting was held at Delhi in February 1926. Since 
then the Board has met every year: at Benares in February 1927,. 
at Madras in February 1928, at Patna in February 1929, at 
Dacca in March 1930, at Mysore in February 1931, at Lahore in 
March 1932, at Hyderabad in February 1933, at Delhi in March 
1934, at Calcutta in February 1935, at Aligarh in February 1936, 
at Nagpur in February 1937 and at Allahabad in December 1937. 
All the Universities in India are now members of the Board. 

Besides the annual meetings attended by the representatives 
nominated to the Board by the Universities of India, the Board 
is also holding larger quinquennial Conferences of delegates from 
all the Universities. Apart from the first Conference held at 
Simla in May, 1924, prior to the establishment of the Inter- 
University Board, the second Conference of Indian Universities 
was held at Delhi in October, 1929, opened by His Excellency 
Lord Irwin, Viceroy and Governor-General of India, and the 
third Conference was held at Delhi in March, 1934, opened 
by His Excellency Lord Willingdon. 

N. K. SIDHANTA, 

LUCKNOW, ) Secretary, 

10th November 1937. } Inter-University Board, India* 



* It was found necessary to call for a contribution of Rs. 1,000 only 
from each constituent University. Since 1932 the contribution from each 
University has been reduced to Rs. 750 per annum. 



THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD, INDIA. 



List of Representatives, 1937-38. 

1. Dr. C. R. Reddy, M.A. (Cantab.), Hon. p.ijtt., M.I,.C., Vice- 

Chancellor, Andhra University, Waltair (Chairman). 

2. The Rt. Hon'ble Sir Akbar Hydari, Nawab Hyder Nawaz 

Jung Bahadur, B.A., U,.D., Chancellor, Osmania University, 
Hyderabad (Deccan) (Chairman: 1926-27). 

3. Pandit Amaranatha Jha, M.A., Professor of English, Allaha- 

bad University, Allahabad (Chairman: 1936-37). 

4. Diwan Bahadur S. E. Runganadhan, M.A., L.T., Vice- 

Chancellor, Madras University, Madras. 

5. Rajakaryapravina N. S. Subba Rao, M.A. (Cantab.), Bar- 

at-Law, Vice-Chancellor, Mysore University, Mysore. 

6. Prof. A. C. Sen Gupta, M.A. (Edin.), Principal, Morris. 

College, Nagpur. 

7. Dr. R. P. Paranjpye, M.A., B.SC., D.SC., Vice-Chancellor^ 

Lucknow University, Lucknow. 

8. Syamaprasad Mookerjee, Esq., M.A., B.I,., Barrister-at-Law, 

M.L.A., Vice-Chancellor, Calcutta University, Calcutta. 

9. Rai Bahadur Ram Kishore, B.A., U,.B., Vice-Chancellor, 

Delhi University, Delhi. 

10. Prof. A. B. A. Haleem, B.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law, Pro- 

Vice-Chancellor, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. 

11. Dr. P. Basu, M.A., Ph.D., B.I,., Vice-Chancellor, Agra Uni- 

versity, and Principal, Holkar College, Indore. 

12. The Rt. Hon'ble V. S. Srinivasa Sastri, p.c., C.H., LL.D., 

Vice-Chancellor, Annamalai University, Annamalainagar. 

13. Dr. G. Matthai, M.A., SC.D. (Cantab.), F.R.S.E., i.E.s., Dean 

of University Instruction, University of the Panjab, 
Lahore. 

14. V. N. Chandavarkar, Esq., B.A. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, 

Vice-Chancellor, Bombay University, Bombay. 

15. Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, B.A., U,.B V Vice-Chancellor, 

Benares Hindu University, Benares. 

16. Dr. Sachchidananda Sinha, D.Litt, Barrister-at-Law, M.L.A.,. 

Vice-Chancellor, Patna University, Patna. 

17. Dr. R. C. Mazumdar, M.A., ph.D., Vice-Chancellor, Dacca 

University, Ramna, Dacca. 
J. E. Parkinson, Esq., M.A., i.E.s v Educational Commissioner 

with the Government of India, New Delhi. 
Prof. N. K. Sidhanta, M.A. (Cantab.), Professor of English, 

Lucknow University, Lucknow (Secretary). 



XV111 

Succession List of Chairmen of the Inter-University Board, India. 

1. The Rev. E. M. Macphail, M.A., D.D., C.I.E., C.B.E., Vice- 

Chancellor, Madras University, Madras (1925). 

2. The Rt. Hon'ble Dr. Sir Akbar Hydari, Nawab Hyder 

Nawaz Jung Bahadur, B.A., LL.D., Finance Member, Execu- 
tive Council, and Member, University Council, Osmania 
University, Hyderabad (Deccan) (1925-27). 

3. Sir R. Venkataratnam Naidu, Kt., M.A., Vice-Chancellor, 

Madras University, Madras (1927-28). 

4. Prof. A. C. Woolner, M.A., c.i.tf., Vice-Chancellor, The 

Pan jab University, Lahore (192&-30). 

5. Principal A. B. Dhruva, M.A., IJ,.B., i.E.s. (Retired), Pro- 

Vicc-Chanccllor, Benares Hindu University, Benares 
(1930-31). 

6. The Rev. Dr. W. S. Urquhart, M.A., D.i v itt., D.D., D.I,., Prin- 

cipal, Scottish Church College, Calcutta (1931-32). 

7. Diwan Bahadur Sir K. Ramunni Menon, xt., M.A. (Cantab.), 

Vice-Chancellor, Madras University, Madras (1932-33). 

8. Prof. G. H. Langley, M.A., I.E.S., Vice-Chancellor, Dacca 

University, Ramna, Dacca (1933-34). 

9. Prof. P. A. Wadia, M.A., Bombay University, Bombay 

(1934-35). 

10. R. Littlehailes, Esq., M.A., c.i.iC., Vice-Chancellor, Madras 

University, Madras (1935-36). 

11. Pandit Amaranatha Jha, M.A., Professor of English, Allaha- 

bad University, Allahabad (1936-37). 

12. Dr. C. R. Reddy, M.A. (Cantab.), non. n.Litt., M.I,.C., Vice- 

Chancellor, Andhra University, Waltair (1937-38). 

Succession List of Secretaries of the Inter-University Board, India. 

1. N. S. Subba Rao, EMJ., M.A. (Cantab.), Barrister-at-Law, 

University Professor of Economics and Principal, Maha- 
raja's College, Mysore (1925-27). 

2. P. Seshadri, Esq., M.A.. Dean, Faculty of Commerce, Agra 

University, and Principal and Senior Professor of English 
Literature, Sauatan Dharma College, Cawnpore (1927-32). 

3. A. R. Wadia, Esq., B.A. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, Professor 

of Philosophy, Mysore University, Mysore (1932-37). 

4. N. K. Sidhanta, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.), Dean, Faculty of 

Arts and Professor of English, Lucknow University, Luck- 
now (since 1937). 



PUBLICATIONS 

OF 

THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD 
INDIA 

Price 
Rs. A. P. 

1. Handbook of Indian Univer- 

sities 2 

2. Faciiities for Oriental or 3 *~ 6cL 

Studies and Research at 

Indian Universities 8 | 

3. Facilities for Scientific Re- 

search at Indian Univer- 
sities 12 

4. Bulletin of the Inter-Univer- 

sity Board, India, Nos. 1 to 13 1 each 

5. Biological Outlook on Life 

and its Problems. By 

J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., 
LL.D., Regius Professor of 
Natural History, University 
of Aberdeen - 2 

6. Third Conference of Indian 

Universities . . ..100 

7. Training of Teachers in 

Indian Universities ..080 

8. Annual Report of the Inter- 

University Board for '36-37 1 

9. Bibliography of Doctorate 

Theses in Science and Arts 
accepted by Indian Univer- 
sities from January, 1930 080 

POSTAGE AND V. P. CHARGES EXTRA 

Available from : 

The Bangalore Press 

" Lake View ", Mysore Road 

Bangalore City 

^JSJOZm^II^ 











LONGMANS, GREEN & Co. Ltd. 

PUBLISHERS 

have their own offices at 

Chittaranjan Avenue, CALCUTTA 

53, Nicol Road, BOMBAY 
and 36A, Mount Road, MADRAS 

where they hold stock of their own publications 
and those of the following firms, for whom they are 
agents : 

GEORGE PHILIP & SON Ltd. 



EDWMtfD ARNOLD & Co. 

UNIVERSITY OF LONDON PRESS Ltd. 

G. BELL & SONS Ltd. 

THE HOME UNIVERSITY LIBRARY. 

McDOUGALL'S EDUCATIONAL Co. Ltd. 

Wm. COLLINS SONS & Co. Ltd. 

THE MAPOGRAPH COMPANY Ltd. 



and THE ENGLISH UNIVERSITIES PRESS Ltd. 



^(T 




Agra University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The Agra University was brought into existence on the 
1st of July 1927 by an Act of the Legislature of the United 
Provinces of Agra and Oudh, for the purpose of affiliating the 
Colleges associated with the University of Allahabad, as re- 
organized by the Allahabad University Act, 1921, so as to set 
the University of Allahabad free to function as a unitary, 
teaching and residential University by relieving it of the 
responsibility of controlling the quality and character of teach- 
ing given in its name by the associated colleges (situated 
outside the territorial area of 10 miles' radius from the Convo- 
cation Hall of the University), and placing such responsibility 
upon an affiliating University at Agra. 

The jurisdiction of the University extends over the United 
Provinces of Agra and Oudh, Central India and Rajputana. 

Officers of the University. 

VISITOR. 

His Excellency the Most Hon'ble the Marquess of IJnlithgow. 
P.C., Kt., G.C.S.I., G.C.I.E., O.B.E., D.I,., T.D., 

Viceroy and Governor-General of India (Ex-officio). 

CHANCELLOR. 
His Excellency Sir Harry Graham Haig, 

M.A., K. c.s.i v C.I.E., J.P., i.c.s., 
Governor of the United Provinces (E.v-officio). 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Dr. Prafullachandra Basu, M.A., Ph.D., B.I,. 

REGISTRAR. 
Pandit Shyam Sundar Sharma, M.A. 

DEANS OF THE FACULTIES. 

Arts . . Mr. S. C. Chatterji, M.A., Principal, 

Christ Church College, Cawnpore. 

Science . . Mr. Hari Prasad, B.A., B.SC., F.c.s., 

Vice-Principal, Government College, 
Ajmer. 



2 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Law . . Rai Bahadur Babu Brijendra Swarup r 

B.A., LL.B., Civil Lines, Cawnpore. 

Commerce . . Mr. Kalka Prasad Bhatnagar, M.A., U,.B... 

D. A.-V. College, Cawnpore. 

Agriculture . . Mr. P. K. Dey, M.SC., I.A.S., Principal 

Agricultural College, Cawnpore. 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities of the University are 

The Senate, the Executive Council, the Academic Board*,, 
the Board of Inspection, and the Faculties of Arts, Science, 
Law, Commerce and Agriculture. The Senate is the supreme 
Governing Body of the University, and the Executive Council 
the Executive Body; the Academic Board advises the Execu- 
tive Council on academic matters; and the Board of Inspection- 
is responsible for the periodical inspection of affiliated colleges. 
Each Faculty constitutes its Boards of Studies, whose reports- 
regarding the courses of study it considers and forwards to the 
Academic Board with its own recommendations. 



Teaching and Affiliated Colleges. 

There are at present sixteen college3 affiliated to the Uni- 
versity, a list of which is given below. The University has na 
teaching staff v of its own, but teaching is carried on at present 
in the affiliated colleges, which have their own staff. 

Under the Allahabad University Act, 1921 [Section 7(5)] y 
the affiliated colleges were not allowed to maintain Intermediate 
classes for the purpose of preparing students for admission ta 
the University, beyond a period of five years from the commence- 
ment of. the Allahabad University Act, 1921, save with the 
previous sanction of the Local Government and for such period 
as the Local Government may direct, but under the Agra Uni- 
versity Act (Section 39) this restriction on the maintenance of 
the Intermediate classes has been removed and it no longer 
applies to the affiliated colleges of the University, which are per- 
mitted to maintain or comprise classes, also in preparation for 
the Intermediate or Commercial Diploma Examination of the 
Board of High School and Intermediate Education of the United 
Provinr^s or of Rajputana, C. I. and Gwalior. The University, 
however, exercises control over the quality and the character of 
teaching given in the degree and post-graduate classes only, and 
not in the Intermediate classes in the affiliated colleges which is- 
the special feature of the Agra University Act. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 



o ^-- ^ - -Q > 

Agra. (Principal: Mr. 
F. J. Fielden, M.A.) 



2. St. John's Col- 
lege, Agra. (Princi- 
pal: Rev, T. D. Sully, 

M.A.) 



Name of College with Subject and Examinations for which each 
name of Principal. College is recognised by the University. 

(NoTK. "Recognition" does not necessarily mean that classes are ac- 
tually being held in all the subjects, for which recognition has been granted.) 

1. Agra College, Faculty of Arts. M.. A. in Philosophy, 

English, History, Sanskrit, Arabic, 
Persian, Hindi, Economics and Mathe- 
matics; B.A. in English, History, 
Economics, Philosophy, Sanskrit, Per- 
sian, Hindi, Urdu, Mathematics, Mili- 
tary Science and Political Science. 
Faculty of Science. M.Sc: in Physics, 
Chemistry, Zoology, Botany and 
Mathematics; B.Sc. in Mathematics, 
Physics, Chemistry, Zoology, Botany 
and Military Science. 
Faculty of Law. LL.B. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, 
Philosophy, Economics, History, 
Mathematics, Sanskrit, Arabic, Per- 
sian and Hindi; B.A. in English, 
History, Economics, Philosophy, 
Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Mathema- 
tics, Hindi, Urdu, Geography and 
Military Science. 

Faculty of Science. M.Sc. in Physics, 
Chemistry, Zoology, Botany and 
Mathematics; B.Sc. in Mathematics, 
Physics, Chemistry, Zoology, Botany 
and Military Science. 

Faculty of Commerce. B.CoM. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, 
History, Philosophy, Sanskrit^ Persian 
and Mathematics; B.A. in English, 
History, Philosophy, Economics, Sans- 
krit, Persian and Mathematics. 

Faculty of Science. M.Sc. in Mathe- 
matics; B.Sc. in Mathematics, Chem- 
istry and Physics^ 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, 
History, Philosophy, Persian, Sans- 
krit, Economics, Political Science and 
Mathematics; B.A. in English, His- 
tory, Philosophy, Persian, Sanskrit, 
Economics, Mathematics, * Arabic, 
Hindi, Urdu, Political Science and 
Military Science. 



3. Maharaja's Col- 
lege, Jaipur. (Princi- 
pal: Mr. M. R. Oak, 

M.A.) 



4. Meerut College, 
Meerut. (Principal: 
Col. T. F. O'Donnell, 

Jtf.C., V.D., B.A.) 



HANDBOOK OK INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Name of College^ until 
name of Principal. 



5'. Christian Col- 
lege, Indore. (Princi- 
pal: Rev. A. A. Scott, 

M.A., B.D.) 

6. Holkar College, 
Indore. (Principal: 
Dr. P. Basu, M.A., 
Ph.D., B.IV.) 



7. S. D. College, 
Cawnpore. (Princi- 
pal: Mr. H. K. Bhat- 
tacharyya, M.A.) 



8. Bareilly Col- 
lege, Bereilly. (Prin- 
cipal: Mr. A. C. 
Dutt, M.A.) 



9. Government 
College, A'jmer. 

(Principal : Mr. P. 
Seshadri, M.A.) 



10. D. A.-V. Col- 
lege, Cawnpore. 
(Principal: L-al a 
Diwan Chand, M.A.) 



in 



English, 
History and 



Subject and Examinations for ivhich each 
College is recognised by the University- 

Faculty of Science. M.Sc. in Mathema- 
tics ; B.vSc. in Physics, Chemistry, 
Mathematics and Military Science. 

Faculty of Laiv. LL.B. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in Philosophy; 
B.A. in English, Philosophy, Sanskrit, 
Persian, History, Economics and! 
Mathematics. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, 
Economics and History; B.A. in Eng- 
lish, Economics, History, Sanskrit, 
Hindi, Mathematics, Philosophy, Per- 
sian and Marathi. 

Faculty of Science. M.Sc. in Chemistry; 
B.Sc. in Mathematics, Physics and 
Chemistry. 

Faculty of Law. LL.B. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. 

Economics, Sanskrit, 

Hindi; B.A. in English, Mathematics, 

Economics, History, Sanskrit, Hindi 

and Political Science. 
Faculty of Lazv. LL.B. 
Faculty of Commerce. B.CoM. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, 
Economics and Mathematics; B.A. in 
English, Philosophy, Economics, His- 
tory, Mathematics, Sanskrit, Persian, 
Hindi and Urdu. 

Faculty of Science. M.Sc. in Mathema- 
tics ; B.Sc. in Mathematics, Physics 
and Chemistry. 

Faculty of Law. LL.B. 

Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Sanskrit, History, Philosophy, Arahic, 
Persian, Economics and Mathematics. 

Faculty of Science. B.Sc. in Mathema- 
tics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany and 
Zoology. 

Faculty of Arls. M.A in Philosophy, 
and Economics; B.A. in English, His- 
tory, Hindi, Sanskrit, Persian, Econo- 
mics, Philosophy, Mathematics and 
Political Science. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 



Name of College with 
name of Principal. 



11. Victoria Col- 
lege, Gwalior. (Prin- 
cipal: Mr. H. M. 
Bull, M.A.) 



12. St. Andrew's 
College, Gorakhpur. 
(Principal : Rev. K. C. 
Dewick, M.A.) 

13. Christ Church 
College, Cawnpore. 
(Principal: Mr. S. C. 
Chatterji, M.A.) 



Subject and Examinations jor which each 
College is recognised by the University. 

Faculty of Science. B.Sc. in Mathema- 
tics, Physics and Chemistry. 
Faculty of Law. LL/.B. 
Faculty of Commerce. B.CoM. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English 
and Economics; B.A. in English, 
Philosophy, History, Economics, 
Arabic, Persian, Mathematics, Sans- 
krit, Marathi, Hindi and Political 
Science. 

Faculty of Science. B.Sc. in Mathema- 
tics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany and 
Zoology. 

Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Persian, Sanskrit, Philosophy, His- 
tory, Mathematics and Economics. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in Political 
Science and Mathematics; B.A. in 
English, Philosophy, History, Eco- 
nomics, Mathematics, Persian, Sans- 
krit, Hindi and Political Science. 

Faculty of Science. M.Sc. in Mathema- 
tics. 

Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Philosophy, Mathematics, Economics, 
History, Hindi and Sanskrit. 

Facility of Agriculture. B.Sc. (Ac.). 



14. Jaswant Col- 
lege, jodhpur. (Prin- 
cipal'. Mr. P. P. 
Shahani, M.A.) 

15. Agricultural 
College, Cawnpore. 
(Principal : Mr. P. K. 
Dey, M.SC., T.A.S.) 

16. Dungar Col- 
lege, Bikaner. (Prin- 
cipal: Mr. M. N. 
Tolani, M.A.) 

Detailed information regarding the staff, the hostels attached 
to the colleges, libraries, laboratories and museums, fees, 
freeships, prizes and medals, bursaries and scholarships can be 
obtained from the prospectus of each college, or by correspondence 
with the Principal. 



Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
History, Economics, Philosophy, 
Mathematics, Sanskrit and Hindi. 



6 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Degrees, Admission to Examinations and Courses of Study. 
Degrees. 

In the Faculty of Arts, the University grants at present 
the B.A., M.A. and D.LiTT. degrees; and in the Faculty of 
ScicMicc the B.Sc., M.Sc. and D.Sc. degrees. The Professional 
degrees are the B.Sc. (Pharm.) in the Faculty of Science, the 
Master of Laws and the Bachelor of Laws in the Faculty of Law, 
the Bachelor of Commerce in the Faculty of Commerce and the 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture in the Faculty of Agriculture. 

Admission to Examinations and Period of Study. 

ARTS AND SCIENCE. 

Courses of study for the Bachelor's degree in Arts or in 
Scince extend over a period of two academic years and only 
those candidates are admitted to the examinations, which are 
held at the end of the second academical year who, after passing 
(0 the Intermediate Examination of the Board of High School 
and Intermediate Education, United Provinces or of the Board 
of High School and Intermediate Education for Rajputana 
(including Ajmer-Merwara), Central India and Owalior or of 
an Indian University incorporated hy any law for the time 
being in force, or (u) the Higher School Certificate Examina- 
tion conducted hy the Syndicate of the Cambridge University, 
have attended a regular course of study in an affiliated college. 

The courses of study for the Master's degree in Arts as 
well as in Science extend over a period of two years and there 
are two examinations, vis., the Previous Examination and the 
Final Examination. The Previous Examination is held at the 
end of the first year and only those candidates are allowed to 
appear at the examination who, after taking the Bachelor's 
degree of the University (in Arts or in Science, as the case may 
be) or a corresponding Bachelor's degree of an Indian Univer- 
sity incorporated hy any law for the time being in force, have 
completed a regular course of study in an affiliated college for 
one academical year. A candidate is not admitted to the Final 
Examination for the degree of Master of Arts or of Master of 
Science unless he has passed the Previous M.A. or M.Sc. Exami- 
nation of the University, as the case may he, and has completed 
a regular course of study for one academical year in an affiliated 
college. 

The degree of D.Lirr. or D.Sc. is awarded on the basis 
of an original thesis upon any subject comprised within the 
faculties of Arts and Science respectively. Only those candidates 
can supplicate for the Doctor's degree who are M.A.'s or M.Sc.'s, 
as the case may be, of at least three years standing (z) of the 
University, or (ii) of the Allahabad University, who, at the time 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 7 

of passing their M.A. or M.Sc. Examination, were students of 
colleges associated with the Allahabad University and now 
affiliated to the Agra University, or (Hi) of any other University 
recognized for this purpose by the Executive Council and 
incorporated by any law for the time being in force, who 
have been resident within the territorial limits of the Agra 
University for the three years immediately preceding the date of 
their application. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACEUTICAL, CHEMISTRY. 

Admission to the B.Sc. (Pharm.) Examination is granted to 
those who, after passing the Intermediate Examination of the 
Board of High School and Intermediate Education, United 
Provinces, or of an Indian University incorporated by any law 
for the time being in force, or an examination recognised by the 
University as equivalent thereto, with Chemistry, Physics and 
Biology, have attended a regular course of study in Pharmaceu- 
tical Chemistry in an affiliated college for two academical years. 

LAW. 

The examination for the degree of Bachelor of Laws con- 
sists of two parts: (1) The Previous Examination, and (2) the 
Final Examination. A candidate who, after graduating either 
in Arts, Science, Commerce or Agriculture, completes a regular 
course of study in a Law class in an affiliated college for one 
academical year, is eligible for admission to the Previous 
Examination in Law. For admission to the Final Examination 
in Law, a candidate is required to put in another year in an 
affiliated college after passing the Previous Examination in Law. 

Candidates for the LL.M. Examination must have passed 
at least two years previously the examination for the degree of 
Bachelor of Laws of the University or of any other Indian 
University incorporated by any law for the time being in force. 

COMMERCE. 

Admission to B.CoM. Examination is granted to those 
who, after passing any of the following examinations, have 
prosecuted a regular course of study at a college affiliated to the 
University for the B.CoM. degree: 

(/) The Intermediate Examination of the Board of High 
School and Intermediate Education, U.P. or of 
an Indian University incorporated by any law for the 
time being in force ; 

(//) the Commercial Diploma Examination of the Allaha- 
bad University or of the Board of High School and 
Intermediate Education, U,P. ; 

(//?') the Intermediate Examination in Commerce of the 
Board of High School and Intermediate Education, 



8 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

United Provinces or of the Board of High School anc 
Intermediate Education, Rajputana (including Ajmer- 
Merwara), Central India and Gwalior; 

(iv) the Intermediate (Group B Special) Examinatior 
of the Delhi University with Regional and Commer- 
cial Geography as an optional subject: 

Provided that the candidates who have passed the examina- 
tions mentioned in clauses (//), (iii) and (iv} above shall be 
exempted from taking the First Year Bachelor of Commerce 
course. 

The regular course extends over a period of three years 
and the examination for the degree is taken after that period. 

AGRICULTURE. 

Admission to the B.Sc. (Ac.) Examination is granted to 
those who, after passing the Intermediate Examination in 
Agriculture of the Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education, United Provinces, or any other examination in 
Agriculture recognized by the University as equivalent thereto, 
have attended a regular course of study in an affiliated college 
for two academical years. 

Subjects and Papers for the Examinations and Scale of Marks. 

Bachelor of Arts. Candidates are examined in English 
and any two of the following branches: (a) Latin, Greek, 
Hebrew, Arabic, Persian or Sanskrit, (b) Hindi, Urdu, Marathi, 
Gujarat i, Bengali, French, German or Italian, (r) Mathematics, 
(d) Philosophy, (c) Economics, (/) History, (g) Political 
Science, and (//) Geography. The examination in English con- 
sists of two general and two special papers. Three papers are 
set in each of the Classical and Modern Languages and in Mathe- 
matics and two papers each in Philosophy, Economics, History 
and Geography. 

The minimum for a pass in all subjects is 33 per cent. 
Candidates are required to pass in each of the two sections in 
English as well as in the total of English. There are three 
divisions : Candidates are declared to have passed in the First 
Division if they obtain 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate, 
in the Second, if they obtain 45 per cent, or more, and in the 
Third, if they obtain the minimum pass marks in each subject. 

Candidates may, at their option, take Military Science as an 
extra subject in which there are two papers and one practical of 
50 marks each. For a pass in this subject candidates must 
obtain 45 marks in the two papers and 17 marks in the practical. 

Candidates may also at their option take an additional 
paper on one of the vernaculars recognized by the University 
for the B.A. Examination. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 9 

Master of Arts. A candidate may select one of the following 
subjects: (1) Languages : English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, 
Latin, Urdu or Hindi, (2) Mental and Moral Science, (3) His- 
tory, (4) Mathematics, (5) Economics, and (6) Political 
Science. 

At the Previous Examination, there are four papers in 
English Literature, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hindi, Urdu, 
Mathematics and Economics and three papers in Latin, History, 
Political Science, and Mental and Moral Science. For the 
Final Examination four papers are set in English Literature, 
Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit, Hindi, Urdu, Economics, Mental and 
Moral Science, History and Political Science and three papers 
in Latin. There is a viva vocc at the Final Examination in 
English Literature and Modern European Languages. 

The minimum pass marks in all the subjects are 36 per 
cent, of the aggregate marks. Candidates who obtain 60 per 
cent, or more of the aggregate are placed in the First Division, 
and those 1 who obtain 48 per cent, or more in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Science. Candidates are examined in either of 
the two groups: (a) Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, or 
(b) Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. There are two papers 
and a practical examination in each subject except Mathematics 
in wlvch three papers are set. A candidate may, at his option, 
take General English as an extra subject in which there are 
two papers. 

The* minimum for a pass in all subjects is 33 per cent. 
Thcro are three divisions : The First Division consists of those 
who obtain 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate, the Second 
of those who obtain 45 per cent, or more, and the Third of 
those who obtain the minimum pass marks in each subject. 

Candidates may, at their option, also take Military Science 
as an extra subject in which there are two papers and one 
practical of 50 marks each. For a pass in this subject candi- 
dates must obtain 45 marks in the two papers and 17 marks 
in the practical. 

Master of Science. Candidates must offer one of the follow- 
ing subjects: (a) Mathematics, (b) Physics, (c) Chemistry, 
(r/) Botany, and (c) Zoology. At the Previous Examination 
there arc three papers and a practical examination in Physics, 
Botany, Zoology and Chemistry. Tn Mathematics the exami- 
nation consists of four papers. At the Final Examination four 
papers are set in Mathematics, three papers in Zoology and 
Phvsics, and two papers and a thesis in Chemistry and Botany 
with a practical examination in each subject except Mathematics. 

The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent, in each subject, 
60 per cent, or more of the aggregate places a candidate in the 
First Class and 48 per cent, or more, in the Second Class. 



10 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Professional Examinations. 

Bachelor of Science in Pharmaceutical Chemistry. The 
following are the subjects of study: (1) Pharmaceutical Che- 
mistry, (2) Pharmacy, (3) Pharmacognosy, and (4) Ele- 
mentary Human Physiology and Pharmaco-dynamics. 

The examination is conducted by means of papers, but 
candidates are required to undergo a practical examination in 
each subject and to pass separately in that examination. 

The minimum for a pass in each subject is 33 per cent. 
'There are three divisions : The First Division consists of those 
who obtain 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate marks, the 
Second of those who obtain 45 per cent, or more and the Third 
of those who obtain the minimum pass marks in each subject. 

Candidates may, at their option, also take General English 
or Military Science, or both as extra subjects. 

Bachelor of Laws. The subjects of the Previous Examina- 
tion are: (1) Roman Law, (2) The Law of Contracts, (3) The 
Law of Easements and Torts, (4) The Law of Evidence, 
(5) Criminal Law and Procedure, and (6) Constitutional Law. 
The following are the subjects for the Final Examination: 
(1) Civil Procedure, (2) The Law relating to the Land Tenures, 
Rent and Revenue in the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh 
or Central Provinces Rent and Revenue Laws, (3) Hindu Law, 
(4) Mohammedan Law, (5) The Law relating to Transfer of 
Property, (6) Equity with special reference to Trusts and 
Specific Relief, and (7) Jurisprudence. 

The examination is conducted by papers. The minimum 
for a pass is 36 per cent, in each subject. Those who obtain 
60 per cent, of the aggregate are placed in the First Class and 
those obtaining 48 per cent, in the Second Class. 

Master of Lazvs. Candidates for the Degree of Master of 
Laws shall be examined in the following compulsory subjects, 
with such combination for the two optional subjects as an intend- 
ing candidate adopts: 

COMPULSORY SUBJECTS. 

I. Jurisprudence and Principles of Legislation. 

II. Constitutional Law, British and Indian. 

III. Roman Law. 

IV. Either (a) Hindu Law, or (b) Mohammedan Law. 

OPTIONAL SUBJECTS. 
Only two out of these may be taken : 

I. Hindu or Mohammedan Law, whichever is not chosen 
as a compulsory subject. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 11 

II. The Law of Contracts. 

Til. Transfer of Immovable Property and Easements. 

IV. Equity. 

V. International Law, Public and Private. 

VI. Wills and Administrations. 

There shall be assigned to each paper 100 marks. Candi- 
dates who obtain not less than 50 per cent, of the marks assigned 
to each subject and not less than 60 per cent, of the aggregate 
shall be declared to have passed the examination. There shall 
be no Classes. 

Bachelor of Commerce. The following subjects are to be 
studied in the first year class: (1) English, (2) Elements of 
Economics, (3) Elements of Currency and Banking, (4) Book- 
Keeping and Accountancy, (5) Business Methods, and (6) Eco- 
nomic and Commercial Geography. The subjects to be studied 
in the second and third year classes are: (1) English (two 
papers), (2) Business Organisation, (3) Commercial and Indus- 
trial Law, (4) Statistics, (5) Principles of Economics, (6) Cur- 
rency and Finance, (7) Modern Economic Development of 
India and England, and (8) one of the following special sub- 
jects containing three papers each: (a) Advanced Accountancy 
and Auditing, (b) Advanced Banking, (c) Geography, (d) In- 
surance, and (r) Rural Economics. 

The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent, in each paper. 
Candidates who secure 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate 
are placed in the First Division, those who get 48 per cent, or 
more in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. Candidates are required 
to pass in Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry and in one of 
the following subjects: 

(1) Botany with Plant Pathology. 

(2) Botany with Plant Breeding. 

(3) Botany with Horticulture. 

(4) Zoology with Entomology and Parasitology. 

(5) Zoology with Animal Breeding. 

(6) Rural Economics. 

There are five papers and four practical examinations in 
Agriculture, two papers and one practical examination in each 
of the other subjects. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject. 
A candidate is required to pass in the total of the papers, as 
well as in the practical examination in each subject. There are 
three divisions. The First Division consists of those who obtain 
60 per cent, or more of the aggregate, the Second of those 
who obtain 45 per cent, or more, and the Third of those who 
obtain the minimum pass marks in each subject. 



12 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Conditions of Re-Admission to University Examinations. 

A candidate who after attending a regular course of study 
for two academical years in an affiliated college fails once in 
the Final M.A. or M.Sc. or LL.B. Examination or who on 
account of serious illness has not been able to appear at the said 
examination, is allowed to appear again at a subsequent examina- 
tion without attending any further regular course of study provided 
the Principal of the affiliated college recommends his application, 
which, in the case of a candidate's serious illness, shall be 
accompanied by a medical certificate. 

A candidate who has attended a regular course of study 
in an affiliated college and who has failed once in a University 
examination, other than Final M.A., or M.Sc., or LL.B. Exami- 
nation, may be permitted to re-appear at the next ensuing 
examination, without attending a further regular course of study, 
in case the Principal of the college certifies that either (a) he 
is unable to re-admit him as there is no vacancy in the class, 
or (b) in his opinion the candidate's health or pecuniary circum- 
stances preclude him from joining the college. The application 
for re-admission to the college in such a case must be made and 
the Principal's certificate obtained, within 10 days of the com- 
mencement of the college session, at the end of which the 
candidate desires to appear at the said examination. 

A candidate who has failed more than once in a University 
Examination from an affiliated college may be admitted to a sub- 
sequent examination without attending a regular course of study 
provided that he remains an ex-student of the affiliated college, 
in which he completed his course, and pays such annual fee to 
the college to retain his membership thereof as the college may 
require. 

Any candidate for B.A., B.Sc., B.CoM. or B.Sc. (Ac.) 
Examination who has failed in one subject only obtaining not 
less than 25 per cent, of marks in that subject and has obtained 
40 per cent, of the aggregate number of marks allotted to the 
remaining subjects is admitted to the examination of the follow- 
ing year in the subject in which he has failed and if he passes 
in that subject he is declared to have passed the examination. 

Admission of Teachers, Inspectors in the Educational Department and 
Women Students to the Examinations of the University. 

A teacher in an approved educational institution or an 
Inspecting Officer in the Departments of Education in U.P. or 
Rajputana, or C.I., or Gwalior, is also eligible for admission to 
University examinations if he has served continuously as a teacher 
or an Inspector for 18 months [in the case of B.A., B.Sc., B.CoM. 
or B.Sc. (Ao.) Examination] or one academic year fin the 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 13 

case of the M.A., or M.Sc. (Previous or Final) Examination] 
and if he fulfils certain other special conditions. 

Women candidates residing within the territorial limits of 
the University are allowed to appear at the examinations of the 
University without attending a regular course of study in an 
affiliated college. 

Number of Students in the University. 

The number of students in the degree and post-graduate 
classes in the affiliated colleges of the University during the 
session 1936-37 was as follows: 

Arts and Science classes . . . . 3,069 

Law classes . . . . . . 748 

B.CoM. classes . . 240 

B.vSc. (Ac.) class .. .. 75 



TOTAL . . 4,132 



Residence and Healtb. 

The students of the University are required to live either 
in a hostel or with their parents or guardians. The cost of 
Jiving and the conditions of residence are different in different 
places, the details of which will be found in the prospectuses of 
the different colleges issued by the colleges every year. 

The Board of Inspection is responsible for the periodical 
inspection of the hostels and every college is required to satisfy 
the Executive Council that the arrangements for the residence 
of students are satisfactory and that provision is made for the 
health and recreation of students. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Training Corps, the sanctioned 
strength of which is as follows: 

Agra . . Officers 3, other ranks 74 

Meerut .. Officer 1, 37 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There is a large number of scholarships and freeships and 

medals awarded by each of the 16 affiliated colleges of the 

University to its own students, the details of which can be had 
from the prospectuses of the respective colleges. 

Besides the scholarships awarded by the affiliated colleges, 
the University has instituted ten research scholarships of Rs. 50 
each tenable for 8 months in an affiliated college and the 



14 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

following post-graduate scholarships of Rs. 30 per mensem each 
to be awarded annually (each scholarship being tenable for 
two sessions) for precedence in the First or Second Division on 
the results of the degree examination concerned: 

(1) Fifteen M.A. scholarships on the results of the B.A. 

Examination. 

(2) Ten M.Sc. scholarships on the results of the B.Sc. 

Examination. 

(3) Three M.A. scholarships on the results of the B.CoM. 

Examination. 

(4) Two M.Sc. scholarships on the results of the B.Sc. (Ac.) 

Examination. 

In addition to these scholarships there is also one endowed 
scholarship of Rs. 15 p.m. tenable for 22 months. The scholar- 
ship is awarded to a poor and deserving student who joins the 
University for the Bachelor 's degree in any of the Faculties out 
of the interest of the donation of Rs. 4,607-2-6 bequeathed to 
the Agra University by the late Mr. Govind Das Gupta, a clerk 
in the Loco and Carriage Department of the B.B. & C.I. Rail- 
way, Ajmer, and is known as "Govind Das Gupta Scholarship". 

The University has got six endowed medals at present : 

1. T. C. Jones Medal endowed by the Agra College Staff 
Club in memory of Mr. T. C. Jones, the late Principal of the 
Agra College, to be awarded annually at the time of Convoca- 
tion to the student who stands first in English in the B.A. Exa- 
mination of the University. 

2. Krishna Kumari Debi Medal endowed by Dr. Ganesh 
Prasad in memory of his daughter Krishna Kumari Debi to be 
awarded to that candidate in the Faculties of Arts and Science 
who obtains the highest percentage of marks in the Final 
Examination for the Degree. 

3. Krishna Kumari Debi Mathematics Medal endowed 
by Dr. Ganesh Prasad in memory of his daughter, to be 
awarded annually to that candidate who obtains the highest per- 
centage of marks in the Final Examination for the Master's 
Degree in Mathematics, provided that he gets at least 60 per cent, 
of the marks in the aggregate. 

4. Seshadri Medal endowed by Mr. P. Seshadri, M.A., 
Principal, Government College, Ajmer, to be awarded annually 
to the candidate who obtains the highest percentage of marks 
in English Literature in the Final M.A. Examination. 

5. Shrimati Umang Lakshmi Kanti Lai Pandya Medal 
endowed by Dr. K. C. Pandya, Professor of Chemistry, 
St. John's College, Agra, in memory of his wife Shrimati Umang 
Lakshmi, to be awarded annually to the candidate who passes 
the B.Sc. Examination with the highest marks in Chemistry. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 15 

6. slzizuddin-Malcohn H alley Medal endowed by K. B. 
Kazi Sir Azizuddin Ahmad, Dewan, Datia State, to be awarded 
annually to the candidate who obtains the highest percentage 
of marks either in Sanskrit or in Persian (in alternate years) 
in the B.A. Examination. 

Examinations held in April 1937. 

The following Examinations of the University were held 
in April 1937: 

No. of candidates 
appearing. 

B.A. .. .. .. 1,625 

B.Sc. .. .. ..273 

M.A. (Previous) .. ..246 

M.A. (Final) .. .. 174 

M.Sc. (Previous) . . .. 47 

M.Sc. (Final) .. .. 25 

I<L.B. (Previous) .. ..564 

IJLB. (Final) .. ..317 

B.COM. .. .. ..107 

B.Sc. (Ac.) .. .. .. 41 



TOTAL . . 3,419 



Budget : Provident Fund. 

The University is maintained mainly by (a) Government 
grant, (b) its own income from fees. The opening balance on 
April 1, 1936, on account of general maintenance fund was 
Rs. 10,534-0-11. The income during the last financial year was 
Rs. 1,67,307-3-11. Rs. 38,700-0-0 from Government grant 
and Rs. 1,28,607-3-11 from other sources, as against an 
expenditure of Rs. 1,85,486-3-8 closing with a debit balance 
of Rs. 7,644-14-10. In the General Reserve Fund, G.P. Notes 
of the face value of Rs. 44,000 are in the safe custody of the 
Imperial Bank of India, Agra, and a sum of Rs. 45,000 is in 
fixed deposits, S.B. and current accounts with the Imperial Bank 
of India. 

A sum of Rs. 7,632^19 being the unspent balance of 
Library Reserve Fund, at the end of the year is also placed in the 
current account of the University, with the Imperial Bank of 
India. 

The University has a Provident Fund to which every 
servant of the University is compelled to subscribe at the rate 
of 8 per cent, of his salary per month, the University contributing 
at the rate of 12 per cent, in the case of subscribers drawing 



16 HANDBOOK OK INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

a salary of Rs. 500 or less, 10 per cent, in the case of subscribers 
drawing 1 a salary of more than Rs. 500 but not exceeding 
Rs. 1,000 and 8 per cent, in the case of subscribers drawing 
a salary of over Rs. 1,000. 

Recognition of the Degrees of the University by other (Foreign) 
Universities and Bodies. 

1. Cambridge University. The Cambridge University has 
approved the Agra University for the purpose of exemption 
from the Previous Examination by Indian certificates; and 
a B.A. or B.Sc. of the Agra University who has secured a first 
or a second division at the Examination, can be exempted from 
the Previous Examination of the Cambridge University, 
provided he has passed the B.A. or B.Sc. Examination with 
English and (a) Arabic, Persian or vSanskrit, or (b) Mathema- 
tics or Science. 

Agra University has also been recognised as an associated 
institution. 

2. Oxford University. The B.A. and B.Sc. Degrees of 
the Agra University have been approved by the Hebdomadal 
Council of the University of Oxford for the purposes of Statute 
Title VI, Section 1, Class 2-H ; and a B.A. or B.Sc. of the Agra 
University is ([iialified for exemption from Responsions, pro- 
vided he produces evidence that his course at the Agra University 
included the study of English and one of the following languages, 
viz., Latin, Greek, French, German, Sanskrit, Arabic and 
Persian. 

3. London Unii'crsiiy. The Agra University has been 
added to the schedule of Universities, whose graduates are 
eligible under Statute 116 for exemption from the Matriculation 
Examination of the London University. 

4. Institute of Chartered Accountants, London. The 
B.CoM. Degree of the Agra University has been approved by the 
Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants, London, 
for purposes of exemption from the preliminary examination of 
the Institute. 

5. Scottish Universities Entrance Board. The Board have 
placed the Agra University on their list of approved Universities, 
i.e., the holder of a degree granted by the Agra University will 
be granted the certificate of fitness by the Board. 

6. Council of Legal Education in England, London. The 
Council has added the Agra University to the list of Universities 
approved by the Council, pursuant to para 1 of the schedule to 
the consolidated regulations, and the University's Degree 
Examinations would qualify for admission to any one of the four 
Inns of Court. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 17 

7. University of Wales has recognised the Agra University 
for the purpose of the Matriculation of the students, and their 
admission to candidature for a post-graduate degree or a diploma. 

8. University of Dublin has extended recognition to the 
Agra University. 

Scale of Examination and Enrolment Fees. 

(a) FOR ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONS. 

Rs. 

1. B.A. .. .. .. ..30 

2. M.A. (Previous) .. .. ..20 

3. M.A. (Final) .. .. ..30 

4. B.Sc. or B.vSc. (Ac.) .. ..30 

5. M.Sc. (Previous) .. .. ..20 

6. M.Sc. (Final) .. .. ..30 

7. D.LiTT., D.vSc. or LL.D. . . . . 200 

8. LL.B. (Previous) .. .. ..20 

9. Uv.B. (Final) .. .. ..40 

10. LL.M. .. .. .. ..100 

11. B.CoM. .. .. .. ..30 

12. B.Sc. (Ac.) .. .. ..30 

13. For appearing in one subject at the B.A., 

B.Sc. or B.CoM. Examination or at a Cer- 
tificate Examination . . 15 



(/;) 

14. Enrolment fee for regular students . . 2 

15. Fee for the re -totalling of marks . . 10 

16. Fee for obtaining murks obtained at a Uni- 

versity Examination . . 2 



Aligarh Muslim University. 



Introductory. 

The Aligarh Muslim University owes its origin to the 
Aligarh Movement which was started and led by the late 
Sir Syed Ahmad Khan in the latter part of the last century. As 
a result of his efforts the late Muhammadan Anglo-Oriental 
College was opened at Aligarh in 1875, and it soon developed 
in reputation and numbers till in 1895 the number of students 
in the college and school rose to 565 and when, in March 1898, 
its great founder died, it had attained a prominent position 
in the whole country. Soon after, in 1899, attempts were 
made to collect funds for raising the College to the status of a 
University. The necessary funds were collected and after 
some delay the Aligarh Muslim University Act came into force 
in December 1920. 

Character of the University. 

It is a residential and teaching University. The teaching 
in each subject is regulated by the department concerned. 
Provision is also made for tutorial instruction after the manner 
of the tutorial system prevalent in the Oxford University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

LORD RECTOR. 

His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 
CHANCELLOR. 

His Exalted Highness Lieut.-General Asif Jah, Muzaffar-ul- 

Mulk-wal-Mumalik, Nizam-ul-Mulk, Nizam-ud-Daula, 

Sultan-ul-Uloom, Nawab Mir Sir Usman AH Khan 

Bahadur, Fateh Jang, G.C.S.I., G.B.E., 

Hyderabad (Deccan). 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

His Highness the Right-Hon'ble Sir Sultan Muhammad Shah 
Agha Khan, P.C., G.C.S.I., G.C.I.E., Bombay. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad, M.A. (Camb.), rh.D. (Gottingen), 
D.SC. (Alld.), c.i.E., M.L.A. 

PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Mr. A. B. A. Haleem, B.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law. 



ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 19 

TREASURER. 

K. B. Moulvi Mohd. Obedur Rahman Khan Sahib Sherwani, 

M.I/. A. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. A. E. Zuberi, B.A., LL.B. 

PROVOST, S. S. HALL. 
Mr. M. M. Shariff, B.A. (Cantab.)- 

PROVOST, V. M. HALL. 
Mr. A. M. Kurcishy, M.A. 

PROVOST, AFTAB HALL. 
Dr. I. R. Khan, B.A.. L.T., rh.D. (Lond.). 

PROCTOR. 
Air. S. M. Shafi, B.A. (Alld.), B.SC. (Lond.), Bar-at-Law. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Mr. Syed Bashiruddin, M.A. 

MEDICAL OFFICER. 
Dr. F. H. Mufty, M.B., D.T.M. (Liv.), D.P.H. (Lond.), L.M. (Dub.). 

TEACHERS. 

English . . F. J. Fielden, M.A., Professor (joining 

in Oct., 1937), two Readers, three 
Lecturers, and four Lecturers, Grade 
II. 

History and Political Mr. A. B. A. Tlaleem, B.A. (Oxon.), 

Science Bar-at-Law, and Mr. Mohammad 

Habib, B.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law, 

Professors, three Lecturers, and 

three Lecturers, Grade II. 

Economics . . Dr. L. K. Hyder, B.A., rh.D., C.I.E., 

Professor, three Lecturers and one 
Lecturer, Grade II. 

Philosophy . . Dr. Syed Zafarul Hassan, M.A., ph.D. 

(Erlengen), D.rliil. (Oxon.), Profes- 
sor, one Reader, two Lecturers and 
one Lecturer, Grade II. 

Physics . . Professor (Vacant), Dr. R. K. Asundi, 

M.SC., Ph.D. (Lond.), Reader, two 
Lecturers, one Demonstrator, one Lec- 
turer, Grade II, and one Demonstra- 
tor, Grade II. 



20 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Chemistry 



Mathematics 



Geography 



Arabic 



Persian 

Sanskrit 
Urdu 

Sunni Theology 

vShia Theology 
Law 

Botany 



Zoology 



Education 



Professor (Vacant), Mr. M. Haidar, 
M.A. (Cantab.), B.SC. (Loud.), Reader, 
one Reader, one Lecturer, one De- 
monstrator, one Lecturer, Grade II, 
and two Demonstrators, Grade II. 

Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad, M.A., Ph.D., D.SC., 
c.i.E., M.L.A. (Honorary Professor), 
Mr. A. M. Kureishy, M.A., Reader, 
three Lecturers and two Lecturers, 
Grade II. 

Dr. Ibadur Rahman Khan, B.A., I,.T., Ph.D. 
(Lond.), Professor, one Lecturer, 
one Demonstrator, one Lecturer, 
Grade II, and one Demonstrator, 
Grade II. 

Professor (Vacant), Moulvi Abdul Aziz 
Memon Sahib, Reader, Dr. S. Abid 
Ahmad Ali (Tempy. Reader), one 
Lecturer and one Lecturer, Grade II. 

Dr. S. Hadi Hasan, ph.D,, Professor, one 
Reader, one Lecturer and one Lec- 
turer, Grade II. 

One Lecturer, Grade II. 

One Reader, one Lecturer and one 
Lecturer, Grade II. 

Maulana Sulaiman Ashraf, Reader, one 
Lecturer and one Lecturer, Grade II. 

One Reader (Vacant), one Lecturer. 

Maulana Abdul Khaliq Sahib, UV.B., 
Reader and three Lecturers. 

Dr. R. A. Khan, ph.D. (Cantab.), Read- 
er, one Lecturer, one Demonstrator, 
one Lecturer, Grade II, and one De- 
monstrator, Grade II. 

Dr. M. R. Mirza, D.phil. NAT. (Frank- 
furt), B.SC. (Bom.), F.R.M.S. (Lond.), 
F.I.A.S., Reader, one Lecturer, one 
Demonstrator and one Lecturer, 
Grade II. 

Mr. K. G. Saiyidain, B.A., M.Ed. 
(Leeds), Professor, one Reader 
and three Lecturers, one Lecturer 
(Vacant), and two Lecturers, 
Grade II. 



AIJGARIl MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 21 

*AIedicine and Sur- Dr. A. Butt, M.B., B.S. (Pb.) M - D - 
gery (Unani) (Berlin), Principal, four Lecturers, 

one Demonstrator and six other 
teachers. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal authorities of the University are the Court, 
the Executive Council, the Academic Council, the Standing 
Finance Committee and Departments of Studies. 

The Vice-Chancellor is the principal executive officer and 
the Pro-Vice-Chanccllor is the principal academic officer of the 
University. 

All appointments on the teaching staff are made by the 
Executive Council from a list of persons recommended by the 
committee of appointments consisting of the Vice-Chancellor, 
the Pro-Vice-Chancellor, the Treasurer and the Chairman of 
the Department of Study concerned and three other persons 
appointed by the Academic Council. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

Post-Graduate M.A, M.Sc v LL.B. and B.Th. 

(Final and Previous) .. .. 518 

H.A. and B.Sc. (Pass and Hons.) . . 529 

B.T. .. .. .. .. 43 

Intermediate in Arts and Science . . . . 559 



TOTAL . . 1,649 



Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations, 
held in the year 1936. 

High School Examination . . . . 95 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 190 

B.A. and B.Sc. (Pass) . . . . 137 

B.A. and B.Sc. (Hons.) . . . . 7 

M.A. and M.Sc. .. .. .. 61 

Law (Previous) .. .. .. 82 

Law (Final) .. .. .. 59 

B.T. (Theory) .. .. .. 46 

B.T. (Practice) .. .. .. 40 

B.Th. (Previous) .. .. .. 3 

Ph.D. .. .. .. .. 3 



TOTAL . . 723 



: This is done in the Tibbiya College which is a separate allied institution. 



22 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There are a number of scholarships available for students. 
All scholarships are awarded under the University Regulations 
and are liable to be forfeited for idleness or misconduct. 
Scholarships will be given only for the months for which the 
tuition fee is charged. 

I. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR' SPECIAL SUBJECTS. 

A. Arabic. 

(a) One research scholarship of Rs. 75 per mensem to 
an M.A. student carrying on research in the subject. 

N.B. This scholarship will he awarded for one year in the first 
instance, but may be continued for another year on the recommendation 
of the Chairman of the Department. 

(/>) Three M. A. scholarships, each of Rs. 25 per mensem, 
to students studying Arabic in the M.A. class. These scholar- 
ships will be awarded by the Academic Council on the recom- 
mendation of the Chairman of the Department. 

N.B. The M.A. scholarship of Rs. 75/p.m. and two of the M.A. 
(Arabic) scholarships of Rs. 25 'p.m. are awarded as Debts of Honour. 

(r) Four B.A. scholarships, each of Rs. 8 per month, to 
students of Arabic in the B.A. classes. These will be awarded 
by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chair- 
man of the Department after a competitive examination. 
fl . I si a ; / / ic St 1 1 dies . 

Two scholarships, each of Rs. 10 per mensem, to students 
of Islamic Studies in the B.A. classes. These scholarships 
will be awarded by the Academic Council on the recommenda- 
tion of the Chairman of the Department. 
C. Theology. 

One scholarship of Rs. 25 per mensem to a student who 
is studying in the Bachelor of Theology class. This scholar- 
ship will be awarded by the Academic Council on the recom- 
mendation of the Chairman of the Department. 
D. Sanskrit. 

One scholarship of Rs. 10 per mensem to a Muhammadan 
student of Sanskrit in the B.A. class. This scholarship will 
be awarded by the Academic Council on the recommendation 
of the Chairman of the Department. 
K. Science. 

(a] One M.Sc. scholarship of Rs. 10 per mensem. 

(/>) Five B.Sc. scholarships, each of Rs. 6 per mensem, 
to students of the third year class studying for the B.Sc. degree 
(Pass or Honours). 

These scholarships will be awarded by the Academic 
Council on the recommendation of a Committee consisting of 
the Chairmen of the Departments of Physics, Chemistry, 
Zoology, Botany, Mathematics and Geography. 



AUGARH MUSUM UNIVERSITY 23 

F. Education. 

Recently, the U.P. Government has been pleased to place 
a sum of Rs. 4,000 at the disposal of the University for distri- 
bution as stipends among the deserving students of the B.T. 
class. 

II. UNIVERSITY AND GENERAL MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS. 

(1) To Aligarh graduates, joining the M.A. class and 
not taking up Law : 

One scholarship of Rs. 25 and one of Rs. 20 to those 
standing highest in the B.A. Examination ; provided that a 
scholarship of Rs. 25 will be awarded only to a student placed 
in the First Division, and failing such a candidate two scholar- 
ships of Rs. 20 will be awarded. 

One scholarship of Rs. 25 to the best first class Honours 
Graduate of the year, the scholarship to be awarded by the 
Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairmen 
of the Departments concerned ; or failing such a candidate 
a scholarship of Rs. 15 to the best second class Honours 
Graduate. 

{2) To graduates of any Indian University, joining the M.A. 
class and not taking up Law: 

One scholarship of Rs. 15 and one of Rs. 10 to the students 
with the best all-round academic record other than those to 
whom scholarships have been awarded under (1) above, the 
scholarships to be awarded by the Academic Council on the 
recommendation of the Chairmen of the Departments con- 
cerned ; provided that a scholarship of Rs. 15 will be awarded 
only to a student placed in the First Division (Pass or Honours), 
and failing such a candidate two scholarships of Rs. 10 will 
be awarded. 

(3) To Aligarh graduates, joining the M.Sc. class: 

Three scholarships, as in ( 1 ) above. 

(4) To graduates of any Indian University, joining 'the MSc. 

class: 

Two scholarships, as in (2) above. 

(5) One scholarship of Rs. 20 to the student passing highest at 

the LL.B. Previous Examination and joining Final Class. 

(6) To students who have passed the Intermediate Examination 

(Arts) as regular students of the Intermediate College 
joining the B.A. class: 

Three scholarships of Rs. 20, 15 and 8, respectively, to 
those standing highest in the Examination provided that 
a scholarship of Rs. 20 will be awarded only to a student 
placed in the First Division, and failing such a candidate two 
scholarships of Rs. 15 and one of Rs. 8 will be awarded. 



24 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(7) To students who have passed the Intermediate Examination 
(Science) as regular students of the Intermediate College, 
joining the BSc. class : 
Three scholarships, as in (6) above. 
Note. No student can hold two of the above scholarships. 
Prizes and Medals are also awarded to the students who 
stand first in various subjects in University Examinations. 

III. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GIRLS. 

Two scholarships, each of Rs. 10 per mensem, to those 
who stand highest among the girl candidates in the High 
School Examination and prosecute their further studies at the 
Muslim Girls' Intermediate College, Aligarh. 

IV. FELLOWSHIPS AND STUDENTSHIPS. 

Owing to financial difficulties no fellowships or student- 
ships could be awarded during the session 1936-37. 

Loans. 

I. THE DUTY SOCIETY LOANS. 

The Muslim University Duty Society grants loans with- 
out interest tu the poor and deserving students of the University 
who are in need of pecuniary help. 

II. M. E. CONFERENCE LOANS. 

The All-India Muslim Educntional Conference awards 
scholarships in the shape of loans to the students of the Training 
College, reading for the RT. Degree. 

The U. P. Government also makes an annual grant of 
l\s. ()(X) to IK* awarded to R.T. students in scholarships. 

Free and Half- Free Studentships. 

Remission of the whole of the tuition fee cannot he granted 
to more than ton per cent, of the number of registered students 
and remission of half of the tuition fee cannot be granted to 
more than another ten per cent, of the number of such registered 
students. 

Library and Laboratories. 

The University Library (including the Subbanulla Collec- 
tion) contains about 28,181 books in the General and 17,000 
in the Oriental Section including about 3,000 manuscripts. 
The Library also subscribes to important journals and perio- 
dicals. The Library is open to students for reading; and 
books can be borrowed by them. There are also special seminar 
libraries attached to different Departments. The Library and 
the School Museum of the All-India Muslim Educational Con- 
ference are open to the students of the Training College. 



AUGAR1I MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 25 

The long-felt need for new Laboratories and equipment has 
at last received attention and from the Session 1932-33 new 
buildings for the Physics, Chemistry, Botany and Zoology 
Departments have been in use. The buildings have been con- 
structed by Messrs. Ford and Macclonald, and furnished by 
Messrs. Mansfield, Siemens and others with the latest scientific 
and electric equipment. Special Research Laboratories have 
been designed and equipped and facilities for research have been 
provided under the direction of the Nizam Professors. The M.Sc. 
Degree can be taken by papers or by research while full facili- 
ties are also given for work and guidance to pursue research 
of an advanced type for which the Doctorate Degree is awarded. 
The Aligarh Laboratories are now second to none in India. 

Moinuddin Art Gallery. 

This has been constructed with Rs. 50,000 endowed by 
Prof. Moinuddin Ahmed of Wilson College, Bombay, and fur- 
nished with the paintings presented by the Donor. It is open 
to the public. 

Provision (or Research. 

One or more fellowships of Rs. 75 per month for the pur- 
pose of carrying on research may be awarded by the Academic 
Council by competition to any Muslim M.A. or M.Sc. of any 
University incorporated by law for the time being in force. 
These fellowships shall be tenable for two years. Fellows shall 
be required to deliver not less than six public lectures in a year 
on the subject of their research. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

A highly successful system of University Extension Lectures 
is in operation and lectures are arranged to be delivered on 
learned and interesting subjects. The University has its own 
press for the work of publishing the Aligarh Magazine conducted 
by the students themselves, the Muslim University Gazette, the 
official organ of the University, and the University Journal con- 
ducted by the University Staff. Arrangements are often made 
to provide for vacation lectures to teachers in Secondary Schools. 

Military Training. 

Two platoons (74 men and N.C.O.'s) are allowed in the 
University Training Corps Detachment of the Muslim Univer- 
sity. The movement is very popular and there is always a 
large number of recruits on the waiting list. A full company 
is urgently needed for this institution which draws Muslim 
3'ouths from all parts of India. 



26 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Associations in the University. 

The most important University Association is the Muslim 
University Union run on the lines of the Cambridge and Oxford 
Unions. It is the centre of the social and intellectual life of the 
students. Other Associations are: 

The Historical Society. The Curzon Geographical 
The Economic Society. Society. 

The Philosophical Society. The Mathematical Society. 

The Arabic Society. The Scientific Society. 

The Physical Society. The Chemical Society. 

The Persian Society. The German Society. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The University maintains three Halls consisting of several 
Hostels under the general supervision of the provosts. More 
than 75 per cent, of the students are in residence. The fees 
vary from Rs. 28 to Rs. 35 per month including tuition fees, 
lodging, food, medical attendance and games. 

Budget. 

The figures of Revenue Income and Expenditure for 
1937-38 are Rs. 9,05,148 and Rs. 9,37,523 respectively. 

Women's Education. 

This is under the guidance of a Board of Women's Educa- 
tion. There is a Muslim Girls' Intermediate College at Aligarh 
with Hostel accommodation. The number of female candidates 
who appeared at the examinations of 1935 was as follows : 

Appeared. Passed. 

High School .. ..14 13 

Intermediate . . . . 9 7 

B.A. .. .. .. 2 1 

Students 9 Information Bureau and its Activities. 

There is an Information and Appointments Bureau instituted 
for the purpose of advising students that desire to go abroad for 
studies as well as supplying information to ex-students about 
vacancies in various Government and non-Government services. 
This is under the supervision of a Committee and the Vice- 
Chancellor. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

There is a Medical Officer in charge of the health of the 
University. The University has begun Medical Inspection of 
school students, but work has not been extended to University 
students for want of adequate staff. 



AUGARH MUSUM UNIVERSITY 27 

Courses of Study, Degrees and Examinations. 

The University offers the degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A., PH.D. and D.LiTT. in Arts; B.Sc. (Pass and 
Honours), M.Sc., Pu.D. and D.Sc. in Science; LL.B., LL.M. 
and LL.D. in Law ; B.T. in Teaching and the degrees of Bachelor, 
Master and Doctor in Theology. 



ARTS AND 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over a 
period of two academic years after the High School Examina- 
tion of the Aligarh Muslim University or any other recognized 
equivalent examination and is open to University students as well 
as private candidates and teachers. 

The examination consists of two parts, the following heing 
the subjects of study and examination in each part: 

Part I (Compulsory). Theology or, in the case of non- 
Muslim candidates, Muslim History (1 paper), and Urdu 
(1 paper). 

Part II. This part comprises English (3 papers) and any 
three of the following: 

(1) Classical or a Modern European Language other than 
the English Language (3 papers), (2) Mathematics (3 papers), 
(3) Logic: Inductive and Deductive (2 papers), (4) Islamic 
History (2 papers), (5) A Course of History, Indian and 
European, other than the Islamic History (2 papers), (6) Poli- 
tical Economy (2 papers), (7) Geography (2 papers), (8) Edu- 
cation (2 papers), (9) Physics (2 papers and a practical exami- 
nation), (10) Chemistry (2 papers and a practical examination), 
(11) Biology (2 papers and a practical examination), (12) Urdu 
(2 papers), (13) Commerce (2 papers). 

The examination will be conducted partly by means of 
<|uestion papers and partly viva vocc, and in subjects which admit 
of it, candidates will also be required to undergo a practical 
examination. 

B.A. or B.Sc. (Pass). The course extends over a period 
of two academic years and a candidate is required to study and 
be examined in the following parts: 

Part I. (1) English, General (2 papers and a viva voce), 
Urdu and Theology (one paper each). 

Part II. Any three of the following subjects: 

(1) English Literature (2 papers), (2) Philosophy and 

Psychology (3 papers), (3) Economics (2 papers), (4) History 

(2 papers), (5) Geography (2 papers and a practical examina- 

tion), (6) Islamic Studies (3 papers), (7) Education (2 papers), 



28 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(8) Arabic, Persian or Sanskrit (3 papers), (9) Mathematics 
(3 papers), (10) Physics (2 papers and a practical examination), 
(11) Chemistry (2 papers and a practical examination), and 
Zoology and Botany (2 papers and a practical examination in 
each). 

B.A. or BSc. (Honours). The examination will be in two 
parts : 

Part I. Same as for the ordinary Degree. 

B.A., Part II. One of the following Honours Schools: 
Islamic Studies (5 papers), Arabic (5 papers), Persian (5 papers), 
English Language and Literature (5 papers), Philosophy (5 
papers and a viva voce). History (6 papers), Mathematics 
(6 papers) and Geography (5 papers and a practical). 

BSc. f Part II. Physics (5 papers and a practical examina- 
tion), Chemistry (5 papers and a practical examination), Mathe- 
matics (6 papers), Botany, Zoology or Geography (5 papers and 
a practical in each). 

Each Honours School includes two allied subjects as subsi- 
diary subjects. 

M.A. or MSc., Previous and Final. The Examination for 
the Master's Degree extends over a period of two academic years 
and consists of two parts, viz., the Previous and the Final. Candi- 
dates who have passed the B.A. or B.Sc. (HoNS.) are, however, 
allowed to complete the course after one year only. Only graduates- 
of the Muslim University are eligible to appear at these Exami- 
nations as Teacher candidates. 

English Language and Literature (7 papers), Philosophy 
(6 papers, an Essay and a viva vocc), Political Economy 
(8 papers), History (7 papers), Islamic Studies (no Examina- 
tion), Arabic Language and Literature (7 papers), Persian 
Language and Literature (7 papers), Mathematics (8 papers), 
Physics (7 papers), Chemistry (7 papers), Zoology (6 papers), 
Botany (6 papers), Geography (7 papers). 

In Science subjects, the students have to undergo a prac- 
tical examination and in Arts subjects, a viva vocc. 

LAW. 

LL.K. There will be two examinations for the degree of 
LL.B., the Previous Examination held at the end of the first 
year and the Final Examination held at the end of the second 
year, and the course is open to graduates of Aligarh Muslim 
University or of any other recognized University. 

A candidate is required to study and be examined in : 
Previous Examination (6 papers): (1) Roman Law, 
(2) Law of Contracts, (3) Law of Easements and Torts, 



ALIGAR1I MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 29 

(4) Criminal Law and Procedure, (5) Constitutional Law, and 
(6) Law of Evidence. 

Final Examination. This examination is open to those who 
have passed the Previous Examination in Law of this University 
and have kept 3 terms in the University. A candidate is 
required to study and be examined in (1) Civil Procedure, 
(2) Principles of Pleading and Limitation, (3) The Law 
relating to Land Tenure, Rent and Revenues in the United Pro- 
vinces of Agra and Oudh, Bengal and Central Provinces, (4) 
Hindu Law as administered by the Courts in British India, 

(5) Muhammadan Law as administered by the Courts in British 
India, (6) Equity with special reference to the Law of Trusts and 
Specific Relief, (7) The Law relating to Transfer of Property 
including the Principles of Equity in so far as they relate to 
the subject, and (8) Jurisprudence. 

Candidates can also appear in the Punjab Land and Cus- 
tomary Laws to enable them to practise in the Punjab. 

Candidates who obtain 60 per cent, of the aggregate number 
of marks or more shall be placed in the First Class and those 
who obtain not less than 50 per cent, in the Second Class. 

LL.M. This is open to candidates who have passed the 
LL.B. Examination of the Muslim University or from the late 
M.A.O. College. 

THEOLOGY. 

There are two courses of study under this faculty, the 
ordinary course and the advanced course. A Degree of Bachelor 
of Theology is also awarded. 

EDUCATION. 

Bachelor of Teaching. Graduates are admitted to tins- 
examination. 

The course extends to one academic year, candidates being 
required to study and be examined in the following subjects : 

(1) Psychology, (2) Methods of Teaching, (3) History 
of Education, (4) School Organization and Hygiene, and 

(5) General Method. 

Optional special subjects: 

(1) English, (2) History, (3) Geography, (4) Science, 
(5) Mathematics, and (6) Urdu. 

A Department of Medicine (Unani) has been started from 
October 1927. The course extends to 5 years. The teaching 
of this Department is done in a separate associated institution 
known as the Tibbiya College. 



30 HANDBOOK OK INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Scale of Marks. 

Minimum 

pass I Div. II Div. Ill Div. 
marks. 

High School .. 33% 60% 45% 33% 

Intermediate .. 33% 60% 45% 33% 

B.A. or B.vSc. . . 33% 60% 45% 33% 

B.A. or B.Sc. (HONS.) 36% 60% 48% 36% 

M.A. or M.vSc. (Pre., Final) 36% 60% 48% 36% 

LL.B. (Pre., Final) .. 30% 60% 50% 

B.T. .. .. 36% 60% 48% 36% 

B.TH. (Pre., Final) . . 36% 60% 48% 36% 



<0 



Allahabad University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

Founded in 1887, the University concerned itself mainly 
with examinations, having no teaching stall (except that of its 
School of Law) until 1914. Subsequently, it established Chairs 
and Readerships, etc., for research work in Economics and 
Modern History for graduate students. In January 1922 was 
passed an Act (which came into operation in July 1922) for the 
re-organization of the University as a Unitary, Teaching and 
Residential institution with control over the quality and char- 
acter of the teaching in associated colleges. The Muir Central 
College became the nucleus of a teaching University, the juris- 
diction of which was limited to a territorial area of 10 miles'" 
radius from the Convocation Hall of the University. Within 
this area there are two institutions which supplement instruction 
given in the University and these are the Kwing Christian 
College and the Kayastha Pathashala College. Another insti- 
tution, the Crosthwaite Girls' College, undertakes, however r 
full instruction for the Degree course in the several subjects. 
From the commencement of the session, July 1932, the Agricul- 
tural Institute, Naini (Allahabad), has been recognized as a Col- 
lege for teaching for the B.Sc. Degree in Agriculture. By 
Act VIII of 1926 a University was established at Agra and the 
control of the 14 Associated Colleges was transferred to it. 
The new Act which came into force with effect from 1st July 
1927 has set the Allahabad University free to function as a 
Unitary, Teaching and Residential University by relieving it of 
the responsibility of controlling the quality and character of the 
teaching given in its name by the Associated Colleges and placing 
such responsibility upon the new University. Tutorial instruction 
is regularly imparted in the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 
His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 

CHANCELLOR. 
His Excellency the Hon'ble v Sir Harry Haig, K.C.S.I., C.I.K., i.c.s. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Pandit Iqbal Narain Gurtu, M.A., LL.B. 



32 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



TREASURER. 
Rai Bahadur Pt. Kanhaiya Lai, M.A., U<.K. 

REGISTRAR. 
J. M. David, Esq., B.A. 

ASST. REGISTRAR. 
Raj Prakash Bahadur, Esq., M.sc., B.sc.Agr. (London). 

PROCTOR. 

S. K. Rudra, Ksq., M.A. (Cantab.). 

LIBRARIAN. 
Parmanand, Esq., M.A. 

TEACHING STAFF. 

English .. Professor: Pt. Amaranatha Jha, M.A. 

Readers: Pt. Shiva Adhar Pandc, M.A., 
U,.B., M.R.A.S.; S. C. Deb, Esq., M.A.; 
Dr. P. E. Dastoor, M.A., D.utt. ; nine 
Lecturers, one part-time Teacher and 
one Lady Lecturer. 

Philosophy . . Professor: R. D. Ranade, Esq., M.A. 

Reader: A. C. Mukerji, Esq., M.A. ; 
three Lecturers and one Lady Lec- 
turer. 



History 



Political Science 



Arabic and Persian 



Sanskrit 



Professor: Sir Shafaat Ahmad Khan, 

M.A., Jjtt.I). 

Readers: Dr. Rain Prasad Tripathi, 
M.A., D.SC. ; Dr. Ishwari Prasad, M.A., 
n.utt.; three Lecturers and one Lady 
Lecturer. 

Professor: Dr. Beni Prasad, M.A., Ph.D., 
D.SC., two Lecturers and one part- 
time Teacher. 

Professor: Dr. A. Siddiqi, M.A., ph.n. 
Reader: Syed Muhammad Ali Xami, 
Esq., M.A., and four Lecturers. 

Professor: Dr. P. K. Acharya, M.A., 
Ph.D., D.rjtt., i.E.S. 

Reader: Dr. Babu Ram Saksena, M.A., 
D.Litt. ; three Lecturers and one Lady 
Lecturer. 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 



33 



Urdu 



Hindi 



Physics 



Chemistry 



Mathematics 



Botanv 



Zoology 



Law 



Reader: Syed Md. Zamin Ali, Esq., 

M.A. 
Lecturer-. Dr. Muhammad Hafiz Sycd, 

M.A., L.T., Ph.D., D.Litt., and one 

Junior Lecturer. 

Reader: Dr. Dhirendra Varma, M.A., 

D.Litt. 
Lecturer: Pt. Devi Prasad Shukla, B.A. ; 

one Junior Lecturer and one Lady 

Lecturer. 

Professor : Dr. Megh Nad Saha, D.SC., 

F.R.S. 

Reader: Saligram Bhargava, Esq., M.SC. 
(on leave) ; Dr. R. X. Ghosh (Offg.} ; 
three lecturers and four Demonstra- 
tors. 

Professor: Dr. N. R. Dhar, D.SC., I.E.S., 

iM.c. (London). 
Readers: K. P. Chatter ji, Esq., M.SC., 

i<\c.s., A.I.C. ; Dr. S. B. Dutt, D.SC. 

(London) ; two Lecturers and six 

Demonstrators. 

Professor: A. C. Banerji, Esq., M.A., 

M.SC., I.K.S., F.R.A.S., K.L.M.S. (Lond.) 

Readers: Dr. Gorakh Prasad, D.SC.; 
Dr. Peare Lai Srivastava, M.A.. D.rhil. 
(Oxon.) ; three Lecturers and one 
Junior Lecturer. 

Professor: Dr. J. H. Mitter, M.SC., Ph.D. 

Reader: Dr. S. Ran] an, M.SC., Ph.D. ; 

three Lecturers, two Demonstrators. 

Professor: Dr. D. R. Bhattacharya, 

M.SC., Ph.D., D.SC. 

Reader: Dr. Haru Ram Mehra, Ph.D. 
(Cantab.) ; three Lecturers and two 
Demonstrators. 

Professor : 

Readers: K. K. Bhattacharya, Esq., M.A., 
LL.M. (Lond.), Bar-at-Law; K. R. R. 
Snstry, M.A.. M.L. (Madras) ; one 
Lecturer and three temporary part- 
time Teachers. 



34 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Commerce .. Reader: M. K. Ghosh, Esq., M.A., 

B.com. (Lond.), and three Lecturers. 

Economics .. Professor: S. K. Rudra, Esq., M.A. 

(Cantab.). 

Readers: G. D. Karwal, Esq., M.A., 
B. P. Adarkar, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.) ; 
four Lecturers and one Lady Lecturer. 

PART-TIME TEACHER IN FRENCH AND GERMAN. 
Dr. Mrs. H. Kale, ph.D. 

The following are the Names of the Colleges of the University 
with their Principals. 

Ewing Christian College, Principal: Dr. C. H. Rice r 

Allahabad (University M.A., rh.D., LI^.D. (on 

College) leave) . 

Kayastha Pathashala, Allaha- Principal: Dr. Tara Chanel, 

bad (University College) M.A., D.rhil. 

Agricultural Institute, Naini, Principal: Dr. Sam Higgin- 

Allahabad bottom . 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities of the University are : The Court, the 
Executive Council, the Academic Council, the Committee of 
Reference and the Faculties. The Committee of Reference 
is empowered to deal with items of new expenditure of three 
thousand rupees or over in the case of recurring expenditure 
and of ten thousand rupees or over in the case of non-recurring 
expenditure. A special feature of this University is that it has 
a Muslim Advisory Board, which has the right to advise the 
University in matters affecting the religious convictions or the 
special interests of Muslim students and of addressing any of 
the University Bodies in any matter affecting Muslim interests, 
A Women's Advisory Board has also been established. 

Number of Students in the University under Different Faculties. 

The number of students during the year 1936-37 was: 

Faculty of Arts . . . . . . 1,170 

Science . . . . 477 

Commerce . . . . 61 

Law (Exclusive of those students 

who read Law with M.A.) 331 

TOTAL . . 2,039 



AIAAHABAD UNIVERSITY 35 

Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations. 

The number of students who have passed the University 
Examinations of 1937 is shown below: 

B.A. (Pass) .. .. ..349 

B.Sc. Pass Course .. .. 93 

B.A. Hons. Ill Year . . . . 10 

B.Sc. Hons. .. .. .. 10 

B.A. TIT Year (Previous M.A.) . . 124 

M.A. (Final) .. .. ..97 

M.Sc. (Previous) .. .. 38 

M.Sc. (Final) .. .. 52 

LL.B. (Previous) .. ..164 

LL.B. (Final) .. ..183 

B.CoM.: Part I .. ..33 

B.CoM.: Part II .. ..27 

D.LiTT. . . . . . . 

D.Sc. .. .. 

B.Sc. Agriculture .. .. 18 

B.A. Hons. IT Year . . . . 19 

B.Sc. Hons. in subsidiary subjects . . 12 



1,229 



Scholarships and Medals. 

The University awards a certain number of research 
scholarships to M.A.'s and M.Sc.'s annually. They are of the 
value of Rs. 50 per month each and are tenable for a period of 
one year. The University also awards annually four scholar- 
ships of Rs. 25 per month each tenable for one year to post- 
graduate women students and medals to the students who do 
best at the B.A., B.Sc. and B.CoM. Examinations. It also 
awards one D.LiTT. scholarship, and one D.Sc. scholarship, 
each of the value of Rs. 100 per month, six M.A, scholarships 
of the value of Rs. 30 per month each, four M.Sc. scholarships 
of the value of Rs. 25 per month each and five M.Sc. scholar- 
ships of the value of Rs. 32 per month each. The period of 
tenure of each of these scholarships is two years, except in the 
case of the M.Sc. scholarships of the value of Rs. 32 per month 
each, which are awarded on the results of the B.Sc. Honours 
Examination and are tenable for a period of one year. 

The following are the endowed scholarships and medals 
in the University: 

Queen Empress Victoria Jubilee Medal. (Capital value 
Rs. 1,000) : Two silver medals are awarded to the two most 
successful students in the M.A. and B.A. Examinations in one 



36 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

year and to two most successful students in the M.Sc. and 
B.Sc. Examinations in the next year. 

Ikbal Medal. (Capital value Rs. 1,500) : A gold medal 
is awarded to the first Muhammadan student at the B.A. Exami- 
nation. 

Sir Charles Klliot Scholarship. (Capital value Rs. 6,000) : 
One scholarship of the value of Rs. 17-8-0 per month tenable 
for one year is awarded annually for precedence in the B.Sc. 
Examination. 

Griffith Memorial Fund Scholarships. (Value Rs. 7,600) : 
Two scholarships and certain prizes are awarded to students who 
actually study in the Sanskrit College, Benares. 

Lumsdcn Memorial Scholarships and Gold Medal. (Value 
Rs. 9,400) : One scholarship of the value of Rs. 8 per month 
tenable for one year is awarded in one year to the student who 
has stood first in Sanskrit at the Intermediate Examination and 
in the next year to the student who has stood first in Arabic 
at the same examination. A gold medal of the value of about 
Rs. 50 is also awarded every year to the LL.B. candidate who 
stands first. 

Swarnamayi Uma Charan Price. (Value Rs. 1,000) : A 
prize of the value of Rs. 35 is awarded to the B.Sc. student who 
stands first. 

Lala Satnval Das Stipends. (Capital value Rs. 24,900) : 
Four stipends of the aggregate value of Rs. 50 per mensem are 
awarded only to Khattri or Saraswat Brahman students in the 
Intermediate and B.A. classes. 

Himangini-Bhuvaneshwari Book Prise. (Capital value 
Rs. 1,000) : Annual Book Prize to the candidate who stands 
first in Sanskrit in the Intermediate Examination. 

Km press Victoria Readership. (Capital value Rs. 1,36,000) : 
The value is Rs. 100 per mensem. It is tenable for three years 
for researches in Science. 

Kanta Prasad Research Scholarships. (Capital value 
Rs. 51,600) : Two scholarships of the value of Rs. 100 per men- 
sem each for 2 years for Hindus. 

Besides these, there are also the following prizes and 
scholarships : 

Sir Henry Richard's Gold Medal; Homersham Cox Medal; 
Dr. Kally Dass Nundy Thakomony Medal; Hariprava Medal; 
Ram Mohan De Medal; Mahendra Nath Dutt Medal; General 
AH Asghar Khan Scholarships; Tirthnatha Jha Scholarship and 
Ramakashi Devi Gold Medal; Vizianagram Scholarships; Nawab 
Ali Asghar Khan's Arabic Scholarships; Rampur Scholarships; 
Purushottamji Scholarships; Peary Mohan Banerji Gold Medal; 



AlylvAHABAD UNIVERSITY 37 

Nilkamal Mitra Gold Medal; Moulvi Haider Hussain and 
Chouclhri Dhian Singh Prize; Dr. E. G. Hill Memorial Prize; 
S. A. Hill Memorial Prize; Chintamani Ghosh Medals; Muir 
College Fund Prize ; Professor Dunn Medal ; Bhagbhari Handoo 
Prize; Sashilata Virabhaclra Jha Gold Medal and Purushottam 
Krishna Scholarship and Pandit Kanhaiya Lai Gold Medal. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

There is a general Library. At the end of the year 1936-37 
there were 94,177 volumes in it and they were distributed as 
follows : 

Books, Pamphlets and Bound Volumes 
of Journals . . . . . . 78,613 

Government publications, Indian, British 
and Foreign . . . . . . 15,564 

There is a Coin Museum in the Library building. There 
are also departmental libraries for the use of teachers and 
a Laboratory is attached to each of the Departments of Physics, 
Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. There is also a Museum 
attached to the Economics Department. 

Provision for Research. 

The University Act of 1921 makes it one of the duties of 
the University to arrange for the carrying on of independent 
research and this duty is discharged by provision of research 
scholarships in the different departments of study. The Pro- 
fessors also carry on research and contribute papers to the 
leading scientific journals. The University itself publishes 
the UNIVERSITY STUDIES which is a record of research work 
carried on in the University. 

The number of University research scholarships sanctioned 
for 1936-37 is as follows : 

History Department . . . . 1 

Economics Department . . . . 1 

Sanskrit Department . . . . 1 

Hindi Department . . . . 1 

Persian and Arabic Department . . 1 

Urdu Department . . . . 1 

Philosophy Department . . . . 1 

English Department . . . . 1 

Politics Department . . . . 1 

Department of Science . . . . 5 

TOTAL .. 14 



38 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Besides the above research scholarships, the Empress 
Victoria Readership and the Kanta Prasad Scholarships are 
also available for research work. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The University provides due facilities for publication and 
extension work. The University publishes two journals, vis., 
"TiiE UNIVERSITY STUDIES" and "THE UNIVERSITY MAGAZINE". 
There is also the "INDIAN JOURNAL OF ECONOMICS" connected 
with the Economics Department. 

A large number of popular lectures is given on various 
subjects of interest. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Training Corps, the sanctioned 
strength of which is so far as the Allahabad University is con- 
cerned, is Officers 5 and other ranks 148. 

The progress of the Corps is reported to be very satisfactory. 

Associations in the University. 

There are various Associations in the University, vis., 
The University Union, The Students' Representative Council, 
The Athletic Association, The Law Society, The Oriental 
Society, The Hindi Association, The Urdu Association, The 
Music Association, The Bengali Union, The Historical Society, 
The Chemical Society, The Biological Union, The Mathematical 
Association and The Physics Seminar. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

There is provision made for the residence of students at 
Allahabad at two colleges of the University, five Hostels main- 
tained by the University and three Hostels recognized by the 
University. There is also provision made for the residence of 
B.Sc. (Ac.) students at the Agricultural Institute, Naini 
( Allahabad") . There exist separate arrangements for the resi- 
dence of lady students at the Women's Hostel of the University. 

Every student of the University is required to reside in a 
College or Hostel, or under such conditions as may be prescribed 
by the Statutes and Ordinances. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The University grant is a block grant not liable to be cut 
down for at least five years. The Revenue and Expenditure 
during 1936-37 were as follows: 

Receipts .. .. . . Rs. 12,11,930 

Expenditure .. .. . . Rs. 12,68,477 



AU,AHABAD UNIVERSITY 39 

The University has a Provident Fund to which every officer 
or servant of the University holding a substantive appointment 
of Rs. 30 per mensem or upwards, is required to contribute 
8 per cent, of his salary, the University contributing at the rate 
of 12 per cent, in the case of subscribers drawing a salary of 
Rs. 500 or less, 10 per cent, in the case of subscribers drawing 
a salary of more than Rs. 500 but not exceeding Rs. 1,000 and 
8 per cent, in the case of subscribers drawing a salary of over 
Rs. 1,000. The University has also instituted a fund for the 
grant of gratuity to its menial servants under certain conditions. 

Women's Education. 

Arrangements have been made for giving both formal and 
tutorial teaching to women students of the B.A. classes separate 
from boys at the Women's Department of the University. The 
number of lady lecturers sanctioned for the purpose is five. At 
present, the University has not made similar arrangements for 
post-graduate or science students. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

There is at present no Students* Information Bureau 
attached to the University. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

The Board of Residence, Health and Discipline of the 
University is vested with the power of dealing with all matters 
concerning the residence, health and discipline of University 
students. The constitution and powers of the Board are defined 
in Chapter VII of the University Statutes. The Medical Officer 
of the University is in charge of the Colleges of the University 
and the Hostels and is required to undertake the medical 
examination of all the University students. The University has 
a dispensary for the benefit of its students. 

Admission to the University Courses of Study, Degrees and Examinations* 

The University grants in Arts the B.A. Degree (Pass and 
Honours) and the Master's Degree; in Science, the B.Sc. Degree 
(Pass and Honours), the B.Sc. (Ac.) Degree and the Master's 
Degree. The Professional Degrees and Diplomas are Bachelor 
of Commerce, Bachelor of Laws and Master of Laws. D.LiTT.,. 
D.Sc., D.Pmi,. and LL.D. are the Doctor's Degrees. 

ADMISSION TO THE COURSES OF STUDY. 

Admission to a course of study for the Bachelor's Degree 
is granted only to those who have passed the Intermediate 
Examination of the Board of High School and Intermediate 



40 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Education of the United Provinces or of any University in 
British India incorporated by any Law for the time being in 
force, or any examination recognized as equivalent thereto. 
The Higher School Certificate Examination of the Cambridge 
University and the Intermediate Examination of the Mysore 
University have been recognized as equivalent to the Intermediate 
Examination of the Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education, U.P. The Intermediate Examination of the Raj- 
putana Board of High School and Intermediate Education and 
the Intermediate Examination of the Dacca Board of Inter- 
mediate and Secondary Education have also been so recognized, 
the latter subject to certain conditions. Admission to post-graduate 
classes is allowed to graduates of this University or of any other 
University in British territory recognized by the law of the 
place in which it is situated or of any University which may, 
from time to time, be recognized for this purpose. The Mysore 
University has been so recognized so far. Admission to B.CoM. 
classes is granted to those who have passed the Intermediate 
Examination of the U.P. Board or Intermediate Examination in 
Arts and Science of the Andhra University with Banking, 
Accountancy and Commercial Geography as their subjects or 
any University in India established by Law, the Commercial 
Diploma Examination of the Allahabad University or of the Board 
of High School and Intermediate Education or the Intermediate 
Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce of the 
University of ' Bombay, or have passed certain higher examina- 
tions. Admission to the B.Sc. class in Agriculture is granted to 
those who have passed the Intermediate Examination in Agricul- 
ture of the U.P. Board of High School and Intermediate Educa- 
tion or the Intermediate Examination in Agriculture of the 
Nagpur University. 

COURSES OF STUDY IN ARTS. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass). The course of study extends 
over two years and candidates are required to study and be 
examined in General English and any three of the following 
branches : 

(a) English Literature, Arabic, Persian or Sanskrit, Hindi 
or Urdu, (b) Mathematics, (r) Philosophy, (d) Economics, 
O) History, and (/) Political Science. The examination in 
English consists of two general papers and a viva vocc and three 
special papers. Three papers are set in each of the Classical 
Languages and in Mathematics, two papers each in Philosophy, 
Economics, Political Science and History and three papers each 
in Urdu and Hindi. 

The minimum for a pass in all subjects is 33 per cent, of 
the aggregate. Candidates are required to pass in each of the 
two sections in English as well as in the total of English. 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 41 

Bachelor of Arts (Hons.). The duration of the course of 
study is three years. Every candidate shall take the course 
for the Pass degree during his first year of study. At the end 
of the second year of his study he shall appear in the examination 
for B.A. (Pass) degree and also in a special examination in 
the subject which he has studied for the Honours degree. If 
he passes in both these examinations he may continue to read 
in the Honours Course during his third year. If at the end 
of the second year he passes the B.A. (Pass) examination he 
shall be entitled to the B.A. (Pass) degree. If he fails in either 
of the examinations taken at the end of his second year, 
he shall not be admitted to read further for the Honours Course 
but may be re-admitted to the Course for the B.A. (Pass) degree, 
if he has failed to pass the examination for it. 

A candidate studying for the Honours examination may not 
study for any post-graduate class or any other degree. 

The subjects of examination for the degree of Bachelor of 
Arts (Honours) shall be: (1) Languages, (2) Mental and Moral 
Science, (3) History, (4) Mathematics, (5) Economics, and 
(6) Politics. 

In the First Honours Examination at the end of the second 
year there shall be two papers in each subject, each carrying 
maximum 100 marks. For the Final Examination at the end 
of the third year there shall be four papers and a viva voce in 
each subject, except in Mathematics in which there shall be 
four papers and in Economics in which a Composition paper 
shall be substituted for the viva voce. 

Maximum marks in each paper and viva voce shall be 100. 
In the First Examination the minimum pass marks shall be 
36 per cent, of the aggregate of the two papers and 25 per cent, 
in each paper. In the Final Examination the minimum pass 
marks shall be the same as in the First Examination, but suc- 
cessful candidates shall be assigned classes. In determining the 
class of a candidate, but not for determining his pass, the marks 
obtained in the First Examination shall be added to the marks 
obtained in the Second Examination. 

Master of Arts. The course of study extends over two- 
years. The examination consists of two parts the B.A. Third 
Year (Previous M.A.) Examination held at the end of the first 
year and the Final Examination held at the end of the second 
year. A candidate may select one of the following subjects: 
( 1 ) Languages : English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Urdu or 
Hindi, (2) Mental and Moral Science, (3) History, (4) Mathe- 
matics, (5) Economics, and (6) Political Science. 

At the M.A. Previous Examination there are four papers 
in English Literature, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hindi, Urdu, 



42 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Politics, History and Mental and Moral Science and five papers 
in Economics. There is also a viva voce examination in all the 
subjects except in Economics. For the Final Examination five 
papers are set in English Literature and four papers in Arabic, 
Sanskrit, Hindi, Urdu, Economics, History, Politics and Mental 
and Moral Science. Of the four papers in Sanskrit, one is on 
composition and the other three on texts in one of the following 
groups: (a) Vedic Language and Literature, (b) Sanskrit 
Language and Literature, (r) Dharma Shastra, (d) Philosophy, 
(e) Epigraphy and History, (/) Pali and Prakrit. There is a 
-viva voce at the Final Examination in all the subjects. 

The minimum pass marks in all the subjects are 36 per cent. 

SCIENCE FACULTY. 

RSc. (Pass), The course of study extends over two 
academic years, and candidates must study and be examined in 
either of the two groups: (a) Physics, Chemistry and Mathema- 
tics, (b) Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. There are two papers 
and a practical examination in each subject except Mathematics 
in which three papers are set. A candidate may, at his option, 
take General English as an extra subject in which there are two 
papers and a viva voce. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject 
except in English in which it is 33 per cent., and 33 per cent, 
in the aggregate. 

Students for the Pass Course may be transferred to the 
Honours Course within three months of the first year of study 
on the recommendation of the Head of the Department. 

Bachelor of Science (Hons.). The duration of the course 
of study is three years. Every candidate must offer one of the 
following as his Honours subject: (1) Physics, (2) Chemistry, 
(3) Botany, (4) Zoology, and (5) Mathematics. He must 
also take two of the subjects, other than his Honours subject, 
as his subsidiary subjects. The examination in the subsidiary 
subjects is identical with that of the Pass degree. 

The minimum pass marks in the Honours subjects are 36 
per cent. Candidates who fail to attain the Honours standard 
can reappear only once for the examination in that subject. 
Candidates who have failed to obtain Honours may, if they 
attain the prescribed standard, be recommended for a Pass 
<legree. 

BSc. (Ag.). The course of study extends over a period 
of two academic years. Candidates are required to study 
(1) Agriculture (including Agricultural Engineering and Veteri- 
nary Hygiene), (2) Agricultural Chemistry, (3) Agricultural 
Botany, and (4) Agricultural Zoology. The minimum for a pass 



AU,AHABAD UNIVERSITY 43 

is 33 per cent, in each subject and 33 per cent, in the 
aggregate. Candidates shall be required to pass separately 
in the written as well as in the practical examination of each 
subject. 

Master of Science. The course of study extends over two 
years after graduation and the examination consists of two 
parts the Previous and the Final held at the end of the first 
and the second year respectively. Candidates must offer one of 
the following subjects: (a) Mathematics, (b) Physics, (c) Che- 
mistry, (d) Zoology, and (e) Botany. At the Previous Exami- 
nation, there are three papers and a practical examination in 
Botany and Chemistry, four papers and a practical examina- 
tion in Physics and Zoology, and four papers in Mathematics. 
In Mathematics the examination consists of the B.Sc. Honours 
examination papers in the branch of Mathematics in which the 
candidate is not proceeding for the M.Sc. degree. At the Final 
Examination, five papers are set in Mathematics, four papers 
in Zoology and two papers in Physics, Botany and Chemistry 
with a practical examination in each subject except Mathematics. 

The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent, in each subject. 

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Coui.). The course of study 
extends over two years and is open to students who have passed 
one of the following examinations : Commercial Diploma of the 
University or of the Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education, U.P., Previous Master of Arts in Economics of the 
University, Intermediate for the degree of Bachelor of Com- 
merce of the Bombay University, Bachelor of Arts with Eco- 
nomics or the Master of Arts of any University. The examination 
is ordinarily divided into two Parts Part I being taken at the 
end of the first year and Part II, at the end of the second year, 
or it may be taken entirely at the end of the third year under 
certain conditions. 

The following are the subjects to be studied in the first year 
class: (1) English including one paper on Commercial English, 
(2) (a) Commercial and Industrial Organization, (b) Account- 
ancy, (3) Commercial Law, (4) (a) Principles of Economics 
and Public Finance, (b) Currency and Banking, (c) Economic 
and Commercial Geography. One paper is set in each of the 
subjects. 

The subjects to be studied in the second year class are: 
(1) English including one paper on Essay on a subject of com- 
mercial or economic interest, (2) (a) Statistics, (b) Economic 
Development of U.S.A., Great Britain, Germany and Japan, 
(c) Indian Industries, Trade and Transport, (3) One of the 
following groups, (2 papers) : (a) Advanced Accountancy and 
Auditing, (b) Advanced Banking and Foreign Exchange, and 



44 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Law and Practice of Banking, (c) Industrial and Commercial 
Law, and Secretarial Work and Practice, (rf) Public Finance 
and Administration, (<?) Economics of Transport and Law of 
Carriage by Railways and Organization of Transport, (f) Life 
Assurance and Property Insurance, (</) Actuarial Science, (h) 
Rural Economics and Co-operation, (i) Salesmanship and 
Advertising, (/) Inland and Foreign Tracle. 

One paper is set in each of the subjects except in those 
under (3) in which two papers are set in each subject. There 
is also a viva voce examination. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject or 
group of subjects and 40 per cent, in the aggregate. For a 
position marks of the two examinations, Parts I and II, count 
together for place on the Pass list of the final year. 

Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.). The course of study extends 
over two years and is open to graduates in Arts, Science or 
Commerce. The examination consists of two parts the Previous 
and the Final held at the end of the first and second years 
respectively. The subjects for the Previous Examination are : 
(1) Roman Law, (2) The Law of Contracts except the Law 
of Partnership, (3) The Law of Easements and Torts, (4) The 
Law of Evidence, (5) Criminal Law and Procedure, (6) Con- 
stitutional Law, and (7) Hindu Law. The following are the 
subjects for the Final Examination : ( 1 ) Civil Procedure in- 
cluding Limitation, (2) The Law relating to the Land Tenures, 
Rent and Revenues, (3) The Law of Partnership and of Com- 
panies, (4) Muhammadan Law, (5) The Law relating to 
Transfer of Property, (6) Equity with special reference to Trusts 
and Specific Relief, and (7) Jurisprudence. 

The examination is conducted by papers. The minimum 
for a pass is 30 per cent, in each subject and 50 per cent, in the 
aggregate. 

Master of La^vs (LL.M.). The LL.M. Examination is 
open to Bachelors of Laws of the Allahabad University of at 
least two years' standing. Candidates are required to offer four 
-compulsory and two optional subjects. The compulsory subjects 
are: (1) Jurisprudence and Principles of Legislation, (2) Con- 
stitutional Laws: British and Indian, (3) Equity, and (4) either 
(a) Hindu Law or (b) Muhammadan Law. The following are 
the optional subjects: (1) Muhammadan Law or Hindu Law 
whichever is not chosen as a compulsory subject, (2) Law of 
Contracts, (3) Transfer of Immovable Property and Easements, 
(4) Roman Law, (5) International Law Public, and (6) Inter- 
national Law Private. 

The examination is conducted viva voce and by written 
papers. For a Pass, candidates must obtain 60 per cent, of the 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 45 

aggregate and 50 per cent, in each subject. There are no 
classes. 

The ordinances regarding the LL.M. Examination are, how- 
ever, under revision. 

DOCTORATES. 

Doctor of Philosophy, Arts (D.PhiL).-A candidate for the 
Degree of Doctor of Philisophy must be either (1) a Master of 
Arts of this University or (2) a Master of Arts of any other 
University recognised by this University. 

Every candidate shall pursue as a student of the University 
a course of research of not less than two academic years' duration. 

Note. A teacher of this University shall be considered to be a student 
for the purpose of this Ordinance. 

He shall pursue his research at Allahabad unless the Vice- 
Chancellor, on the recommendation of the supervisor, gives him 
leave of absence for ordinarily not more than one year on the 
ground that it is in the interest of his research that he should 
work elsewhere. 

After the thesis is completed the candidate shall supply five 
printed or typed, but unpublished copies of his thesis which shall 
comply with certain conditions. 

If the examiners report that the thesis is satisfactory the 
University shall arrange for the viva voce examination. 

If the viva vocc examiners are also satisfied, the recommenda- 
tions of the thesis and viva examiners shall be placed by the 
Research Degree Committee before the Faculty, for necessary 
action. 

Doctor of Letters (D.Litt.). A candidate for the Degree 
of Doctor of Letters must be either (a) a Doctor of Philosophy 
of this University of at least two years' standing or (b) a 
Master of Arts of this University of at least seven years' standing 
or (r) a Master of Arts of at least seven years' standing of 
a University recognised by this University, or (rf) a Doctor of 
Philosophy of another University recognised by the Allahabad 
University who has resided at the University for at least one 
year. Candidates under (b) and (c) must satisfy the Faculty 
that the work already done by them is of sufficient merit to earn 
exemption from the D.PHII,. Degree. 

Every candidate who ^ intends to supplicate for the said 
degree stall communicate his intention to do so to the Registrar 
stating the subject chosen by him- for the thesis and support his 
application by submitting a copy of the contribution published 
by him towards the advancement of the subject of his study. 
He shall submit a certificate from two Members of the Faculty 



46 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

that he is a fit and proper person to supplicate for the Degree 
of Doctor of Letters. 

After the thesis is completed, the candidate shall supply five 
printed or typed copies of his thesis. The thesis shall comply 
with certain conditions. 

If the majority of Examiners report that the thesis is satis- 
factory, the University shall arrange the viva voce examination. 

If the viva voce examiners are also satisfied, the recom- 
mendations shall be placed before the Faculty for necessary action. 

Doctor of Letters in Economics (D.Litt. Econs.). The 
conditions of admission are the same as those for the old 
Doctorate in Arts. 

Doctor of Philosophy, Science (D.Phil.). A Candidate for 
the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy must be either ( 1 ) a Master 
of Arts or Science of this University, or (2) a Master of Arts 
or Science of any other University recognised by this University. 

Every candidate shall pursue as a student of the University 
a course of research of not less than two academic years' 
duration. 

Note. A teacher of this University shall be considered to be a student 
for the purpose of this Ordinance. 

He shall pursue his research at Allahabad unless the Vice- 
Chancellor, on the recommendation of the supervisor, gives him 
leave of absence for ordinarily not more than one year on the 
ground that it is in the interest of his research that he should 
work elsewhere. 

After the thesis is completed the candidate shall supply five 
printed or typed, but unpublished copies of his thesis which shall 
comply with certain conditions. 

If the examiners report that the thesis is satisfactory, the 
University shall arrange for the viva voce examination. 

If the viva voce examiners are also satisfied, the recom- 
mendations of the thesis and viva examiners shall be placed by 
the Research Degree Committee before the Faculty for necessary 
action. 

Doctor of Science (D.Sc.). A candidate for the Degree of 
Doctor of Science must be either (a) a Doctor of Philosophy 
of this University of at least two years' standing or (6) a Master 
of Arts or a Master of Science of this University of at least seven 
years' standing or (c) a Master of Arts or a Master of Science 
of at least seven years' standing of a University recognised by 
this University or (d) a Doctor of Philosophy of another Uni- 
versity recognised by the Allahabad University, who has resided 
at the University for at least one year. Candidates under (b) 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 47 

and (c) must satisfy the Faculty that the work already done by 
them is of sufficient merit to earn exemption from the D.PHIL. 
Degree. 

Every candidate who intends to supplicate for the said 
degree shall communicate his intention to do so to the Registrar 
stating the subject chosen by him for the thesis and support his 
application by submitting a copy of the subject of his study. 
He shall submit a certificate from two Members of the Faculty 
that he is a fit and proper person to supplicate for the Degree 
of Doctor of Science. 

After the thesis is completed, the candidate shall supply five 
printed or typed copies of his thesis. The thesis shall comply 
with certain conditions. 

If the majority of examiners report that the thesis is satis- 
factory, the University shall arrange the viva voce examination. 

If the viva voce examiners are also satisfied, the recom- 
mendations shall be placed before the Faculty for necessary 
action. 

Doctor of Laws (LL.D.). A Master of Laws of the Uni- 
versity of Allahabad or any person who has passed the Exami- 
nation for Honours in Law of that University on or before 1st 
of November 1906, is admitted to the LL.D. Degree if he has 
written an essay approved of by the Faculty of Law and has 
produced a certificate from two Members of the Faculty of Law 
or two Doctors of Law to the effect that he has practised his 
profession with repute for at least five years or has contributed 
either by scholastic work or by literary production, to the 
advancement of Law and that in habits and character he is a 
fit person to receive the Degree. ' 

Conditions of Readmission to the University Examinations. 

A candidate who has failed once in a Degree Examination 
other than in Law (Previous or Final) and Final M.A. or M.Sc. 
(Mathematics) Examination, is allowed to appear at a subse- 
quent examination, only if he attends a regular course of study 
during the year of such examination. If he fails more than once, 
he is allowed to reappear within five years without putting in 
the required terms but under certain prescribed conditions. 
A candidate who has attended a regular course of study for the 
Previous or Final Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of 
Laws is allowed to appear at any subsequent examination with- 
out attending a further regular course of study provided that 
he has attended a regular course of study within ten years 
immediately preceding the examination and provided also that 
he has attended lectures either in the University School of Law 
previous to 1923 or in the Law Department of the University. 



48 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A candidate who has attended a regular course of study for the 
Final M.A. or Final M.Sc. (Mathematics) Examination is 
allowed to appear at any subsequent examination without attend- 
ing a further regular course of study provided that his application 
is recommended by the Dean of the Faculty concerned and 
provided also that he takes the subsequent examination within 
five years of his having attended a regular course of study. Any 
candidate who has failed in one subject of the B.A., B.Sc. or 
B.CoM. Examination, but has attained the prescribed standard, is 
allowed to appear at a subsequent examination in that subject 
alone. Ex-students are required to pay an annual fee of Rs. 5 
to appear at subsequent examinations. 

Teaching of French and German. 

Classes for teaching French and German have been started 
in the University. The classes are held out of University hours. 
They are open to students and members of the teaching staff 
of the University. Others may also be admitted with the pre- 
vious permission of the Vice-Chancellor. The monthly fee for 
attending lectures in French and German or either of those 
languages is Rs. 4. 

Military Science. 

Ordinances for a Certificate of Proficiency in Military 
Science have been framed. The course is of two years' duration. 
Instruction in Military Science was imparted last session. Four 
candidates appeared and qualified for the Certificate. The fee 
for the Certificate is Rs. 10. 

Diploma in Indian Music. 

Ordinances for the Diploma Examination in Indian Music 
have been framed. The course is of two years' duration. The 
tuition fee is Rs. 18 per session. The fee for the Diploma is 
Rs. 10. 

Table of Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

B.A. or B.Sc. (Pass) .. .. .. .. 30 

B.A. (II Year Honours) in addition to the fee paid for 

the B.A Pass Examination . . . . . . 5 

B.A. (Honours) .. .. .. .. .. 20 

B.Sc. (Honours) .. .. .. .. .. 20 

Each Subsidiary Subject . . . . . . . . 10 

B.A. Ill Year or M.Sc. (Previous) .. .. .. 20 

M.A. (Final) or M.Sc. (Final) .. .. .. 30 

B.CoM. (Part I) 20 

B.COM. (Part II) .. .. .. .. .. 20 

LL.B. (Previous) .. .. .. .. 30 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 49 

Rs. 
LL.B. (Final) .. .. .. .. . . 40 

LL.M. .. 100 

D.PHIL. .. .. .. .. ..100 

D.LiTT. in Arts . . . . . . . . . . 200 

D.LiTT. in Economics . . . . . . . . 200 

D.Sc. .. .. .. .. .. ..200 

LL.D. .. .. .. .. .. ..200 

Certificate of Proficiency in French or German . . 10 

Military Science . . . . 10 

Diploma in Indian Music . . . . . . . . 10 



Andhra University. 



Introduction. 

The University was constituted to provide the Andhra 
Districts of the Madras Presidency with a University of their 
own. The affiliated and recognized colleges provide courses 
of study, qualifying students for admission to University 
examinations including those in Oriental Languages, but exclud- 
ing those for Honours degrees. 

The University Honours College of Arts and Commerce 
was opened on 1st July 1931 and the Jeypore Vikrama Deo 
College of Science and Technology on 4th July 1932. 

Officers of the University. 

THE: CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency John Francis Ashley, Lord Erskine, 
G.C.S.I., G.C.I.E. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

Maharajah Sri Sri Sri Dr. Vikrama Deo Varma, 

Hon. D.Litt. (Andhra), Maharajah of Jeypore, 

Jeypore (Orissa). 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Dr. C. Ramalinga Reddy, M.A. (Cantab.), non. D.Litt. (Andhra), 

M.L.C. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. C. D. S. Chetti, M.A. 

UNIVERSITY ORATORS. 
Mr. K. Sivarama Krishna Rao, M.A., L.T. 
Mr. P. Lakshmikantam, M.A. 

HONORARY LEGAL ADVISER. 
Mr. L. Subba Rao, B.A., B.L., M.L.C. 

The Vice-Chancellor is a whole-time salaried officer of the 
University. 

Authorities of the University. 

The authorities of the University are: 
(1) The Senate, (2) The Syndicate, (3) The Academic 
Council, (4) The Faculties, and (5) The Board of Studies. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 



51 



The Senate consists of 89 members and is the supreme 
governing body. 

The Syndicate consists of 14 members and is the executive 
body of the University. 

The Academic Council which consists of 42 members, pres- 
cribes courses of study, determines the curricula, has general 
control of teaching within the University and is responsible for 
the maintenance of the standards thereof. 

Teaching Staff of the University. 

Mathematics . . Reader : Dr. V. Ramaswami, B.A. 

(Cantab.), Ph.D. (Cantab.). 
Lecturers {First Grade) : Mr. M. 
Lakshmanaimirti, M.A. ; Mr. N. S. 
Nagenclra Nath, M.SC. (on leave). 

Lecturers (Second Grade) : Mr. K. 
Nagabhushanam, M.A. ; Mr. P. Ratnam, 
M.A. (on leave) ; Mr. K. Sambasiva 
Rao, M.A. (irons.) (Temporary). 

Philosophy .. Reader: Dr. Saileswar Sen, M.A., D.ijtt., 

D.phil. 

Lecturer (First Grade) : Dr. T. A. 
Purushottam, M.A V Ph.D. (London). 

Lecturer (Second Grade) : Mr. P. T. 
Raju, M.A. 

Professor : Vacant. 

Reader: Mr. M. Venkatarangaiya, M.A. 

Lecturers (First Grade) : Mr. G. Venket 
Rao, M.A., UV.B. ; Dr. V. S. Krishna, 
B.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Vienna) ; Mr. N. 
Srinivasan, M.A. (Mad.), B.SC. (nons.) 
(London ). 

Lecturers (Second Grade) : Mr. Ch. 
Sitarama Sastri, M.A.; Mr. K. V. 
Punnayya, B.A. (nons.) ; Mr. T. 
Satyanarayana Rao, M.A. (Acting). 

Lecturers (First Grade) : Mr. P. 
Lakshmikantam, M.A. ; Vidwan G. J. 
Somayajee, M.A., L.T. 

Lecturers (Second Grade) : Mr. M. 
Suryanarayana Sastri; Mr. V. Ch. 
Sitaramaswami Sastri; Mr. A. Rama- 
krishna Rao, B.A. 



History, Economics 
and Politics 



Telugu 



52 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Commerce 



Physics 



Chemistry and 
Technology 

Chemistry 



Technology 



Lecturers (First Grade) ; Mr. A. Sesha- 
giri Rao, M.A., A.S.A.A. (London) ; 
Mr. V. K. Upadrasta, B.A., I^.B., 
A.S.A.A. (London) ; Mr. T. P. Rajan, 
B.A., B.com. (Edin.). 
Lecturers (Second Grade) : Mr. H. K. 
Dutta, M.A. (com.) ; Mr. E. Venka- 
tesam, B.A., M.L. (Part-time). 
Tutor: Mr. K. S. Sharma, M.com. 

Honorary Professor: Sir C. V. Raman, 

M.A., D.SC., Ph.D., Uv.D., F.R.S., N.L. 

Readers: Mr. S. Bhagavantam, M.SC. ; 

Dr. K. Rangadhama Rao, M.A., D.SC. 

(London). 
Lecturer (First Grade) : Dr. I. Rama- 

krishna Rao, M.A., Ph.D. (Lond.). 
Lecturer (Second Grade) : Dr. A. Vira- 

bhadra Rao, M.A., D.SC. 
Lecture Assistant: Mr. V. Suryapra- 

casam, B.SC. (lions.). 
Demonstrators: Dr. S. Gopalakrishna- 

murti, M.A., D.SC.; Mr. P. Koteswaran, 

B.SC. (nons.). 

Professor : Vacant. 

Reader: Dr. T. R. Seshadri, M.A., ph.D. 
(Manchester). 

Lecturers (First Grade) : Dr. G. Gopala 
Rao, M.SC., A. i.e. (London), D.SC.; 
Dr. Bh. S. V. Raghava Rao, M.SC., 
ph.D. (London), A.I.C., A.I.S.SC. 

Lecturer (Second Grade) : Mr. K. 
Neelakantam, M.A. (on leave) ; Mr. P. 
Suryapracasa Rao, B.sc.(nons.). 
Lecturer Assistant: Mr. G. V. L. N. 
Murty, M.SC. 

Demonstrators: Mr. S. Rangaswami, 
B.A. (nons.); Mr. Ch. I. Varadanam, 
M.SC. ; Mr. N. Subba Rao, B.SC. 
(nons.). 

Lecturers (First Grade) : Mr. N. L. 
Vidyarthi, M.SC. (Liverpool), A.M.I. 
chem.E. (Lond.) ; Dr. G. Gangadha- 
ram, B.E., M.SC., D.Eng. (Munich), 

A. M.S., M.A.A.S. 

Part-time Lecturer (Descriptive Engi- 
neering) ; Mr. T. V. R. Naidu, B.SC., 
B.SC. (Eng.). 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY S3 

Lecturers (Second Grade) (Sugar 
Technnology) : Mr. C. Venkata Rao, 
M.SC. (nons.) (Tech.) (on leave) ; 
Mr. C. J. Dasa Rao, M.SC. (nons.) 
(Acting) ; (Pharmaceutical Chem- 
istry: Mr. M. L. Khorana, M.SC.; 
(Botany) ; Mr. J. Venkateswarlu, 
M.SC. 

"English . . Lecturer (First Grade) : Mr. M. V. N. 

Suhba Rao, M.A. 

Lecturer (Second Grade) : Mr. B. 
Muthuswami, B.A. (nons.). 

French and German Lecturer (Second Grade) : Mr. S. T. 

Krishnamachari, B.A., B.L. 

Hindi . . Pandit : Mr. V. Venkateswara Sarma, 

Visarad, Pracharak. 

Oriya . . Pandit : Vidya Praveena Madhusuclhan 

Shodangi. 

Librarian . . Mr. S. Parthasarathy, M.A., A.I^.A. 

(Lond.) (Acting), 

University, Affiliated and Recognized Colleges with 
Names of the Respective Principals. 

University College of Arts and Commerce. 

Mr. M. Venkatarangaiah, M.A., Reader-in-charge. 

ley pore Vikrama Deo College of Science and Technology. 
Mr. S. Bhagavantam, M.SC., Reader-in-charge. 

FIRST GRADE COLLEGES. 

Pittapur Raja's College, Cocanada. 
Mr. P. Ramaswamy, M.A. 

Andhra Christian College, Guntitr. 

The Rev. Dr. J. Roystrock, M.A., D.D. 

Hindu College, Masulipatam. 

Mr. K. Sivarama Krishna Rao, M.A., i,.T. 

Noble College, Masulipatam. 

The Rev. W. Shuttleworth, M.A. 

Maharaja's College, Parlakimedi. 

Mr. P. Jagannathaswami Pantulu, M.A., i,.T. 

Government Arts College, Rajahmundry. 

Rao Sahib D. S- Sarma, M.A., L.T. 
Maharaja's College, Vizianagaram. 

Mr. U. Subbaraya Bhat, M.A., I..T. 



54 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

SECOND GRADE COLLEGES. 

Kdlikote College, Berhampur. 

Mr. Y. Ramamurty, M.A., L.T. 

S. R.> R. College, Bezwada. 

Mr. N. Swaminatha Aiyyar, M.A. (nons.). 

Hind(ii College, Guntur. 

Mr. B. Ramachandra Rao, M.A., L.T. 
Venka\tagiri Raja's College, Nellore. 

Mr. M. S. Raghavan, M.A. 
Mrs. A. V. N. College, Vizagapatam. 

Mr. M. Kamaiya, M.A., L.T. 

PROFESSIONAL COLLEGES. 

Medical College, Vizagapatam. 

Major F. M. Collins, M.A., M.B., M.chir. (Camb.), F.R.C.S., 

I.M.S. 

Government Training College, Rajahmundry. 
Mr. V. Appa Rao, M.A., L.T. 

COLLEGES FOR ORIENTAL STUDIES. 

Narasimha Sanskrit College, Gudur (Kistna Dt.) 
Mr. S. T. G. Varadachari, M.A. 

Sri Sarada Niketanam, Guntur. 

Mr. P. Madhava Sarnia, M.A. (nons.). 

Sanskrit College, Nellore. 

Mr. G. Hanumat Sastry, M.A. 
Maharaja's Sanskrit College, Parlakimedi. 

Kavyathirtha Madhusudhan Mahapatro, B.A. 
Andhra Yuvati Samskruta Kalasala, Rajahmundry. 

Ubhayabhasha Praveena Srimati B. Kamakshamma. 

Kota Lakshmayya Naidu Sanskrit College, Tenali. 
Mr. T. Veeraraghavaswamy. 

Maharaja's Sanskrit College, Vizianagaram. 
Mr. P. V. Ramanujaswami, M.A. 

Number of Students in the University in 1937. 

Names of Colleges No. of Students 

I. UNIVERSITY COLLEGES. 

University College of Arts and Commerce . . 204 

Jeypore Vikrama Deo College of Science and 
Technology .. .. .. .. 59 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 55 

Names of Colleges No. of Students 

II. FIRST GRADE COLLEGES. 

Pittapur Raja's College, Cocanada . . . . 608 

Andhra. Christian College, Guntur .. .. 536 

Hindu College, Masulipatam . . . . 361 

Noble College, Masulipatam . . . . 100 

Maharaja's College, Parlakimedi . . . . 133 

Government Arts College, Rajahmundry . . 297 

Maharaja's College, Vizianagaram . . . . 311 

III. SECOND GRADE COLLEGES. 

Kallikote College, Berhampur . . . . 80 

S. R. R. College, Bezwada . . . . 49 

Hindu College, Guntur . . . . 235 

Venkatagiri Raja's College, Nellore . . . . 195 

Mrs. A. V. N. College, Vizagapatam . . . . 212 

IV. PROFESSIONAL COLLEGES. 

Government Training College, Rajahmundry . . 104 

Medical College, Vizagapatam . . . . 280 

V. COLLEGES FOR ORIENTAL STUDIES. 

Narasimha Sanskrit College, Gudur . . 29 

Sri Sarada Niketanam, Guntur . . . . 7 

Sanskrit College, Nellore . . . . 25 

Maharaja's Sanskrit College, Parlakimedi . . 26 

Andhra Yuvati Samskruta Kalasala, Rajahmundry 13 

Kota Lakshmayya Naidu Sanskrit College, Tenali . . 22 

Maharaja's Sanskrit College, Vizianagaram . . 60 

List of Successful Candidates in the University Examinations of 
September 1936 and March-April 1937. 

No. of No. of 

S. No. Name of Examination Candidates Candidates 

Examined Passed 

1. Matriculation March 68 23 

2. Intermediate Examination 

March-April .. 1,513 461 

September .. 734 271 

3. B.A. April .. 520 169 

September .. 370 130 

4. B.Sc. April ..59 27 

September . . 35 12 

5. B.A. (HoNS.) Part I 

April ..21 9 

September . . 6 1 

6. B.A. (HoNS.) Final April 18 13 

7. B.Sc. (HoNS.) 

Part I April ..29 21 

September . . 17 6 



56 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

No. of No. of 
S. No. Name of Examination Candidates Candidates 

8. BSc. (RONS.)- Examined Passed 

Part II April 25 23 

9. B.CoM. Part I April 54 31 

September ..31 19 

10. Do. Part II April 56 25 

September . . 18 5 

11. B.CoM. (HoNS.) Part I 

April .. 11 6 

September . . 10 6 

12. Do. Final April ..9 5 

13. B.ED. April .. 133 106 

14. Pre-Registration April 24 16 

January ..55 28 

15. First M.B. & B.S. Whole Examination- 

April 3 3 

January . . 3 

Part I April ..22 18 

January , . 31 21 

Part II April 35 17 

January 42 28 

16. Second M.B. B.S. 

Part I March ..21 15 

January . . 20 17 

Part II March . . 26 21 

January 24 12 

17. Final M.B. & B.S. Whole Examination- 

May ..5 2 

January 5 1 

Part I March ..9 8 

January . . 9 9 

Part II May 18 14 

January ..18 12 

18. Entrance Test to Ubhayabhasha Praveena Course 

Telugu Main March 18 10 

September 7 3 

19. Oriental Title- 

Preliminary March-April 87 49 
Preliminary and Final 

March-April ..16 12 

Final March-April ... 103 54 
Certificate of Proficiency in Oriental Learning- 1 

March 6 4 
Diploma in Librarianship Examination 

March ..10 6 

Benefactions. 

The value of benefactions received by the University up to 
the end of 1936-37 is Rs. 5,89,439. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 



57 





s 

1 

OH 


o meet the recurring 
expenditure of the 
Jeypore Vikrama Deo 
College of Science and 
Technology 


or encouragement of 
Telugu and Sanskrit 
Learning 


or instituting a Reader- 
ship in Experimental 
Psychology 


or arranging lectures by 
distinguished Scholars 


t present there are two 
Fellowships each of the 
value of Rs. 75 per 
month for Research in 
Science 






H 


fc- 


fe 


fe 


< 




Is 

S o 


.1 


rf 







5 




o 
5 c 

^ t ( 


^ 


irT 




S 


Cvi 






g"H| 




1 ^ ^^ 


*o 








c 




Q> . M 

.Ji ~ C 


ctf 






,5 


> 5.12 c o 

>- W 3 




^ v-. S w. 


I*" 






*rt 






+- ^> oj (/) ^> 








> 


^.tijj* 3 




V rt""^ CJ 


*C ^ 





.32 


"o 


-c ",2 

^J T3.fl 


5 


o^^g 


"1 


s? 


4) 














S 




T < ^ ^ 4) 


r-t 


<L> .'3 ^ 


>, . 


PH 


? 








"H J^ c o $ 


i </j 









^ ^ pq.s o 


V) 


rt Pn 3TJPH 


t? 




1 




PH 


PH 


^ 






















JC rt 




''Jr 3''' 


*? ' 








S ^ 


r/^ OJ r3 


? 


6 






o 

c 
o 
Q 


l|3i 

2 

^^o S 

< S si rt 

S ,_Q S 


*C ty o 


rt bp 

O g 

S e 
g S'S 

>>J2 

rt c3 


Krishnaswa 
dvocate-Gen 


^ 

: 

%& 

(A ^ 




*o 
c; 
rt 


2 OT ffi u 

g ?a 
j gl^ 
. c ^S-s 


fjl 


u.;X 

r l 
w._ ,3 r 
2 ^ 

(JjD JSH-J 

O rt ^J 
CM '^ 


._ 

3c3 

<^ 

>. - 

n<2 


SI 

W 12 

tX 

rt 

1 






CAi 


^ 


^ 


C/5 


W 




S 




1 


W 


rt 
> ** 


1 






c 

<u 


o 


13 


< 5 

S s 


W 




O 


e 


u-f 


rt 


.~ o 


t5 




t 





o 


rt 




'5 




w 


^ 


s 


P^ 


r 


.52 S* 




M-l 


W 


*S 2 


v^ "J- 


iS 


Q rC 










o S 








i 


o 


ll 


S 


5 ^ 


g: 






Q* 




.* o 








*2 




rt W 


rt-^ 


V-. ^S 


.52 fe 




^ 


ft 


p^ 


c/5 


W 



58 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



a 

OH 


o ^ *o i 

!^ 

1 d a1 

*S S 

.sa :3 ffi 

*2Sc c 

*- (/a .-; O 5 

SS|E- 
8*3 " 

^&8 


For instituting four 
Scholarships each of the 
annual value of Rs. 108 
(two in Junior and 
two in Senior B.A.) 


.S t/3 "*"* P^ 

3 4H -M 

2 oo 


For instituting a Re- 
search Scholarship in 
memory of his father 


.S 
-,* 





1 


1 




to 










8 


T-4 


IO 


i 


1 


9 


s 


S 






"c 


| 






3 









o 











1 




^ 


8 


8 


2 





of 


R 


& 


^ 


^r 








8 


8 








g 


1 ' 


0*0 
.fa S 


$ 


i'o 

S i5^ 


ii 


Ui 



*o 

rt 


g 

PQ 
'C 

(A 

5 


n Memorial 
nittee, Madras 


Q-S <i> 
w w 

rt .5 nj 

. HH 


, Rangadhama 
er in Physics, 
University 


DALS AND PRIZ 

.ti Meenakshi ! 
ami Aiyyar, w 
ate Principal 


lavaram Krish 
u Memorial 
e, Bellary 




2 




88 

3 


OO 


W g2 

J2 

Vn-P^-O 

Q 


S g ^^ 

!s G w , 

gs3 

C/2 


E^ 

JM-1 

go 


1 


T3 

1 


a 


i 

O ^ 

S 


2f 

rt'S 
U) 2 


rt 


g 

$ 




O 

o 

c 


c 

*k< en 


1 

JS 

*Q 


C w 

!* 


.S rt 
*<2'o 

8-g 


rt 


: 
o 


S 
rt 


-s- 
o-g 

ll 


1 

c/i 

C 

<u 
o 

CO 


r C. V. R 
tinuation 
Scholarship 


. V. N 
Research $ 


Krishnasw 
Medal 


. N. P. r 

macharlu 1 


^ 


o 


O 


& 


W 


vii 


< 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 



59 



rt 


(A 

1 


4) tC *^ J^J 

~ | I.S-2& 

t< lT *"C3 J*^ . ..r^ 

rt G C iy *O 


ptional Branches 


U tl 

O +j 
u 
. rt 

F 

ti ^fc 

rt go 


- 


*^ 




O 


<j s ' r] tl 


4 


^ 


. C S . - gjj 




.^ c 


"G 

41 


"G 
h-i 


^C HH f^ ^C ^ O O 13 

PQ K W 





W PQ 


ffl 


VO 


-O O C^J 

c^ t> 10 


a 


S 5 




















csf T-T 


R. Venkataratnam j 
hashtipurthi Celebrations 
ommittee, Cocanada 


V. Purnaiya Pantulu, 
ub-Judge, Rajahmundry 


- rt ' ,-f 4-1 
vT^ to ,r^ "* 

c2 N . rt . 

rt S >> H^^^ 
Q >*Og , s^ 

^rt f^^ S rt 


R. Venkataratnam 
hashtipurthi Celebrations 
bmrriittee, Cocanada 


rt rt"--*^ U -^ ' 
43 ti rt i ^* { 

IJI* 2w'| { 4's 

gp4l3 ;SH^ 

sl1l J^l^- 

^^^-5 w ^q 


u-LOU 


utfl 


ul rt ^ 'O u CQ C3 


uCOU 


^OWPQO ,i2P^^d^* 


i/5 


s 


s ^ s 


oa 


^ aj 


Venkataratnam 
ediate Medal 


1 

G 

' 

^ C 


J i 

1 ^c3 

rt .rt *^5 

Q | |^ 


Venkataratnam 
Medal 


"u. 

^o 

^ & 
c *c 

rt rt 

6 w 

O 4> 


i 

>fc 5 


"rt G O 

.gfe 


i ^i ^fe 


^ 


^| o.g 


iH 


w " 


iS W w 


^ 


E c 



60 



HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 





en i 


en 
en 


ri 


en 


.. 







* a 

PL, 




1 


pS 


c 


w 




rt 








c '3 






s a 


t_ 

O 


H 





.5 >5J 
rt ^5 


o 


1 


/^S X-N 
W CO 


t/5 


7 


7 


X-N 

J3 5 


1 


1 


S5 ^ 

O J3 O 


It 





o 


S g 

^ ^ 
E 


!i 




C *-M 


htH 






^ 


| 1 






<i 1 


< ; 


< ; 


cX P 


CQ ^' 




PQ ' PQ 


CQ 


PQ 


PQ 


PQ* P5 


^^ 


Annual 
Income 


e^iO 

Cd oo ^ 


88 


S 


S 


K S 


S 


1 


OJ * T 1 T-4 r-H C^ t 




3 


o 


1 

Q 


<U , Q^ 

5j ,2 
** 1 


Ij 


Somasundara 
, Vizianaga- 


, Lucknow 


^-T ""5 J 

^^ S & 
c3.& ^2 

S e t;' 2 
S'C *> 

cnOn r 

i) <y '*3,-i 

rt o tip eg 


II 


*o 


en ^ ^ 
-rj iJ 3 rt 


g3 


^ 3 
'^3 


c 

J3 


6.^ 4; CXPQ 
^> n3 "* 
g ;> 'o r fe . 


^ 


c3 


C *- Ui l- 

5 <y 3 ^J 

^ O > bo 

fe .2/| O.I 

<y C? .N 


If 


rt c 

9& 
** 

u 


oj x 

t/3.t? 

c/i 

g 
.5 

Ui ut-> 


S o cn < - 

H ^ ^ 

sJ w j_ rt g 

^^^ ^Ort 

^,s o^a 


MI 




& S 


Q 


S 


Q 


jg p^ 


o 


"c 


rt 








3 




O) 


C 


*> 





"> 


*T3 




6 




<L> 






*j 




^ 


*rt 




P4 





^ 




1 


3 


rt 


2 


u. 

rt 


rt ^ 


13 


|T| 

M-4 


1 

J2 *^ 

*3 c^ 


ts 

1 




o> 

-S.s 


| 5 

^ <u 

^ 


a 


o 

0> 


X 


> 

^ cy 


v 


jS'e 


^ ^ 




en 


rt 


I s 6 


>' 


o .S 

C/} V* 

PL. 
> 


en 


H ' | 


IM 

0) 

o 

< 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 



61 



1 

CO 

rt 


-L 





1 


*-M 


& 


S 


^55 




" 


. 


i_i 


2 


5*o b 
1^1 




W 


O 

sl 


co 

1 

CO 


ii 


W-i 

be (/) 

PQ ^ 


1 


2 

of 

p 




PQ 

a 


S3 





a 


s 


10 


s 


..IIM 


e 


s s 

rt o 







rt 


Jg_ 


rt 


11 


s 


OS 


c 

rt 


^ > 




rt.o 










rt 


-M ft> 


*^ 


oj 




rt 


oS 


|u 


a 

'ES 


1 

rt 


rt 
13 


3J MH 






J3 U 




rt 




<jc-< 


t w 


U5 rj 
^ rt 


. 





s 


Q r 


-ff 


rt>*H 
v4^ 


42 


'43 


rv> *^ 


ca 


ucij 


"^-U 


1 


fl 


(0 


s 


CO 


Q 


CO 


CO 


a 




II 




13 


-o 




oi 


43 ^J 


IS 


.-S 


<u 




ameswari Viswan 
Medal 


ir R. Venkatan 
Post-Graduate 3 
For Theses) 


r. A. Lakshmipat 
Medal 
(For Essay) 


reemati Raghupat 
Seshamma Garu 1 
(For a Woman) 


c3 
bfl 



u,' 


r. S. Rangachari 
Surgery Medal 


W 


CO 


Q 


CO 


O 


Q 



62 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Library. 

The University Library consists of over 32,100 volumes 
including some manuscript copies on paper and palm leaves. 
Of this number, 3,768 books were purchased during the year. 

The following are among the principal donors to the Uni- 
versity Library: 

Late D. Lakshminarayan, Kampte 5,000 

Dr. S. R. U. Savur 700 

Sir J. C. Coyajee 300 

Vidwan G. Somanna 200 

Budget. 

The University depends on Government grants to meet the 
routine expenditure. The Madras Government have sanctioned 
an annual contribution of Rupees one lakh and a half. In addi- 
tion they made in 1930 an Endowment Grant of Rs. 27 lakhs, 
and a non-recurring grant of Rs. 7^ lakhs for buildings and 
equipment of the University. 

Provident Fund, 

Members of the University staff, excluding the Vice- 
Chancellor, drawing a salary of Rs. 20 and above per mensem 
are members of the University Provident Fund. The menials 
are eligible for gratuity at the time of their retirement. 

Degrees and Titles. 

The following are Degrees instituted in the University : 
Faculty of Arts 

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.). 

Bachelor of Arts Honours (B.A. HONS.). 

Bachelor of Commerce (B.CoM.). 

Bachelor of Commerce Honours (B.CoM. HONS.). 

Master of Arts (M.A.). 

Master of Arts Honours (M.A. HONS.). 

Doctor of Philosophy (PH.D.). 

Doctor of Letters (D.LiTT.). 
Faculty of Science 

Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). 

Bachelor of Science Honours (B.Sc. HONS.). 

Master of Science (M.Sc.). 

Master of Science Honours (M.Sc. HONS.). 

Doctor of Philosophy (PH.D.). 

Doctor of Science (D.Sc.). 
Faculty of Teaching 

Bachelor of Education (B.Eo.). 

Master of Education (M.Eo.). 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 63 

Faculty of Medicine 

Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery (M.B. & B.S.). 
Licentiate in Medicine and Surgery (L.M. & S.). 
Doctor of Philosophy (PH.D.). 
Doctor of Medicine (M.D.). 
Master of Surgery (M.S.). 
Faculty of Oriental Learning 

Title in Oriental Learning (Vidya Praveena). 

Do. do. (Ubhayabhasha Praveena). 

Do. do. (Alim-i-Fazil). 

Do. do. (Munshi-i-Kamil). 

Master of Oriental Learning (M.O.L.). 
Kala Prapurna (K.P.), Honorary Doctorate Degree. 

The Degrees of D.LiTT. and D.Sc. in the Faculty of Arts 
and of Science, respectively, may also be conferred as Honorary 
Degrees. In the Faculty of Oriental Learning provision is made 
for the Honorary Doctorate Degree of Kala Prapurna (K.P.). 

Courses cf Study for the Several Examinations. 

Admission to courses of study in the University is granted 
to those who have passed the Matriculation Examination of this 
University or that of any other University recognized as equiva- 
lent thereto. 

The external examinations mentioned below are recognized 
as equivalent to the examinations noted against them for the 
purposes specified : 

A. Equivalent to the normal test of admission to the 
Junior Intermediate class of the Andhra University for the 
purpose of admission to this class: 

(1) Secondary School Leaving Certificate Examination 

conducted under the authority of the local Govern- 
ment, Mysore S.S.L.C., Hyderabad H.S.L.C. (first 
and second class only), Travancore E.S.L.C., Cochin 
S.S.L.C., and Royal Indian Military College Diploma, 

(2) Matriculation Examination of any other statutory Indian 

University. 

(3) The Cambridge Senior Certificate Examination. 

(4) European High Schools Examination. 

(5) London Matriculation Examination. 

(6) Oxford School Certificate Examination. 

(7) Dufferin Final Passing out Certificate Examination in 

respect of both Executive and Engineering Cadets. 

(8) High School Examination of Board of High School 

and Intermediate Education, Rajputana, Central 
India and Gwalior, Ajmere. 



64 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(9) The High School Examination conducted by the Board 
of High School and Intermediate Education, 
Allahabad. 

(10) The High School Examination conducted by the Board 
of Secondary Education, Delhi. 

B. Equivalent to the Intermediate Examination, of the 
Andhra University for the purposes of admission to the B.A. 
and Medical courses of the University: 

(1) The Intermediate Examination of all other statutory 

Indian Universities. 

(2) Intermediate Examination of Board of High School 

and Intermediate Education, Rajputana, Central 
India and Gwalior, A j mere. 

(3) Intermediate Examination in Commerce of Board of 

High School and Intermediate Education, Rajputana, 
Central India and Gwalior, Ajmere. (Subject to the 
conditions imposed on candidates taking commercial 
subjects in Inter. Examinations of the Andhra 
University.) 

(4) Intermediate Examination conducted by the Board of 

High School and Intermediate Education (United 
Provinces) Allahabad. 

C. Equivalent to the Bachelor's Degree Examination of the 
Andhra University for the purpose of admission to the Bachelor 
of Education course of the University. 

The B.A. or B.Sc. Degree Examination of any University 
in British India incorporated by a law for the time being in 
force, and of the Mysore University. 

/. Matriculation Examination : 

(a) Courses and Papers 

(i) English (2 papers, each of 2 l /2 hours duration), 
(ii) A Second Language (one paper). 

(Any one of the following languages Sanskrit, 

Arabic, Persian, French, German, Telugu, 

Kannada, Tamil, Oriya, Sinhalese, Hindi, 

Urdu, Marathi, Malayalam.) 

(iii) Mathematics (2 papers). Arithmetic and 

Algebra 3 hrs. ; Geometry 2 l / 2 hrs. 
(iv) Elementary Science (1 paper) 3 hrs. 
(v) History and Geography (2 papers), History 
2 hrs. ; Geography 2 hrs. 

(b) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) each subject: (i) 40% in English and 35% in 

(ii) to (v); 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% 

and above ; and third class rest. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 65 

II. Intermediate Examination: 

(a) Duration Two years. 

(b) Courses and Papers 

PART I. English. 

(1) Poetry 3 hrs. 

(2) Prose 3 hrs. 

(3) Composition 3 hrs. 

PART II. A Second Language-. 

(Any one of the following languages Sanskrit, Latin, 
Arabic, Persian, Pali, French, German, Telugu, Kan- 
nada, Tamil, Oriya, Hindi, Urdu.) 

(1) Prescribed Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(2) Translation for Classical Languages and Compo- 

sition and 
Translation for Modern Indian Languages 3 hrs. 

PART III. Optional Subjects. 

[Any three of the following- from prescribed combinations 

(1) Mathematics, (2) Physics, (3) Chemistry, (4) Botany, 
(5) Zoology, (6) Geography, (7) Logic, (8) Indian 
History, (9) Ancient and Mediaeval History, (10) 
British History, (11) A Classical Language, (12) Eco- 
nomic Geography and Economic History, (13) Econo- 
mics and Banking, (14) Accountancy and General 
Commercial Knowledge, (15) Agriculture, (16) Elec- 
trical Engineering, (17) Mechanical Engineering, (18) 
Surveying, (19) Drawing, (20) Music] 

First Paper (in each of the above subjects) 2j4 hrs. 

Second Paper (in each of the above subjects) 2y 2 hrs. 

(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) each subject under Part I, Part II and Part III: 

35%; 

(ii) first class 50% and above ; second class 35% and 
above. 

III. B.A. Degree Ii.raminatww: 

(a) Duration: Two years. 

(b) Courses and Papers 

PART I. English Language and Literature: (1) Compo- 
sition 3 hrs. (2) Modern Poetry 2*/ 2 hrs. (3) 
Shakespeare 3 hrs. (4) Modern Prose 3 hrs. 

PART II. A Second Language. 

(Any one of the following languages Sanskrit, Latin, 
Arabic, Persian, Pali, French, German, Telugu, Kan- 
nada, Tamil, Oriya, Hindi, Urdu.) 

(1) First Paper 3 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 3 hrs. 

3 * 



66 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

PART III. One of the following optional groups: 
Group (i) Mathematics. 

(1) Algebra and Trigonometry 3 hrs. 

(2) Astronomy 3 hrs. 

(3) Pure and Analytical Geometry 3 hrs. 

(4) Dynamics 2 hrs. 

(5) Calculus 3 hrs. 

(6) Hydrostatics and Properties of Matter 2 hrs. 

Group (ii) (A) Physics Main with Chemistry or Mathe- 
matics Subsidiary. 
Physics Main 

(1) Dynamics and Hydrostatics 2 hrs. 

(2) Properties of Matter and Heat 2 hrs. 
(,3) Light and Sound 2 hrs. 

(4) Electricity and Magnetism 2 hrs. 
One Practical. 
Laboratory Record. 
Chemistry Subsidiary: (same as for B.Sc. Chemistry 

Subsidiary) 
(1) Chemistry Written 3 hrs. 

One Practical. 

Mathematics Subsidiary: (same as for B.Sc. Mathe- 
matics Subsidiary) 

(1) Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry 

3 hrs. 

(2) Calculus and Differential Equation 3 hrs. 

Group (ii) (B) Chemistry Main with Physics Subsidiary^ 
Chemistry Main 

(1) Inorganic Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(2) Physical Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(3) Organic Chemistry 3 hrs. 
One Practical. 
Laboratory Record. 

Physics Subsidiary: (same as for B.Sc. Physics Subsidiary). 
(1) Physics Written 3 hrs. 

One Practical. 
Gro up ( Hi ) (A) Ph ilosophy. 

(1) Psychology I Paper 2 hrs. 

(2) Psychology II Paper 2 hrs. 

(3) Ethics 3 hrs. 

(4) European Philosophy 2*/ 2 hrs. 

(5) Indian Philosophy 2*/ 2 hrs. 

(6) Logic and Theory of Knowledge 3 hrs. 
Group (iii) (B) Philosophy. 

(1) Psychology I Paper 2 hrs. 

(2) Psychology II Paper 2 hrs. 

(3) Ethics 3 hrs. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 67 

Any one of (4) and (5) below: 

(4) European Philosophy 2y 2 hrs. 

(5) Optional subject other than European Philosophy 

2y<2 hrs. 

Any two of (6), (7) and (8) below: 

(6) Economics General 3 hrs. 

(7) Politics 2y 2 hrs. 

(8) Sociology 2^ hrs. 

N.B. Papers same as those in the corresponding subjects 
for groups iii-A, iv & v. 

Group (iv) History and Economics (History Main). 

(1) Politics 3 hrs. 

(2) Indian History Special Period 3 hrs. 

(3) Constitutional History of India British Period 

3 hrs. 

(4) Modern History 3 hrs. 

(5) Economics General 3 hrs. 

Gro\up (v) History and Economics (Economics Main). 

(1) Modern History 3 hrs. 

(2) Sociology 3 hrs. 

(3) Economics Special I 3 hrs. 

(4) Economics Special II 3 hrs. 

(5) Economics General 3 hrs. 

(6) Politics 3 hrs. 

Group (vi) One of the following: 

(1) Sanskrit and Early Indian History. 

(2) Pali and Early Indian History or Sanskrit. 

(3) Arabic or Persian and Early Muslim Period. 

(4) Urdu and Indian History (Muslim Period) or 

Arabic or Persian. 

(5) Dravidian Language or Oriya and a related sub- 

ject or Sanskrit. 

(6) Hindi and Mediaeval History of North India or 

Sanskrit. 

(7) English. 

Papers. 

(1) First Paper 3 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 3 hrs. 

(3) Third Paper 3 hrs. 

(4) Fourth Paper 3 hrs. 

(5) Fifth Paper 3 hrs. 

(6) In case of (i) to (vi) 

Related Subject or Language 3 hrs. 
In case of (vii) 
General Essay 3 hrs. 



68 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(1) each subject under Part I, Part II and Part III: 

35%; 

(2) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 

above; third class 35% and above. 

IV. B.A. Honours Degree Examination: 

(a) Duration: Three years. 

(b) Courses and Papers. 
Preliminary 

(1) English 3 hrs. 

(2) Translation 2 hrs. 

or Related Subject 3 hrs. 

Final: (One of the following Branches). 

Branch I. Mathematics. 

(1) First Paper 3 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 3 hrs. 

(3) Third Paper 3 hrs. 

(4) Fourth Paper 3 hrs. 

(5) Fifth Paper 3 hrs. 

(6) Sixth Paper 3 hrs. 

(7) Seventh Paper 3 hrs. 

(8) Eighth Paper 3 hrs. 



<1) General I. 
(2) II. 

HI. 

IV. 
V. 

VI. 



(4) 
(5) 



(7) Special 

(8) 



Branch II. Philosophy. 

Logic and Theory of Knowledge 3 hrs. 
Outlines of Indian Philosophy 3 hrs. 
History of European Philosophy 3 hrs. 
General Psychology 3 hrs. 
Contemporary Philosophy 3 hrs. 
Essay 3 hrs. 



I._3 hrs. 
II. 3 hrs. 



Branch HI. History, Economics and Politics. 

(1) General I. Indian History 2 Consecutive Periods 

3 hrs. 

(2) II. History of Europe (from 1450 A.D.) 3 hrs. 

(3) III. Economics 3 hrs. 

(4) IV. Politics 3 hrs. 

(5) Special I. 3 hrs. 

(6) II._ 3 hrs. 

(7) III. 3 hrs. 

Essay 3 hrs. 
Branch IV. Telugu Language and Literature. 

(1) Poetry and Drama 3 hrs. 

(2) Prose and History of Language or Literature 3 hrs. 

(3) Telugu Grammar, Prosody and Poetics 3 hrs. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 69 

(4) Elementary Sanskrit and Elementary Prakrit Life 

3 hrs. 

(5) Essay 3 hrs. 

(6) Special I. 3 hrs. 

(7 ) M n._3 hrs. 

(8) III. 3 hrs. 

(c} Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) each subject under Preliminary and Final: 40% ; 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 
above ; third class 40% and above. 

V. B.Com. Degree Examination: 

(a) Duration : Two years. 

(b) Courses and Papers 
PART I. 

(a) Commercial Correspondence and Precis-writing. 

(&) Translation (Hindi) 2^ hrs. 
PART II. 

(1) Economics General 3 hrs. 

(2) Law and Practice of Banking 3 hrs. 

(3) Business Organization 3 hrs. 

(4) Book-Keeping and Accounts 3 hrs. 

(5) Mercantile and Industrial Law 3 hrs. 

(6) Commercial Knowledge and Commercial Arithmetic 

3 hrs. 

(7) Commercial Geography 3 hrs. 

(8) Special Subject I or 

(9) Special Subject II 3 hrs. 

(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) each subject under Part I and Part II: 35%; 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and above; 
and third class 35% and above. 

VI. B.Com. (Hons.} Degree Examination. 

(a) Duration : Three years. 

(b) Courses and Papers. 

PART I. Preliminary. 

(a) Commercial Correspondence and Precis-writing 3 hrs. 
(&) Translation (Hindi) 2j hrs. 

PART II. Final. 

(1) Economics I. General 3 hrs. 

(2) II. Law and Practice of Banking 3 hrs. 

(3) Business Organization 3 hrs. 

(4) Book-Keeping and Accounts 3 hrs. 

(5) Mercantile and Industrial Law I. 3 hrs. 

(6) Do II. 3 hrs. 

(7) Commercial Geography 3 hrs. 

(8) Statistical Method and Applied Statistics 3 hrs. 



70 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(9) Special Subject I. First Paper 3 hrs. 

(10) Do. Second Paper 3 hrs. 

(11) Do. II. First Paper 3 hrs. 

(12) Do. Second Paper 3 hrs. 

(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) each subject under Parts I and II: 40%; 

(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 

above ; and third class 40% and above. 
VII. B.Sc. Degree Examination: 

(a) Duration : Two years. 

(b) Courses and Papers. 
PART I. English 3 hrs. 
PART II. Mathematics Main. 

(1) Algebra and Trigonometry 3 hrs. 

(2) Pure Geometry 3 hrs. 

(3) Analytical Geometry 3 hrs. 

(4) Calculus 3 hrs. 

(5) Statics and Dynamics 3 hrs. 

(6) Hydrostatics and Astronomy 3 hrs. 

Physics Main. 

(1) Dynamics and Hydrostatics 3 hrs. 

(2) Properties of Matter and Heat 3 hrs. 

(3) Light and Sound 3 hrs. 

(4) Electricity and Magnetism 3 hrs. 
Two Practicals. 

Laboratory Record Note-books. 

Chemistry Main. 

(1) General Chemistry including History of Chemistry 

3 hrs. 

(2) Inorganic Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(3) Physical Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(4) Organic Chemistry 3 hrs. 
Two Practicals. 
Laboratory Record Note-books. 

Botany, Zoology or Geology Main. 

(1) First Paper 3 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 3 hrs. 

(3) Third Paper 3 hrs. 
Botany : Three Practicals. 

Laboratory Record. 

Field-notes and Collection of Plants. 
Zoology : Three Practicals. 

Laboratory Record. 
Geology : Three Practicals. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 71 

Physiology Main. 

(1) First Paper 3 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 3 hrs. 
Three Practi^pals. 

Mathematics Subsidiary. 

(1) Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry 

3 hrs. 

(2) Calculus and Differential Equations 3 hrs. 

Physics Subsidiary. 

(1) Physics (Written) 3 hrs. 
One Practical. 

Chemistry Subsidiary. 

(1) Chemistry (Written) 3 hrs. 

One Practical. 
Botany Subsidiary. 

(1) First Paper 2j4 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 2^ hrs. 
One Practical. 

Zoology Subsidiary. 

O) Invertehrata 2*/ 2 hrs. 
(2) Vertebrata 2*/ 2 hrs. 
One Practical. 

Geology Subsidiary. 

(1) First Paper 2y 2 hrs. 

(2) Second Paper 2^ hrs. 
One Practical. 

Physiology Subsidiary. 

(1) Physiology. 3 hrs. 
Two Practicals. 

(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) each subject under Parts I and II: 35%; 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 
above; and third class 35% and above. 

VIII. B.Sc. Honours Degree Examination:* 

(a) Duration: Three years. 

(b) Courses and Papers 

PART I. 

(1) English 3 hrs. 

(2) Translation 2 hrs. 

PART II. Physics Main. 

(1) Properties of Matter and Dynamic Theory of 

Sound 3 hrs. 

(2) Sound and Heat 3 hrs. 

(3) Light 3 hrs. 



72 HANDBOOK Otf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(4) Electricity and Magnetism 3 hrs. 

(5) Modern Physics I. 3 hrs. 

(6) Do. II. 3 hrs. 
Four Practicals each of 3 hrs. 
Practical Record. 

Chemistry Main. 

(1) General and Historical Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(2) Physical Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(3) Inorganic Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(4) Organic Chemistry 3 hrs. 

(5) Special Subject 3 hrs. 
Four Practicals. 
Practical Record. 

Physics Sttbsidiary to Chemistry Main. 
Physics Theory 3 hrs. 
Physics Practical. 

Chemistry Subsidiary to Physics Main. 

Chemistry Theory 3 hrs. 

Chemistry Practical. 
Mathematics Subsidiary to Physics Main or Chemistry Main. 

Mathematics 3 hrs. 

Technology Main. 

General 

(1) Chemical Engineering 3 hrs. 

(2) Mechanical Engineering I. 3 hrs. 

(3) Do II. 3 hrs. 
Three Practicals. 

Special 

(4) First Paper 3 hrs. 

(5) Second Paper 3 hrs. 

(6) Third Paper 3 hrs. 

(7) Fourth Paper 3 hrs. 

(8) Descriptive Engineering including Machine Draw- 

ing and Workshop Practice 3 hrs. 
Two Practicals. 

Mathematics Subsidiary to Technology Main. 
Mathematics 3 hrs. 

Physics Subsidiary to Technology Main. 
Physics Theory 3 hrs. 
One Practical. 

Chemistry Subsidiary to Technology Main. 
Chemistry First Paper 3 hrs. 
Chemistry Second Paper 3 hrs. 
One Practical. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 73 

(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 
(i) each subject under Parts I and II: 40% ; 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 
above; and third class 40% and above. 

* Note. The Regulations and Syllabuses relating to Honours in Tech- 
nology have been revised recently and under that scheme the courses and 
examinations will be as follows : 

(a) Duration: Three years. 

(b) Courses and Papers. 

The course shall comprise instruction in 

PART I. (a) Mathematics, (b) Physics, (c) Chemistry and (d} 
Descriptive Engineering including Machine Drawing and Work- 
shop Practice. 

PART II. General Chemical Technology, Chemical Engineering, and 
any one of the following special subjects for the study of which 
provision may be made by the University: 
(i) Sugar; 

(ii) Pharmaceuticals and fine chemicals ; 
(iii) Oils and Fats (including essential oils) ; and 
(iv) Ceramics. 

The examinations in the several subjects in Parts I and II shall be 
as detailed below : 

PART I. 

Mathematics. There shall be one paper of three hours' duration, 
carrying 100 marks. 

Physics. There shall be two papers, one written, of three hours' 
duration and one practical, of six hours' duration. Each paper shall 
carry 100 marks. 

Chemistry. There shall be three papers in theory and three practicals, 
one each in Inorganic Chemistry, Physical Chemistry and Organic 
Chemistry, respectively. Each paper in theory shall be of three hours' 
duration and shall carry 100 marks. Each practical examination shall be 
of six hours' duration. Besides the above, there shall be an oral examina- 
tion. The marks for the practical and oral examinations shall be allotted 
as below: 

Inorganic and Physical Chemistry . . 200 marks. 

Organic Chemistry . . . . . . 100 

Practical Records . . . . . . 50 

Oral .. .. .. .. 50 

Descriptive Engineering. There shall be one paper in theory carrying 
100 marks and one in practical (workshop practice) each of three hours' 
duration. The practical examination shall carry 50 marks and drawing 
records 50 marks. 

PART II. 

General Chemical Technology. There shall be one paper in theory 
of three hours' duration and one practical of six hours' duration. Each 
paper shall carry 100 marks and the records 50 marks. 

Chemical^ Engineering. There shall be one paper in theory of three 
hours' duration and one practical of six hours' duration. Each paper 
shall carry 100 marks and the records 50 marks. 

Special subject. There shall be two papers in theory each of three 
hours' duration and one practical of six hours' duration. Each paper 
shall carry 100 marks and. the records 50 marks. 



74 HANDBOOK Otf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

IX. M.A. and M.Sc. Degree Examinations: 

A holder of any one of the following Degrees of this 
University : 

(i) B.A., 
(ii) B.Sc. or B.A., in a Science subject, 

will be eligible for the degree of M.A. or M.Sc. on the same 
conditions as in X infra, provided that he produces satisfactory 
evidence that he has worked for not less than two years, after 
passing the B.A. or B.Sc. Degree Examination, under the 
direction of a person approved by the Syndicate prior to the 
candidate's starting work. 

X. M.A. (Hons.) & MSc. (Hons.) Degree Examinations: 

Candidates for the M.A. (Hons.) and M.Sc. (Hons.) Degree 
Examinations shall satisfy the following conditions : 

(i) That each candidate shall have passed the 
B.A. (Hons.) or B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree Exami- 
nation respectively of the University or of some 
other University accepted as equivalent thereto; 

(ii) That after passing the B.A. (Hons.) or B.Sc. 
(Hons.) Degree Examination respectively, he 
shall have carried on research for a period of 
not less than one academic year in a subject, and 
under the direction of a person, approved in 
advance by the Syndicate; 

(iii) That he shall submit at the end of the period of 
research four copies of a thesis, printed or 
typewritten, embodying the results of the research 
carried out by him together with the report of the 
person who supervised his work, as also the 
prescribed fee of Rs. 100. He shall state, in a 
preface to the thesis, the sources from which he 
has derived information or guidance for his 
work, the extent to which he has availed himself 
of the work of others and the portions of the 
thesis which he claims as original. He shall also 
be required to declare that the thesis submitted 
is not substantially the same as one that has 
already been submitted for a degree at any other 
University ; 

(iv) That the degree shall be awarded to a candidate 
whose thesis is approved by the Syndicate after 
considering the report of a Board of Examiners 
selected from a list recommended by the con- 
cerned Board of Studies and specially constituted 
for the purpose, as one which will indicate a 
capacity for research. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 75 

The Examiners may insist on a viva voce test, if 
they so feel, after examining the thesis. 

(v) Candidates shall submit for registration their 
applications in the prescribed form, to be had 
from the Registrar so as to reach him not later 
than the 31st January of each year. Candidates 
for the degree of M.A. or M.Sc. (Pass or 
Honours) shall submit their thesis, after the 
prescribed period of research to the Registrar so 
as to reach him between the 16th and 30th June 
or between the 1st and 15th December each year. 

XL Ph.D. Degree Examination : 

1. A Master of Arts or Science (Pass or Honours) or an 
M.B.B.S. of this University or of any other University recog- 
nized for this purpose working in the University for a period 
of one year previous to his application may offer himself as 
a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy (PH.D.) 
provided three years have elapsed from the time when he passed 
the examination for the Master's Degree or the M.B.B.S. 
Degree. 

2. Every candidate shall state in his application the spe- 
cial subject within the purview of the regulations for the 
Master's or M.B.B.S. or L.M.S. Degree upon a knowledge of 
which he rests his qualification for the Doctorate, and shall, with 
the application, transmit three copies, printed or typewritten, of 
a thesis on some special portion of the subject so stated, embody- 
ing the result of research or showing evidence of his own work, 
whether based on the discovery of new facts observed by him- 
self, or of new relation of facts observed by others, whether 
constituting an exhaustive study and criticism of the published 
work of others or otherwise forming a valuable contribution to 
the literature of the subject dealt with, or tending generally to 
the advancement of knowledge. The applicant, in submitting a 
thesis, shall state generally in a preface and specifically in notes, 
the sources from which his information is derived, the extent to 
which he has availed himself of the work of others and the 
portions of his thesis which he claims as his original. He shall 
also be required to declare that the thesis submitted is not sub- 
stantially the same as one which has already been submitted to 
any other University. 

3. The candidate may also forward with his application 
three printed copies of any original contribution or contributions 
to the advancement of the special subject professed by him or 
of any cognate subject, which may have been published by him 
independently or conjointly and upon which he relies in support 
of his candidature. . 



76 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

4. The thesis mentioned in Section 2 and the original 
contributions, if any, mentioned in Section 3 shall be referred by 
the Syndicate to a Board of three examiners ordinarily drawn 
from outside India. 

5. The Board shall report to the Syndicate the result of the 
examination of the thesis and if the Syndicate, upon the report, 
considers the candidate worthy of the Degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy it shall declare that the candidate shall be awarded 
the degree and cause his name to be published with the subject 
of his thesis and the titles of his published contributions, if any, 
to the advancement of knowledge. 

6. Candidates for the PH.D. Degree shall submit their 
thesis after the prescribed period of research to the Registrar so 
as to reach him between the 16th and 30th of June or between 
1st and 15th December each year. 

XII. B.Ed. Degree Examination : 
(a) Duration : One year. 

(ft) Courses and papers. 

Practical 

(1) Lesson I. 

(2) Do. II. 

Written 

(3) Theory and Practice of Education Part I 3 hrs. 

(4) Do. Part II 3 hrs. 

(5) History of Education 3 hrs. 

(6) Methods appropriate to teaching English 3 hrs. 

(7) Do. Special subject 3 hrs. 
(r) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) items 1 and 2, 6 and 7 40% ; rest 35%; 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 
above; and third class rest. 

XII-A. Diploma Examination \in the Chemistry of Poods, Drugs 
and Water: 

(a) Duration: One year. 
(&) Courses and papers. 

(1) Chemistry. 

(2) Physiological Chemistry. 

(3) Pharmacy. 

XIII. M.Ed. Degree Examination: 

1. The Degree of Master of Education may be conferred 
upon 

(1) persons who have passed the B,Eo. Degree Exami- 
nation of this University and who are of not less 
than two years' standing; 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 77 

(2) persons who are residents of or domiciled in the 
University area and who have passed an examina- 
tion accepted by the Syndicate as equivalent to the 
B.ED. Degree Examination of this University and 
who are of not less than two years' standing. 

If any question arises as to whether a person coming under 
-clause (2) above, is a resident of or domiciled in the University 
area or not, the question shall be decided by the Syndicate and 
its decision shall be final, provided that a candidate will not be 
considered as domiciled unless he has lived continuously within 
the University area for a period of not less than 2 years 
immediately preceding the date of submission of the thesis. 

2. The M.ED. Degree shall only be awarded to candidates 
who have submitted as a thesis work forming a distinct contri- 
bution to the advancement of learning. Each candidate shall 
state in his application the subject or subjects within the purview 
of the Regulations for the Degree of Bachelor of Education upon 
a special knowledge of which he rests his application for M.ED. 
Degree and shall with the application transmit three copies, 
printed or typewitten, of the thesis. 

The application and the thesis should be forwarded so as to 
reach the Registrar between 1st June and 1st July of any year. 

3. The thesis must comply with the following conditions : 

(1) it must be satisfactory in respect of literary presen- 

tation as well as in other respects and should be 
in a form suitable for publication ; 

(2) the candidate shall indicate generally in his preface 

to his thesis and specially in notes, the sources 
from which his information is taken, the extent 
to which he has availed himself of the work of 
others and the portions of the thesis which he 
claims as his original work.- 

(3) he shall further state whether his research has been 

conducted independently, under advice or in co- 
operation and in what respects his investigations or 
researches appear to him to tend to the advance- 
ment of learning. 

4. The thesis shall be referred to three independent judges 
appointed by the Syndicate who shall examine the thesis, who 
may examine the candidate orally if they so desire and who shall 
report individually whether the candidate's work is of sufficient 
merit to deserve the degree. 

If the Syndicate, upon the independent reports of the 
judges, consider the candidate worthy of the Degree of Master 
of Education it shall cause his name to be published with the 
subject of his thesis. 



78 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

5. Every candidate shall be at liberty to publish his thesis. 
The thesis of any successful candidate may be published by the 
University with the inscription " Thesis approved for the 
Degree of Master of Education in the Andhra University." 

XIV. Medical Examinations: 

(a) Duration: Five and a half years. 

(b) Courses and Papers 

Pre-Registration Examination. 

(1) Inorganic Chemistry 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

(2) Physics 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

(3) General Biology 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

First M.B.B.S. Examination. 

(1) Organic Chemistry 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

(2) Anatomy 1 written, 1 dissection, 1 oral. 

(3) Physiology 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

Second M.B.B.S. Examination. 
PART I 

(1) Pharmacology 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 
PART II 

(2) Hygiene written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

(3) Pathology 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

(4) Ophthalmology 1 written, 1 practical, 1 oral. 

Final M.B.B.S. Examination. 



(1) Forensic Medicine 1 written, 1 oral. 
PART II 

(2) Medicine 1 written, 1 clinical, 1 oral. 

(3) Surgery 1 written, 1 clinical, 1 oral, 1 operative. 

(4) Obstetrics and Gynaecology 1 written, 1 clinical, 

1 oral, 1 practical. 

XV. Oriental Title Examinations: 

(a) Duration : Four years. 

(b) Courses and Papers. 

(i) Vidya Prove ena: 
Preliminary Examination 

(1) Prescribed Text-BooksGeneral 13 hrs. 

(2) Do. General II 3 hrs. 

(3) Do. Special 13 hrs. 

(4) Do. Special II 3 hrs. 

Final Examination 

(1) History of Sanskrit Language and Literature 3 hrs. 

(2) Prescribed Text-BooksSpecial 13 hrs. 

(3) Do. Special II 3 hrs. 

(4) Do. Special III 3 hrs. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 79 

(ii) Bhasha Praveena: 
Preliminary Examination 

(1) Prescribed Vernacular Text-Books I 3 hrs. 

(2) Do. II 3 hrs. 

(3) Vernacular Composition Telugu 3 hrs. 

(4) Sanskrit Text-Books I 3 hrs. 

(5) Do. II 3 hrs. 

Final Examination 

(1) Prescribed Vernacular Text-Books I 3 hrs. 

(2) Do. II 3 hrs. 

(3) Do. Ill 3 hrs. 

(4) Do. IV 3 hrs. 

(5) Sanskrit Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(iii) Certificate of Proficiency. 
1 Paper 3 hrs. 

(iv) Alirn-i-Fazil: 
Preliminary Examination 

(1) Tafsir and Hadith 3 hrs. 

(2) Fiqh, Aqalid 3 hrs. 

(3) Prose Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(4) Poetry Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(5) History 3 hrs. 

(6) Translation from Arabic into Urdu and vice 

versa 3 hrs. 

Final Examination 

(1) Tafsir, Hadith and Ilmul Hadith 3 hrs. 

(2) Fiqh and Usual Fiqh 3 hrs. 

(3) Prose Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(4) Poetry Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(5) History 3 hrs. 

(6) Translation from Arabic into Urdu and vice versa 

3 hrs. 

(7) Mantiq and Balaghat 3 hrs. 

(8) Composition in Arabic 3 hrs. 

(v) Munshi-i-Kanril: 

Preliminary Examination 

(1) Persian Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(2) Urdu Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(3) Translation from Persian into Urdu 3 hrs. 

(4) Translation from Urdu into Persian 3 hrs. 

(5) Composition in Persian 3 hrs. 

(6) Arabic Text-Books 3 hrs. 

Final Examination 

(1) Persian Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(2) Urdu Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(3) Translation from Persian into Urdu 3 hrs. 



80 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(4) Translation from Urdu into Persian 3 hrs. 

(5) History of Persian Language and Literature 3 hrs. 

(6) Arabic Text-Books 3 hrs. 

(7) Composition in Persian 3 hrs. 

(c) Marks qualifying for a pass in 

(i) Preliminary and Final Examinations: 40%; 
(ii) first class 60% and above; second class 50% and 
above ; third class 40% and above. 

Table of Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

Matriculation Examination . . . . 15 

Intermediate Examination 

Whole Examination . . . . . . 28 

Part I only . . . . . . . . 12 

Part II only . . . . . . . . 10 

Part III only . . . . .... 20 

Provided that no candidate shall pay more than 

Rs. 28 at a time whatever be the number of parts 

in which he appears. 

B.A. Degree Examination 

Whole Examination . . . . . . 45 

Part I .. 20 

Part II . . . . . . . . 10 

Part III . . . . . . ... 25 

B.A. (Hons.) Degree Examination 

Preliminary (Whole) . . . . 15 

Do. English only . . . . 10 

Do. Translation or Early South Indian 

History only . . . . 10 

Final . . . . 60 

B.CoM. Degree Examination 

Part I . . 15 

Part I (a) or Part I (b) .. . . . . 10 

Part II . . . . . . . . 30 

B.CoM. (Hons.) Degree Examination 

Part I (Preliminary Examination) . . . . 15 

Part I (a) or Part I (fc) 10 

Part II (Final Examination) . . . . 60 

B.Sc. Degree Examination 

Part I .. .. .. ..10 

Part II 

Main Subject and two Subsidiary Subjects . . 45 

Main Subject . . . . . . . . 25 

Each Subsidiary Subject . . . . 15 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 81 

B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree Examination Rs. 

Part I (Whole) . . . . . . . . 15 

Part I (a) or Part I (b) .. .. . . 10 

Part II (Whole) .. .. ..60 

Main Subject only . . . . . . . . 40 

Special Part . . . . . . . . 25 

General Part (Technology) . . . . . . 20 

Two Subsidiary Subjects . . . . . . 25 

One Subsidiary Subject . . . . 15 

M.A., M.Sc., PH.D. Degree Examinations . . . . 100 

B.ED. Degree Examination 

Whole Examination . . . . 25 

Practical Examination only . . . . 10 

Written Examination only . . . . 15 

M.ED. Degree Examination . . . . . . 100 

M.B. & B.S. Degree Examinations 

Pre-Registration Examination (1st appearance) .. 30 

Separate subjects each . . . . 15 

First M.B. & BS. Exam. 

Whole Examination . . . . . . 45 

Part I only . . . . . . . . 15 

Part II only . . . . . . . . 35 

Separate Subjects after 1st appearance 

Organic Chemistry . . . . . . 15 

Anatomy or Physiology . . . . . . 20 

Second M.B. & BS. Exam. 

Whole Examination . . . . 60 

Part I only . . . . . . . . 20 

Part II only . . . . . . . . 50 

Separate Subjects after 1st appearance 

Pharmacology . . . . . . 20 

Ophthalmology . . . . 15 

Hygiene or Pathology . . . . 20 

Final M.B. & B.S. Exam. (1st appearance) . . 60 

Part I only . . . . . . . . 15 

Part II (1st appearance) only .. ..50 

Medicine or Surgery . . . . 20 

Obstetrics and Gynaecology . . . . 15 

Oriental Title Examination 

Entrance Test to Ubhayabhasha Praveena course 

(Dravidian or Oriya Main) . . . . 3 

Preliminary . . . . . . 12 

Final .. .. .. .. ..12 

Certificate of Proficiency . . . . . . 10 

Master of Oriental Learning . . . . . . 100 



Annamalai University, 
Annamalainagar. 



Introductory. 

The Annamalai University of Annamalainagar, Chidam- 
baram, constituted under an Act of the Madras Legislature, 
owes its existence to the generous offer by Dr. Rajah Sir 
Annamalai Chettiar of Chettinad, of the collegiate institutions 
founded and managed by him at Chidambaram and a sum of 
Rs. 20 lakhs towards the endowment funds of the University. 
The Government of Madras enthusiastically responded to the 
offer by a contribution of Rs. 27 lakhs. The University is unitary, 
teaching and residential in character, the first of its kind in South 
India. In addition to the Faculties of Arts and Science, it has 
provision for a third faculty of Oriental Learning with a view to 
giving special importance to the study of Tamil, Samskrit and 
Indian History, Indian Music and other subjects, in which 
special facilities for advanced study and research exist in this 
part of the country. Besides direct teaching and research, the 
system of tutorial instruction is an additional special feature of 
this University. The Teaching Staff is so organized as to make 
it possible for special and individual attention being given to the 
students. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 
His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 

CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency the Governor of Madras. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR AND FOUNDER. 
Dr. Rajah Sir S. R. M. Annamalai Chettiar of Chettinad, Kt., LL.D. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
The Rt. Hon'ble V. S. Srinivasa Sastriar, P.C., C.H., LL.D. 

REGISTRAR. 
M. R. Ry. N. Visvanatha Ayyar Avl., M.A., L.T. 

LIBRARIAN. 
M. R. Ry. K. Nagaraja Rao Avl., M.A., B.L. 



ANNAMALAI UNIVERSITY 



83 



English 



Members of the Teaching Staff. 

Professor: M. S. Sundaram, Esq., M.A., 
B.Litt. (Oxon.) (on leave) ; Mr. P. A. 
Subrahmanya Ayyar, M.A., (Ag.) 

Lecturers: P. A. Subrahmania Ayyar, 

Esq., M.A. ; S. Krishnamurti, Esq., 

M.A. ; S. P. Ragland, Esq., M.A., L.T. ; 

A. C. Subrahmanyan, Esq., M.A., L.T. ; 

K. P. Karunakara Menon, Esq., B.A. 

(nons.) ; C. R. Myleru, Esq., B.A. 

(nons.) ; M. S. Duraisvami, Esq., 

M.A., and T. N. Jagadisan, Esq., M.A., 

V. Krishnamurti, Esq., B.A. (nous.). 



History and Politics 



Economics 



Professor: M. R. Ry. Rao Saheb C. S. 
Srinivasachariar Avl., M.A. 

Lecturers: R. Satyanatha Ayyar, Esq., 
M.A. ; T. Balakrishnan Nayar, Esq., 
M.A. (Lond.) ; R. Bhaskaran, Esq., 
B.A. (nons.) ; S. K. Govindasvami, 
Esq., B.A. (HOIIS.) ; V. R. Viramani, 
Esq., B.A. (HOIIS.) (Loud.). 

Professor: B. V. Narayanasvami Na- 
yudu, Esq., M.A., Ph.D. B.com., Bar-at- 
Law. 

Lecturers: V. G. Ramakrishna Ayyar, 
Esq., M.A. ; C. W. B. Zacharias, Esq., 
M.A. ; M. K. Mttnisvami, Esq., M.A., 



Philosophy 



Mathematics 



Physics 



Professor: R. Ramanujachariar, Esq., 
M.A. 

Lecturers: P. Srinivasalu Nayudu, Esq., 
M.A. ; C. T. Srinivasan, Esq., M.A. 

Professor: A. Narasinga Rao, Esq., 

M.A., ly.T. 

Lecturers: G. V. Krishnasvami Ayyan- 
gar, Esq., M.A. ; S. Sivasankaranara- 
yana Pillai, Esq., D.SC. ; B. Rama- 
murti, Esq., M.A., D.SC. ; S. Subrah- 
manyan, Esq., M.A.; K. Rangasvami, 
Esq., M.A., M.SC. 

Professor: S. Ramachandra Rao, Esq., 
M.A., D.SC. (Lond.), F.mst.p. 



84 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Chemistry 



Botany 



Zoology 



Tamil 



Lecturers: N. S. Subba Rao, Esq., 
M.A. ; T. P. Navanitakrishnan, Esq., 
M.A. ; S. Narayanasvami Ayyar, Esq., 
M.A. ; R. K. Visvanathan, Esq., B.A. 
(Hons.). 

Demonstrator: S. Sriraman, Esq., B.SC. 
(nons.); P. S. Varadachari, Esq. r 
M.SC. 

Professor: S. N. Chakravarti, Esq. r 
M;,SC., D.phil. (Oxon.) (on leave) ; 
S. V. Anantakrishnan, Esq., Ph.D. 
(Lond.). 

Lecturers: M. L. Sitaraman, Esq., M.SC.; 
N. Anantavaidyanathan, Esq., M.A. ; 
A. P. Madhavan Nayar, Esq., B.A. 
(HOIIS.) ; A. S. Menon, Esq., M.A., 
D.SC. 

Demonstrators: S. Aravamudachari, 
Esq., B.A. ; V. Pasupati, Esq., M.SC. 

Professor: T. S. Raghavan, Esq., M.A., 

ph.D. (Lond.). 
Lecturer: K. R. Venkatasubban, Esq., 

M.SC., Iv.T. 

Demonstrator: S. Chintamani, B.A. 
(nons.). 

Lecturer: R. V. Seshaiya, Esq., M.A. 
Demonstrators: A. Ramakrishna Reddi, 

Esq., B.SC. (lions.) ; R. Vasudevan, 

Esq., B.SC. 

Professor: M. R. Ry. S. Somasundara 

Bharatiar, M.A., B.L. 
Lecturers: M. R. Ry. R. P. Setu Pillai 

Avl., B.A., B.L. (on leave) ; Pandita- 

mani M. Kadiresa Chettiar Avl. ; 

N. M. Venkatasvami Nattar Avl., 

A. Chidambaranatha Chettiar Avl., 

B. A. (nons.). 

Senior Pandits: M. R. Ry. R. Kanda- 
svamiar Avl. ; A. Bhuvaraham Pillai 
Avl. (Also for Pandits Training). 

Junior Pandits: M. R. Ry. T. P. Pala- 
niappa Pillai Avl., Vidvan; R. P. 
Amirtalingam Pillai Avl., Pandita; 
M. Arunachalam Pillai Avl. ; S. 
Ramanathan Avl., B.A. (nons.). 



ANNAMALAI UNIVERSITY 



85 



Tamil Research 
Section 



Music 



Pandit's Training 



Samskrit 



Samskrit Research 
Section 

Malayalam 
Telugu 



Lecturer: M. R. Ry. R. Raghava Ayyan- 

gar Avl. 
Senior Pandit: M. R. Ry. E. S. Varada- 

raja Ayyar Avl., B.A. 
Junior Pandit: M. R. Ry. L. P. K. R. 

Ramanathan Chettiar Avl. 

Lecturers: M. R. Ry. K. Varadachariar, 

Avi., Satttr S. Krishna Ayyangar Avl. 
Senior Pandit: M. R. Ry. M. S. Sub- 

rahmania Ayyar Avl. 
Junior Pandits: M. R. Ry. V. S. 

Gomati Sankara Ayyar Avl. ; K. S. 

Narayanasvami Ayyar Avl. ; T. K. 

Rangachari Avl. 

Junior Pandit: M. R. Ry. R. Guru- 
svami Sastri Avl., Siromani. 

Part-time Lecturer in Pedagogy; M. R. 
Ry. K. S. Venkatarama Ayyar Avl., 

B.A., Iv.T. 

Part-time Drawing Master: M. R. Ry. 
V. Subbaraya Ayyar Avl. 

Hony. Processor: Mm. Vidyavacaspati 
S. Kuppuswami Sastriar Avl., M.A. 

Lecturers: M. R. Ry. V. A. Ramasvami 
Sastri Avl., B.A. (nons.), Siromani; 
B. N. Krishnamurti Sarma Avl., B.A. 
(nons.) ; Y. Mahalinga Sastri Avl., 
M.A., B.I,. 

Senior Pandits: M. R. Ry. T. Venkata- 
rama Dikshitar Avl., Siromani ; S. 
Ramasubba Sastri Avl. 

Junior Pandits: M. R. Ry. K. A. Siva- 
ramakrishna Sastri Avl., Siromani; P. 
Panchapakesa Sastri Avl., M.o.iy., 
(on other duty} Siromani; V. Subra- 
manya Sastri Avl., Siromani ; K. Sri- 
nivasachariar Avl., Siromani; S. R. 
Krishnamurti Avl., Siromani. 

M. R. Ry. P. Panchapakesa Sastri Avl., 

M.O.t,. 

Junior Pandit: M. R. Ry. K. Kochu- 
krishna Kurup Avl., Vidvan. 

Junior Pandit: M. R. Ry. T. Appanna 
Avl., Vidvan. 



86 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Physical Education Director: M. R. Ry. L. K. Govinda- 

rajulu Avl., B.A., B.L. 
Assistants: M. R. Ry. S. Srinivasan, 
Avl., B.SC. ; C. Aiyaru Avl. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal authorities of the University are the Senate, 
the Syndicate, the Academic Council, the Faculties, the Boards 
of Studies, the Finance Committee and the Board of Selection. 

The Vice-Chancellor is the principal executive officer of the 
University. 

All appointments on the teaching staff are made by the 
Board of Selection, composed, in part, of representatives of the 
Syndicate and the Senate. 

Scholarships, Medals and Prizes. 

A reasonable number of scholarships are awarded on the 
basis of merit and poverty. Tuition is free to the students of the 
Oriental Faculty and stipends are given to them to meet boarding 
charges. There are a large number of endowed prizes, scholar- 
ships and medals awarded by the University for proficiency in 
the Examinations. The Prize Endowment Fund amounts to 
Rs. 20,000 and the proceeds of the Fund are utilised towards the 
award of prizes and medals in accordance with the conditions 
of award relating to the several endowments. 

Library. 

The University has a Library, the affairs of which are 
managed by a Committee constituted by the Syndicate. The 
Library is housed in a separate building constructed and equipped 
at a cost of about Rs. 5,00,000. 

The total number of books in the General and Sectional 
Libraries is over Rs. 50,000 (including back numbers of 
periodicals and manuscripts). The nucleus of the Library was 
the Library of the Sri Minakshi College which included a gift 
of about a thousand volumes from M.R.Ry. V. Venugopala 
Chetty Avl., i.c.s. The Library receives regularly 248 scientific 
and learned periodicals. 

Each department of study has its own seminar library for 
the use of Honours and Research students. 

The Library is open from 7 A.M. to 7 P.M. on all days 
including Sundays and recognised holidays. 



ANNAMALAI UNIVERSITY 87 

Provision for Research. 

There is provision for the award of Studentships and 
Fellowships to distinguished graduates for 'research, work in 
different subjects, tenable at the University or abroad, the value 
of which ranges from Rs. 40 to Rs. 150 per mensem. Research 
Studentships have been awarded in History, Economics, Mathe- 
matics, Physics, Chemistry, Samskrit and Tamil. Grants-in-Aid 
of research work are also awarded under certain conditions. 

With a view to providing for the advancement of learning 
in Tamil a research department in Tamil with a Lecturer and 
two Pandits is working under the guidance of the Head of the 
Department of Tamil. A member of the Botany Staff has return- 
ed from England after a fellowship there for 2 years. A fellow- 
ship in Samskrit has been awarded to a member of the Samskrit 
staff who is doing research under the guidance of the Head of 
the Samskrit Department. 

' Publications and Research. 

The University generally undertakes the publication of the 
results of research work, lectures delivered and other theses and 
monographs. 

The University publishes, in three issues a year, a research 
Journal which embodies the research work of members of the 
Teaching Staff and research students. The following are the 
University publications : 

1. Factory Labour in India, by Dr. Ahmed Mukhtar, M.A., 

Ph.D. 

2. Bhoja Raja, by Prof. P. T. Srinivasa Ayyangar, M.A., 

L.T. 

3. Swaramelakalanidhi, by Mr. M. S. Ramaswami Ayyar, 

B.A., B.I,., Iv.T. 

4. Mttkundamala, by Mr. K. Rama Pisharoti, M.A. 

5. Part Kathai, by Mahaviclvan R. Raghava Ayyangar. 

6. Ncnrina Tarkam, by Mr. K. R. Appalachariar, M.A. 

7. Swarasiddhanta Chandrika, by K. A. Sivaramakrishna 

Sastrigal, Siromani. 
8. Tatva Bindhu, by V. A. Ramasvami Sastrigal, 

B.A. (nons.). 
9. Acoustics, by Mr. R. K. Viswanathan, M.A. 

10. Sabapati Vilasa Nataka, by Mm. S. Dandapaniswami 

Dikshitar. 

11. Triinsacloki, by Mr. K. Rama Pisharoti. 

With a view to the ultimate adoption of Tamil as the 
medium of instruction in the University the Syndicate is insti- 
tuting prizes for text-books in Tamil on various subjects. So 



88 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

far a book in Tamil on Logic has been published. Manuscripts 
in Tamil on Chemistry and on Music selected for the award of 
a prize of Rs. 1,000 and Rs. 750 respectively will be published 
during the year. 

University Union. 

There is a University Union of which all students of the 
University are members. The constitution of the Union is 
based largely on that of the Union at Oxford. The Union? 
elects its Chairman and Secretary and its affairs are controlled 
by a Committee consisting of staff and student members. 
There are, besides the Union, a number of Societies in connec- 
tion with the various subjects of study, and papers are read 
and lectures delivered before those Societies at intervals. 
The University has also a Dramatic Club and a Students Co- 
operative Society. A Union Hall has been built at a cost of 
Rs. 15,000. 

Residence, Health and Discipline. 

Physical Training is compulsory for all students of the 
University. The University has extensive play-fields ; a spacious 
Sports Pavilion has been constructed. A scheme for Boating 
will be put through shortly. 

Every student of the University is required as a condition 
of admission to the University to reside (either in the Hostels 
maintained or recognized by it or in approved lodgings) for 
not less than 80 per cent, of the number of days in a term in 
each academic year. 

There are seven sections in the Hostel under the general 
supervision of the Warden. The cost of boarding and lodging 
is about Rs. 15 per mensem. A cheap mess is also run the 
average cost of which is Rs. 10 per mensem. There is accommo- 
dation, at present, for 500 students in the residential blocks. 
Three additional blocks with single rooms to accommodate 
a hundred students have been completed. There is a separate 
hostel for women students. 

A dispensary with an isolation ward is maintained for the 
benefit of the students and the staff. There is a perma- 
nent Medical Officer on the Staff of the University. Medical 
Inspection is compulsory for all students and is conducted by the 
Medical Officer in co-operation with the Director of Physical 
Education. Quarters for the compounder and the ward-boy 
have also been provided. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study and Examinations. 

The University offers in the Faculty of Arts the degrees of 
B.A. (Pass and Honours), M.A. and M.LiTT.; in Science, the 
degrees of B.Sc. (Pass and Honours), M.A., M.Sc., and in the 



ANNAMAI.AI UNIVERSITY 89 

Oriental Studies, the degree of M.O.L. besides the Vidvan, 
Siromani and Sangita Bhushana Titles. There is also a course 
leading to the award of a certificate of Training for Pandits in 
teaching Tamil and Samskrit. 

Admission to Courses of Study. 

To be eligible for Matriculation in the University, candi- 
dates should have passed the Matriculation Examination of an 
Indian University or the S.S.L.C. Examination of a recognized 
Board under the conditions prescribed in this behalf. 

Courses of Study, Degrees and Examinations. 

I. The Intermediate Examination. The course of study 
consists of three parts and extends over a period of two years. 

Part I: English. 

Part II: A Second Language. The course will comprise 

the study of text-books, grammar and translation and, in the 
case of vernaculars, original composition. The main object of 
the study of the Indian Languages is to train the student to 
use the languages as vehicles of modern thought. 

1 . Classical : Samskrit ; 

2. Indian : Tamil, Malayalam, Telugu, Hindi and Canarese. 

Part III: Three subjects to be selected out of the follow- 
ing Groups A and B at the option of the candidate : 

GROUP A. GROUP B. 

Mathematics. Logic. 

Physics. Indian History. 

Chemistry. Ancient History. 

Natural Science. History of Great Britain and 

Geography. Ireland. 

Elements of Economics 
A -third language (Samskrit, 
Telugu, Tamil or Malayalam). 

There are three papers in English, two in the Second 
Language, and two papers in each of the three subjects selected 
under Part III. 

Candidates obtaining 35 per cent, of the aggregate marks 
in Part I and Part II and in each of the three subjects under 
Part III shall be declared to have passed the Examination. Those 
obtaining SO per cent, or over of the total marks in all the 
three parts put together will be placed in the first class and the 
others in the second class. Those obtaining not less than 60 per 
cent, of the marks in any subject shall be declared to have gained 
distinction in that subject. 



90 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Candidates wishing to proceed to a degree course in Arts 
or vScience, shall be required to choose at least two of the 
optional subjects either from Group A or Group B. 

DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE. 

The B.A. degree and B.Sc. degree courses shall extend 
over a period of two years leading to an examination comprising 
the following Parts : 

Part I : English. The course shall comprise Modern English 
Prose text-books prescribed for both detailed and non-detailed 
study, the scope being indicated by the provision of four hours' 
teaching per week for two years. The examination shall consist 
of two papers and shall be taken along with those in other parts 
at the end of the second year. 

Part II: A Second Language (Samskrit, Tamil, Telugu,. 
Malayalam, Canarese). Part II shall consist of two papers in 
a second language, the first on prescribed text-books compris- 
ing more of Modern Prose and less of Modern Poetry in that 
language and the other on Composition and Translation, the 
scope being indicated by four hours' teaching per week and the 
examination being taken along with those in other parts at 
the end of the course of two years. 

Parts III and IF: Optional Subjects. Any two of the 
following subjects, one under each of the two parts. 

Leading to the B.Sc. Degree. Leading to the B.A. Degree. 

(i) Mathematics (4 papers). (/') Philosophy (4 papers). 

(ii) Physics (3 papers and (ii) History and Politics 

a practical test). (4 papers). 

(Hi) Chemistry (3 papers (iii) Economics (4 papers), 

and two practical tests). 

(iv) Botany (2 papers and (iv) English (4 papers). 

two practical tests), 

(z/) Zoology (2 papers and (v) A language (4 papers), 

two practical tests). 

The main features of the scheme are : 

(i) The inclusion of English as an optional subject; 

(ii) The introduction of a course in composition and 
translation in the mother tongue under Part II. 

(iii) The division of Arts and Science subjects under the 
optional s, the former group leading to the award of 
the B.A. Degree and the latter to the award of the 
B.Sc. Degree. 



ANNAMALAI UNIVERSITY 91 

The minimum for a pass is 35 per cent, in Part I (English), 
35 per cent, in Part II (Second Language) and 35 per cent, in 
each of the selected subjects under Parts III and IV with 30 
per cent, special minimum in each division of the Examination 
in the several subjects under Parts III and IV. Successful 
candidates obtaining not less than 60 per cent, of the marks- 
in any Part shall be placed in the first class in that Part and 
those obtaining less than 60 per cent, and not less than 50 per 
cent, in the second class and others in the third class. 



E OF BACHELOR OF ARTS (HONS.) AND 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (HONS.). 

For the B.A. (Honours) and B.Sc. (Honours) degrees the 
course shall extend over a period of three years each consisting 
of three terms and shall comprise instruction in: 

1. English during the first year (Preliminary Examina- 

tion). 

2. One of the following branches of knowledge during the 

three years : 
Leading to BSc. (Honours). Leading to B.A. (Honours). 

(i) Mathematics (8 papers). (i) Philosophy (8 papers). 

(ii) Physics (6 papers and (ii) History (8 papers). 

four practical tests). (Hi) Economics (8 papers). 

(iii) Chemistry 5 papers and (iv) English Language and 

three practical tests). Literature (10 papers). 

(v) Samskrit Language and 
Literature (10 papers). 
(vi) Tamil Language and 
Literature (9 papers). 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, of the total marks 
and 30 per cent, in each of the three divisions of the Examina- 
tion in each subject. Candidates obtaining 60 per cent, or 
more of the aggregate marks are placed in the first class, and 
those getting not less than 50 per cent, in the second class and 
those getting less than 50 per cent, and not less than 40 per cent. 
in the third class. 

The Honours Examination in each subject (other than 
science subjects) has a viva voce Examination the purpose of 
which is to assist the examiners in placing the candidates. 

M.A. DEGREE. 

On payment of Rs. 25, the M.A. Degree is conferred on 
B.A. (Honours) and B.Sc. (Honours) graduates, after the 
lapse of five years from the date of their passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination. 



92 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

M.LITT. AND M.Sc. DEGREES. 

These are purely research degrees, awardable on the basis 
of a thesis to Bachelors of Arts or Science (Pass or Honours) 
after the completion of an approved course of special study and 
research under the guidance and supervision of a teacher of the 
University for a period of one or two years in the case of 
Honours or pass graduates respectively. 

A Pii.D. Degree has been instituted on conditions similar to 
the M.LITT and M.Sc. degrees. It is open to M.LITT and M.Sc. 
and Honours graduates. The thesis is to be submitted after an 
approved course of study and research for a period of 2 or 3 years 
respectively at the University under the guidance of a teacher of 
the University. 

ORIENTAL TITLES. 

The Siromani Title in (/") Vedanta, (ii) Mimamsa, (Hi) 
Vyakarana, (iv) Sahitya and (v) Nyaya, and Vidvan Title with 
Tamil (Main) and Samskrit (Subsidiary) and Tamil alone, are 
awarded after the successful completion of a four years' course 
leading to a Preliminary Examination at the end of the second 
year and a Final Examination at the end of the fourth year. 

Certificate of Proficiency in Oriental Learning. The exami- 
nation is to be taken two years after passing the Preliminary 
Examination for Titles. 

The AI.O.L. is a research degree. The thesis should be 
submitted after a two years' course from the date of passing 
the Certificate of Proficiency Examination. 

San git a Bhushana Title. It is a course of four years 
leading to a Preliminary Examination at the end of the second 
year and a Final Examination at the end of the fourth year. 

Pandit's Training Certificate. The course extends over a 
period of one year leading to an examination for the award of 
a certificate of training in methods of teaching Tamil or Samskrit. 



Benares Hindu University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The objects of the Benares Hindu University, which is a 
teaching and residential University, are: 

(i) to promote the study of the Hindu Shastras and of 
Sanskrit literature generally as a means of preserv- 
ing and popularizing for the benefit of the Hindus 
in particular and of the world at large in general, 
the best thought and culture of the Hindus, and all 
that was good and great in the ancient civilization 
of India; 

(ii) to promote learning and research generally in arts and 
science in all branches; 

(iii) to advance and diffuse such scientific, technical and 
professional knowledge, combined with the necessary 
practical training, as is best calculated to help in 
promoting indigenous industries and in developing the 
material resources of the country; and 

(iv) to promote the building up of character in youth by 
making religion and ethics an integral part of edu- 
cation. 

The University is an All-India institution and is open to 
persons of all castes and creeds, and so are its free student- 
ships, stipends, general scholarships of merit and fellowships. It 
is denominational only to the extent of making special provision 
for imparting instruction in Hindu Theology and Religion and 
in making instruction in Hindu Religion compulsory in the case 
of Hindu students. The University was incorporated in 1915 
and as there was already a fully equipped College in existence, 
the Central Hindu College, Benares, the work of the University 
began in 1916. The University has since been removed to a 
magnificent site of 1,300 acres in which have been laid out the 
various buildings. 

The University consists of eleven constituent Colleges: The 
College of Arts, College of Science, College of Theology, 'College 
of Oriental Learning, The Ayurvedic College, The Engineering 
College, The Department of Mining and Metallurgy, The 
Women's College, The Teachers' Training College, The Law 
College, and the Institute of Agricultural Research. 



94 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Constitution of the University. 

In addition to the Officers, the authorities of the University 
are: (1) The Court which is the supreme governing body; 

(2) The Council which is the Executive body of the Court; 

(3) The Senate which is the Academic body of the University; 
and (4) The Syndicate which is the Executive body of the Senate. 
The Faculties of the University are: Oriental Learning, Theo- 
logy, Arts, Science (pure and applied), Technology, Law, and 
Medicine and Surgery (Ayurveda). 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

LORD RECTOR: 

His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 

VISITOR : 

His Excellency the Governor of the United Provinces of 
Agra and Oudh. 

CHANCELLOR: 

His Highness Rajarajeswar Narendra Shiromani Shri Maha- 

rajadhiraja Sir Ganga Singh Bahadur, G.C.S.I., G.c.i.E., 

G.c.v.o., G.B.E., K.C.B., LL.D., Maharaja of Bikaner. 

PRO-CHANCELLORS : 

Major His Highness Rajarajeswar Maharajadhiraja 

Sir Umed Singh Bahadur, G.C.I.E., K.C.S.I., K.C.V.O., 

Maharaja of Jodhpur 

and 

His Highness Maharaja Sree Aditya Narain Singh Bahadur, 
K.C.S.I., Maharaja of Benares. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR : 
Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, B.A., LL.B. 

PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR : 
Raja Jwala Prasad, B.A., c.E., M.I.E. (India). 

TREASURER : 
Rai Govind Chand, M.A., M.L.C. 

REGISTRAR : 
Pandit G. P. Mehta, M.A. 

ASSISTANT REGISTRAR: 
Pandit K. D. Tewari, M.A., LL.B. 

DEANS : 

Arts .. Prof. G. N. Singh, M.SC. (London), 

Barrister-at-Law. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 



95 



Science 
'Technology 

Oriental Learning 

Theology 
Law 

Ayurveda 



Principal 
Sanskrit 



English 



Philosophy 



History 



Ancient Indian His- 
tory and Culture 



Prof. P. K. Dutt, M.A. (Cantab.). 
Dr. N. N. Godbole, M.A., B.SC., Ph.D. 
(Berlin). 

Mahamahopaidhyaya Pandit Pramatha 
Nath Tarkabhushan. 

Pandit Vidya Dhar Gaur. 
. . Rt. Hon'ble Dr. Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru, 

P.C V K. C.S.I., M.A., LL.D. 

Mahamahopadhyaya Doctor Kaviraja 
Gananath Sen, M.A., L.M.S., M.D. 

CENTRAL HINDU COLLEGE. 

Rao Bahadur K. V. Rangaswamy Aiyan- 
gar, M.A. 

.. Dr. S. K. Belvelkar, M.A., Ph.D. (Har- 
vard), i.E.s. ; Pandit Batuk Nath 
Sharma, M.A. ; Pandit Baldeo Upa- 
dhyaya, M.A. ; and Pandit S. J. Joshi, 
M.A.., Sahityacharya. 

Dr. U. C. Nag, M.A., ph.D. (London) ; 
Mr. Jivan Shanker Yajnik, M.A., 
LL.B. ; Dr. C. Narayan Menon, Ph.D.; 
Mr. Shiam Narain Lai, M.A., LL.B. ; 
Mr. M. M. Desai, M.A. ; Mr. Brij- 
mohan Lai Sahni, M.A. ; Mr. Ganesh 
Datt Shastri, M.A., LL.B. ; Mr. Mano- 
ranjan Prasad, M.A. ; Mr. Rajendra 
Lai Merh, M.A., L.T. ; Mr. Ram Avadh 
Dwivedi, M.A. ; Mr. S. K. Singh, M.A. ; 
Mr. G. S. Chunekar, M.A. ; and 
Mr. N. M. Kulkarni, M.A. 

. . Dr. S. K. Maitra, M.A., ph.D. ; Dr. B. L. 
Atreya, M.A., D.Litt. ; Mr. S. L. Dar, 
M.A., LL.B.; and Mr. T. V. R. Murti, 
M.A. 

Mr. S. V. Puntambekar, M.A. (Oxon.), 
Bar-at-Law; Mr. S. N. Bhattacharya, 
M.A. ; Dr. D. C. -Ganguly, M.A., ph.D. 
(London) ; Mr. K. Bhattacharya, M.A., 
LL.B. ; and Dr. P. Saran, M.A., ph.D. 
(London). 

Dr. A. S. Altekar, M.A., D.Litt. ; Dr. 
R. S. Tripathi, M.A., ph.D. (London) ; 
and Dr. R. B. Pande, M.A., D.r/itt. 



96 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Economics 



Politics 



Hindi 



Persian, Arabic and 
Urdu 

Religion 

Bengali 
Marathi 

Modern European 
Languages 

Mathematics 



Rao Bahadur K. V. JRangaswamy Aiyan- 
gar, M,A. ; Mr. K. P. Sipahimalani, 
M.A. ; Dr. H. R. Soni, D.SC. (London) ; 
Dr. Prannath, D.SC. (London) ; and 
Dr. B. G. Ghate, M.A., IJ,.B., Ph.D. 
(London). 

Mr. Gurmukh N. Singh, M.SC. (London) , 
Bar-at-Law; Mr. S. V. Puntambekar,. 
M.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-i^aw; Mr. M. B. 
Lai, M.A. ; and Mr. K. L. Varma, M.A. 

Pandit Ram Chandra Shukla; Mr. Ayo- 
dhya Singh Upadhyaya; Pt. Keshava 
Prasad Misra; Dr. P. D. Barathwal, 
M.A., D.wtt. ; Pt. Jagannath P. D. 
Sharma, M.A. ; and Pt. Vishwanath 
Mishra, M.A. 

Mr. Mahesh Prasad, Moitlvi Fazil\ and 
Syed Abul Hasan, M.A. 

Pt. S. K. Joshi, B.A., U,.B.; and Pt. A. N. 
Jetly, Shastri, Vidyabhushan. 

Mr. B. C. Bhattacharya, M.A. 

Mr. B, G. Khaparde. 

Dr. P. N. Roy, M.A., D.utt. (Rome). 

Mr. V. V. Narlikar, B.A. (Cantab.) ; 
Dr. B. M. Mehrotra, M.A., ph.D. 
(Liverpool) ; Mr. Jugal Kishore, 
M.SC.; Mr. S. C. Das Gupta, M.A. ; 
Mr. S. Shastri, M.A. ; Mr. B. L. 
Tripathi, M.A. ; and Mr. Pran Nath, 
M.SC. 



Principal 
Physics 



COIXEGE OF SCIENCE. 
. Prof. P. K. Dutt, M.A. ( Cantab. )(0ffg.) 
. Mr. P. K. Dutt, M.A. (Cantab.) ; Dr. B. 
Dasannacharya, ph.D. (Munich) ; 
Mr. U. A. Asrani, M.SC.; Dr. C. M. 
Sogani, D.SC.; Mr. Protul Chandra 
Ghose, M.SC.; Mr. Nand Kishore 
Pande, B.SC. ; Mr. Baidyanath Mazum- 
dar, M.SC.; Dr. S. S. Banerjee, M.sc. r 
D.SC,; Mr. L. K. Singh, M.SC.; Mr. 
Nand Lai, M.SC.; Mr. B. Dayal, M.SC.; 
and Mr. B. N. Singh, M.SC. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 



Chemistry 



Industrial Chemistry 



Pharmaceutical 
Chemistry 



Botany 



Zoology 

Geology 

Glass Technology 



Dr. S. S. Joshi, D.SC. (London) ; Mr. 
M. B. Rane, M.A.; Dr. S. K. Basu r 

M.SC., ph.D. (Berlin) ; Mr. P. S. 
Verma, M.SC., A.I.I.SC. ; Mr. Dhirendra 
Nath Banerji, M.SC. ; Mr. Phanindra 
Nath Roy, M.SC. ; Mr. A. T. Mazum- 
dar, M.SC.; Mr. Krishna Chandra 
Banerjee, M.SC. ; Mr. S. K. Sharma r 
M.SC. ; Mr. G. R. Phansalkar, M.SC. ; 
Mr. K. Kondiah, M.SC. ; Mr. Sarju 
Prasad, M.SC. ; Mr. A. Joga Rao, M.SC. ; 
Mr. K. K. Sharma, M.SC.; Mr. K. S. 
Vishwanatham, M.SC. ; and Mr. A. J. 
Hari Rao, M.SC. 

Dr. N. N. Godbole, M.A., B.SC., ph.D. 
(Berlin) ; Mr. H. N. Roy, M.SC. ; Mr, 
A. N. Ghosh, B.A., M.V.S. ; Mr. Krishna 
Chandra Trigunayak, M.SC. ; Mr. K. D, 
Gupta, L.M.E. ; Mr. H. Bose, M.SC.; 
Mr. B. G. Gunde, M.SC. ; Mr. Sahdeo 
Prasad Pathak, M.SC.; Mr. P. N. 
Agrawal, M.SC.; and Mr. M. P. 
Bajpai, M.SC. 

Mr. M. L. Shroff, A.B. (Hons. Coniel), 
M.S. (Massachusetts) ; Mr. N. K, 
Basu, M.SC.; Mr. D. N. Mazumdar r 
M.SC.; Mr. G. P. Srivastava, B.SC. 
(Phanii.) ; and Mr. S. Prasad, M.SC. 

Dr. Y. Bharadwaja, M.SC., ph.D. (Ldn- 
don), tf.i,.s. ; Mr. Nand Kumar Tiwari, 
M.SC. ; Mr. Khushi Ram Mehta, M.SC. ; 
Dr. A. C. Joshi, M.SC., D.SC. ; Dr. Ram- 
deo Misra, M.SC., ph.D. (Leeds) ; Mr. 
G. N. Pathak, M.SC. (on leave} ; 
Mr. Ramyash Roy, M.SC. ; and Mr. L- 
Kajale, M.SC. 

Dn A. B. Misra, D.SC., o.phil. (Oxon.),; 
Mr. Chan4rabal, M.SC. ; Mr. Kedar 
Nath Gupta, M.SC. ; Mr. Ram Chandra 
Saxena, ' M.SC. ; Mr. S. Chatter jee, 
M.SC.; and Mr. V. L. Pawar, M.SC. 

Dr. Rajnath, ph.D. (London) ; Dr. V. S. 
Dubey, M.SC., ph.D. (London), D.I.C. ; 
Mr. K. P. Rode, M.SC. ; and Mr. D. K. 
Chakravarty, M.SC. 

Dr. V. S. Dubey, M.SC., ph.D. (London), 
D.I.C. ; and Mr. R. Charan, B.SC. 
(Tech. Sheffield). 



98 



HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



COLLEGES OF 

Principal 

Nyaya 

Vyakarana 

Sahitya 

Jyotisha 

Mimamsa 
Vedanta 
Jain Nyaya 

Sankhya 
Dharma Shastra 

Theology 

Veda 

Purana 

Teacher of English 
and Hindi 



ORIENTAL LEARNING AND THEOLOGY. 

Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit Pramatha 
Nath Tarkabhushan. 

Pandit Sri Shankar Bhattacharya and 
Pandit Mahadeo Shastri. 

Pandit Kali Prasad Misra; Pandit Am- 
bika Prasad Upadhyaya; Pandit Raj 
Narain Sharma ; and Pandit Nirikshan- 
pati Misra. 

Pandit Vamadeva Misra ; Pandit Maha- 
deva Sastri; Pandit Sitaram Jairam 
Joshi, M.A. ; and Pandit Ram Kuber 
Malaviya. 

.. Pandit Ram Yatna Ojha; Pandit Bal- 
deva Patak ; Pandit Ram Vyasa ; and 
Pandit Bindeshwari Prasad Pande. 

Pandit A. Chinnaswami Sastri and 
Pandit N. Pattabhiram Shastri. 

Pandit Balkrishna Misra and Pandit 
Lakshmi Nath Jha. 

Pandit Sukhlal and Pandit Badrinath 
Shukla. 

.. Pandit Hiraballabh Shastri. 

Pandit Radha Prasad Shastri and Pan- 
dit Viswanath Shastri. 

Pandit Vidhyadhar Gour, Principal. 
Pandit Nathu Ram. 
.. Pandit Ram Priya Pathak. 

Pandit Gaya Prasad Jyotishi, M.A. 



THE TEACHERS' TRAINING COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. H. B. Malkani, M.A., S.T.C.D. (Bom- 

bay). 

Professors .. Pandit Chandra Mauli Sukul, M.A., L.T.; 

Mr. Bhuban Mohan Ghoshal, M.SC., 
L.T. ; Mr. P. Subramaniam, M.A., L.T. ; 
Dr. P. N. Razdon, B.A., Ph.D. (Edin- 
burgh) ; Mr. V. G. Jhingran, M.SC., 
B.T., B.Ed. (Edinburgh) ; Mr. S. N. 
Nagar, M.SC., B.T. ; Mr. L. R. Shukla, 
M.A., B.T., and three part-time instruc- 
tors. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 



99 



Principal 



Vice-Principal 



Professors 



Assistant Professors 



ENGINEERING COW,EGE. 

. . Harold Percy Philpot, Esq., B.SC, 
(Hons.) (Eng. London), wh.sch. r 
A.M.I.C.E., M.I.M.E., M.I.A.E., M.I. 
Metals., F.N.I. (India), Jodhpur Har- 
dinge Professor of Technology. 

Bhim Chandra Chatterjee, Esq., B.SC., 
B.A., B.L., M.I.E.EV M.I.E. (India), 
Patiala Professor and Head of the 
Dept. of Electrical Engineering. 

Harold Percy Philpot, Esq., B.SC. 
(Hons.) (Eng. London), wh.sch., 
A.M.I.C.E., M.I.M.E., M.I.A.E., M.I. 
Metals., F.N.I. (India), Jodhpur Har- 
dinge Professor of Technology; Bhim 
Chandra Chatterjee, Esq., B.SC., B.A., 
B.IV V M.i.E.E., M.I.E. (India), Patiala 
Professor of Electrical Engineer- 
ing; Ranjit Sing Jain, Esq., B.SC. 
(Illinois), A.M.A.I.E.E., Professor of 
Electrical Engineering; Gopal Chandra 
Mukherjee, Esq., M.SC. (B.H.U.), 
A.I.E.E., M.A.I.E.E., Professor of Elec- 
trical Engineering ; and A. David, Esq., 
B.SC. (Mech.) (Eng. London), M.I. 
Naval E. 

Mr. N. C. Mukherjee, M.SC. (Cal.)r 
Electrical Engineering; Mr. B. D. 
Kelkar, B.E. (Mysore), Mechanical 
Engineering; Mr. B. M. Singh, B.SC. 
(Eng., B.H.U.), Mechanical Engi- 
neering; Mr. P. C. Dutt, B.SC. (Eng., 
B.H.U.), Electrical Engineering; Mr. 
M. C. Pande, B.SC. (Eng., B.H.U.), 
Engineering Physics ; Mr. M. R. Agar- 
wal, B.SC. (Eng., B.H.U.), Electrical 
Engineering; Mr. C. Chakravarti, B.SC. 
(Eng., B.H.U.), Mechanical Engi- 
neering; Mr. G. B. Pant, M.A. 
(B.H.U.), Engineering Mathematics; 
Mr. V. P. Pande, B.SC. (Eng., 
B.H.U.), Surveying and Building; 
Mr. V. M. Rane, B.SC. (Eng., 
B.H.U. ) , Mechanical Engineering ; 
Mr. S. S. Gairola, B.SC. (Eng., 
B.H.U.) , Mechanical Engineering. 



100 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Practical Training 
Staff 



Drawing Office Staff Mr. A. T. Das, Head Draftsman, 

Mechanical Engineering; Mr. R. 
Nanjundayya, Head Draftsman, Struc- 
tural Engineering; Mr. S. P. Mitter, 
Mechanical Engineering; Mr. J. Das, 
Mechanical Engineering; Mr. S. N. 
Choudhuri, Electrical Engineering ; 
Mr. Sukhdeo Prasad, Architectural 
Drawing; Mr. B. D. Sharma, Mecha- 
nical Engineering; and B. K. Das, 
Mechanical Engineering. 
Mr. B. Chatter jee, Superintendent of 
Workshops ; Mr. A. H. King, Hono- 
rary Instructor Foreman, Wood-work ; 
Mr. Mahabir Prasad, Instructor Fore- 
man, Power and Electric Supply; 
Mr. Benilal, Instructor Foreman, 
Machine and Fitting; Mr. R. N. 
Tiwari, Instructor Foreman, Mechani- 
cal Laboratory; Mr. J. N. Singh, In- 
structor Foreman, Electrical Repairs; 
Mr. S. C. Mukherjee, Instructor Fore- 
man, Motor Car Repairs; Mr. Kashi- 
prasad, Instructor Foreman, Metal 
Work ; Mr. Ram Chandra, Joint In- 
structor Foreman, Power and Electric 
Supply; and Mr. S. M. Banerjee, 
Demonstrator, Electrical Laboratory. 

INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH. 
Head of the Institute Dr. B. N. Singh, D.SC. 



Teaching Staff 



Assistance Staff 



Prof. B. N. Singh, D.SC., Kapurthala 
Professor of Plant Physiology and 
Agricultural Botany. 

Mr. K. Kumar, M.SC., Assistant Profes*- 
sor of Plant Physiology; Dr. A. Lai, 
M.SC., ph.D. (London), Assistant Pro- 
fessor of Plant Pathology; Dr. K. N. 
Lai, M.SC. (Agric. Bot.), D.SC., Senior 
Research Assistant; Mr. S. Sampath, 
M.A., Assistant Professor of Genetics 
and Plant Breeding; Mr. B. N. Lai, 
M.SC., Demonstrator (on study leave 
abroad) ; Mr. G. P. Kapoor, B.SC. 
(Ag.), M.SC. (Agric. Bot.), Agrono- 
mist; Mr. R. S. Choudhuri, M.SC. 
(Agric. Bot.), Demonstrator; Mr. 
P. B. Mathur, M.SC. (Agric. Bot.), 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 101 

Deiimonstrator ; Mr. N. K. Anantha 
Rao, M.SC. (Agric. Bot), Demonstra- 
tor; Mr. S. N. Singh, M.SC. (Agric, 
Bot.), Research Asst. ; Mr. P. V. V, 
Seshagiri, M.SC. (Agric. Bot.), Re- 
search Assistant; Mr. P. N. Roy, 
D.Litt. (Rome), Lecturer in German, 
French and Italian. 

DEPARTMENT OF MINING AND METALLURGY. l 

Professors, N. P. Gandhi, Esq., M.A., B.SC., A.R.S.M., 

D.I.C., F.G.S., M.mst.M.M., M.inst.M., 

University Professor of Mining and 
Metallurgy and Head of the Depart- 
ment (on leave} ; Dr. Daya Swarup, 
B.SC. (Met.), Ph.D. (Sheffield), Act- 
ing Head of the Department. 

Assistant Professors Mr. A. Nandy, B.SC. (Mining, Glasgow), 

c.p.E. (Glasgow), Mining and Sur- 
veying; Mr. V. Gopalam Iyer, B.A., 
A. i.e., Chemistry and Assaying; 
Mr. H. D. Mukherji, Dip. Mining 
(Bengal Engi. Coll.), Mining; and 
Mr. U. Vaman Bhat, B.SC. (Met.), 
Metallurgy. 

Demonstrator . . Mr. S. Bhattacharya, B.A., Surveying. 

THE LAW COLLEGE. 
Dean . . Rt.-Hon'ble Dr. Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru, 

P.C., K.C.S.I., M.A., LL.IX : 

Honorary Professors Rt.-Hon'ble Dr. Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru, 

P.C., K.C.S.I., M.A., LL.D. ; Dr. K. N. 
Katju, M.A., LL.D.; Dr. M. W. AH 
Ullah, M.A., B.C.L., LL.D.; Mr. A. N. 
Sanyal, M.A., LL.B. ; Dr. Kashi Nara- 
yan Malaviya, M.A., LL.D.; and Mr. 
Tek Chand, M.A., B.C.L V Bar-at-Law. 

Readers . . Mr. Shiva Subramaniam, M.L. ; Pandit 

Braj Nath Vyas, M.A., LL.B.; and 
Mr. G. B. Joshi, M.A., LL.M. 

WOMEN'S COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mrs. K. Venkateshwaram, M.A. 

Lecturers . . Miss K. Kolhalkar, M.A. ; Miss S. 

Mazumdar, M.A. ; Mrs. P. Kalamkar, 

M.A. ; Mrs. V. Shree Devi, M.A. ; 

Miss P. C. Dharma, M.A. ; Miss E. K. 

Leela, M.A. ; Mrs. V. Kichlu; Dr. 



102 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Honorary Professors 



Teaching Staff 



Mrs. S. Janaki, B.A., M.B.B.S. ; 
Mrs. Jamuna Devi Pathak, Shastri; 
Dr. P. N. Razdon, Ph.D. (Edinburgh) ; 
Pandit Ajodhya Singh Upadhya; 
Mr. P. B. Adhikari, M.A. ; and Mr. 
Mahabir Prasad. 

COLLEGE OF AYURVEDA. 

M. M. Kaviraja Dr. Gananath Sen, 
Saraswati, M.A., L.M.S., M.D. ; Pandit 
Chandra Sekhar, Ratnamala ; Kaviraja 
Yadavji Trikamji, Acharya; and 
Dr. S. C. Das Gupta, M.B., L.R.C.P. & s., 
L.M. (Dublin). 

Dr. M. S. Verma, B.SC., M.B.B.S. (Prin- 
cipal, Acting) ; Dr. B. G. Ghanekar, 
B.SC., M.B.B.S., Ayurvedacharya ; Kavi- 
raj Pratap Sinha; Pandit Satyanara- 
yana Shastri; Pandit Jagannath Shar- 
ma Bajpeyi, M.A., Ayurvedacharya; 
Mr. D. A. Kulkarni, M.SC., Ayurveda- 
charya ; Pandit Purushottamopadhya- 
ya, Ayurveda Shastri; Mr. Balwant 
Singh, M.SC. ; Pandit Rajeswar Dutta 
Mishra, Ayurvedacharya; Pandit 
Bhairava Dutta Shukla, Ayurveda- 
Shastracharya ; Mr. Ramswarup Singh, 
M.SC. ; Dr. Srikrishna, M.B.B.S. ; Mr. 
Ramakrishna Gaur, L.S.M.F. ; Kaviraja 
Munishwara Sharma Misra, Ayurveda- 
charya; Mr. Prayag Narayan Misra, 
L.S.M.F. ; Pandit Damodar Sharma 
Gaur; Mr. V. K. Patwardhan; Pandit 
Lakshmi Narain Misra and Dr. Mrs. 
S. Janki, M.B.B.S. 

HONORARY UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS. 

1. Sir P. C. Ray, Kt, D.SC., c.i.E., Honorary University 
Professor of Chemistry. 

2. Sir C. V. Raman, Kt., M.A., D.SC. (Cal.), F.R.S., N.L., 
Honorary University Professor of Physics. 

3. Professor N. C. Nag, M.A., F.I.C., Honorary University 
Professor of Chemistry. 

4. Dr. Nil Ratan Dhar, M.A., D.SC., Honorary University 
Professor of Physical Chemistry. 

5. Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar, M.SC. (Punjab), D.SC. (London), 
Honorary University Professor of Chemistry. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 



103 



6. Sir S. Radhakrishnan, M.A., rx.utt, Honorary University 
Professor of Philosophy. 

7. Dr. B. Sahni, SC.D., D.SC., F.R.S., Honorary University 
Professor of Botany. 

8. Rt.-Hon'ble Dr. Sir T. B. Sapru, P.C., K.C.S.I., M.A., u,. D ., 
Honorary University Professor of Law. 

9. Dr. A. B. Dhruya, M.A., LI..B., D.utt, Honorary Univer- 
sity Professor of Sanskrit. 

10. Dr. D. R. Bhandarkar, M.A., Ph.D., Honorary University 
Professor of Ancient Indian History and Culture. 

Number of Students in the University. 

The total number of students in the University on March 
31, 1937, was 3,385 of whom 118 were lady students. 



Name of Examination, 1937 


No. of 
Candidates who 
appeared 


No. of 
Candidates who 
passed 


LL.B. (Final) .. 




120 


85 


LL.B. (Previous) 




168 


108 


B.T. .. 




64 


64 


M.A. .. 




66 


56 


M.SC. 




60 


54 


B.A. 




311 


197 


B.SC. 




218 


164 


Intermediate (Arts) 




314 


201 


Intermediate (Science) 




252 


113 


Admission 




1,264 


633 


I.SC. (Engineering), Part I 




141 


108 


I.SC. (Engineering), Part II 




111 


95 


B.SC. (Engineering), Part I 




94 


82 


B.SC. (Engineering), Part II 




138 


125 


Diploma Examination in Soap 




4 


4 


,, ,, Metal Enamelling 


2 


2 


,, Pottery and Porcela r 


8 


8 


1st Year (Mining and Metallurgy) 


35 


24 


2nd Year (Mining and Metallurgy) 


15 


15 


Final Examination in Mining 




2 


1 


Metallurgy 




17 


16 


1st Professional (Ayurveda) 




38 


25 


2nd Professional (Ayurveda) 




39 


34 


3rd Professional (Ayurveda), Part 




18 


11 


Third Professional, Part B 




28 


19 


Praveshika 




73 


53 


Madhyama, Part III 




158 


112 


Shastri, Part III 




149 


126 


Acharya, Part III 




54 


48 


Paurohitya, Part I 




7 


7 


, II 




15 


12 



104 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Scholarships and Medals. 

In addition to a number of endowed scholarships under the 
management of the University and Central Hindu College, the 
University awards the following merit scholarships: 

L Twelve of the annual value of Rs. 2,400 for the M.A. 
and M.Sc. Classes. 

2. Twenty stipends of the annual value of Rs. 6,000 for the 
B.T. Classes. 

3. The following scholarships are available to the students 
of the Engineering College: (a) Two Barooah Scholarships 
of Rs. 25 per mensem each; (ft) one Ratan Chand Jain Scholar- 
ship of Rs. 30 per mensem; and (c) one Ratan Chand Kshatri 
Scholarship of Rs, 25 per mensem. 

4. Scholarships of the annual value of Rs. 9,000 tenable in 
the Colleges of Oriental Learning and Theology. 

5. Two research scholarships, each of the monthly value of 
Rs. 50. 

6. Thirty Birla Scholarships, each of the monthly value of 
Rs. 15 are tenable to deserving students of the Women's College. 

In all there are 400 scholarships. Besides, fifty medals and 
a large number of prizes are awarded every year. 

Library, Laboratories, Botanical Gardens, etc. 

The total number of books in the Library which, to a large 
extent, has been created by bequests, special donations and 
Government and University grants, is 95,000. The books 
have been catalogued on the Dewey system and a complete cata- 
logue in three volumes has been published. Important journals 
are subscribed to the extent of Rs. 10,000 per annum. The 
Library is housed in a magnificent building known as the "Sayaji 
Rao Gaekwad Library" for which His Highness the Maharaja 
of Baroda gave a donation of Rupees two lakhs to the University. 

Laboratories in the following subjects are fully equipped: 
Chemistry, Physics, Geology, Botany, Zoology, Mining and 
Metallurgy, Industrial Chemistry, Mechanical and Electrical 
Engineering, Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Agricultural Botany and 
Glass Technology. 

Provision for Research. 

Facilities for research exist in the following subjects: 
Arts """ English, Philosophy, Sanskrit, Hindi, 

Economics, History, Ancient Indian 
History and Culture, 'and Political 
Science. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 105 

Science . . Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Geo- 

logy, Botany, Zoology, Industrial and 
Pharmaceutical Chemistry and Agri- 
cultural Botany. 

Technology . . Mining, Metallurgy, Glass Technology 

and Ceramics. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

Provision has been made for the publication of lectures on 
Ancient Indian History and Culture out of the funds endowed 
for the Manindra Chandra Chair of Ancient Indian History and 
Culture. The following works have been published so far: 

(1) "Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity," by Dr. D. R. 

Bhandarkar, M.A., Ph.D. 

(2) "The Age of the Imperial Guptas," by R. D. Banerjee, 

M.A. 

(3) "Ancient Indian Economic Thought," by Rao Bahadur 

K. V. Rangaswamy Aiyangar, M.A. 

The University Journal is published quarterly. 

The University received a donation of fifty thousand rupees 
for the publication of suitable text-books in Hindi for the 
Intermediate classes. The following books have been published 
so far: 

(1) "Bharat Men British Samrajya" (British Rule in India), 

by Pandit Ganga Shanker Mishra, M.A., Librarian, 
Benares Hindu University. 

(2) "Prarambhik Bhautik Vijnan" (Elementary Physics), 

Illustrated, by Dr. N. K. Sethi, D.SC., Professor of 
Physics, Benares Hindu University. 

(3) "Sadharan Rasayan" (Elementary Chemistry) Parts I 

and II, by Mr. P. S. Verma, M.sc., A.I.I.SC., Professor 
of Chemistry, Benares Hindu University. 

(4) "Bhartiya Lokniti Aur Sabhyata" (Indian Citizenship 

and Civilization), by Mr. S. V. Puntambekar, M.A. 
(Oxon.), Bar-at-Law, Professor of History, Benares 
Hindu University. 

(5) "Swasthya Vijnan" (Hygiene), by Dr. M. S. Verma, 

B.SC., M.B.B.S., Chief Medical Officer, Benares Hindu 
University. 

(6) "Sharir Rachna Vijnan" (Physiology), by Dr. M. S. 

Verma, B.SC., M.B.B.S., and Dr. A. B. Seth,, B.SC., 
M.B.B.S., Benares Hindu University. 

(7) "Bharat ka Itihas Hindu Kal" (Histojty of, India- 

Hindu Period), by Pandit G. P. Meht a, Professor of 
History, Benares Hindu University. ' 



106 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(8) "Trikonmiti" (Trigonometry), by Mr. S. D. Pande r 
M.SC., Principal, Birla College, Pilani. 

Military Training. 

The University Training Corps has been organized and 119 
students and four professors have enrolled themselves and formed 
three platoons of the company of the 3rd U.T.C.I.T.F. Regular 
instruction in drill is' given by the Staff Sergeant Instructor who 
lives on the University premises. A 400 yards' classification 
Range and armoury have been constructed. 

Associations in the University. 

1. The University Parliament. 

2. The Boarders' Union. 

3. The Athenaeum for study and research in English 

Literature. 

4. The Scientific Association. 

5. The Engineering Society. 

6. The Mining and Metallurgical Students' Society. 

7. The Economic Society. 

8. The Historical Society. 

9. The Sanskrit Association. 

10. The Philosophical Association. 

11. The Hindi Sahitya Sabha. 

12. The Bengali Association. 

13. The Chhatra Samiti. 

14. The Athletic Association. 

15. The Rover Scouts' Association. 

16. The Music Association. 

17. The Bina Sangha. 

18. Dramatic Association. 

19. The Seva Samiti. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The University Regulations require every student of the 
University to reside in a University Hostel or, if he is a student 
of a constituent college, in a College Hostel unless allowed by 
the Pro-Vice-Chancellor to reside with his parents or guardians 
under prescribed conditions. The majority of the students live 
in the hostels which are under the supervision of the Students' 
Residence Committee which deals with all questions relating to 
residence and social life in the hostels. There are at present 
seven Hostels on the University grounds accommodating nearly 
two thousand students. All the hostels are under the care and 
management of wardens and assistant wardens. Special care is 
taken of the health of boarders and competent Medical Officers 
have been appointed for the purpose. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 107 

The cost df living including tuition fees varies from Rs. 35 
to Rs. 50 according as students join Arts, Science or Engineer- 
ing. Students of the Colleges of Oriental Learning and Theology 
and of the Ayurvedic College are charged no fees for lodging 
and light and for servants. 

Budget. 

The estimated income for the year 1937-38 is Rs. 14,00,000 
and the estimated expenditure for the year is the same. 

Provident Fund. 

Every employee of the University receiving a salary of 
R.S. 15 or more per mensem is required to subscribe to the Pro- 
vident Fund at the rate of 6 l / per cent, and the University 
contributes at the rate of 3% per cent. 

Women's Education. 

There is a separate college for women which offers instruc- 
tion up to the B.A. standard in English, Sanskrit, Hindi, History, 
Logic, Philosophy, Economics, Civics, Domestic Science and 
Music. 

The students have to reside in the Khatau Makanji Hostel 
"which contains one hundred seats. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

None exists at present. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

There are Medical Officers in the University who reside 
in quarters assigned to them. They are not only required to 
attend to the medical needs of the residents in the University 
area but are also required to undertake the medical examination 
of the boarders of the University once a year. 

The University maintains extensive grounds covering 300 
acres of land furnishing ample facilities for football, hockey, 
cricket, tennis and other games. The gymnasiums are equipped 
with all necessary apparatus and a big- stadium offers facilities 
for general Tract Athletics and other sports. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Degrees and Examinations. 

The University is, subject to Regulations, open to persons 
of all classes, creeds and castes, but provision is made for religious 
instruction (which is compulsory for Hindu students) and exa- 
mination in the Hindu Religion only. Women are eligible for 
admission to University examinations and degrees. 



108 HANDBOOK OF INDtAN UNIVERSITIES 

The University offers in Arts, the Degrees of B.A. (Pass 
and Honours), M.A,, and D.LiTT., and in Science, the Degrees 
of B.Sc., M.Sc. and D.Sc. The Professional Examinations 
are B.Sc. (Engineering), B.Sc. (Mining), B.Sc. (Metallurgy), 
B.Sc. (Industrial Chemistry), B.Sc. (Tech. Glass), M.Sc. 
(Tech. Glass), B.PHARM., M.Sc. (Agricultural Botany) and 
Examinations for Diplomas in Mechanical and Electrical Engi- 
neering, Soap Manufacture, Metal Enamelling, Pottery and 
Porcelain, LL.B., LL.M., LL.D. and B.T. In the Faculty of 
Oriental Learning, the Shastri and Shastracharya Degrees are 
conferred by the University while in the Faculty of Theology, 
the degrees conferred are Smriti Ratna, Smriti Sagar, Dharma- 
shastri and Dharmacharya. 

Candidates who have passed the Admission Examination or 
an equivalent Examination are admitted to the Intermediate 
course of the study in Arts and Science. Those who have passed 
the Praveshika or an equivalent examination are admitted to the 
Intermediate (Madhyama) courses in the Faculties of Oriental 
Learning .and Theology. The Admission Examination in the 
case of candidates for admission to the courses of study in Arts 
and Science consists of papers on (1) English, (2) Mathematics, 
(3) History and Geography, and any two of the following sub- 
jects: Sanskrit, another Classical Language, a Modern Indian 
Language, a Modern European Language, Elementary Physics 
and Chemistry, Botany, Drawing, Manual Training, Agricul- 
ture, Surveying, and Commerce. Women candidates can offer 
(f) English, (2) History and Geography, (3) A Modern Indian 
Language and any two of the following subjects : Sanskrit, 
Mathematics, any other Classical Language, a Modern European 
Language, Elementary Physics and Chemistry, Botany, Drawing, 
Music, Manual Training, Agriculture, Surveying, Commerce and 
Domestic Science. 

In the case of candidates for admission to the courses and 
degrees in the Faculties of Oriental Learning and Theology, 
the examination consists of (1) Sanskrit, (2) Modern Indian 
Language, (3) a further course in Sanskrit Grammar and Lite- 
rature, (4) Mathematics, (5) History and Geography, (6) Ele- 
mentary Logic and, if chosen, one of the following: English, 
Drawing, Manual Training, Agriculture or Surveying. 

Intermediate Examination in Arts and Science. The course 
of study extends over two academic years and a candidate for 
the examination is required to offer for his examination 
(1) English (4 papers), (2) Composition in a Modern Indian 
Language (1 paper), and three subjects confined to one of the 
following: Group A. Sanskrit (3 papers), and any two of 
the following subjects: another Classical Language (3 papers), A 
Modern European Language (3 papers), Mathematics (3 papers), 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 109 

History (2 papers), Logic (2 papers), Psychology (2 papers), 
Drawing, Manual Training, Elementary Economics (2 papers), 
a Modern Indian Language and Literature (2 papers), 
Civics (2 papers), Music, Painting and Domestic Science (the 
last three subjects for women candidates only) or Group B. 
Either Physics (2 papers), Chemistry (2 papers) and Mathe- 
matics (3 papers) or Physics (2 papers), Chemistry (2 papers) 
and Biology (2 papers). There is in addition a practical exami- 
nation in Physics, Chemistry and Biology and women candidates 
can take Domestic Science in place of Physics or Chemistry. 

B.A. (Pass). A candidate for this examination must study 
for a period of two years in the University after passing the 
Intermediate Examination in Arts or Science. The subjects of 
the examination are the following: 

I. Compulsory subjects: 

(*') English. 
(ii) Sanskrit. 
(in) Composition in a Modern Indian Language. 

II. Optional subjects: 

(/V) Any one of the following subjects: 

(a) Any other Classical Language (Persian, 

Arabic or Pali). 

(b) A Modern European Language. 

(c) Philosophy. 

(d) Mathematics. 

(e) History. 
(/) Economics. 
(g) Politics. 

(h) A Modern Indian Language. 
(i) Music. ^T-A ,. , 

(/) Painting. H r women candidates 

(*) Domestic Science. J 0111 ^ 

Provided that a candidate who has passed the Previous 
Examination in Sanskrit or has passed the Admission Exami- 
nation or any examination accepted as equivalent thereto or has 
passed the Intermediate Examination with Sanskrit as one of 
his subjects may take up any one of the optional subjects in lieu 
of Sanskrit. 

B.A. (Honours). A candidate may obtain Honours in any 
subject if he passes in the First Class in that subject as well as 
in a more advanced course in that subject prescribed for the 
purpose provided he obtains at least 45 per cent, marks in the 
aggregate of the remaining subjects. 

Composition in a Modern Indian Language shall not count 
as an independent subject for this purpose. 



110 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

M.A. The course of study extends over two years and is 
open to graduates of this or any other University recognized 
for the purpose. 

A candidate may be examined in any one of the following 
subjects: 

(1) Sanskrit. 

(2) English. 

(3) Pali. 

(4) Any other Classical Language. 

(5) Philosophy. 

(6) History. 

(7) Ancient Indian History and Culture. 

(8) Economics. 

(9) Politics. 

(10) Mathematics. 

(11) 'A Modern Indian Language and Literature. 

Doctor of Letters. This degree is conferred after the 
approval of the candidate's thesis and, if necessary, after a 
written and oral examination. It must be taken two years after 
his graduation as a Master of Arts or as a Master of Science 
in a subject prescribed for the M.A. Examination of the Benares 
Hindu University. Masters of Arts or Science of other Uni- 
versities have to be resident members of the University for two 
years. 

Courses of Study and Degrees in the Faculty of Oriental Learning. 

Madhyama Pariksha. The course of study extends over a 
period of three years. Candidates are examined in Sanskrit 
Language, a Modern Indian Language and any one of the follow- 
ing subjects: Advanced Sanskrit Grammar and Literature, a 
School of Indian Philosophy, Hindu Law and Jurisprudence, 
Hindu Astronomy and Mathematics and Ayurvedic System of 
Medicine including elementary knowledge of Chemistry, Botany, 
Physics and Anatomy, etc. 

Degree of Shastri. This is a three years* course after 
passing the Madhyama Pariksha. Candidates are examined in 
Sanskrit Language and Literature, a Modern Indian Lan- 
guage and Literature and one of the following subjects: 
Advanced course in the Vedas and Vedic Sanskrit, Litera- 
ture, Advanced course in the Vedas and Vedic Sanskrit, 
a School of Indian Philosophy, etc., Hindu Law and Jurispru- 
dence, Ayurvedic System of Medicine, etc., History, Palaeography 
and Epigraphy, Prakrit and Pali and English. 

Degree of Shastracharya. This is a thesis examination 
which may be taken up by the candidate two years after passing 
the Shastri Examination. As in all advanced Examinations, 
there might also be an examination, written, oral or both. 



HINDU UNIVERSITY 111 

Courses of Study and Degrees in the Faculty of Theology. 

Admission is restricted to Hindus. 

The Madhyama Pariksha. It is a course of study extend- 
ing over three years including Sanskrit (Sruti, Smriti, Purana 
and Itihasa), Grihya Sutra, Elementary Jyotisha, Dasakarma 
Paddhati (Rituals and Ceremonies). 

Degree of Smriti Ratna. The course which extends over 
a period of three years consists of a study of the Vedas, Smritis, 
Puranas and Itihasas, Six Systems of Indian Philosophy, Nyaya, 
Purva Mimamsa, Sayana's Introduction to Rig- Veda Bhashya, 
Bhagavadgita with commentaries, Mitakshara. 

Degree of Smriti Sagar. This is open to candidates who 
have passed the Smriti Ratna Examination and pursued an 
extensive and advanced course of study in the subjects prescribed 
for the above examination for not less than two years. 

Degree of Dhanna Shastri. This is more like an examina- 
tion in Rituals of Hindu Religion and is a course spreading over 
three years and is open only to those who can study the same 
according to the accepted usage of the community. Besides the 
subjects prescribed for the Smriti Ratna Examination, a candi- 
date must study the Brahmanas, Shrauta Sutras, Satapatha 
Brahmana and Shulva Sutra. 

Degree of Dharmacharya. This is a thesis examination 
(supplemented by an examination, if necessary, oral, written or 
both) conducted two years after the candidate has passed the 
Dharma Shastri Examination. 

Diploma Examination in Panrohitya. In addition to the 
above courses there is a separate Diploma Examination in Pau- 
rohitya. The duration of the course is three years with a Uni- 
versity examination at the end of each year. The course is 
open to candidates who have passed the Praveshika or an equiva- 
lent examination. 

Courses of Study and Degrees in the Faculty of Science. 

(The Intermediate Examination in Arts and Science vide 
under the Faculty of Arts.) 

B.Sc. It is a two years' course after passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Arts and Science. 

The subjects of examination are the following: 
Any one of the following groups : 

(a) Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics. 

(b) Physics, Chemistry, Geology. 

(c) Botany, Chemistry, Zoology. 

(d) Botany, Chemistry, Geology. 

(e) Zoology, Chemistry, Geology. 



112 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provided that no candidate is permitted to take group (a) 
or (b) unless he has passed his Intermediate Examination with 
Mathematics and group (c), (d) or (e) unless he has passed his 
Intermediate Examination with Biology and in the case of 
a, .student who has passed the Intermediate Examination of any 
other University or Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education established by an Act of the Legislature, with Physics, 
Chemistry and Biology or Botany. Women candidates are allow- 
ed to. offer Domestic Science in place of any one of the subjects 
in any one of the groups. A candidate may also offer English 
(Modern and Practical) as an extra subject. 

BSc. (Honours). A candidate may obtain Honours in any 
subject if he passes in the First Class in that subject as well 
as in a more advanced course in that subject prescribed for the 

purpose provided he obtains at least 45 per cent, marks in the 

aggregate of the remaining subjects. 

MSc. The course of study extends over two years. 

A candidate may be examined in any one of the following 
subjects: 

(1) Mathematics. 

(2) Chemistry. 

(3) Physics. 

(4) Zoology. 

(5) Geology. 

(6) Botany. 

DSc. This degree is conferred after the approval of the 
candidate's thesis and, if necessary, after a written and oral 
examination. It must be taken two years after his graduation 
as a Master of Science. Masters of Science of other Universities 
have to be resident members of the University for two years. 



Faculty of Technology : Courses of Study and Degrees leading to 
Professions. 

BSc. (Engineering Mechanical and Electrical). The 
minimum qualification for admission to the Degree Course in 
Engineering is I.Sc. with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. 
The course of study and practical training covers in all five years, 
of which the fifth year is entirely devoted to practical training. 

The candidates have to pass the following four University 
Examinations : 

I.Sc. (Eng.) Part I at the end of the 1st Year. 

I.Sc. (Eng.) Part II at the end of the 2nd Year. 

B.Sc. (Eng.) Part I at the end of the 3rd Year. 

B.Sc. (Eng.) Part II at the end of the 4th Year. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 113 

The Degree of B.Sc. in Engineering is awarded to those 
students who produce evidence which will satisfy the Syndicate 
that they have spent not less than one year (250 working days) 
in practical work or research after passing B.Sc. (Eng.) Part II 
Examination. 

The courses of studies and subjects of examinations are 
as follows: 

ISc. (Eng.) Part I. Group I: Mathematics (2 papers); 
Group II: Engineering Chemistry (1 paper) and Engineering 
Metallurgy (1 paper); Group III: Building (1 paper) and 
Surveying (1 paper); Group IV: Electrical Engineering (2 
papers) and Electrical Engineering Laboratory (Sessional Work) ; 
Group V: Applied Mechanics (1 paper) and Heat Engines 
(1 paper) ; Group VI; Practical Geometry (1 paper), Mechani- 
cal Drawing (1 paper), Mechanical Drawing and Practical 
Geometry (Sessional Work) and Workshop Practice (Sessional 
Work). 

Minimum Pass Marks. 40 per cent, in each group of 
written papers, 60 per cent, in each subject of Sessional Work 
and SO per cent, in aggregate for 3rd class, 60 per cent, for 2nd 
class and 70 per cent, for 1st class. 

ISc. (Eng.) Part II. Group I: Mathematics (2 papers); 
Group II: Heat Engines (2 papers); Group III: Applied 
Mechanics (2 papers) and Laboratory (Sessional Work) ; 
Group IV: Electrical Engineering (2 papers) and Electrical 
Engineering Laboratory (Sessional Work); Group V: Practical 
Geometry (1 paper), Mechanical Drawing (1 paper), Mechani- 
cal Drawing and Practical Geometry (Sessional Work) and 
Workshop Practice (Sessional Work). 

Minimum Pass Marks. 40 per cent, in each group of 
written papers, 60 per cent, in each subject of Sessional Work, 
50 per cent, in aggregate for 3rd class, 60 per cent, for 2nd class 
and 70 per cent, for 1st class. > 

BSc. (Eng.) Part I. Group I: Strength of Materials 
(1 paper), Theory of Structures (1 paper) and Structural 
Design (Sessional Work); Group II: Theory of Machines 
(1 paper), Hydraulics (1 paper) and Mechanical Drawing 
(Sessional Work); Group III: Heat Engines (2 papers) and 
Engine Design (Sessional Work); Group IV: Electrical 
Engineering (3 papers), Design of Electrical Machines (Sessional 
Work), Design of Electrical Installations (Sessional Work) and 
Laboratories (Sessional Work). 

Miniin\um Pass Marks. 40 per cent, in each group of 
written papers, 60 per cent, in each subject of Sessional Work, 
50 per cent, in aggregate for 3rd class, 60 per cent, for 2nd 
class, and 70 per cent, for 1st class. 



114 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

BSc. (Eng.) Part II. Group I: Properties of Materials 
(1 paper), Theory of Structures (1 paper) and Structural 
Design (Sessional Work); Group II: Hydraulics (1 paper), 
Hydro-Electric Technology (1 paper) and Machine and Engine 
Design (Sessional Work) ; Group III: Heat Engines (1 paper), 
Electrical Engineering (2 papers) and Design of Electrical 
Installation (Sessional Work); Group IV: Business Method 
(1 paper), Workshop Management (1 paper) and Craftsman- 
ship of Approved Extramural Practice (Sessional Work). 

Minimum Pass Marks. 60 per cent, for Sessional Work, 
40 per cent, per group, SO per cent, on the aggregate for 3rd 
class, 60 per cent, for 2nd class and 70 per cent, for 1st class. 

BSc. (Mining) and BSc. (Metallurgy). The Department 
of Mining and Metallurgy offers a four-year course leading to 
the Degree of B.Sc. in Mining and a four-year course leading 
to the Degree of B.Sc. in Metallurgy to students who have 
passed the Intermediate Examination, with Physics and Chemis- 
try, of an Indian University or Board of Intermediate Education 
established by an Act of the Legislature. 

An outline of the courses is given below: 
1st Year (Common to Mining and Metallurgy). 

Mathematics. 

Applied Mechanics, Part I. 

Heat Engines, Part I. 

Practical Solid Geometry. 

Engineering Drawing, Part I. 

Applied Electricity, Part I. 

Metallurgy, Part I. 
2nd Year (Common to Mining and Metallurgy). 

Geology and Mineralogy. 

Mining, Part I. 

Surveying, Part I. 

Applied Mechanics, Part II. 

Heat Engines, Part II. 

Engineering Drawing, Part II. 

3rd & 4th Year Mining 3rd & 4th Year Metallurgy 

Mining, Part II. Metallurgy, Part II. 

Surveying, Part II. Metallurgical Analysis. 

Mining Geology. Physical and Metallurgical 

Applied Electricity, Part II. - Chemistry. 

Assaying. Applied Electricity, Part II. 

Economics of Mining. Fuels & Refractory Materials. 

Mining Design. Metallography & Pyrometry. 

Thesis. Mechanical Testing and Heat 

Treatment. 
Thesis. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 115 

B.Sc. DEGREE IN MINING. B.Sc. DEGREE IN METALLURGY. 

Preference is given to candidates who have passed the 
Intermediate Examination with Mathematics also. Candidates 
who have passed the Intermediate Examination without Mathe- 
matics, will, if admitted, be required to undergo a preparatory 
course in the subject after admission and to pass a Departmental 
Examination in the subject in November. 

EQUIPMENT AND ORGANIZATION. 

The courses, both theoretical and practical, are of an advanced 
character. The laboratories of the Department are well equipped 
with instruments, apparatus, machinery, models, maps, charts, 
specimens, etc. There is also an excellent departmental library 
and a reading room well supplied with journals. A good deal of 
the teaching is done with the help of lantern slides of which there 
is a large and up-to-date collection and which is being constantly 
added to. The Department is working in close association with, 
the Engineering College of the University, where training in 
Mechanical and Electrical Engineering subjects is given to the 
Mining and Metallurgy students during their First, Second, 
Third and Fourth year courses by the expert staff there. 

EXCURSIONS AND PRACTICAL TRAINING. 
A very large proportion of the time of the Mining and 
Metallurgy students at the University is spent in the laboratories, 
the workshops and the drawing office. A number of excursions 
to places of Geological, Mining and Metallurgical interest are 
arranged by the Department every year and conducted by the 
members of the staff. And further, students, after the first year, 
devote a few months every year to practical training at the 
mines or metallurgical works, so that most of them receive about 
six months' practical training under actual mines or works con- 
ditions by the time they appear at the Final examination. Per- 
mission for such training has been generously given in the past 
by the managers of even some of the largest and up-to-date coal 
mines, iron mines, manganese mines, gold mines, silver and lead 
mines, copper mines, petroleum mines, mica mines, etc., and also 
by most of the metallurgical works in the country. 

GOVERNMENT RECOGNITION. 

The B.Sc. Degree in Mining of the Benares Hindu Univer- 
sity has been recognized by the Government of India for the 
purposes of Regulations 34, 35, 38 and 39 of the Indian Coal 
Mines Regulations, 1926. In virtue of this recognition, Mining 
graduates of the University are entitled to two years' exemption 
from practical underground training required of candidates ap- 
pearing at the Government First Class Colliery Managership 



116 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Examination, one year's exemption at' the Second Class Manager- 
ship Examination, one and >a half year's exemption at the Sur- 
veyor's Certificate Examination, and two years' exemption at the 
Sirdarship Examination. 

The courses begin on the 9th July. The last date for ap- 
plication for admission is the 20th June. The Prospectus of 
the Department is available from the Head of the Department 
on payment of Rs. 1-8-0. 

BSc. (Industrial Chemistry). The duration of the course is 
two years. and candidates who have passed the I.Sc. Examination 
with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics are eligible for admis- 
sion. The. subjects for the examination are Chemistry, Industrial 
Chemistry and General and Chemical Engineering. 

MSc. (Industrial Chemistry}. This is a two years' post- 
graduate course open to graduates in Industrial Chemistry. The 
duration is only one year for such candidates as have passed 
the M.Sc. Examination with Chemistry. The subjects for study 
are oils and soaps or ceramics. 

Bachelor of Science (Pharmacy). The duration of the 
course is three years and is open to candidates who have passed 
the I.Sc. Examination with Physics and Chemistry. There is 
a University Examination at the end of each year. The subjects 
for study are: Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Pharmacy, Pharma- 
cognosy, Pharmaceutical Economics and German. 

Bachelor of Science (Glas? Technology). This is a three 
years' course with a University Examination at the end of each 
academic year and is open to such candidates as have passed the 
I.Sc. Examination with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. 
The following are the subjects for each University Examina- 
tion : 

(1) Intermediate Examination in Glass Technology: 

Subjects: (1) Glass Technology, (2) Chemistry, 

(3) Geology and Mineralogy, (4) Theory of Machines 
and Machine Drawing and (5) German. 

(2) Bachelor of Science Examination in Glass Technology, 
Part I: 

Subjects: (1) Glass Technology, (2) Chemistry 
(Physical and Inorganic), (3) Fuel Technology, 

(4) Refractions, (5) General Principles of Engineer- 
ing, (6) Industrial Economics and (7) German. 

(3) Bachelor of Science Examination in Glass Technology, 
Part II: 

Subjects: (1) Glass Technology, (2) Glass Engineer- 
ing and Process Work, (3) Refractory Materials, 
(4) Physical Chemistry of Silicaters, (5) Fuel Tech- 
nology, (6) Furnace Design, Construction and 
Pvrotnetrv and (7} Industrial Economics. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 117 

Master of Science in Glass Technologoy. This is a purely 
research degree open to graduates in Glass Technology. 

Master of Science in Agricultural Botany. The duration of 
the course is two years and js open to graduates in Science with 
Botany, or graduates in 'Agriculture. The subjects for study are: 
Agricultural Plant Physiology, Genetics and Plant Breeding, 
Farm Crops and Plant Pathology. Candidates for the exa- 
mination are required to submit a Thesis as part fulfilment 
of their course. 

Diploma Courses. In addition to the above degree courses 
in the Faculty of Technology, the following Diploma Examina- 
tions are also held: 

(1) Diploma Examination in Soap Manufacture. 

(2) Diploma Examination in Pottery and Porcelain. 

(3) Diploma in Metal Enamelling. 

(4) Diploma in Pharmacy. 

(5) Certificate Examination in Glass Technology. 

Particulars of these courses can be had on application. 

LAW. 

LI,./?: The course of study extends over two yeafs and is 
open to graduates of this or any other University recognized by 
the Syndicate. There are two examinations, one at the end of 
the first year's course of study called the Previous Examination 
and the other the Final Examination held at the end of the 
second year of study. For the Previous Examination a candi- 
date is expected to have studied Constitutional Law of England 
and India, Jurisprudence, Roman Law, the Law of Contracts 
and Torts, the Law relating to Companies and Corporations, 
the Law of Crimes and Criminal Procedure and the Law of 
Evidence. The subjects for the Final Examination are: 
Principles of Equity including the Law relating to Trusts and 
Specific Relief, the Law relating to Transfer of Property 
and the Law of Easements, Hindu Law, Muhammadan Law, 
the Law of Civil Procedure and Limitation, the Law re- 
lating to Land Tenures. Rent and Revenue, the Law relating 
to Companies and Corporations. 

.LL.M. The Master's Examination in Law is a two years' 
course. The subjects for the examination are as follows: 

(1) Hindu Law Ancient and Modern. 

(2) Roman Law with its History. 

(3) Comparative Jurisprudence. 

(4) Constitutional Law. 

\z.) [ Any two of the following subjects: 



118 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(a) Principles of Equity including Law relating to 

Trusts and Specific Relief. 
(6) The Law of Contracts. 

(c) Private International Law. 

(d) Public International Law. 

(e) The Law relating to Transfer of Property includ- 

ing Wills. 

(/) Muhammadan Law. 

Note. In regard to an optional subject, while a candidate is required 
to have a competent knowledge of the subject, he will be required to 
possess a detailed knowledge of one of its branches to be selected by him. 
The examination in Hindu Law and in Muhammadan Law is to comprise 
questions having special reference to the original authorities or translations 
thereof. 

LL.D. This is an examination chiefly by a thesis to be 
supplemented, if necessary, by an examination, oral, written or 
both. A candidate for this examination must have passed his 
LL.M. Examination at least one year before appearing for it. 

TEACHING. 

B.T. The course of study is open to graduates of this or 
any other University and extends over a period of one year. 
The courses of study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows: Principles of Teaching, History of Education, Methods 
of Teaching, School Management and Hygiene, in each of which 
there will be one paper, provision also being made for Practical 
Teaching, Criticism Lessons and Demonstration Lessons. In 
addition to the compulsory course, students may specialize in the 
Methods of Teaching in one of the following special subjects : 
English, Physics and Chemistry, Geography, History and Mathe- 
matics. 

AYURVEDACHARYA IN MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 
Ayurvedacharya. The duration of the course is six years 
during which the following examinations are held: 

1. The First Professional Examination. Subjects : Hygiene, 
Chemistry, Physics, Zoology and Botany. 

2. The Second Professional Examination. Subjects: 
Anatomy, Physiology, Materia Medica and Pharmacy. 

3. The Third and Final Professional Examination 
Part A. Subjects: Obstetrics, Gynaecology, Diseases of Children, 
Medical Jurisprudence, Toxicology and Mental Diseases. 

4. The Third and Final Professional Examination 
Part B. Subjects: Diagnosis and Treatment of Diseases, 
Surgery and Pathology. 

For the practical training of students a Hospital with 
accommodation for one hundred patients has been provided. 

Candidates who have passed the Admission or equivalent 
Examination with Sanskrit or the Praveshika Examination with 
English are eligible for admission. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 119 

Recognition of Degrees and Diplomas of other Universities. 

Ordinarily the Entrance Examinations, Intermediate and 
Degree Examinations in Arts and Science of any Indian Univer- 
sity established by an Act of the Legislature for the time being 
in force are recognized. 

Scale of Fees. 

Examinations. Fees. 

Rs. 

Admission . . . . . . . . . . 15 

Do. (private candidates) . . . . . . 20 

Intermediate in Arts and Science . . . . . . 24 

B.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. 36 

B.A. (Extra for each Honours subject) . . . . 5 

M.A '. .. .. 50 

D.LiTT. .. .. .. .. ..100 

B.Sc 36 

B.Sc. (Extra for each Honours subject) . . . . 5 

M.Sc. .. .. .. .. .. .. 50 

D.Sc. .. .. .. .. .. ..100 

B.T .. 36 

Intermediate Examination in Engineering, Part I . . 20 

Do. do. Part II . . 20 

B.Sc. Examination in Engineering, Part I . . 30 

Do. do. Part II . . . . 30 

Preliminary Examination in Engineering Diploma . . 20 

Final Examination in Engineering Diploma . . . . 30 

First Year Examination in Mining and Metallurgy . . 20 

Second Year Examination in Mining and Metallurgy . . 20 

Final Examination in Mining . . . . . . 50 

Do. in Metallurgy . . . . . . 50 

Previous Examinations in Sanskrit . . . . . . 2 

Praveshika Examination . . . . . . . . 2 

Do. do. (private candidates) . . . . 3 

Madhyama Examination . . . . . . . . 4 

Shastri Examination . . . . . . . . 5 

Acharya Examination . . . . . . . . 10 

LL.B. (Previous) .. .. .. .. 20 

LL.B. (Final) . . . . . . . . . . 30 

LL.M 100 

LL.D 100 

First Professional Examination in Ayurveda . . . . 10 

Second do. do. do, . . . . 15 

Third and Final do. do. Part A. . . 20 

Do. do. do. do. Part B. . . 20 



Bombay University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

This University was established in 1857; but until the 
passing of the Indian Universities Act of 1904, the Bombay 
University, in common with the others, was limited to the 
function of examining candidates and arranging for the courses 
of study which led up to their degrees. Under the Act of 1904, 
it acquired the right of organizing teaching, arranging for Uni- 
versity extension lectures and of publishing such works as were 
necessary for the direct educational work it was to carry on. 
By the Act of 1928, the constitution of the University was con- 
siderably changed. By reducing the proportion of the nominated 
to the elected members in the Senate, and by throwing open the 
door of the Senate to the representatives of a larger variety 
of interests, the new Act has ensured the independence of the 
University for all practical purposes and made the Uni- 
versity a more popular and representative institution than it ever 
was in the past. Under the new Act, the executive functions 
of the University are carried on by the Syndicate, and most of 
the academic work is looked after by the Academic Council. 

Chiefly owing to lack of funds, the University was not able 
to undertake any new activities until 1912 when a liberal offer 
from the Government of India made it possible immediately to 
launch out in new directions. The Government of India offered 
to the University a non-recurring grant of five lakhs of rupees- 
and a recurring grant of Rs. 45,000 for the purpose of deve- 
loping its activities as a teaching body. As a result in 1913-14, 
Sir Alfred Hopkinson of the Manchester University was invited 
to India to advise as to possible and suitable lines of develop- 
ment, and in 1914, post-graduate lectures on the basis of the 
needs of the M.A. students were held for the first time. Since 
1918-19, the scheme was somewhat modified and placed on 
Inter- Collegiate lines. The various colleges in Bombay arranged 
a considerable amount of post-graduate teaching which was 
thrown open to qualified students of other colleges who were 
interested in the subjects or were working for the M.A. Degree 
of the University. The University supplemented these by 
arranging for a limited number of courses on its own account 
to deal with matters in which it seemed essential to provide 
training, but which were not adequately covered by the courses 
provided by the colleges. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 121 

In 1922, a Committee was appointed to revise the scheme 
of post-graduate studies in the light of the experience gained with 
regard to its working since its inauguration. The Committee 
submitted its report in March 1923 recommending that all post- 
graduate work should be undertaken under a centralized scheme 
by the University in co-operation with its Colleges and that the 
work, so far as Bombay was concerned, should be done as far 
as possible in the University buildings. As a result of the Com- 
mittee's deliberations a revised set of regulations relating to- 
post-graduate studies was adopted by the Senate in August 1924. 
The revised scheme was tried for a couple of years, but found 
unsatisfactory. Therefore, in December 1926, the Syndicate ap- 
pointed a committee to consider the question in all its aspects 
and to draw up a comprehensive scheme of post-graduate teach- 
ing. The scheme prepared by this committee was laid before 
the Senate in July 1927. As there was a divergence of opinion 
among the members of the Senate in essentials, the Senate 
appointed a committee of its own to examine the scheme and 
while the report of the committee was under the consideration 
of the Senate, the new University Act was passed and the 
whole question was, therefore, left to be solved by the new 
Syndicate and by the Board of Post-Graduate Studies which 
was newly created by the Act. Now, the Board of Post-Graduate 
Studies practically control the whole of post-graduate instruction 
and research in the University, including what is done in this 
direction in the colleges affiliated to the University and other 
post-graduate institutions. 

In essentials, the University remains a University, affiliating 
Colleges carrying on teaching work, but University Depart- 
ments of Economics and Sociology have been opened with 
provision for both teaching as well as guidance in research. 
A Department of Chemical Technology has also been instituted 
and this Department began ragular work from August 1, 1934. 

One of the main ideas underlying the new Act is that the 
University should directly conduct post-graduate teaching and 
research in all branches of learning, and with this view the 
Act provides for the recognition of teachers in Colleges as Uni- 
versity teachers for post-graduate instruction and research. The 
need for the undertaking of direct post-graduate teaching by 
the University has been always emphasized. But owing to lack 
of funds, the indirect control by the University of post-graduate 
teaching in the affiliated Colleges by confining such teaching to 
teachers recognized by the University is all that is possible at 
present. Accordingly, the Syndicate, at the beginning of the 
Academic year 1932-33, recognized, on the recommendation of 
the Board of Post-Graduate Studies, a limited number of Pro- 
fessors from the affiliated Colleges as being competent to under- 
take Post-Graduate instruction and Research in various subjects 



122 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

as University Teachers. Every candidate for a post-graduate 
degree in Arts or Science is required to attach himself to a recog- 
nized University Teacher in the subject of his studies and 
work under him for the prescribed period so as to become eligi- 
ble to appear for the examination for the Post-Graduate degree. 
Besides, post-graduate work in the University has been reorga- 
nized on the basis of co-ordination between Colleges, with a view 
to avoid multiplication of teaching work in one and the same 
subject. For the purpose of such co-ordination all the affiliated 
Colleges have been classified into six groups, viz., (1) Bombay, 
(2) Poona, (3) Southern Maratha Country, (4) , Gujarat, (5) 
Kathiawar, and (6) Sind. 

The number of affiliated Colleges (including 2 Intermediate 
Colleges) is 39 and one more is awaiting affiliation. Of the 
affiliated Colleges 21 are for degrees in Arts, 1 in Science, 2 for 
degrees in Commerce, 2 in Education and 1 in Agriculture and 
there are 2 Medical, 2 Engineering and 6 Law Colleges. In 
addition to these affiliated Colleges, the University maintains its 
own institutions, vis., the School of Economics and Sociology 
and the University Department of Chemical Technology. To 
have effective control over post-graduate activities at the Poona 
centre, the Board of Post-Graduate Studies have appointed a 
central committee consisting of the Heads of institutions in 
Poona connected with post-graduate teaching and research. A 
similar committee consisting of the Principals of Arts Colleges 
entitled to send up candidates for degree examinations and the 
Heads of the University Departments of Economics and Socio- 
logy has recently been appointed at the Bombay Centre. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

THE CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency the Right Hon'ble Sir Lawrence Roger Ltimley, 

G.C.I.E., D.L. 

THE VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Mr. V. N. Chandavarkar, B.A., Bar-at-Law. 

DEANS. 

IN ARTS . . Prof. V. G. Rao, B.A., LL.B., Bar-at-Law, 

O.A. 

IN SCIENCE . . Principal G. S. Mahajani, M.A., Ph.D. 

IN TECHNOLOGY . . Principal C. Graham-Smith, O.B.E., 

A.C.G.I., A.M.I.C.E., i.E.s. 

IN LAW . . Dewan Bahadur K.M. Jhaveri, M.A., LL.B. 

IN MEDICINE . . Dr. J. L. Desai, M.B.B.S., D.M.R.E. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 123 

THE' SYNDICATE. 

V. N. Chandavarkar, Esq., B.A., Bar-at-Law. 
Vice-Chancellor ( Chairman ) . 

Mr. W. Grieve, B.SC., i.E.s., Director of Public Instruction 
(Ex-officio). 

Principal S. G. Burrow. 

Principal C. Graham- Smith, O.B.E., i.E.S. 

Diwan Bahadur K. M. Jhaveri, M.A., LL.B. 

The Hon'ble Mr. Justice B. J. Wadia, M.A., U,.B., Bar-at-Law. 

Principal N. M. Shah, M.A. 

Lt.-Col. S. L. Bhatia, M.C., M.A., M.D V B.ch., F.R.C.P., I.M.S, 

Mr. K. T. Shah, B.A., B.SC., Bar-at-Law. 

Rao Bahadur P. C. Patil, L.Ag., D.SC. 

The Hon'ble Mr. K. M. Munshi, B.A., LL.B. 

Principal R. D. Karmarkar, M.A. 

Moulvi M. Y. Hanidaday, B.A., LL.B. 

Mr. R. P. Masani, M.A. 

Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, M.A., Ph.D., D.SC., Bar-at-Law. 

The Rev. G. Palacios, s.j. 

Mr. N. V. Modak, B.E., A.M.I.E. 

Dr. B. G. Vad, M.D. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. S. R. Dongerkery, B.A V U,.B. 

DEPUTY REGISTRAR. 
Mr. D. N. Marshall, M.A. 

ASSISTANT REGISTRAR. 
Mr. Y. G. Athalye, B.A., LI..B. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Mr. P. M. Joshi, M.A., ph.D. 

UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY. 

Administrative Head and Professor of Economics. Mr. C. N. 

Vakil, M.A. (Bom.), M.SC. (Econ.) (Lond.), F.s.s. 
Professor of Sociology. Dr. G. S. Ghurye, M.A. (Bom.), ph.D. 

(Cantab.). 
Reader in Sociology. Dr. N. A. Thoothi, B.A. (Bom.), D.phiL 

(Oxon.). 

Reader in Economics. Mr. D. Ghosh, M.A., Bar-at-Law. 
Secretary and Librarian. Mr. S. B. Raikar, B.A. 



124 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY. 

Director . . Dr. R. B. Forster, A.R.C.SC.I., Ph.D., D.SC., 

F.I.C. 

Readers . . Dr. K. S. Venkataraman, M.A., M.SC. 

(Tech.), Ph.D., D.SC., F.C.I. 
Dr. N. R. Damle, M.SC., A.I.I.SC., Ph.D. 

Affiliated Colleges and their Staff, 1935-36. 

ELPHINSTONE COLLEGE. 

Principal .. Mr. G. B. Jathar, B.A. (Cantab.), M.A. 

(Edin.), Professor of History. 

ROYAL INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE. 

Principal . . Dr. T. S. Wheeler, F.I.C., Ph.D., F.R.C.G.I., 

Professor of Chemistry. 

WILSON COLLEGE. 

Principal . . The Rev. Dr. John McKenzie, M.A., 

Professor of Philosophy. 

ST. XAVIER'S COLLEGE. 
Principal . . The Rev. G. Palacios, s.j., Ph.D., D.D. 

GUJARAT COLLEGE. 
Principal . . Mr. G. Findlay Shirras, M.A., F.s.s. 

RAJARAM COLLEGE. 

Principal .. Dr. Balakrishna, M.A. (Punjab), Ph.D. 

(Lond.), F.R.E.S., Professor of History 
and Economics. 

BARODA COLLEGE. 

Principal .. Mr. S. G. Burrow, B.SC. (Lond.), 

A.R.C.SC., Professor of Physics. 

FERGUSSON COLLEGE. 

Principal , . Dr. G. S. Mahajani, M.A., ph.D. 

(Cantab.), Professor of Mathematics. 

i 
SAMALDAS COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. Tejumal Karmachand Shahani, M.A., 

Professor of English, Economics and 
History. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



125 



D. J. SIND 

Mr, N. B. Rutani, M.A., B.SC., Professor 
of Physics. 



Principal 



BAHAUDDIN C 

Principal . . Mr. M. M. Zuhuruddin Ahmed, M.A., 

Professor of Philosophy. 

SIR PARASHURAMBHAU COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. R. D. Karmarkar, M.A., Professor 

of Sanskrit. 

KARNATAK COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. A. C. Farran, I.E.S., Professor of 

History. 

M. T. B. COLLEGE, SURAT. 

Principal .. Mr. N. M. Shah, B.A. (Bom.), M.A. 

(Cantab.), Professor of Mathematics. 

WILLINGDON COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. D. G. Kar,ve, M.A., Professor of 

Economics. 

D. G. NATIONAL COLLEGE, HYDERABAD (SIND). 



Principal 



Principal 



Mr. Bhagat Ram Kumar, M.A., Pro- 
fessor of History and Economics. 

ISMAIL COLLEGE, ANDHERI. 

Dr. M. B. Rehman. M.A., Ph.D., Pro- 
fessor of Persian. 



NOWROSJEE WADIA COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. K. M. Khaclye, M.A., Professor of 

English. 

LINGRAJ COLLEGE, BELGAUM. 
Principal . . Dr. S. C. Nandimath, ph.D. 

CHELLASING AND SITALDAS COLLEGE, SHIKARPUR (SIND). 
Principal . . Mr. N. D. Gurbaxani, M.A. 

SHETH LALBHAI DALPATBHAI ARTS COLLEGE. 
Principal .. Dr. V. v K. R. V. Rao, M.A., ph.D. 

(Cantab.)- 

KHALSA COLLEGE. 
Principal . , Mr, Kashmir* Singh, M.A, 



126 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



RAMNARAYAN RINA 

Principal . . Dr. V. K, Bhagvat, M.SC., Ph.D., A.I.T.SC., 

A. i.e. 

THE SYDENHAM COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AND ECONOMICS. 
Principal . . Mr. M. J. Antia, Bar-at-Law, i.E.S. 

HARGOVANDAS LAKH MICH AND COLLEGE OF COMMERCE. 
Principal .. Mr. S. R. Rallan, B.com. (Birm.). 

SHETH HANSRAJ PRAGJI THAKERSAY COLLEGE, NASIK. 

Principal . . Mr. T. A. Kulkarni, B.A., S.T.C.D., Pro- 

fessor of English and Indian Admi- 
nistration. 

SECONDARY TRAINING COLLEGE, BOMBAY. 

Principal .. Mr. H. V. Hampton, M.A. (Dublin), 

Dip.Ed. 

MAHARANI TARABAI TEACHERS' COLLEGE, KOLHAPUR. 
Principal . . Mr. K. S. Vakil, B.A., M.Ed. 

POONA AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE. 

Principal . . Mr. V. G. Gokhale, D.Ag., Professor of 

Agriculture. 

NADIRSHAW EDALJI DINSHAW CIVIL ENGINEERING 
COLLEGE, KARACHI. 

Principal . . Mr. S. B. Junnarkar, B.A., B.SC. 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, POONA. 

Principal . . Mr. C. Graham-Smith, O.B.E., A.C.G.I., 

A.M.I.C.E., Professor of Engineering. 

GOVERNMENT LAW COLLEGE, BOMBAY. 

Principal . . Dr. B. R. Amhedkar, M.A., Ph.D., D.SC., 

Bar-at-Law. 

INDIAN LAW SOCIETY'S LAW COLLEGE, POONA. 

Principal . . Mr. Jagannath Raghunath Gharpure, 

B.A., LL.B. (HOIIS.) (Bom.), Professor 
of I /aw. 

SIND COLLEGIATE BOARD LAW COLLEGE, KARACHI. 
Principal . . Mr. P. S. Shahani, Bar-at-Law. 

SIR LALLUBHAI SHAH LAW COLLEGE, AHMEDABAD. 
Principal , , Mr, P. J. Shroff, AI .A V LI^.M, 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



127 



Principal 



LAW COUJSGE, KOLHAPUR. 
. . Mr. S. K. Kelavkar, B.A., LL.B., 
Law. 



Principal 
Principal 



SARVAJANIK LAW Cou/RCE, SURAT. 

Mr. C. M. Gandhi, B.A., W,.B. 

GRANT MEDICAL COLLEGE, BOMBAY. 

Lt.-Col. S. L. Bhatia, M.C., M.A., M.D., 

B.ch., F.R.C.P., F.C.P.S., F.R.S.E., I. M.S. 
SETH GORDHANDAS SUNDERDAS MEDICAL COLLEGE, BOMBAY. 

Dean . . Dr. Jivraj N. Mehta, M.D. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal authorities of the University are the Senate 
which consists of 146 members (inclusive of the Chancellor and 
ex-officio members), the Syndicate which consists of 18 members, 
the Academic Council and the several Faculties and Boards of 
Studies. 

Number of Students in the University. 

1930-31 1931-32 1932-33 1933-34 1934-35 1936-37 

Royal Institute of Science .. 206 199 190 200 199 215 
University School of Econo- 

mics and Sociology 
Elphinstone College 
Wilson College 
St. Xavier's College 
Gujarat College 
Rajaram College 
Baroda College 
Fergusson College 
Samaldas College 
D. J. Sind College 
Bahauddin College 
Sir Parashurambhau College 
Karnatak College 
M. T. B. College, Surat 
Willingdon College 
D. G. National College 
H. P. T. College, Nasik 
Ismail College 
Nowrosjee Wadia College, 

Poona 

Lingaraj College, Belgaum , 
C. & S. College, Shikarpur 
Sydenham College 

The Secondary Training College 60 
Maharani Tarabai Teachers' 

College 
Poona Agricultural College 256 



106 


100 


102 








437 


516 


425 


504 


621 


640 


759 


927 


872 


930 


907 


869 


1,146 


1,401 


1,360 


1,728 


1,870 


1,834 


247 


694 


772 


842 


886 


916 


540 


683 


737 


804 


730 


620 


911 


977 


942 


1,030 


1,097 


1,094 


1,256 


1,553 


1,339 


1,265 


1,295 


1,319 


297 


369 


504 


540 


588 


505 


688 


808 


833 


903 


897 


894 


215 


231 


223 


257 


247 


257 


576 


682 


646 


808 


985 


940 


512 


551 


508 


481 


543 


459 


224 


439 


435 


682 


795 


717 


243 


361 


307 


334 


326 


292 


175 


248 


240 


260 


313 


288 


180 


225 


213 


229 


264 


292 


94 


201 


247 


273 


311 


325 



312 



75 
23i 



344 
98 



481 
169 
97 
390 
100 



142 



584 
238 

80 
402 

97 

73 
153 



*520 

397 

80 

415 

101 

101 
195 



* Including 41 post-graduate students. 



128 



MANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



1930-31 1931-32 1932-33 1933-34 1934-35 1936-37 



College of Engineering, Poona 


170 


172 


184 


195 


218 


216 


N. E. D. Civil Engineering 














College, Karachi 


143 


149 


116 


165 


159 


218 


Government Law College, 














Bombay 


481 


601 


514 


599 


579 


497 


Law College, Poona 


492 


523 


420 


361 


362 


335 


Law College, Karachi 


57 


43 


96 


96 


97 


83 


Law College, Ahmedahad 


124 


326 


197 


216 


197 


176 


Sarvajanik Law College, Surat 


. . 










52 


Sykes Law College, Kolhapur 








148 


178 


124 


Grant Medical College, Bombay 


442 


488 


551 


607 


690 


716 


Seth G. S. Medical College 


263 


290 


323 


363 


389 


419 


TOTAL .. 11,889 


14,647 


13,964 


16,199 


17,270 


17,121 


Number of Successful Candidates 


in the 


University Examinations. 




1930-31 


1931-32 


1932-33 


1933.34 


1934-35 


1935-36 


Intermediate Examination in 














Arts .. .. ,. 


1,093 


1,237 


1,489 


1,548 


1,606 


1,539 


Intermediate Examination in 














Commerce 


91 


69 


124 


116 


121 


112 


Intermediate Examination in 














Science 


597 


795 


697 


860 


728 


746 


Intermediate Examination in 














Agriculture 


58 


55 


46 


40 


52 


42 


First M.B.B.S. Examination 


137 


133 


171 


187 


166 


207 


Second M.B.B.S. Examination 


114 


143 


129 


149 


202 


172 


First Examination in En- 














gineering 


115 


80 


111 


114 


120 


134 


Second Examination in 














Engineering (Civil) 


77 


81 


93 


86 


69 


98 


Second Examination in 














Engineering (Mech.) 


9 


11 


11 


15 


18 


52 


First LL.B. Examination 


477 


595 


482 


499 


525 


441 


B.A. (Pass and Honours) 


840 


935 


1,030 


1,239 


1,358 


1,364 


M.A 


84 


80 


109 


114 


103 


144 


B.CoM. 


54 


79 


65 


78 


82 


74 


M.CoM. 


1 


2 






1 


3 


B.T. 


59 


75 


57 


94 


161 


197 


B.Sc. 


321 


325 


343 


310 


333 


541 


M.Sc 


24 


31 


12 


8 




54 


B.Ac. 


53 


58 


132 


51 


42 


42 


B.E. (Civil) 


86 


89 


78 


62 


114 


67 


B.E. (Mechanical) .. 


3 


8 


11 


9 


8 


5 


B.E. (Electrical) 










8 


10 


M.E. 




'i 










LL.B. (Final) 


428 


394 


502 


4i4 


430 


420 


LL.M 


3 


2 


5 


2 


2 


2 


M.B.B.S. (Final) .. 


117 


148 


106 


104 


105 


122 


Master's Degree in Surgery . . 




6 


1 


2 


3 


1 


Bachelor's Degree in Hygiene 


'i 


4 


3 


1 


1 


2 


D.O. 


2 


3 


4 




2 


1 


M,D. 


7 


3 


4 




2 


2 


M.AG. . 


^ 


2 










D.Hv 


1 












D.LITT. 












'i 


D.Sc 


. . 




. , 


. , 


, , 


i 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 129 

Scholarships and Medals. 

A large number of Endowed Scholarships and Medals is 
awarded by the University for distinguished proficiency in the 
several examinations and each of the affiliated Colleges also- 
awards its own Scholarships and Medals. The University En* 
dowment Fund for Scholarship, Prizes and Medals amounts 
to Rs. 46,18,800 in Government Securities and Port Trust and 
Municipal Bonds. 

Library, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library, which is under the control of the 
Library Committee, is open to Fellows of the University, Prin- 
cipals and Professors of Colleges affiliated to the University of 
Bombay, the University Staff, Graduates of the University, 
students of affiliated Colleges and such other persons as- are 
admitted by a special order. The Library has 53,010 volumes 
of which 4,489 volumes were added during the years 1934-36. 
The University Departments in Economics and Sociology also 
maintain a library of their own which is growing substantially 
every year and is becoming a useful centre of research in these 
subjects. 

There are various Hospitals and Laboratories recognized 
by the University for purposes of practical work in Medicine and 
Science. 

Provision for Research. 

There are eight post-graduate research scholarships in the 
Department of Economics and Sociology, and the University 
also undertakes the publication of the results of researches. In 
addition, there are four endowed scholarships for research work 
of which three are tenable in India and one is tenable in a foreign 
country. The Bombay University Economics Series has been 
published as well as Lectures on Gujarati Language by Professor 
N. B. Divatia, and Dr. Mackichan's translations of the introduc- 
tion to two German Books, Dr. Garbe's Bhayavadgvta and Roth's 
Nirukta. 

The University also makes grants of varying amounts in 
aid of the cost of publication of books by various authors. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The University has spent a large sum of money during the 
last few years on the publication of books and by way of grants 
to authors to meet the expenses of publication. Distinguished 
scholars from Europe and elsewhere have been invited to deliver 
lectures on subjects directly connected with University studies. 

5a tf 



130 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

University Journal. 

The University conducts a Journal having an issue every 
alternate month in the year commencing with July and devoted 
to (a) History, Economics and Sociology, (b) Science, (c) Arts 
and Law in the cyclic order. The Journal will normally contain 
original contributions, but extracts from these submitted for the 
post-graduate examinations of the University will also be publish- 
ed in the Journal. The annual subscription is Rs. 14. 

Military Training. 

Military training is not compulsory in the University. 
Students are encouraged to enrol themselves in the University 
Training Corps and the number enrolled during the year 1934-35 
was over 662. The question of introducing a course of military 
studies in the curriculum is under consideration. 

Associations in the University. 

The Colleges in the University are scattered over the whole 
of the Bombay Presidency and it is not therefore practicable 
to have a Central Association or Associations for the benefit of 
all University students. Most of the Colleges maintain societies 
of their own, such as Debating Unions, Literary Societies, 
Historical Societies, Dramatic Societies, College Gymkhanas, and 
similar associations or societies. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

.Most of the Colleges affiliated to the University provide re- 
sidential accommodation for a fair proportion of their students. 
The approximate cost of living is Rs. 50 per month. 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The total budget expenditure for the year 1936-37 has been 
estimated to be Rs. 14,57,799-14-11. 

A Provident Fund has been started and subscription to the 
Fund at the rate of 6*4 per cent, on the monthly salary is 
obligatory on every whole-time officer, teacher or servant ap- 
pointed after the 31st March 1925, to a substantive appointment 
carrying a monthly salary of Rs. 30 or upwards. The University 
makes a contribution at the rate of 6*4 per cent, on the salary 
of subscriber at the end of each month and compound interest at 
the rate of 4 l /2 per cent, per annum is allowed on the amount 
standing to the credit of each depositor. On quitting the service 
of the University, a depositor is entitled to draw out the whole 
amount standing to his credit in the Fund, provided he has been 
in the service of the University for at least three years and has 
been permitted to resign his appointment. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 131 

Women's Education. 

Women are admitted to all the affiliated Colleges on equal 
terms with men-students. 

Foreign. Universities' Information Bureau. 

During the year 1936-37 the Bureau received 1,984 enquiries 
in writing regarding the various courses of studies abroad as 
against 1,854 in the previous year and 1,127 enquiries by personal 
visits as against 1,166 in the previous year. The number of 
documents containing the prospectuses and regulations relating to 
Institutions in the United Kingdom, America and Germany issued 
from the Office of the Bureau totalled 2,713 as against 2,408 in 
the previous year and the number of students who applied for 
them was 1,724 as against 1,638 in the year 1935-36. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

The Syndicate sanctioned in 1928, as an experiment, a ten- 
tative scheme for the introduction of compulsory physical training 
in three Arts Colleges in Poona and for the purpose allotted 
Rs. 12,070. The scheme worked satisfactorily. The Senate 
resolved in 1930 to sanction an annual expenditure of Rs. 11,000 
for two years for carrying out a scheme for the physical training 
of College students. In pursuance of this scheme a Director of 
Physical Training was appointed and the University held a 
medical inspection of all the students in its affiliated Colleges with 
a view to test their capacity to undergo a system of compulsory 
physical training. As, in the mean time, the Senate resolved that 
physical training of students must be under the control of Prin- 
cipals of Colleges, the consideration of the scheme has been post- 
poned. But a Students' Welfare Committee has been appointed 
to look after the medical inspection, physical training, hygiene, 
dietetics, etc., of University students. There is provision for out- 
door games like cricket, football, tennis, hockey, etc., in most of 
the affiliated Colleges, and a large number of students take advan- 
tage of the facilities offered in this respect. 

Inter-Collegiate Sports and Athletic Competitions. 

With a view to popularize all sorts of outdoor games among 
students it was deemed necessary to control and manage Inter- 
Collegiate Tournaments and Athletic Sports. Having resolved 
on this, the Syndicate appointed a Sports Board composed of the 
Principals of the affiliated Colleges in Bombay and or others 
interested in this activity of the University whose duty is to 
organize and manage, on behalf of the University, all Inter- 
Collegiate Tournaments and Athletic Sports, to begin with, in 
the City of Bombay. 



132 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Having found from experience the necessity of extending 
the activities of the Board of Sports to the other colleges affiliated 
to the University, the Syndicate have now altered the constitution 
of the Board and have appointed Local Committees at Poona, 
Dharwar, Ahmedabad and Karachi in addition to the one at 
Bombay. Each of these Local Committees will be in charge of 
Inter-Collegiate Sports and Tournaments pertaining to the col- 
leges within its jurisdiction and the Board of Sports will be res- 
ponsible for 'Versity and Inter-'Versity Sports and Tournaments. 

The Senate has sanctioned a budget grant of Rs. 10,000 to- 
wards the expenses of Inter-Collegiate Sports and the Board will 
distribute this sum among the Local Committees in proportion to 
the amounts contributed by the Local Committees. 

In addition to this amount the Senate has also sanctioned 
Rs. 2,500 towards the expenses in connection with the Inter- 
University Cricket Tournament. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Examinations 
and Degrees. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

Admission to a course of study in the University for the 
Bachelor's degrees in Engineering and Medicine is granted only 
to those who have passed the Intermediate Science Examination 
of this University or any other equivalent examination of 
recognized Universities in a specified group of subjects. Admis- 
sion to courses of study for other Bachelor's degrees is granted 
to those who have passed the First Year Arts Certificate Exami- 
nation in a College affiliated to the University or the Intermediate 
Arts or Science Examination of a recognized University. Ad- 
mission to the courses of study for higher degrees is granted, 
under certain conditions, to graduates of this or of any other 
recognized University. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 
I. ARTS. 

The University offers in Arts, B.A. (Pass and Honours), 
M.A. and D.LiTT. degrees; in Science, B.Sc., M.Sc. and D.Sc. 
degrees; in Commerce, B.CoM. and M.Con. degrees; in Teach- 
ing, B.T. degree; in Agriculture, Bachelor's and Master's degrees; 
in Engineering, B.E. (Civil, Mechanical and Electrical) and 
M.E. (Civil, Mechanical and Electrical) degrees; in Law, LL.B, 
and LL.M. degrees; and in Medicine the degrees of M.B.B.S., 
M.D., M.S., Bachelor of Hygiene, Doctor of Hygiene and the 
Diploma in Ophthalmology. 

(i) Intermediate Examination. The course of study for this 
examination extends over two academic years during the first 
of which candidates are examined by affiliated Colleges in English,, 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 133 

a Second Language, Mathematics and Elementary Physical 
Science and can only proceed to the Intermediate class, if they 
are certified by their Principals to have carried out satisfactorily 
the work prescribed by the University for the first two terms in 
Arts. At the Intermediate Examination held by the University 
at the end of the second year, candidates are examined in English 
(three papers of two hours each), a Second Language (one 
paper), Indian History and Administration (one paper), and 
Mathematics or Logic (two papers of three hours each). The 
minimum for a pass is 30 per cent, in English Composition paper, 
30 per cent, in the three papers in English taken together, and 
30 per cent, in each of the other subjects. Candidates who obtain 
60 per cent, in the aggregate are placed in the First Class and 
those who obtain 45 per cent, in the Second Class. 

(ii) B.A. (Pass and Honours). The course of study for 
B.A. ^Pass) Examination extends over two academic years 
subsequent to passing the Intermediate Arts Examination and 
that for B.A. (Honours), over the same period. Candidates 
are examined in (1) English Language and Literature, with 
Composition, and (2) one of the following six groups: (a) Lan- 
guages, (b) Mathematics, (c) History and Economics, (d) Men- 
tal and Moral Philosophy, (<?) Physics and Chemistry, and 
(/) Botany and Zoology. 

For the Pass Examination, besides the three papers in Com- 
pulsory English, there are two papers in Optional English and 
two in each of the other languages Latin, Greek, Sanskrit, Pali, 
Ardha-Magadhi, Avesta-Pahlavi, Persian, Arabic, Hebrew, 
German, French and Portuguese. In Mathematics, History and 
Economics, and Philosophy, there are four papers in each of the 
subjects, while in each of the two subjects of groups (e) and (f) 
there are two papers and two practicals. The minimum for 
a pass is 30 per cent, of the full marks in (i) Compulsory English 
and (ii) the Optional group, and 30 per cent, in each of the other 
subjects. In groups (e) and (/), candidates are also required to 
obtain a minimum of 30 per cent, in all the practical examinations 
of the group taken together and in group (a) candidates must 
obtain at least 25 per cent, of the full marks assigned to each 
language of the group. * 

For the Honours Examination, there are eight papers in 
English and Mathematics, seven papers in History and Econo- 
mics and Philosophy, and seven papers in the Languages group. 
For the Honours Examination the languages are grouped thus : 

(A) Latin, Greek, English, German, French, Portuguese. 

(B) Sanskrit, Pali, Ardha-Magadhi, Avesta-Pahlavi, Mara- 

thi, Gujarati, Sindhi, Kannada. 

(C) Hebrew, Arabic, Persian, Avesta-Pahlavi, Sindhi, 

Urdu. 



134 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A candidate for Honours may take seven papers (four Pass 
and three Honours) in any one of these languages or may take 
five papers in any one language (two Pass and three Honours ), 
and two Pass in any other language, belonging to the same group. 
The Honours Examination in groups (e) and (/) is identical 
with the Subsidiary B.Sc. Examination in each subject of the 
group. The minimum for a pass is 30 per cent, in all the papers 
in Compulsory English taken together and in the four optional 
papers taken together and 40 per cent, in all the papers of each 
subject taken together, provided that if a candidate offers more 
than one language, he must obtain a minimum of 25 per cent, in 
each language. In groups (e) and (/) candidates are required 
to obtain also 30 per cent, in the papers and 40 per cent, in the 
practical examinations in each subject of the group taken to- 
gether. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent, in the aggregate in 
all the Honours papers are placed in the First Class and those 
obtaining not less than 40 per cent, in the Second Class. Those 
obtaining less than 40 per cent, are, subject to certain conditions, 
declared to have passed the Pass examination. 

(iii) Master of Arts (M.A.). The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to passing the B.A. Examination. 
A candidate is required to study and be examined in one of the 
following branches : Languages, History, Philosophy, Mathe- 
matics, Ancient Indian Culture. The examination consists of 
eight papers in each subject. A thesis may be offered in lieu of 
the whole examination in the subject of History and Philosophy 
or in lieu of the four Principal papers in Sanskrit, Pali, Ardha- 
Magadhi, Persian or Arabic subject to certain conditions. The 
minimum for a pass in Mathematics is either 40 per cent, in 
the aggregate or 25 per cent, in each paper and 37 y^ per cent, 
in the aggregate, and in other subjects, it is one-fourth of the 
full marks in each paper and three-eights in the aggregate. In 
Languages a candidate must obtain 25 per cent, in each of the 
eight papers, 30 per cent, in the total of two papers in his 
Subordinate language and 40 per cent, in the total of the six 
papers in the Principal language. Candidates who obtain 65 per 
cent, in the aggregate are placed in the First Class and those 
who obtain 50 per cent, in the Second Class. 

II. SCIENCE. 

(i) Intermediate Examination. The conditions of admission 
to this Examination are similar to those for the Intermediate 
Examination in Arts and a candidate is required to study and 
be examined in one of the following groups of subjects: 
(a) Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry; (b) Physics, Chemistry 
and Elementary Biology. The examination consists of two 
papers in Mathematics, and one paper and a practical examination 
in each of the other subjects. For a pass, a candidate must 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



135 



obtain 33 per cent, of the aggregate in Mathematics, 33 per cent, 
in each paper and in each practical examination in other subjects. 
Candidates who obtain 60 per cent, in the aggregate are placed 
in the First Class and those obtaining 48 per cent, in the Second 
Class. 

(ii) Bachelor of Science (BSc.). The course extends over 
two years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination 
in Science. Candidates may take any two of the following sub- 
jects: Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Geology, Zoology , 
Animal Physiology, Anatomy and Embryology, Microbiology 
and Experimental Psychology. Of the selected subjects, one 
will be a principal subject and the other subsidiary. At the 
examination, papers are set as follows: 



Subject 


As a Subsidiary Subject 


As a Principal Subject 


Mathematics 


4 papers of three hours 
each. 


8 papers of three hours 
each. 


Physics 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations. * 


4 papers and 4 practical 
examinations. 


Chemistry 


2 papers and 2 days' 
practical examination.* 


4 papers and 3 days' 
practical examination. 


Botany 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations.* 


4 papers and 4 practical 
examinations. 


Geology 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations. 


4 papers and 3 practical 
examinations. 


Zoology 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations. * 


4 papers and 4 practical 
examinations. 


Animal Physiology 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations. 


3 papers, 3 practical 
examinations and an 
oral examination. 


Anatomy and Embryo- 
logy. 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations. 


3 papers, 3 practical 
examinations and an 
oral examination. 


Microbiology 


2 papers, 2 practical ex- 
aminations and an oral 
examination. 


3 papers, 3 practical ex- 
aminations and an oral 
examination. 


Experimental Psychology. 


(As a principal subject 
only.) 


3 papers and 3 practical 
examinations. 



* Same as for the B.A. (Hons.) Examination. 

For a pass, candidates must obtain in each subject 33 per 
cent, in the papers taken together, and in the practical examination 
taken together, or in Mathematics in all the papers taken together. 



136 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent, in their principal 
subject and 45 per cent, in the subsidiary subject are placed in 
the First Class and those who obtain 48 per cent, in the principal 
subject and 40 per cent, in the subsidiary subject are placed in 
the Second Class. Successful candidates who obtain 48 per cent, 
of the marks in the principal and the subsidiary subjects taken 
together are placed in the Second Class if they obtain 45 per cent, 
in the principal subject, and those who obtain 60 per cent, of the 
total marks in the principal and subsidiary subjects taken together 
are placed in the First Class, if they obtain 55 per cent, in the 
principal subject. A candidate who secures 66 per cent, in the 
principal subject is declared to have passed with distinction. 

(iii) Master of Science (MSc.). Bachelors of Science of 
this or of certain other recognized Universities are admitted to 
the course of study for M.Sc. Degree extending over two years. 
Candidates must offer one of the following branches : Mathe- 
matics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, Geology and 
Animal Physiology. 

The M.Sc. Degree may be taken by research alone or by 
written examination and practical (except in Mathematics) or 
by research and examination combined. A candidate may submit 
a thesis which may be accepted in lieu of the whole or a part 
of the examination. 

Every candidate for the degree is required to satisfy the 
Examiners in a paper containing a passage or passages connected 
with the branch of Science taken by him, to be translated from 
French or German into English. The language examination must 
be passed before the presentation of the thesis, or, in the case of 
candidates not offering a thesis, before the submission of the 
application for admission to the regular examination. 

The examination in Mathematics is the same as at the M.A. 
Examination. There are five papers and four practical exami- 
nations in Physics, four papers and at least four days' practical 
examination in Chemistry, and three papers and at least three 
days' practical examination in each of the subjects Botany, 
Zoology and Geology. 

Successful candidates are divided into those who pass and 
those who pass with distinction. 

III. COMMERCE. 

(i) Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two academic years subsequent to passing the Matriculation 
Examination, at the end of the first of which candidates are 
examined by Colleges in the subjects prescribed by the University 
f6r the first two terms in Arts (vide Arts, Intermediate Examina- 
tion). Candidates will be examined in English (one paper), 
Elements of Economics (two papers), Economic Geography (one 
paper), Accounting (one paper) and Administration (one paper). 
For a pass, candidates must obtain 40 per cent, in each subject. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 137 

Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent, in the aggre- 
gate are placed in the First Class and those who obtain 50 per 
cent, in the Second Class. 

(ii) Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.). The course extends 
over two years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Exami- 
nation in Commerce of this University. Candidates will be 
examined in (1) English (one paper and an oral examination), 
(2) Business Organization (one paper), (3) Mercantile and 
Industrial Law (one paper), (4) Trade and Statistics (one 
paper), (5) Indian Currency and Banking (one paper), 
(6) Modern Economic Development, and (7) one of the follow- 
ing special subjects (three papers) : Advanced Accounting and 
Auditing, Advanced Banking, Actuarial Science, the Organiza- 
tion of the Indian Cotton Industry, Economics of Transport. 

The minima for pass and class are the same as for the 
Intermediate Examination. 

(iii) Master of Commerce (M.Com.). Bachelors of Com- 
merce of this University only who are of at least two years' 
standing are allowed admission to the examination for the M.CoM. 
Degree. The examination comprises two parts : Part I a thesis 
on a problem relating to Indian Commerce, Industries, Finance, 
or Transport; Part II a written examination in four subjects 
selected from the following: (1) Economics of Agriculture with 
special reference to India, (2) The Organization of Industries 
of India, (3) Corporation Finance, (4) The Organization of 
Markets, (5) Foreign Exchanges, and (6) International Bank- 
ing. Exemption from the whole or a part of the written exami- 
nation is granted under certain conditions and no candidate is 
admitted to Part II until his thesis has been accepted and approved 
as qualifying for Part I of the Examination. 

One paper will be set in each of the subjects of the written 
examination. The minimum f for a pass in Part III is 30 per 
cent, in each paper and 40 per cent, in the aggregate. 

IV. TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Teaching. Graduates of this or of any other 
recognized University who have either kept two terms in a re- 
cognized Training College and thereafter served for at least one 
year on the staff of a recognized High School or served for at 
least 3 years in a recognized High School which makes provision 
for the training of its staff, are admitted to the examination for 
B.T. Degree. The examination is held in two parts: Part I 
Written Examination and Part II Practical Examination. 

Part I of the Examination consists of written papers in 
the following subjects: The Principles of Education (one paper), 
the History of Education (one paper), the Practice of Education 
(two papers) and Educational Experiment (one paper). 



138 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

In Part II of the Examination, candidates will be tested as 
to their practical skill in class management and class teaching. 
Each candidate will be required to give lessons in two special 
subjects selected by him out of the three offered for Part I. 

A candidate for Part I must obtain, in order to pass, 40 per 
cent, in each subject and a candidate for Part II must obtain at 
least 40 per cent, in the aggregate. 

V. AGRICULTURE. 

(i) Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two academic years after passing the Matriculation Exami- 
nation except in the case of Bachelors of Science of this University 
with Chemistry and Botany, who will be exempted from this 
Examination. Candidates will be examined in (1) Agriculture 
(including Geology) (two papers and a practical examination ), 

(2) Chemistry (two papers and a practical examination), 

(3) Botany (one paper and a practical examination), and 

(4) Mathematics and Elementary Physics (one paper and a 
practical examination). The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, 
of the aggregate and 33 per cent, in 'each paper and in the prac- 
tical examinations. Candidates who secure 60 per cent, of the 
aggregate will be placed in the First Class. 

(ii) Bachelor of Agriculture. The course extends over two 
years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination in 
Agriculture, or subsequent to passing the B.Sc. Examination of 
this University with Chemistry and Botany. Candidates will 
be examined in the following subjects: (1) Agriculture (four 
papers and two practical examinations), (2) Chemistry of Agri- 
culture (one paper and a practical examination), (3) Agricultural 
Botany and Horticulture (one paper and a practical examination), 

(4) Plant Pathology (one paper and a practical examination), 

(5) Agricultural Engineering (one paper and a practical exami- 
nation), and one of the following special subjects (one paper and 
a practical examination) : (a) Intensive Study of Certain Crops, 
(b) Advanced Plant Breeding, (r) Advanced Agricultural Che- 
mistry, (d) Advanced Animal Husbandry and Dairying, (e) Ad- 
vanced Agricultural Economics, (/) Advanced Horticulture, and 
(#) Advanced Plant Pathology. 

In order to pass, candidates must obtain 45 per cent, in 
the aggregate, 40 per cent, in Agriculture and the Optional sub- 
jects, and 33 per cent, in the remaining subjects. These per- 
centages must be obtained separately in the theoretical and 
practical tests in each subject. Those who obtain 66 per cent, 
of the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(iii) Master of Agriculture. Each candidate for this Degree 
must be a Graduate or a Licentiate in Agriculture of this Uni- 
versity of not less than 3 years' standing and must have been 
engaged in the practice of Agriculture or work of research in 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 139 

connection with Agriculture for a period of at least 3 years after 
receiving the Degree of Bachelor or Licentiate in Agriculture. 
Each candidate must submit a report of work or research of an 
original character in the Agricultural field subsequent to his 
graduation and must, if the examiners so desire, submit himself 
to an oral examination. 

VI. ENGINEERING. 

A candidate for the B.E. Degree must have passed the 
Intermediate Examination in Science of this or of any other 
recognized University in the group of Mathematics, Physics and 
Chemistry, or must have passed the Intermediate Arts Examina- 
tion with Mathematics as the Optional subject and the B.A. 
Examination with Physics and Chemistry as the Optional group. 
Candidates will be required to pass three examinations : The 
First Examination in Engineering: the Second Examination in 
Engineering (Civil or Mechanical) ; and the B.E. Degree Exa- 
mination (Civil or Mechanical). 

(i) The First Examination in Engineering. The course 
of study extends over one year and includes Mathematics, Physics, 
Chemistry, Mechanics, Building Materials and Construction, 
Prime Movers, Surveying, Drawing and Workshop Practice. 
Candidates will be examined in all subjects except Physics, 
Chemistry and Workshop Practice. One paper will be set in 
each of the subjects of examination. The minimum for a pass is 
45 per cent, of the aggregate, 33 per cent, in Mathematics, and 
40 per cent, in each of the other subjects. Successful candidates 
who obtain 60 per cent, in the aggregate are placed in the First 
Class. 

(ii) The Second Examination in Engineering (Civil, Mecha- 
nical and Electrical) : 

(a) Civil. The course of study for this examination covers 
one year after passing the F.E. Examination and candidates will 
be required to study and be examined in Applied Mechanics, 
Calculus, Prime Movers, Building Construction, Roads, Railways 
and Bridges, Surveying and Drawing. They must also complete 
a prescribed course in Workshop Practice. One paper will be 
set on each of the subjects of examination except Drawing, 
the examination in which is Practical, Oral and Sketching. 
In Prime Movers and Surveying, there will also be a practical 
examination. In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 40 per 
cent, in each subject (in the written and practical examinations 
separately), and 45 per cent, in the aggregate. Those who obtain 
60 per cent, in the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(b) Mechanical and Electrical. The duration of the course 
of study for this examination is one year after passing the F.E. 
Examination. Candidates will be examined in Applied Mecha- 
nics, Calculus, Prime Movers, Electrical Engineering, Drawing 



140 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

and Workshop Practice. The Examination in Drawing com- 
prises Practical, Oral and Sketching and there will be a Practical 
Examination in Workshop Practice. One paper will be set in 
each of the other subjects and there will be a Practical Examina- 
tion in Prime Movers. The minima for pass and class are the 
same as for the S.E. (Civil) Examination. 

(iii) B. E. Degree Examination {Civil, Mechanical and 
Electrical) : 

(a) Civil. Candidates who have passed the S.E. (Civil) 
Examination of this University (and kept at least two terms 
in a recognized School or College in Civil Engineering) are 
admitted to the B.E. (Civil) Examination. During the two 
terms, they are required to study the following subjects: 
Applied Mechanics, Geology, Hydraulics and Irrigation, Water- 
supply and Sanitary Engineering, Estimating, Drawing, Electri- 
cal Engineering. At the examination, one paper will be set in 
each of the subjects except Drawing. There will also be a 
Practical Examination in Geology. Candidates are further re- 
quired to obtain a certificate in Estimating. 

In order to pass a candidate must obtain 45 per cent, in the 
aggregate and 40 per cent, separately in the written, practical 
or oral examination in each subject. Successful candidates who 
secure 66 per cent, of the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(b) Mechanical. The conditions of admission to this exa- 
mination are the same as for B.E. (Civil) Examination except 
that candidates should have passed the S.E. (Mechanical) Exa- 
mination. Candidates are required to study and be examined in 
the following subjects: Applied Mechanics (one paper), Prime 
Movers (two papers), Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery 
(one paper). Electrical Engineering (one paper), Drawing 
(Practical, Sketching and Oral), Workshop Appliances and 
Practice ( one paper and a Practical Examination). The minima 
for pass and class are similar to those of B.E. (Civil) Examina- 
tion. 

(r) Electrical. The conditions of admission to this Exa- 
mination are the same as those for B.E. (Civil) Examination 
except that candidates should have passed the S.E. (Mechanical 
and Electrical) Examination. The candidates are required to 
study, and be examined in, the subjects prescribed for B.E. 
(Mechanical) Examination and in addition in the subjects of 
Electric Traction (one paper), Electrical Installation and Power 
Supply (one paper), Electrical Instruments and Testing (one 
paper) and Estimating. The minima for pass and class are 
similar to those of B.E. (Civil) Examination. 

(iv) Master of Engineering (Civil, Mechanical or Electrical). 
The examination for this Degree is open to Licentiates or 
Bachelors of Engineering of this or of any other recognized 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 141 

University, who have practised as Civil, Mechanical or Electrical 
Engineers for at least three years after receiving their Degree. 
The Degree may be obtained in two ways: (i) by submitting, 
with due authentication, a report of Engineering work done by 
the candidate, or (zV) by submitting himself to an examination in 
one of the following subjects: (1) Building Materials and Con- 
struction and Structural Engineering, (2) Bridges and Railways, 
(3) Hydraulics and Irrigation, (4) Municipal Engineering and 
Town Planning, (5) Steam Engine and Turbine, Construction 
and Design, (6) Internal Combustion Engine, Construction and 
Design, (7) Machine Tools, Construction and Design, (8) Hy- 
draulic Machinery, Construction and Design, (9) Generation, 
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy, (10) Elec- 
trical Power and Lighting, (11) Design of Electrical Machinery, 
Apparatus and Instruments, or any other branch of Engineering 
approved by the Board of Studies. 

VII. CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY. 
PROFESSOR, READERS AND LECTURERS. 

R. T. Mocly Professor of R. B. Forster, A.R.C.SC. i., ph.D, 

Chemical Technology and (Berlin), D.SC. (N.U.I.), F.i.c. 
Head of Department. 

Reader in Dyeing and K. Yenkataraman, M.A. (Mad- 
Printing, ras), M.sc.Tech., Ph.D., D.SC. 

(Mane.), F.i.c. 

Reader in Chemical Engineer- N. R. Damle, M.SC. (Bom.) r 

ing. A.I.I.SC., Ph.D. (Lond.). 

Lecturer in Experimental G. B. Jambuserwala, B.SC. 

Dyeing. (Bom.), M.sc.Tech. (Mane.). 

Lecturer in Industrial and T. N. Mehta, B.A., B.SC. (Bom.), 

Tinctorial Chemistry. D.I.C., ph.D. (Lond.), A. i.e. 

Lecturer in Fuel Technology M. R. Mandlekar, ph.D, 

(Lond.), D.I.C. 

PART-TIME LECTURERS. 

'Industrial Administration C. N. Vakil, M.A., M.SC. (Econ.) 

(Lond.), F.R.E.S. (University 
Professor of Economics). 

Industrial Relations D. Ghosh, M.A. (Cal.), M.A. 

(Cantab.), Bar-at-Law (Uni- 
versity Reader in Economics). 

Mathematics D. S. Agashe, B.A. (Cantab.) 

(St. Xavier's College). 

Manufacture of Yarn and D. F. Kapaclia, B.A. (Bom.),. 

Cloth M.sc.Tech. (Mane.) (Victoria 

Jubilee Technical Institute), 



142 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Design Applied to Textile C. R. Gerrard, A.R.C.A., R.O.I. 
Printing (Director, Sir J. J. School of 

Art). 

JUNIOR STAFF. 

Research Assistant in Optics B. K. Vaidya, M.SC., Ph.D. 

(and part-time Lecturer in (Liverpool). 

Colloids) 

Technical Assistant in Dyeing S. R. Ramachandran, B.A. (Mad- 

and Printing ras). 

Demonstrator in Mechanical P. K. Sathe, B.E. (Mech.) 

Engineering and Drawing (Bom,). 

(and part-time Lecturer in 

German) 

Demonstrator in Chemical J. G. Kane, M.SC. (Bom.), 

Engineering A.I.I.SC. 

Demonstrator in Industrial V. B. Thosar, B.A., M.SC. 

and Tinctorial Chemistry (Bom.). 

Analytical Assistant G. K. Belekar, B.SC., B.sc.Tech. 

WORKS STAFF. 

Dyehouse Assistant M. N. Bhide. 

Mechanic A. B. Noronha. 

Electrician Dilbang Singh. 

This Department has been instituted to provide technological 
training and facilities in research for those who intend to adopt 
an industrial career. Two courses extending over 2 years have 
been organised Textile Chemistry and Chemical Engineering. 
Students who follow either of these courses successfully and pass 
the prescribed examination and in addition fulfil the specified 
conditions as to works practice are awarded the degree of B.Sc. 
(Tech.). The minimum qualification for admission is a B.Sc. 
of the University of Bombay in the second class with Chemistry 
as principal and Physics as subsidiary, or other equivalent quali- 
fications. Not more than 12 students for Textile Chemistry and 
8 for Chemical Engineering are admitted annually. 

The tuition fees for Graduates of Bombay University are 
Rs. 125 per term and for other students Rs. 200 per term. 

Facilities are also provided for students working for the 
higher degrees of M.Sc.TECH., and PH.D. in the Faculty 
of Technology. Other qualified students intending to carry out 
research work within the purview of the Department are also 
admitted if accommodation is available. The fees for the former 
are Rs. 30 per term, those for the latter being fixed in individual 
cases subject to a minimum of Rs. 30 per term. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 143 

Scholarships and Fellowships. 

Four scholarships of Rs. 30 per mensem are awarded annual- 
ly to students of the first and second years. There are eight 
research fellowships of Rs. 75 each per mensem for graduates of 
the Department who wish to carry out research for a higher degree. 
The following scholarships have also been endowed: 

The Byramji Ratanji Lenthi Scholarship (about Rs. 570 
per annum). Awarded to the candidate who passes the B.Sc. 
Tech. examination of the University with the highest total of 
marks in the branch of Textile Chemistry on condition that he 
continues his studies for the M.Sc. Tech. Examination. 

The Amelia, Wife of Dr. A. G. Viegas, Scholarship (about 
Rs. 166 per annum). Awarded to the candidate who passes the 
B.Sc. Tech. Examination of the University with the highest 
number of marks in Chemical Engineering and continues his 
studies for the M.Sc. Tech. Examination. 

The Chaturbhuj Jivandas Research Fellowship (about 
Rs. 1,529 per annum). Awarded to a candidate who has passed 
the M.Sc. Tech. Examination of the University and who is doing 
research on an approved subject in the Department of Chemical 
Technology tenable for one year in the first instance and 
renewable at the discretion of the Syndicate. 

Equipment. The equipment includes a large scale bleach- 
ing, dyeing, printing and finishing plant capable of dealing with 
cloth upto 36" wide. Smaller machines are also provided for 
dealing with the bleaching and dyeing of hanks, cops and cheeses, 
and for the mercerising of hanks. The Chemical Engineering 
Laboratory is equipped on the unit system and is provided with 
machines for the following processes: Disintegrating, wet and 
dry grinding and mixing, filtration, evaporation, extraction and 
distillation and for chemical reactions such as sulphonation, 
nitration, reduction and alkali fusion. Small plant is provided 
for experimental work on the flow of liquids and transference of 
heat. 

Separate laboratories are provided for Experimental Dyeing, 
Tinctorial and Technical Chemistry, Fuel and Optical work. 

There is also a drawing office and a workshop equipped with 
modern machine tools. 

Library. A special library dealing with the various branches 
of chemical technology has been set up within the Department; 
a special grant of Rs. 20,000 and an annual grant of Rs. 5,000 
having been voted for this purpose. 65 journals are at present 
being received either by gift or subscription; the back volumes 
of the most important of these journals have also been obtained. 

Facilities for Research. The Department is fully equipped 
for the conduct of research on all the common chemical industries. 



144 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A research laboratory for the accommodation of eight students,, 
an experimental dyeing laboratory, a dyehouse carrying a com- 
plete range of semi-scale plant for all processes from singeing to 
finishing and a very well-equipped optical laboratory are availa- 
ble, in which any problem in the chemical technology of textiles 
can be investigated. The technical chemistry and fuel laboratories 
provide facilities and space for several workers in these subjects. 
The chemical engineering laboratories, containing unit plant of 
every type, offer opportunities for carrying out semi-scale work 
on non-dangerous chemicals and for the trying out of works 
processes. Most of the necessary apparatus and plant may be 
fabricated in the departmental workshop. 

One of the main objects of the Department is to form a link 
between science and industry. While its primary function is to 
impart advanced training in textile chemistry and chemical en- 
gineering to suitable candidates in order to equip them to occupy 
responsible positions in industry, it also acts as a central research 
and analytical laboratory for the benefit of the industries of the 
Presidency, and is endeavouring to co-operate with mills and 
factories in investigating any problem that may arise in the course 
of their work. 

CouRvSES OF STUDY FOR B.Sc. (TECH.). 
FIRST YEAR. 

Textile Chemistry. German. Chemical Engineering (Intro- 
ductory). General Chemical Technology. Industrial Organisation 
and Industrial Relations. Colloids. Descriptive Engineering. 
Fuels. Plant employed in the Dyestuff Industry. General Tech- 
nology of Oils, Fats and Waxes. Manufacture of Yarn and 
Cloth. Chemistry of Intermediates and Dyes (Introductory). 
Chemistry of Textile Fibres and Dyeing (Introductory). 

Practical Work. Engineering Drawing. Workshop Practice. 
Fuel Laboratory. Technical Chemistry Laboratory. Experi- 
mental Dyeing. 

Chemical Engineering. German. Chemical Engineering 
(Introductory). General Chemical Technology. Industrial 
Organisation and Industrial Relations. Colloids. Descriptive 
Engineering. Fuels. Plant employed in the Dyestuff Industry. 
General Technology of Oils, Fats and Waxes. Mathematics. 
Principles of General Engineering. 

Practical Work.^ Engineering Drawing. Workshop Practice. 
Fuel Laboratory. Technical Chemistry Laboratory. Chemical 
Engineering Laboratory. 

SECOND YEAR. 

Textile Chemistry. Construction of Works. Costing and 
Estimating. Chemistry of the Colouring Matters. Chemistry of 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 145 

Textile Fibres and Dyeing (Advanced). Technology of Dyeing 
and Printing. Technology of Bleaching/ Mercerising and Finish- 
ing. Design applied to Textile Printing. 

-Practical Work. Technical Chemistry Laboratory. Dye- 
house. Experimental Dyeing Laboratory. Practical Microscopy. 

Chemical Engineering. Construction of Works. Costing and 
Estimating. Advanced Chemical Engineering. 

Practical Work. Drawing Office. Chemical Engineering 
Laboratory. Workshop Practice. 

VIII. LAW. 

(i) Bachelor of Lauts (LL.B.). The course of study is 
open to Bachelors of Arts or Science of this or any other recog- 
nized University, and extends over two academic years. Candi- 
dates will be required to pass two examinations, the First LL.B. 
Examination held at the end of the first year, and the Second 
LL.B. Examination held at the end of the second year. 

For the First Examination, candidates are required to study 
and be examined in the following subjects : Roman Law, Juris- 
prudence, Constitutional Law, the Law of Contracts and Torts, 
the Law of Crimes and Criminal Procedure Code. One paper 
will be set in each of these subjects. 

For the Second LL.B. Examination, candidates must study 
and be examined in the following subjects : ( 1 ) Succession and 
Family Rights, with special reference to Hindu and Muhamma- 
dan Law, (2) The Law of Property (including the Law of 
Transfer), the Law of Easements and the following Land 
Tenures: Ryotwari, Watans, Saranjams and Inams, (3) Equity 
with special reference to the Law of Trusts and Specific Relief, 

(4) The Law of Evidence, Civil Procedure and Limitation, and 

(5) Company Law and the Law of Insolvency. One paper will 
be set in each of these subjects. 

In order to pass either of the Examinations, a candidate 
must obtain one-third of the full marks in each paper and one- 
half of the aggregate. Candidates who obtain two-thirds of the 
total marks obtainable will be placed in the First Division. 

(ii) Master of Laws (LLM.). Admission to the courses of 
study for this Degree is granted to Law Graduates of this or 
of certain other recognized Universities and the course extends 
over two academic years. Every candidate for the Degree of 
LL.M. is required (1) to register himself as a post-graduate 
student of the University, (2) to get himself enrolled as a regular 
student of a Law College affiliated to the University, and (3) to 
report himself daily to the Principal of the College. Candidates 
are required to study and be examined in any one of the following 
four branches : 



146 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Branch I . . Jurisprudence, Roman Law, International Law 
(Public), International Law (Private), Princi- 
ples of Legislation, and Constitutional Law 
(British and Indian). 

Branch II . . Hindu Law, Muhammadan Law, the Law of 
Wills, the Law of Marriage and Succession 
in British India. 

Branch III . . Real Property, Principles of Equity with special 
reference to the Law of Trusts and Specific 
Relief, the Law of Easements and Prescrip- 
tion, and Customary and Statute Law relating 
to Land Tenure in British India. 

Branch IV . . The Law of Contracts in General, the Law of 
Agency, Partnerships and Companies, Mer- 
cantile Law, Maritime Law, the Law of Torts, 
and the Law of Crimes. 
The examination in each branch consists of six papers. 

To pass the examination, candidates must obtain 50 per cent. 

in each of the papers. Those who obtain 66 per cent, of the 

aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

JX. MEDICINE. 

(i) Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery 
(M.B.B.S.). For admission to a course of study for these 
Degrees, a candidate must have passed the Intermediate Exami- 
nation in Science of this University in the group of Physics, 
Chemistry and Biology or an equivalent examination of any other 
recognized University. Candidates for these degrees are required 
to pass three examinations: (i) The First M.B.B.S. Examina- 
tion, (ii) The Second M.B.B.S. Examination, and (Hi) The 
Third M.B.B.S. Examination. 

(a) The First M.B.B.S. Examination. Before presenting 
themselves for this examination, candidates must have attended 
complete courses in (i) Human Anatomy and Embryology, 
(ii) Physiology, (nii) Organic Chemistry and Bio-Physics. They 
will be examined in Anatomy including Embryology, Descriptive 
and Practical, and Physiology including Histology and Chemical 
and Experimental Physiology and in Organic Chemistry and Bio- 
Physics. The examination consists of two written papers and 
a Practical Examination or an oral test or both in each subject. 
For a pass, a candidate must obtain in each subject 50 per cent, 
in the practical test, 40 per cent, in the written test and 50 per 
cent, in the written and practical tests put together. Those who 
obtain *66 per cent, in the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(b) The Second M.B.B.S. Examination. Candidates will 
be examined in the following subjects: Materia Medica, Phar- 
macology and Practical Pharmacy. The examination consists of 
one written paper and one practical or oral examination in each 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 147 

subject. The passing standard is the same as at the First 
M.B.B.S. Examination. 

(c) The Third M.B.B.S. Examination. Before presenting 
himself for this examination, each candidate must have attended 
the course in Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery and Diseases of 
Women, Ophthalmology, Pathology, Forensic Medicine and Pre- 
ventive Medicine. He must also have received systematic and 
clinical instruction in Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, 
Disease of the Skin, Radiology, Dentistry, Tuberculosis, Venereal 
Diseases and Anaesthetics. He must further have attended the 
prescribed Hospital Practice. 

Candidates are examined in (i) the Principles and Practice 
of Medicine and Therapeutics, including Forensic and Preventive 
Medicine, Skin Diseases and Anatomy and Physiology as applied 
to Medicine, (ii) the Principles and Practice of Surgery, including 
Ophthalmology, Diseases of the Ear, Nose and Throat, and Ana- 
tomy and Physiology as applied to Surgery, and (Hi) Midwifery 
and Gynaecology. 

The subjects of examination are divided into two groups 
which may be taken together or separately. 

The examination consists of written papers, an oral and 
practical and a clinical examination in each subject. For a pass, 
a candidate must obtain SO per cent, in the aggregate of the 
Clinical, Practical and Oral tests, 40 per cent, in the Written and 
50 per cent, in the Written and Clinical, Oral and Practical taken 
together. Those who obtain '66 per cent, of the aggregate are 
placed in the First Class. 

(ii) Degree of Bachelor of Hygiene. Candidates who have 
passed not less than a year previously the M.B.B.S. Examination 
of this or any other recognized University, or who have taken 
the Degree of L.M. & S. of this University only, are admitted 
to this examination provided they have (a) attended courses of 
practical laboratory instruction in Chemistry, Bacteriology, 
Animal Parasitology and the Pathology of those diseases of 
animals that are transferable to man; (b) been diligently engaged 
in acquiring a practical knowledge of the duties of Public Health 
and Administration under the supervision of an approved Health 
Officer, and (c) attended practice in a Hospital for infectious 
diseases. 

The examination is held in two parts both of which may be 
passed at the same time or separately. Part I has reference to 
the general principles of Sanitary Science and consists of two 
papers and a practical examination in the laboratory work and a 
viva voce examination. Part II has reference to State Medicine 
and applications of Pathology and Sanitary Science and consists 
of two papers and a practical examination in and reporting on 
subjects connected with Out-Door Sanitary work and a viva vocc 
examination, 



148 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Soon after the conclusion of the examination, the Examiners 
will report whether the candidates have passed or failed. 

(Hi) Degree of Doctor of Medicine (M.D.). The Exami- 
nation for this Degree is open to Bachelors of Medicine and 
Bachelors of Surgery of this or of any other recognized Univer- 
sity and to Licentiates of Medicine and Surgery of this University 
only, who have been engaged in continuous practice of the 
Medical profession for at least five years one of which must be 
spent in the post-graduate study of the particular branch in 
which he offers the examination, at a recognized Hospital or 
Institute. The period may be reduced under special conditions. 

Candidates will be examined in one of the following 
Branches: Branch I comprising (a) Medicine, including 
Mental Diseases and Medical Applied Anatomy (one paper), 
(b) Tropical Medicine (one paper), (c) Pathology including 
Bacteriology (one paper), (d) an essay on one of the two sub- 
jects in Medicine (one paper), and a clinical, an oral and a 
practical examination; Branch II Pathology comprising (a) 
Pathology including Bacteriology (two papers), (b) Medicine 
(one paper), (c) an essay on one of the two subjects in Patho- 
logy including Bacteriology (one paper), (d) a laboratory 
examination including an oral, a practical and a post mortem 
examination ; Branch III comprising (a) Midwifery includ- 
ing the Surgical Anatomy of the Pelvis (one paper), (b) Dis- 
eases of Women and Children, including Antenatal Diseases 
(one paper), (c) one paper in Pathology including Bacteriology, 
(d) an essay on one of the two subjects in Midwifery and Dis- 
eases of Women, (e) a clinical, an oral and a practical examina- 
tion. A candidate may submit a thesis embodying the results of 
his own independent research in the branch in which he appears. 
The thesis may exempt him from a part or the whole of the 
written examination only. 

The Examiners will report whether the candidates have 
failed or passed or passed with distinction. 

(iv) Degree of Master of Surgery. The conditions of 
admission to this examination are the same as for the M.D. 
Examination. Candidates will be examined in Surgery (two 
papers), Pathology including Bacteriology and Surgical Anatomy 
(one paper), an essay on one of the two subjects in Surgery 
including the History of Surgery (one paper). There will also 
be a Clinical Examination with operations on the cadaver, and 
an oral and practical examination with examination of patholo- 
gical specimens and X-ray Skiagrams. The Examiners will 
report whether a candidate has passed or failed or has passed 
with distinction. 

A thesis may be submitted on the same conditions as at the 
M.D, 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 149 

(v) Degree of Doctor of Hygiene. The examination for 
this degree is open to candidates who have passed at least two 
years previously the examination for the Degree of Bachelor of 
Hygiene of this University or an equivalent examination of any 
other recognized University. Further, each candidate must have 
attended out-door and in-door work of a Medical Officer of 
Health for one year under the supervision of an approved 
Health Officer. 

The examination is conducted as follows: (i) Public 
Health three papers and a practical and an oral examination; 
(ii) Sanitary Laws of England and India one paper and an 
oral examination. The scope of this examination is fuller than 
that of the Degree of Bachelor of Hygiene, and candidates must 
show competent knowledge of Sanitary Science in all its branches. 

(vi) Diploma in Ophthalmology. The examination for this 
Diploma is open to Graduates in Medicine and Surgery of this 
or of any other recognized University who have been engaged 
for at least one year in the Post-Graduate Study of Ophthalmo- 
logy at a recognized Hospital or Institution. Further, candi- 
dates must produce certificates of having attended (a) the Clinical 
Practice of a recognized Ophthalmic Hospital for at least twelve 
months, and (/;) courses of study in Optics, Anatomy, Physio- 
logy of the Eye, Pathology, Bacteriology and Ophthalmic Opera- 
tive Surgery. 

The examination is partly written and partly viva voce. 
There are four papers in the written examination. The Exami- 
ners will report whether candidates have failed or passed. 

Fees for Admission to Examinations. 

Rs. 
Matriculation Examination . . . . . 15 

Intermediate Examination in Arts and Commerce . . 25 

Intermediate Examination in Science, Agriculture . . 30 
B.A. Honours Examination . . . . 50 

B.A. Pass Examination . . . . . . 40 

M.A. Examination . . . . . . 75 

B.CoM. Examination . . . . . . 50 

M.CoM. Examination . . . . . . . . 100 

B.T. Examination (either part) . . . . . . 15 

B.Sc. Examination (Principal Subjects) . . . . 40 

B.Sc. Examination (subsidiary subjects) . . . . 25 

B.Sc. Examination (Principal and Subsidiary Subjects) 50 

B.Sc. (Tech.) Examination .. .. ..100 

M.Sc. Examination . . . . . . . . 100 

M.Sc. (Tech.) Examination . . . . . . 100 

M.Sc. Translation Test .. .. .. ..25 

6 



ISO HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Rs. 

B.Ac. Examination (Subjects III & IV) .. . . 25 

B.Ao. Examination (Subjects other than III & IV) . . 40 

B.AG. Examination (whole examination) . . . . 50 

M.Ac. Examination . . . . . . . . 100 

First Examination in Engineering . . . . 30 

Second Examination in Engineering (Civil and Mechanical) 30 

B.E. Examination (Civil and Mechanical) . . . . 50 

M.E. Examination . . . . . . . . 1CK> 

First LL.B. Examination . . . . . . 30 

Second LL.B. Examination . . . . 5fr 

LL.M. Examination . . . . . . 150 

First M.B.B.S. Examination . . . . 30 

Second M.B.B.S. Examination . . . . . . 15 

Third M.B.B.S. Examination* .. .. ..45 

B.Hv. Examination (whole or part) . . . . 75 

M.D. Examinationf . . . . . . . . 200 

M.S. Examination* . . . . . . . . 200 

D.Hv. Examination . . . . . . . . 200 

Examination for a Diploma in Ophthalmology . . 200 

PH.D. Examination . . . . . . . . 100 

D.LiTT. Examination . . . . . . . . 200 

D.Sc. Examination . . . . . . . . 200' 



* Rs. 25 for each group taken separately. 

t Rs. 100 for an M.D. who appears for a different Branch and for ait 
M.S. 

t Rs. 100 for an M.D. 



Calcutta University. 



Introductory (Historical) and Character of the University. 

In July 1854, the Court of Directors sent out a Despatch 
to the Governor-General of India in Council, directing the 
organization of Universities of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. 
In, pursuance of that Despatch, the University of Calcutta was 
founded on the 24th January, 1857. As regards its constitution, the 
University adopted, in the first instance, the form, government and 
regulations of the University of London, and gradually, as 
necessity arose, changed and adapted them to the requirements 
of its own students. 

The University of Calcutta was incorporated by an Act of 
the Legislative Council (Act No. II of 1857) for the purpose 
of ascertaining by means of examination the persons who had 
.acquired proficiency in the different branches of Literature, 
Science and Art, and of rewarding them by academical degrees. 

A supplementary Act was passed in 1860 (Act No. XLVII 
of 1860) giving the power of conferring Degrees other than 
those provided for in the former Act. 

An additional Act was passed in 1884 (to amend Act 
No. XXI of 1875, which authorized the University of Calcutta 
to grant University Degrees) giving the University the power 
of conferring the Degrees of Doctor in the Faculty of Law upon 
any person, on the ground of his eminent position and attain- 
ments, without requiring him to undergo any examination. 
The first honorary Degree of D.L. granted by the University 
was conferred upon His Majesty the King-Emperor late Edward 
VII (then H.R.H. the Prince of Wales) at a convocation held 
on 3rd January 1875. 

In January 1902, His Excellency the Governor-General of 
India in Council appointed a Commission " to inquire into the 
condition and prospects of the Universities established in British 
India; to consider and report upon any proposals which have 
been, or may be, made for improving their constitution and 
working, and to recommend to the Governor-General in Council 
such measures as may tend to elevate the standard of University 
teaching, and to promote the advancement of Learning." The 
Commission submitted their Report on the 9th of June 1902. An 
Act amending the Law relating to the Universities in British 
India (Act VIII of 1904), passed by the Governor-General of 
India in Council, received the assent of the Governor-General on 



152 HANDBOOK 01? INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the 24th of March 1904, and it came into force on the 1st of 
September 1904. Act VIII of 1904 was amended by Act II of 
1905, Act XI of 1911 and Act VII of 1921. Under Act II of 
1857, the University was only an examining body. Under 
Section 3 of Act VIII of 1904, the University has been empower- 
ed to make "provision for the instruction of students, to appoint 
University Professors and Lecturers, to hold and manage edu- 
cational endowments, to erect, equip and maintain University 
Libraries, Laboratories and Museums, to make regulations relat- 
ing to the residence and conduct of students, and to do all acts 
consistent with the Act of Incorporation to this Act, which tend 
to the promotion of study and research." 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency the Right Hon'ble Sir Michael Hubert Rudolf 
Knatchbull Baron Brabourne, M.G., G.C.S.T., G.C.I.E., J.P. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Syamaprasad Mookerjee, Esq., M.A., B.L., Barrister-at-Law, 

M.L.A. 

REGISTRAR. 
Jogeschandra Chakravorti, Esq., M.A. 

DEANS. 

Arts . . Sir Z. R. Zahid Suhrawardy, Kt., M.A., 

B.L., Barrister-at-Law. 

Science . . Sir Nilratan Sirkar, Kt., M.A., M.D., LL.D., 

D.C.I,., F.S.M.F. (Bengal). 

Law . . Dwarkanath Mitter, Esq., M.A., D.L. 

Medicine .. M. N. Bose, Esq., M.B., C.M. (Edin.), 

F.S.M.F. (Bengal). 

Engineering . . R. Wolfenden, Esq., M.B.K., M.SC., 

M.i.Mech.E., M.I.E. (Ind.), Barrister- 
at-Law. 

University Professors. 

SANSKRIT. 

Asutosh Professor Prof. MM. Vidhusekliara Bhattacharyya, 
Shastri. 

ISLAMIC STUDIES. 

Dr. Muhammad Zubair Siddiqi, M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.)*- 
Asutosh Professor. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 153 

MEDIEVAL AND MODERN INDIAN HISTORY. 

Dr. Surenclranath Sen, M.A., ph.D., B.utt. (Oxon.), Asutosh 
Professor. 

PHILOSOPHY. 

Sir Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan, Kt., M.A., D.Litt., King George V 

Professor. 
Jnanranjan Banerjea, Esq., M.A., B.L. 

ENGLISH. 
Dr. Harendra Coomar Mukherjee, M.A., Ph.D. 

ECONOMICS. 
Dr. Jitendra Prasad Niyogi, M.A., Ph.D., Minto Professor. 

INDIAN LANGUAGES. 

Rai Bahadur Khagendranath Mitra, M.A. 
Dr. Benimadhab Barua, M.A., D.Litt. (Lond.). 
Dr. Sunitikmnar Chatter jee, M.A., D.Litt. (Lond.), Khaira 
Professor. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Dr. Fredrich Levi, Dr. rhil. Nat. 
Dr. Nikhilranjan Sen, D.SC., Ph.D., Ghose Professor. 

INDIAN HISTORY. 

Dr. Hemchanclra Rai Chaudhuri, M.A., Ph.D., Cararichael 
Professor. 

FINE ARTS. 

Shahid Suhrawardy, Esq., B.A. (Oxon.), Bageswari Profes- 
sor of Indian Fine Arts. 

PHYSICS. 

Dr. Debendramohan Bose, M.A., B.SC., Ph.D. (Berlin), Palit 
Professor. 

Dr. Sisirkumar Mitra, D.SC., SC.D. (Paris), Ghose Profes- 
sor. 

Dr. Bidhubhushan Ray, D.SC., Khaira Professor. 

CHEMISTRY. 

Sir Praphulla Chandra Ray, Kt., c.i.E., D.SC. (Lond.), Ph.D., 

F.C.S., Emeritus Professor. 
Dr. Praphullachandra Mitter, M.A V Ph.D. (Berlin), Palit 

Professor. 
Dr. Jnanendranath Mookerjee, D.SC. (Lond.), Ghose 

Professor. 
Priyadaranjan Ray, Esq., M.A V Khaira Professor. 



154 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

APPLIED CHEMISTRY. 
Dr. Bireschandra Guha, D.SC. (Lond.), Ghose Professor. 

BOTANY. 
Dr. Shankar Purushottam Agharkar, M.A., Ph.D. (Berlin), 

Ghose Professor. 
Khaira Professor of Agriculture (Vacant from 1-12-1931). 

PHYSIOLOGY. 
Subodhachandra Mahalanobis, Esq., B.SC., F.R.S.E. 

ZOOLOGY. 
Dr. Himadri Kumar Mookerjee, D.SC., D.I.C. 

BIO-CHEMISTRY. 

Sir Upendranath Brahmachari, Kt., M.A., M.D V Ph.D. F.N.I., 
F.R.A.S.B., F.S.M.F. (Bengal) (Honorary). 

HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH. 

Lt.-Col. Dr. Sir Hassan Suhrawardy, Kt., O.B.E., LL.D., M.D., 
D.SC., F.R.C.S.I., D.P.H., F.S.M.F. (Bengal) (Honorary). 

POST-GRADUATE TEACHERS. 

ARTS. 

English . . Prof. Harendra Coomar Mukherjee, 

M.A., Ph.D.; Dr. Mohinimohan Bhatta- 
charyya, M.A., B.L., Ph.D. (on leave) ; 
Mr. Nalinimohan Chatterjee, M.A. ; 
Prof. Sunitikumar Chatterjee, M.A., 
D.Litt. ; Mr. Prafulla Chandra Ghosh, 
M.A. ; Mr. Ramaprasad Mookerjee, 
M.A., B.L. ; Mr. K. C. Mookerjee, M.A. ; 
Mr. Kumudbandhu Ray, M.A. ; Mr. 
Suhaschandra Ray, M.A. ; Mr. Amiya- 
kumar Sen, M.A. ; Mr. Priyaranjan 
Sen, M.A. ;Mr. Rabindranarayan Ghosh, 
M.A. ; Mr. Jitendranath Chakrabarti, 
M.A. ; Mr. Hiran Kumar Banerjee, 
M.A. ; Rev. Mr. C. S. Milford, M.A., 
M.C. ; Mr. A. H. House, M.A. (Lond.) ; 
Mr. Arthur Mowat, M.A. ; Mr. Huma- 
yun Z. A. Kabir, B.A. (Oxon.), M.A. 

Sanskrit . . Prof. MM. Vidhusekhara Bhattacharyya, 

Shastri ; Dr. Satkari Mookerjee, 
M.A., Ph.D.; Mr. Debendranath Ray, 
M.A. ; Prof. Hemchandra Raidiaudhuri, 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



155 



Pali 



Arabic and Persian 



Comparative Philology 



Indian Vernaculars 



M.A., Ph.D.; Prof. S. K. Chatterjee,. 
M.A., D.Litt.; MM. Pandit Sakal- 
narain Sanna; MM. Vedantavisarad 
N. S. Ananthakrishna Sastri; Prof. 
Benimadhab Bania, M.A., D.wtt. ; 
MM. Pandit Sitaram Sastri; Pandit 
Hargovind Das Seth; Dr. Benoy- 
chandra Sen, M.A., ph.D. ; Dr. Hema- 
chandra Ray, M.A., ph.D. ; Dr. Amaresh- 
war Thakur, M.A., Ph.D.; Mr. Kshitis- 
chandra Chatterjee, M.A. ; Dr. 
Prabodhchandra Bagchi, M.A., D.Litt. ; 
Pandit Panchanan Tarkabagish ; Dr. 
Asutosh Bhattacharyya, M.A., Ph.D.; 
Mr. Krishnagopal Goswami, M.A. - 
Dr Balakrishna Ghosh, Dr.rhit. 
(Munich). 

Prof. Benimadhab Barua, M.A., D.Litt. ; 

Dr. Nalinaksha Datta, M.A., Ph.D., 

D.Litt.; Mr. Gokuldas De, M.A. ; Dr. 

Prabodhchandra Bagchi, M.A., D.Litt.; 

Dr. Satkari Mookerjee, M.A., ph.D. ; 

Dr. Hemchandra Raychaudhuri, M.A., 

ph.D. ; Mr. Sailendranath Mitra, M.A. ; 

Dr. Amareswar Thakur, M.A., ph.D. ; 

Prof. S. K. Chatterjee, M.A., D.Litt.; 

Dr. Benoychandra Sen, M.A., ph.D. ; 

Mr. D. L. Barua, M.A. 
Prof. Muhammad Zubair Siddiqi, M.A., 

ph.D.; Maulvi Md. Ishaque, M.A., B.SC. ; 

Maulvi Shah Kalimur Rahman, M.A. ; 

Maulvi Fazlur Rahman Baqui ; Vis- 
count Santa Clara; Mr. L. Dugin ; 

Maulvi Aim Usman Khalid, M.A. ; 

Mr. Mahammad Usman, M.A. ; Maulvi 

Mahf uz-ul-Haq, M .A. 
Prof. Suniti Kumar Chatterjee, M.A., 

D.Litt.; Mr. Kshitischandra Chatterjee, 

M.A. ; Dr. Sukumar Sen, M.A V ph.D. 

Prof. Khagendranath Mitra, Rai Baha- 
dur, M.A. (Ramtanu Lahiri Profes- 
sor) ; Mr. Ambikanath Borah, M.A. ; 
Dr. B. R. Rau, M.A., ph.D. (on leave) ; 
MM. Vedantavisarad N. S. Anantha- 
krishna Sastri ; Pandit Babua Misra^ 
Jyotishacharyya ; Prof. S. K. Chatter- 
jee, M.A., D.Litt.; MM. Pandit Sitaram 



156 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Philosophy 



Experimental 
Psychology 



History 



Sastri ; Dr. Tamonash Chandra Das 
Gupta, M.A., Ph.D.; Mr. Manindra- 
mohan Bose, M.A. ; Mr. Biswapati 
Chaudhuri, M.A. ; Pandit Binayak 
Misra; Mr. Maheswar Das, M.A. ; 
Maulvi Nasir AH Khan; Mr. Lalta 
Prasad Sukul, M.A. ; Pandit Hargovind 
Das Seth; Maulvi Md. Ishaque, M.A., 
B.SC. ; Mr. Priyaranjan Sen, M.A.; 
M. M. Pandit Sakalnarain Sarma. 

Prof. Sir S. Radhakrishnan, Kt., M.A., 
D.ijtt. (George V Professor of Mental 
and Moral Philosophy) ; Prof. Jnan- 
ranjan Banerjea, M.A., B.I,. ; Dr. Satis- 
chandra Chatter jee, M.A., ph.n. ; Dr. 
Sarojkumar Das, M.A., Ph.D.; Dr. 
Surendranath Das Gupta, M.A., ph.D. ; 
Dr. Susilkumar Maitra, M.A., Ph.D.; 
Mr. Haripada Maiti, M.A. ; Mr. K. C. 
Mookerjee, M.A. ; Dr. Suhritchandra 
Mitra, M.A., D.phil. ; Mr. Adhar- 
chandra Das, M.A. ; Mr. Abani- 
mohan Roy, M.A. ; Mr. Bhola Nath 
Roy, M.A., B.I,. ; Mr. Humayun Z. A. 
Kabir, B.A. (Oxon.), M.A. ; Pandit 
Panchanan Tarkabagish; Dr. Nalini- 
kanta Brahma, M.A., ph.D. ; Dr. Ma- 
henclra Nath Sirkar, M.A., Ph.D.; Dr. 
Prabhu Datta Shastri, M.A., Ph.D.; Mr. 
Harimohan Bhattacharyya, M.A. 

Dr. Girindra Sekhar Bose, D.SC., M.B. ; 
Mr. Manmathanath Banerjee, M.SC. ; 
Mr. B. C. Ghosh, M.A., M.B. ; Mr. 
Haripada Maiti, M.A. ; Dr. Suhrit- 
chandra Mitra, M.A., D.phil. ; Mr. 
Gopeswar Pal, M.SC. ; Mr. Mohanlal 
Ganguly, M.A. 

Prof. Surendranath Sen, M.A., Ph.D., 
B.Litt. (Asutosh Professor of Mediae- 
val and Modern Indian History) ; 
Mr. Indubhushan Banerjee, M.A. ; 
Mr. Pramathanath Banerjee, M.A., B.L., 
Bar-at-Law, M.L.A. ; Mr. Tripurari 
Chakravarti, M.A. ; Mr. Subimal- 
chandra Datta, M.A. ; Mr. Satis- 
chandra Chakravarti, M.A.; Dr. 
Narayanachandra Banerjee, M.A., Ph.D.; 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



157 



Ancient Indian His- 
tory and Culture 



Anthropology 



Mr. Jitendranath Banerjee, M.A. ; 
Prof. Benimadhab Barua, M.A., D.utt. ; 
Mr. Debendranath Sen, M.A.; Mr. 
Narendrakrishna Sinha, M.A. ; Dr. 
Sanaullah, ph.D. (Lond.), Barrister- 
at-Law; Dr. Hemchandra Raychau- 
dhuri, M.A., Ph.D.; Dr. Upendranath 
Ghosal, M.A., Ph.D.; Prof. M. Z. Sid- 
diqi, M.A., ph.D. ; Dr. Amar Prasad 
Das Gupta, M.A., ph.D. ; Mr. Sambhu 
Nath Banerjee, M.A., B.I,. ; Mr. Suso- 
bhan Chandra Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. S. K. 
Dutt, M.A. (Oxon.), Barrister-at- 
Law ; Mr. Ramaprasad Das Gupta, 
M.A. ; Dr. Nareshchandra Ray, M.A., 
ph.D. 

Prof. Hemchandra Raychaudhuri, M.A., 
ph.D. ; Dr. Prabodhchandra Bagchi, 
M.A., D.iJtt. ; Dr. Kalidas Nag, M.A., 
D.utt. ; Dr. Narayanchandra Banerjee. 
M.A., ph.D. ; Dr. Stella Kramrisch, 
ph.D. ; Dr. Upendranath Ghosal, M.A., 
ph.D. ; Dr. Nalinaksha Dutt, M.A., 
ph.D., D.utt. ; Dr. Hemchandra Ray, 
M.A V ph.D. ; Prof. Benimadhab Barua, 
M.A., D.utt.; Mr. Jitendranath Baner- 
jee, M.A. ; Mr. Haranchandra Chakla- 
dar, M.A. ; Dr. Benoychandra Sen, 
M.A., ph.D. ; Prof. Shahid Suhrawardy, 
B.A. (Oxon.) ; Dr. Niharranjan Roy, 
M.A. (Cal.), D.i^et.phil. (Leiden), 
Lib.Dip. (Lond.). 

]\Ir. K. P. Chatlopadhyaya, M.SC. 
(Cantal).) ; Dr. Dineshchandra Sarkar, 
M.A., ph.D. ; Mr. Haranchandra Chakla- 
dar, M.A. ; Mr. Ananthanath Chatter- 
jee, M.B.B.S. ; Dr. Narayanchandra 
Banerjee, M.A., ph.D.; Mr. Tarak- 
chandra Das, M.A. ; Mr. P. C. Mahala- 
nobis, B.SC. ; Mr. Tarakchandra Roy 
Choudhuri, M.A. ; Dr. Himadri Kumar 
Mukherjee, D.SC., D.I.C. ; Dr. Praphulla 
chandra Biswas, M.SC., Ph.D.; Mr. 
Jyotsnakanta Bose, M.SC.; Mr. Dhara- 
nidhar Sen, M.A. ; Mr. Praphulla- 
chandra Bhanj Deo, B.A. (nons.) 
(Cantab.). 



158 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Economics 



Commerce 



Mathematics 



M.A. ; Mr. 
Dr. Haris- 



Prof. Jitendraprasad Niyogi, M.A., ph.D. 
(Minto Professor of Economics) ; Mr. 
Pramathanath Banerjee, M.A., B.L., 
Bar-at-Law, M.I,. A. ; Mr. Satischandra 
Chakravarti, M.A. ; Mr. Durgagati 
Chattoraj, M.A. ; Mr. Nirmalchandra 
Bhattacharjee, M.A. ; Dr. Rohinimohan 
Chaudhuri, M.A. , ph.n; Mr. Praphulla- 
chandra Ghosh, M.A., B.SC. ; Dr. 
Upendranath Ghosal, M.A., ph.D. ; Mr. 
Panchanan Chakraborti, M.A. ; Mr. Be- 
noyendranath Banerjee, M.A. ; Dr. 
B. R. Ran, M.A., ph.D. (on 
Mr. Benoykumar Sarkar, 
Bijayktimar Sarkar, A.B. ; 
chandra Sinha, M.SC., Ph.D. ; Mr. Kha- 
gendranath Sen, M.A. ; Mr. Panchanan 
Sinha, M.A. ; Dr. Jogischandra Sinha, 
M.A., Ph.D.; Mr. Haricharan Ghosh, 
M.A. ; Dr. Sarojkumar Basu, M.A., 
ph.D. 

Prof. Jitendraprasad Niyogi, M.A V ph.D.; 
Dr. Rohinimohan Chaudhuri, M.A., 
ph.D.; Mr. Praphullachandra Ghosh, 
M.A., B.SC. ; Dr. Radhabinod Pal, M.A., 
D.I,. ; Dr. B. R. Rau, M.A., Ph.D. (on 
leave) ; Mr. Bijaykumar Sarkar, A.B. ; 
Dr. M. M. Ray, M.A., D.SC. ; Dr. Haris- 
chandra Sinha, M.SC., Ph.D.; Mr. N. N. 
Sarkar, M.A., F.S.A.A. ; Mr. Binay- 
kumar Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. G. Basu, B.A., 
F.S.A.A., A.I.S.A.; Dr. Surendramohan 
Gangooly, D.SC. ; Mr. Haridas Ghosh, 
M.A. ; Mr. Nareschandra Chakra- 
borti, M.A., A.S.A.A. (Lond.), R.A. ; 
Dr. Nalinakshya Sanyal, M.A., ph.D. ; 
Mr. Sureshchandra Chakraborti, M.A., 
B.IV. ; Mr. Prabhatkumar Sen, M.A., 
A.C.A.; Mr. Subhendusekhar Basu, 
M.SC.; Mr. Dwijendrakumar Sanyal, 
M.A., B.com. 

Prof. Friedrich Levi, Dr.phil.Nat. 
Haridas Bagchi, M.A V Ph.D.; 
Hariprasanna Banerjee, M.SC.; 
Surendramohan Gangooly, D.SC. ; 
Mohitmohan Ghosh, M.SC. ; Mr. Satis- 
chandra Ghosh, M.A. ; Mr. Manoran- 
jan Gupta, M.SC.; Dr. Rabindra Nath 



Dr. 
Mr. 
Dr. 
Mr. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



159 



Applied Mathematics 



Physics 



Applied Physics 



Chemistry (Pure) . 



Sen, M.A., ph.D. ; Mr. Pramathanath 
Mitra, M.A. ; Mr. P. Ganguly, M.A., 
B.L. ; Mr. Rajchandra Bose, M.A. 

SCIENCE. 

Mr. Subodhkumar Chakraberty, M.SC. ; 
Mr. Sisirendu Gupta, M.SC.; Dr. 
Kshetramohan Basu, D.SC. ; Dr. Brati- 
sankar Ray, M.SC., ph.D. ; Mr. Bhu- 
pendrachandra Das, M.SC. ; Mr. Nares- 
chandra Ghosh, M.A. ; Dr. Suddhodan 
Ghosh, D.SC. ; Dr. Siteschandra Kar r 
M.A., Ph.D.; Prof. Nikhilranjan Sen, 
D.SC., Ph.D.; Dr. Nripendranath Sen, 
D.SC; Mr. Hemchandra Sengupta, 
M.A. ; Mr. Bhupatimohan Sen, M.A. r 
M.SC., i.E.S. ; Dr. Jyotirmay Ghosh, 

M.SC., Ph.D. 

Mr. Susilkumar Acharyya, M.SC. ; Mr. 
Durgadas Banerjee, M.SC. ; Mr. Charu- 
chandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; Prof, 
Debendramohan Bose, M.A., B.SC., 
ph.D. ; Dr. Brajendranath Chucker- 
butti, D.SC. ; Dr. Snehamay Dutta, 
D.SC. ; Mr. Prasantachandra Mahala- 
nobis, M.A. ; Mr. Dwijendrakumar 
Majumdar, M.A. ; Prof. Sisirkumar 
Mitra, D.SC. ; Mr. Jogeschandra 
Mookerjee, M.A. ; Prof. Bidhubhusan 
Ray, D.SC. ; Dr. Hrishikes Rakshit, 
D.SC. ; Dr. Sukumar Sarkar, D.SC. ; Dr. 
Debiprasad Rai Chaudhury, D.SC. 

Prof. Phanindranath Ghosh, M.A., Ph.D., 
SC.D., F.mst.p. ; Dr. Purnachandra 
Mahanti, D.SC. ; Mr. Anantakumar 
Sengupta, M.SC.; Mr. S. P. Chakra- 
berty, M.SC., D.I.C., A.M.I.E. ; Mr. Mano- 
ranjan Dutta, M.SC. (Cal.), M.sc.Tech. ; 
Mr. Chandrasekhar Ghosh, t M.SC. ; 
Mr. Abul Moshin Ahmed, B.SC. (Bris- 
tol) ; Dr. S. R. Sengupta, B.SC., Ph.D.; 
Mr. C. R. Coheland. 

Dr. Praphullakumar Bose, D.SC. ; Mr, 
Nanigopal Chakrabarti, M.SC.; Mr, 
Kalikumar Kumar, M.SC.; Mr. Asu- 
tosh Maitra, M.A. ; Prof. Prafulla- 
chandra Mitter, M.A., Ph.D.; Prof. 



160 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Chemistry (Applied) 



Botany 



Physiology 



Geology 



Jnanendranath Mukherjee, p.sc. ; Dr. 
Panchanan Neogi, M.A., Ph.D.; Mr. 
Priyadaranjan Ray, M.A. ; Dr. Nri- 
pendranath Chatterjee, D.SC. ; Dr. Anu- 
kulchandra Sarkar, M.A.., Ph.D.; Dr. 
Pulinbehari Sarkar, Dr.es.sc., A. i.e. ; 
Dr. Jogendra Chandra Bordhan, D.SC. ; 
Dr. Md. Ouadrat-i-Khuda, D.SC. ; Mr. 
Haridas Mookerjee, M.SC. ; Dr. Subodh- 
gol)inda Choudhury, D.SC. ; Dr. Dukha- 
haran Chakraberty, D.SC. 

Prof. P>ires Chandra Guha, D.SC., Ph.D. ; 
Dr. Bhuhendranath Ghosh, D.SC. ; Mr. 
Narenclranath Sengupta, B.SC. ; Dr. 
Mahendranath Goswaini, M.A., Dr.es.sc. ; 
Mr. Bankim Chandra Ray, M.SC. ; 
Dr. Hiralal Ray, or.ing. ; Mr. Pari- 
malbilas Sen, M.SC.; Mr. Hirendranath 
Das Gupta, M.SC. ; Dr. Chittaranjan 
Barat, M.SC., Dr.ing., D.I.C. 

Prof. S. P. Agharkar, M.A., Ph.D., F.L.S. ; 
Mr. Surendrachandra Banerjee, M.A., 
B.SC., F.IV.S. ; Mr. flabanta Banerjee, 
M.SC.; Mr. Girijaprasanna Majumdar, 
M.SC. ; Dr. Jatischandra Sengupta, 
M.SC., Ph.D. ; Mr. Paramnath Bhaduri, 
M.SC. ; Dr. Praphullanath Ghatak, 
M.SC., rh.D. ; Dr. Sanindramohan Sir- 
car, M.SC., ph.D. 

Mr. Nibaranchandra Bhattacharyya, 
M.A. ; Mr. Narendramohan Bose, 
M.SC. ; Sir Upendranath Brahmachari, 
Kt., Rai Bahadur, M.A V M.D., Ph.D., 
F.A.S.B., F.S.M.F. (Bengal) ; Prof. 
Subodhchandra Mahalanobis, B.SC., 
F.R.s.E. ; Dr. Bijalibehari Sarkar, D.SC. ; 
Mr. Parimalbikas Sen, M.SC.; Dr. 
Sanindramohan Banerjee, M.SC., M.A. ; 
Dr. S. N. Ray, M.SC., Ph.D. 

Mr. Saratlal Biswas, M.SC.; Mr. Nirmal-* 
nath Chatterjee, M.SC.; Mr. Kiran- 
kumar Sengupta, M.A., B.SC., F.R.S.E., 
B.sc.Min., M.SC., A.mst.M.M., M.i.Min.E v 
F.G.S. ; Dr. Mono Mohan Chatterjee, 
M.SS., Ph.D.; Mr. Bhuhendranath, 
Maitra, M.SC.; Mr. Patokikrishna 
Chatterjee, M.SC. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



161 



Zoology 



Rai Gopalchandra Chatter jee, Bahadur, 
M.B. ; Mr. Durgadas Mookerjee, M.SC. ; 
Prof. Himadrikumar Mookerjee, D.SC., 
D.I.C. ; Dr. Debiprasad Raychauclhuri, 
M.SC. (Cal.), Ph.D. (Lond.), D.I.C., 
F.R.C.S. ; Mr. Girindra Kumar Chakra- 
barty, M.SC. ; Mr. Jnanedralal Bha- 
duri, M.SC. ; Mr. Mukunda Murari 
Chakrabarty, M.SC. 



Affiliated Colleges. 



PRINCIPAL 



The Presidency College, Cal- B. M. Sen, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.), 



cutta 

Hooghly Mohsin College 
Krishnagar College 



M.SC. 
P. D. Sastri, Esq., M.A., ph.D. 

Bhabeschandra Banerjee, Esq., 
M.A. 

Krishnath College, Berham- Jatischanclra Mitra, Esq., M.A. 
pur 

Scottish Churches College, Rev. Allan Cameron, M.A., B.D. 
Calcutta 

Dr. Surendranath Dasgupta, 
M.A., ph.D. (Cal.), Ph.D. 
(Cantab.) 

Rev. Fr. A. Verstraeten, s.j., 
Rector. 

P. B. Rudra, Esq., M.A. (Offg.) 

B. C. Ghosh, Esq., M.A., M.B., 
B.C. (Cantab.) 

B. D. Banerjee, Esq., M.A. 

Sri Kumar Banerjee, Esq., M.A., 
B.L., ph.D. 

Rajanikanta Guha, Esq., M.A. 

Chandicharan Mitra, Esq., M.A., 



Sanskrit College, Calcutta 

St. Xavier's College 

Chittagong College 
Viclyasagar College 

Midnapur College 
Raj shahi College 

City College 
Burclwan Raj College 



Ripon College 

Victoria College, Narail 
Uttarpara College 

Bangabasi College, Calcutta 



B.L. 
Rabindranarayan Ghosh, Esq., 

M.A. 

Gopalchandra Maitra, Esq., M.A. 
Dhrubakumar Pal, Esq., M.A., 

B.SC., B.L. 
P. K. Bose, Esq., M.A., B.L. 

(Cal.), B.A. (Oxon.) 



162 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

COLLEGE PRINCIPAL 

Bethune College . . Mrs. Tatini Das, M.A. 

Victoria College, Cooch Saratchandra Gupta, Esq., M.A. 

Behar 

Brajamohan College, Barisal Satischandra Chatterjee, Esq. r 

M.A. 

Murarichand College, Sylhet Khan Bahadur A. A. Sayied, 

M.A. 

Krishnachandra College, Bhupendrachandra Sengupta, 

Hetampur Esq., M.A., B.L. 

Edward College, Pabna . . Rai Radhikanath Bose, Bahadur, 

M.A. 

Comilla Victoria College . . Radhagovinda Nath, Esq., M.A., 

Vidyavachaspati. 

St. Paul's Cathedral Mission Rev. P. G. Bridge, D.D. 
College 

S. C. Ray, Esq., M.A. (Lond.) 
C. F. Ball, Esq., M.A. 

Bankubehari Bhattacharyya, 
Esq., M.A. 



Cotton College, Gauhati 
Bankura College 
Daulatpur Hindu Academy 



Anandamohan College 



Kunuidbandhu Chakrabarti, Esq., 
M.A. 



Serampore College 
Loreto House 



Asutosh College 



Rev. G. H. C. Angus, M.A., B.D. 

;The Provincial of the Loreto 
Nuns in India. 

Panchanan Sinha, Esq., M.A. 
Carmichael College, Rungpur D. N. Mallik, Esq., B.A., SC.D. 

Pra])hullachandra College, Kainakhyacharan Nag, Esq., 

Bogerhat, Khulna 

Raj end ra College, Faridpur 



Feni College 

Narasinha Dutt College, 
Howrah 



M.A. 

Kamakhyanath Mitra, Esq., 
M.A., B.L. 

Ambikacharan Rakshit, Esq., 

M.A. 

Syamachandra Mukherjee, Esq., 
M.A. 

Rev. Brother J. C. Roe. 



St. Edmund's College, 
Shillong 

St. Joseph's College, Calcutta Rev. Brother D, M. Lonergan. 
Saadat College, Karatia . . Maulvi Ebrahim Khan, M.A., B.L. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 163 

COLLEGE PRINCIPAL 

Islamia College, Calcutta . . K. Zachariah, Esq., M.A. 

(Oxon.) 

Prabhat Kumar College, Nepalchandra Roy, Esq., M.SC. 

Contai (Midnapur) 
St. Joseph's College, Rev. Father A. Schockaert, sj. 

Darjeeling (Rector and Prefect of 

Studies.) 

La Martiniere College, R. J. Fearn, Esq., B.SC. (Lond.) 

Calcutta 

Dupleix College, Chander- Dhirendranath Mukherjee, Esq., 

nagore M.A. 

Jorhat College . . Krishna Kanta Handiqui, Esq., 

M.A. 

Victoria Institution for Girls, Mrs. L. Banerjea, M.A., B.T. 

Calcutta 
Brindaban College, Habiganj, D. Chaudhri, Esq., M.A., B.L. 

vSylhet 

Victoria College, Kurseong E. C. Hessing, Esq., M.A. 

(Cantab.), F.R.mst.s. 

Scottish Universities' Mission Rev. G. S. Mill, M.A., B.SC. 
College, Kalimpong 

Gurucharan College, Silchar A. K. Chanda, Esq., B.A V B.L., 

Barrister-at-Law. 

St. Anthony's College, Rev. Fr. J. Ricaldone, S.c. 

Shillong 

Salesian, Shillong . . Rev. Fr. E. Gutierrez, D.D. 

St. Paul's College School, L. J. Goddard, Esq., M.A. 
Darjeeling (Cantab.), Rector. 

David Hare Training College A. K. Chanda, Esq., M.A. 

(Oxon.) 

University Law College, Pramathanath Banerji, Esq., 

Calcutta M.A., K.L., Barrister-at-Law, 

M.L.A. (Offg.) 

Ripon Law College, Calcutta Dr. S. C. Chaudhuri, M.A., LL.D., 

Barrister-at-Law. 

Earle Law College, Gauhati Jnanadabhiram Borooah, Esq., 

Barrister-at-Law. 

Medical College, Calcutta . . Lt.-Col. T. C. Boyd, M.R.C.P., 

F.R.C.S.I., F.I.C., D.P.H., I.M.S. 

Carrnichael Medical College, M. N. Bose, Esq., M.B., C.M. 
Belgatchia (Edin.), F.S.M.F. (Bengal). 



164 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

COLLEGE PRINCIPAL 

All-India Institute of Hygiene R. B. Lai, Esq., M.B.B.S., D.P.H., 
and Public Health, Calcutta D.T.M. & H., D.B. 

The Bengal Engineering R. Wolfenden, Esq., M.B. r 

College . . M.SC., M.i.Mech.E., M.I.S. 

( Ind. ) , Barrister-at -Law. 

Constitution of the University. 

The University authorities are: 

(1) The Chancellor (Governor of Bengal for the time 
being). 

(2) The Vice-Chancellor who is appointed by the Govern- 
ment of Bengal from among the Fellows. 

(3) The Ex-Officio Fellows. 

(4) The Ordinary Fellows. 

The Senate. The Chancellor, V ice-Chancellor and Fellows 
constitute the Senate which is the Governing Body of the Uni- 
versity and has the powers to make and alter Bye-laws and 
Regulations subject to the approval of the Government of Bengal. 
The Senate is divided into five Faculties, namely, Arts, Science, 
Law, Medicine and Engineering. 

The Syndicate. The executive government of the University 
is vested in the Syndicate, which consists of the Vice-Chancellor 
as Chairman, the Director of Public Instruction, Bengal, for the 
time being, as' c.v-officio Member, and fifteen Fellows who are 
elected for a period of one year partly by the Senate and partly 
by the Faculties as follows : Four, by the Senate ; four, by the 
Faculty of Arts ; two, by the Faculty of Science ; two, by the 
Faculty of Law; two, by the Faculty of Medicine; one, by the 
Faculty of Engineering. Of the fifteen Members, at least seven 
shall be either Heads of, or Professors in. Colleges affiliated to 
the University, and of these Syndics, at least two shall be elected 
by the Senate, at least five by the various Faculties as follows : 
three by the Faculty of Arts ; one by the Faculty of Science ; one 
by the Faculty of Medicine. 

The Councils' of Post-Gradutfte Teaching. Post-Graduate 
Teaching in Calcutta is conducted only in the name and under 
the control of the University. For this purpose, two councils 
have been constituted, namely, the Council of Post-Graduate 
Teaching in Arts and the Council of Post-Graduate Teaching in 
Science. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

1935-36 1936-1937 

Number of Post-Graduate Students in Arts 1,120 1,016 

Do. do. in Science 224 259 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 165 

Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations. 

The following were the number of successful candidates in 
the examinations of 1936 : 

Matriculation Examination . . . . . . 16,891 

Intermediate in Arts . . . . . . . . 3,204 

Intermediate in Science . . . . . . . . 2,095 

B.A. .. .. .. .. .. 2,382 

B.Sc. .. .. .. .. .. 626 

M.A. . . . . . . . . . . 320 

M.Sc. . . . . . . . . . . 98 

L.T. .. .. .. .. .. 18 

B.T. .. .. .. .. .. 95 

Preliminary Examination in Law . . . . . . 548 

Intermediate do. . . . . . . 573 

Final Examination in Law . . . . . . 562 

Intermediate Examination in Engineering (Sec. A) . . 35 

Do. do. (Sec. B) .. 40 

B.E. (Professional) .. .. .. .. 34 

B.E. (Non-Professional) .. .. .. 35 

Pre. Sc. M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 213 

First M.B. .. .. .. .. .. 211 

Second M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 193 

Third M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 156 

Final M.B. .. .. .. .. .. 134 

D.P.IL, Part I . . . . . . . . . . 21 

Do. Part H .. .. .. .. 21 

B.CoM. .. .. .. .. .. 151 

PH.D. . . . . . . . . . . 3 

D.Sc. . . . . . . . . . . 1 

D.L. .. .. . . .. . . Nil. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library is under the management of the 
Library Executive Committee, subject to the general con- 
trol of the Syndicate. It is for the use of Resident Fellows, 
Registered Graduates, Research Scholars, Readers, Professors, 
Lecturers and students of Post-Graduate and Under-Graduate. 
classes of this University, who are entitled to take out books from 
the Library. Every facility is given to students and research 
scholars to utilize the Library for the purpose of study and 
research, from 7 A.M. to 7 P.M. daily excepting Sundays and 
authorized holidays. Other persons may also use the Library 
with the permission of the Library Committee on payment of 
a small fee of Rs. 2-8-0 for every six months and a deposit of 
Rs. 10 only, but they are not allowed to take out books from 
the Library for home use. The Central and other Libraries of 



166 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the University contain over 2,06,000 volumes, including pamph- 
lets and periodicals and a fairly large collection of Bengali, 
Sanskrit and- Tibetan Manuscripts and Rotograph copies of 
Persian and Arabic Manuscripts. 

Besides this Library, there are other Libraries attached to 
the University, viz., Law College Library and Libraries of the 
Departments of Science. The Departmental Science Libraries, 
numbering seven are controlled directly by the Central Library 
while the Law College Library has its own committee. 

There are also Laboratories attached to each department of 
the University College of Science and Museums attached to the 
Departments of Anthropology, Commerce and Ancient Indian 
History and Culture. 

Scholarships and Medals. 

A large number of Scholarships, Medals and Prizes are 
awarded every year. For the encouragement of Post-Graduate 
study in Arts and Science, twelve University scholarships of 
Rs. 32 per month each have been established. Special Scholar- 
ships are awarded for study outside India. The University offers 
scholarships of Rs. 75 each per mensem to carry on research. 

Provision for Research. 

There is a large Post-Graduate Department which also helps 
-candidates desirous of attaining Research Degree. A large 
number of Fellowships and Research Scholarships are awarded 
fay the University to encourage original research. 

University Extension Lectures. 

With a view to promoting a desire for original investigation 
and research among the advanced students of the University 
and members of the outside public interested in education, emi- 
nent scholars from India and abroad are, from time to time, 
invited by the University to deliver courses of lectures on subjects 
in which they have specialized. These extension lectures are 
organized in addition to the lectures by the Special University 
Readers, who are appointed under Chapter X of the Regulations 
with the sanction of the Government, the aim of these two kinds 
of lectures being almost identical. These lectures, after delivery, 
are printed and published by the University. 

University Publications. 

The University has an up-to-date press of its own and it 
undertakes the publication of specialized lectures delivered by the 
University Professors, Lecturers and Readers, theses of success- 
ful candidates for degrees, scholarships and prizes and results of 
research work carried on by University Professors, Lecturers 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 167 

and Research Assistants, besides a number of periodicals, annuals 
and serials. A large number of standard works on Indian Culture, 
Language and Literature, History (including Ancient Indian 
History and Culture), Philosophy, Economics, Politics, Law, 
Mathematics and Science have also been published. Descriptive 
catalogue of these publications may be obtained from the Registrar. 

Some of the University Publications are : 

Rs. A. p. 

A History of Indian Literature, by M. Winternitz, 
Ph.D., Professor of Indology and Ethnology at the 
University of Prague. The only authorised transla- 
tion into English, Vol. I . . . . . . 10 8 

Do. Vol. II . . . . . . 12 

Political History of Ancient India (From the Acces- 
sion of Parikshit to the extinction of the Gupta 
Dynasty), by Hemchandra Raychaudhuri, M.A., 
Ph.D. .. .. .. .. ..780 

Dynastic History of Northern India, by H. C. Ray, 

M.A., Ph.D. Vol. I . . . . . . . . 12 

Do. Vol. II .. .. .. .. 15 

A History of Indian Logic (Ancient, Mediaeval and 
Modern Schools), by Mahamahopadhyaya Satis- 
chandra Vidyabhushan, M.A., Ph.D., M.R.A.S., F.A.S.B. 15 

Manu Smriti, an English translation of Medhatithi's 
commentary on the Institutes of Manu, with an 
intelligible text, by Mahamahopadhyaya Ganganath 
Jha, M.A., D.utt, Vice-Chancellor, Allahabad Uni- 
versity. Texts, Vols. I-V with 8 parts and Index 
with Notes, Parts I-III. Full Set . . . . 50 

Administrative System of the Marathas (from original 

sources), by Surendranath Sen, M.A V ph.D. . . 10 

A History of Islamic People, by S. Khuda Buksh, 

M.A., B.C.I,., Bar-at-Law . . . . . . 5 10 

Public Administration in India, by A. K. Ghose, 

Barrister-at-Law . . . . . . . . 10 

The Constitutional System of India, by Naresh 

Chandra Ray, M.A., ph.D. . . . . . . 280 

History of Political Thought from Rammohan to 
Dayanand. Vol. I (Bengal), by B. B. Majumdar, 
M.A. .. .. .. .. ..480 

Pilgrimage of Faith, by Prof. D. C. Macintosh . . 400 

Contributions to the History of Hindu Revenue 

System, by U. N. Ghoshal, M.A., ph.D. . . . . 580 



168 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Rs. A. P. 

The Dynastic History of Northern India, by H. C. 

Ray, M.A., Ph.D. Vol. I . . . . . . 10 

Sino Indica, by P. C. Bagchi, M.A., D.utt. 

Vol. I (Le Canon Boiiddhique en Chine) . . 15 

Vol. II (Deux Lcxiqucs Sanskrit-Chinois) ..15 

Development of Indian Railways, by N. Sanyal, M.A., 

Ph.D. .. .. .. .. ..780 

The Law of Primogeniture, by R. B. Paul, M.A., D.L. 10 
Yoga Philosophy, by S. N. Das Gupta, M.A., Ph.D. . . 500 

Matrices and Determinoids (Readership Lectures 
delivered at the Calcutta University), by C. E. 
Cullis, M.A., Ph.D., D.SC., Vol. I, 24sh. net, Vol. II, 
42sh. net, Vol. Ill, Part I, 3-3-0 net. 

Indian Medicinal Plants, by Lieut. -Col. K. R. 
Kirtikar, F.L.S., I.M.S., and Major B. D. Basu, I.M.S. 
(Retd.), in 2 Volumes .. .. . . 275 

Sir Asutosh Mookerjee Silver Jubilee Commemora- 
tion Volumes I-III, Vol. Ill in 3 parts: each 
Volume or part Rs. 11-4-0. Complete Set . . 36 

Journal of the Department of Letters, Vols. I-XXVII 9 each 

Journal of the Department of Science, Vols. I-VIII 9 each 

Vol. IX .. 540 
Vol. X .. 600 

The total number of University publications now exceeds 
400. 



Military Training. 

Military Training in the Calcutta Battalion, University 
Training Corps, is carried out on the same line as that followed 
in a British Infantry Battalion as far as possible. 

The same arms are not provided for U.T. Corps as for 
regular units, i.e., the Corps has not, so far, been issued with such 
arms as the Machine Gun, Lewis Gun, Bombs, etc., but training 
in tactics Arms Drill, Ceremonial Drill and Bayonet Training 
is carried out, also Musketry Course is fired annually. 

Officers receive instruction and practice in tactical exercises, 
drilling, etc., as for the British Officer at a British Infantry 
Battalion. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 169 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Under Chapter XXIV of the University Regulations the 
following classes of lodgings are approved: 

(a) Collegiate Hostels. 

(b) Non-Collegiate Hostels under external management. 

(c) Messes, attached or unattached. 

(d) Private Lodgings. 

Licenses to Hostels under class (a) are granted by the 
'Syndicate, while licenses to remaining three classes of lodgings 
are granted hy the Students' Residence Committee a subordi- 
nate body under the Syndicate, which consists of six members 
appointed annually from among the Fellows of the Senate. 
Students who do not live with their parents or other bona-fide 
guardians approved by the Principals, have to reside in either 
of the four classes of lodgings mentioned above. The cost of 
living or messing and seat rent varies in different Hostels and 
Messes. The messing charge is about Rs. 13 to Rs. 15 per 
month including establishment. Seat rent varies from Rs. 6 to 
Rs. 10 per month including electric charges and medical attend- 
ance. Admission to the Hostels or Messes is understood to be 
for the full session of 10 months. 

University Provident Fund. 

Detailed rules have been framed for the "Calcutta University 
Provident Fund," to which the provisions of the Provident Fund 
Act have been extended by the Government of India. Member- 
ship which is compulsory for all new entrants is open to all 
whole-time teachers, officers and assistants. Each member con- 
tributes one-twelfth of his monthly salary and the Fund is sup- 
plemented by an equal amount from the University. 

Women's Education. 

The following Institutions impart instruction to the women 
students only: 

Bethune College, Calcutta. 
Loreto House, Calcutta. 

Victoria Institution, Calcutta. 
St. Mary's Convent, Shillong. 
St. Helenis College, Kurseong. 

The following Institutions have made special arrangements 
for imparting instruction to the women students separately: 

Vidyasagar College, Calcutta. 
Asutosh College, Calcutta. 
Gurucharan College, Silchar. 

In the Calcutta Medical College and other institutions, lady 
students are allowed to prosecute their studies if they so desire. 



170 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Students 9 Information Bureau and its Activities. 

In paragraph 89 of the Report of the Committee on Indian 

Students, 1921-22, it was recommended that in place of the 

Provincial Advisory Committee, each Indian University should 

establish a bureau specially staffed and equipped for the purpose 

(a) of supplying students wishing to pursue their education 

abroad with all the information, advice and assistance 

which they may require; 

(&) of supplying the foreign University authorities with 
information regarding the students which will enable 
them to make their selection from the applications 
forwarded. 

This recommendation of the Committee has been accepted 
both by the Government of India and the Secretary of State, 

1. In Resolution No. 2108 Edn., dated the 2nd July 1924, 
the Government of Bengal have sanctioned the establishment of 
a University Bureau at Dacca in place of the Local Provincial 
Advisory Committee. The Calcutta University have established 
a Bureau in Calcutta, the constitution of which is as follows : 

1. The Vice-Chancellor of the Calcutta University 

President. 

2. The Director of Public Instruction, Bengal. 

3-7. One representative of each of the Faculties of Arts, 
Science, Law, Medicine and Engineering (the 
representatives being persons with experience of 
foreign Universities). 

8. One representative of the Executive Committee of the 

Council of Post-Graduate Teaching in Science. 

9. One representative of the Executive Committee of the 

Council of Post-Graduate Teaching in Arts. 
10-12. Three members appointed by the Syndicate (not 
necessarily members of the Senate), two of whom 
shall be teachers with experience of foreign Uni- 
versities. 

2. There is a part-time paid Secretary annually appointed 
by the Syndicate on the recommendation of the Bureau on an 
honorarium of Rs. 500 per annum, such Secretary being, when- 
ever possible, a person with experience of a foreign University. 

3. The Bureau is empowered to appoint correspondents in 
different parts of the Province to whom information might be 
supplied for the purpose of residents in the districts concerned. 

4. In addition to the grant made to the Advisory Committee 
in Calcutta, which is, according to the new arrangement, to be 
transferred to the University, Government also have to transfer 
the library of the existing Committee to the University. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 171 

5. The Bureau is to offer advice to any student who desires 
to go abroad for his studies and to furnish foreign Universities 
with information regarding the qualifications of the student. 

The Government of Bengal have sanctioned the above 
scheme for the establishment of the Bureau in Calcutta. The 
Bureau is called "The University Students* Information Bureau, 
Calcutta". 

Students' Welfare Scheme. 

A special Committee, consisting of prominent medical men, 
principals of colleges and others interested in health welfare 
work, called the Students' Welfare Committee, is appointed 
annually by the Senate to report on the state of health of the 
students attending the colleges in Calcutta, to consider all ques- 
tions regarding the health and physical instruction of the students 
and to recommend to the Senate steps which should be taken to 
improve the health of the student population as a whole. 

The work of the Committee can broadly be divided into 
three sub-heads : 

(1) Medical Examination. 

(2) After-Care Work. 

(3) Physical Education. 

To enable the Committee to carry out this work the Univer- 
sity spends about Rs. 23,000 per annum over the Students' 
Welfare Scheme. There is an office and a medical staff attached 
to the Committee. 

I. Medical Examination. The medical staff attached to 
the Committee five fully qualified medical practitioners examine 
the health of all first year students in Calcutta Colleges every 
year. Health Examination of school students is also undertaken. 
Shortly after the completion of examination, a report on the 
health of the students is forwarded to the institution concerned. 
This report contains lists of students who are found to be defec- 
tive, with the defects and recommendations stated against their 
names and roll numbers. The Committee publishes an annual 
report on the health of the students. A lady medical examiner 
has been specially appointed to examine the health of lady students 
and to keep under observation those who are suffering from grave 
defects. 

II. After- Care Work. An after-care officer is specially 
appointed to follow up at their residence and keep under observa- 
tion students suffering from grave defects. An eye clinic is at- 
tached to the Department for the convenience of students. 

A Students' Infirmary, consisting of 10 beds, is maintained 
by arrangement with the Hospital authorities at the Carmichsel 
Medical College Hospitals, Belgachia, for treatment of students 
free of all cost. 



172 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Secretary re-examines all cases found to be suffering" 
from respiratory and circulatory diseases and extreme cases of 
malnutrition and keeps them under observation. Arrangements 
are made with firms to supply students with glasses at conces- 
sion rate. Needy students are provided with glasses free of all 
cost. Arrangements are also made for treatment of dental 
affections at concession rates for students. Illustrated lectures 
on health matters are delivered in the different colleges periodi- 
cally and health literature and pamphlets are widely distributed 
to students. 

III. Physical Education. The committee maintains a Uni- 
versity organizer of Physical Education. He visits the different 
colleges with a view to survey the facilities for physical education 
of students and keeps himself in touch with the various organiza- 
tions in the University and in the colleges now in existence for 
organizing games and sports. Further he gives instruction to 
students on proper methods for physical culture suited to their 
needs and also coaches students for participation in games and 
athletics. 

The Committee organizes Athletic Proficiency test and 
certificates and silver badges are awarded to candidates suc- 
cessfully passing the Zero standard. 

The Calcutta University Rowing Club has been re-organized 
and a separate Board of Management has been appointed to con- 
trol its activities. 

Teachers' Training Department. 

On account of paucity of arrangements for the train- 
ing of teachers for High Schools in Bengal, and particularly 
to meet the needs for specialised training in teaching sub- 
jects under the revised Matriculation Regulations, the Uni- 
versity has opened a Teachers' Training Department under 
its own supervision. Arrangements have been made for the 
following courses for the present: (i) Short Training Course, 
(ii) Vacation Course, (iii) Geography Teachers' Course, and 
(iv) Science Teachers' Course. Regular examinations are held 
at the end of these courses and certificates are granted to success- 
ful candidates. The Department also organises lectures by emi- 
nent educationists, of general and public interest on education and 
allied topics. 

Appointments and Information Board. 

A scheme prepared by the Vice-Chancellor, Mr. Syama- 
prasad Mookerjee, M.A., B.I,., Barrister-at-I v aw, for a partial 
solution of unemployment among University graduates and 
under-graduates, with the co-operation of business houses and 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 173 

different industrial concerns was adopted by the Senate on 
23rd January, 1937. The scheme has the object of pro- 
viding these young men with opportunities and facilities for 
practical training and ultimately for starting independent 
careers of their own, in the different branches of Trade, 
Industry and Commerce. Rs. 36,000 has been sanctioned by 
the University for the purpose and an Appointments and Infor- 
mation Board has, according to the scheme, been established 
with a salaried Secretary who is in touch with the various indus- 
trial and commercial firms and maintains a Register of unemployed 
men with details of their qualifications and careers, seeking 
benefit under the scheme. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Examinations 
and Degrees. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

A candidate seeking admission to the University must have 
passed the Matriculation Examination conducted by the Univer- 
sity or an examination accepted as equivalent thereto. The 
University confers in Arts the Degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A., and PH.D.; in Science, B.Sc. (Pass and 
(Honours), M.Sc. and D.Sc. The Professional Degrees are 
B.COM., B.T., B.L., M.L., D.L., M.B., M.D., M.S., MX)., 
D.Sc. (Public Health), and B.E. In addition to the above, 
the following Diplomas are also granted : Diploma of Public 
Health, Diploma in Ophthalmic medicine and surgery, 
Licentiate in Teaching and Diploma in Spoken English. 
Provision is made, under conditions, for admission as non-colle- 
giate students of teachers, Laboratory Assistants, Demonstrators 
and Librarians of affiliated Colleges. Lady candidates can appear 
at the University examinations without studying in an affiliated 
College. 

AT THE MATRICULATION EXAMINATION, a candidate is 
examined in English (two papers), Mathematics (one paper), 
a Vernacular Language (one paper), a Classical Language (Female 
candidates are allowed to take up any language accepted by the 
Syndicate as a Second Language), and any two of the follow- 
ing: 1. Additional Mathematics, 2. Additional paper in the 
Classical Language taken up as a subject in the main group, 
3. History of India, 4. Outlines of General Geography, 5 Ele- 
mentary Mechanics, 6. Elementary Hygiene, 7. Business Methods 
and Correspondence, and 8. Commercial Geography, in each of 
which there will be one paper. In order to pass, candidates must 
obtain: 1. In English, either in the first paper 40 per cent, and 
in the aggregate of the two papers 72 marks, or in the aggregate 



174 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

of the two papers, 80 marks. 2. In the Vernacular paper, or in 
the paper alternative to it, 36 per cent. 3. In the compulsory 
Classical Language paper, 30 per cent. 4. In the compulsory 
Mathematical paper, 30 per cent, and in the aggregate 250 marks. 
Candidates who obtain 50 per cent, or more of the marks of 
the aggregate are placed in the First Division and those who 
obtain 40 per cent, of the marks in the Second Division. 

The Regulations for the Matriculation Examination have 
recently been thoroughly revised, which received sanction from 
Government in May, 1935. The revised Regulations will come 
into force from the examination of 1940. 

The following are the fundamental points on which the new 
Regulations differ from the old: 

In the new Regulations 

(i) Vernacular has been made the medium of instruction 
and examination in all subjects excepting in English. 
Hitherto, since the establishment of the University, 
English had been the medium. 

(ii) History (of India and England) and Geography have- 
been made compulsory subjects. 

(iii) Provision has been made for the study of science 
subjects, e.g., (a) Elementary Scientific Knowledge 
(this subject will be an Additional subject only for 
the first 3 years after these regulations come into 
operation, after which it will be a compulsory 
subject), and (b) Elements of Physics and Chemistry, 
(r) Elements of Biology which have been included 
in the list of Additional subjects for the examination, 
(iv) An alternative course of study has been provided for 
Girl students which includes such subjects as, 
(a) Arithmetic and Domestic Science including 
Domestic Hygiene (in place of Mathematics, if so 
desired) in the compulsory papers, (b) Sewing and 
Needlework, (c) Music, (d) Drawing and Painting 
including an appreciation of Fine Arts, in the 
additional paper, 
(v) The minima of marks for the 1st and 2nd Divisions 

have been raised to 60% and 50% respectively, 
(vi) The age rule far admission to the examination has been 

abolished. 

Besides these, every school recognized by the University as 
competent to send up candidates for the Matriculation Examina- 
tion must provide for physical instruction of all pupils unless 
exempted by the Syndicate for any special reason, and shall be 
required to impart training, for a prescribed period, in at least 
one of the following subjects: 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 175 



Agriculture and Gardening, Carpentry, Smithery, Book- 
Keeping, Spinning and Weaving, Tailoring and Sewing, Music, 
Basket-making, Telegraphy, Needlework, Drawing and Painting 
including an appreciation of Fine Arts, Cookery, and such other 
subjects as may, from time to time, be prescribed by the Syndicate. 

A candidate for the Matriculation Examination under the 
Revised Matriculation Regulations will be examined in : 

(1) A major Vernacular language (viz., Bengali, Urdu, 
Assamese or Hindi) (two papers) ; (2) English (two papers 
and a half) ; (3) Geography (half paper) ; (4) History of India 
and England (one paper) ; (5) Mathematics (one paper) ; (6) a 
Classical language or an Indian Vernacular recognized by the 
Syndicate other than the Vernacular of the candidate already 
taken up or a Modern European Language (one paper) ; (7) Ele- 
mentary Scientific Knowledge (one paper), and (8) any one of 
the following: Elements of Physics and Chemistry, Mensuration 
and Surveying, Elementary Mechanics, Elementary Hygiene, 
Elements of Biology, Additional Mathematics, Business Method 
and Correspondence, Commercial Geography, Elements of Public 
Administration in India (one paper). (For the first three years 
after the regulations come into operation "Elementary Scientific 
Knowledge" will not be a compulsory subject but will be included 
as a subject in this list.) If the Vernacular of the candidate is 
other than a Major Vernacular, he shall take up in lieu of the 
two papers allotted for the Major Vernacular two papers on any 
two out of the list of subjects mentioned above in (8) with 
Additional English added to the list. 

For the Girl Candidates the list of subjects is as follows: 

(1) A Major Vernacular Language (viz., Bengali, Urdu, 
Assamese or Hindi) (two papers) ; (2) English (two papers 
and a half) ; (3) Geography (half paper) ; (4) History of India 
and England (one paper) ; (5) Mathematics or Arithmetic and 
Domestic Science including Domestic Hygiene (one paper) ; and 
(6) at least two but not more than three of the following sub- 
jects: * 

A Classical language or a Modern European language or an 
Indian Vernacular recognized by the University other than the 
one already taken up by her; Elementary Scientific Knowledge; 
Elements of Physics and Chemistry; Elementary Mechanics; 
Elementary Hygiene (only for those who take up Mathematics) ; 
Elements of Biology; Additional Mathematics; Business Method 
and Correspondence; Commercial Geography; Elements of Pub- 
lic Administration in India; Sewing and Needlework; Music; 
Drawing and Painting including an appreciation of Fine Arts. 
(N.B. So long as Elementary Scientific Knowledge is not made 
a compulsory subject for boys, the girl candidates will have to 



176 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

i 

take up at least one but not more than two out of the above 
list.) Girls whose Vernacular is not one of the Major Vernacu- 
lars shall take up at least three, but not more than four out of 
the list in (6) mentioned above. (N.B. So long as Elementary 
Scientific Knowledge is not made a compulsory subject for boys, 
such girls will have to take up at least two but not more than 
three subjects out of the list.) 

Each paper is of 100 marks and a half paper is of 50 marks 
and a candidate must obtain 36% of the total marks in Ver- 
nacular and English and 30% of the total marks in each of the 
other subjects and 36% of the total marks in the aggregate of all 
the compulsory papers, in order to pass the Matriculation Exa- 
mination. Marks in excess of 30 obtained in an optional subject 
shall be added to the aggregate of marks obtained in the com- 
pulsory papers and shall be taken into account for determining 
the candidate's division and place in the pass list. A candidate 
who obtains 60% of the marks in the aggregate shall be placed 
in the First Division, and those who obtain 50% shall be in the 
Second Division, and other successful candidates in the Third 
Division. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES. 

ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over a period of two years. The subjects and scheme of exami- 
nation are as follows: English (3 papers), one of the Verna- 
cular languages (1 paper) and three of the following (2 papers 
each) of which two at least must be from Group A: 

Group A : 1. One of the Classical Languages, 2. History, 

3. Logic, 4. Mathematics, 5. Elements of Civics and Economics, 
6. Commercial Geography, and 7. Commercial Arithmetic and 
Elements of Book-Keeping. 

Group B: 1. Physics, 2. Chemistry, 3. Geography,. 

4. Physiology, 5. Botany, 6. Zoology, 7. Geology, 8. Anthropo- 
logy and 9. Biology. 

(Practical examination in subjects in Group B has been introduced 
with effect from the examination of 1939.) 

Candidates may also be examined, if they so desire, in an 
additional subject included under Group A, provided they have 
not already taken the subject. In this optional subject there 
will be two papers. 

The minima for a pass are as follows: English 36 per 
cent., Vernacular or in the alternative paper, 36 per cent, and 
30 per cent, in each of the remaining subjects excepting that 
in each of the subjects in Group B, the pass marks in the two 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 177 

theoretical papers is 40 and in the practical paper 20, and 36 per 
cent, of the aggregate. Those who obtain 50 per cent, or more 
of the aggregate are placed in the First Division while those 
who obtain 40 per cent, in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass and Honours). The course of 
study extends over a period of two years. 

Every candidate is examined in the following subjects: 

1. English 3 papers for pass. 6 Hons. papers. 

2. Vernacular one Pass paper. 

3 and 4. Tzvo of the following subjects, one of which 
at least must belong to Group A: 

Group A. 

I. One of the following languages : Sanskrit, Pali, 
Arabic, Persian, Hebrew, Classical Armenian, Greek, Latin, 
French, German, Italian, Syriac. 3 Pass papers and 6 Honours 
papers in each of these subjects. 

Bengali, Hindi and Urdu 3 "Pass papers only in each of 
these subjects. 

II. History. 

III. Political Economy and Political Philosophy. 

IV. Mental and Moral Philosophy. 
V. Mathematics. 

VI. Linguistics. 

(The syllabus of Mathematics in the Honours Course includes study 
of Astronomy. Practical training has been introduced in the course of 
studies in Astronomy.) 

3 Pass papers and 6 Honours papers in each of the subjects. 

Group B. 

I. Physics. 

II. Chemistry. 

III. Physiology. 

IV. Botany. 
V. Zoology. 

VI. Anthropology. 

In the Pass course, two Theoretical papers and one Prac- 
tical paper and in the Honours course four Theoretical papers 
and two Practical papers in each of these subjects. 

The maximum number of marks for each paper is 100. 

1. A candidate must obtain in order to pass in the Pass 
course 

In English . . . . . . 100 marks 

Vernacular or paper alternative to it 33 

Any subject in Group A . . 100 



178 HANDBOOK O* INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Any subject in Group B in the 

Theoretical papers . . . . 60 marks 

In the Practical papers . . . . 40 

2. A candidate must obtain in order to pass in the Honours 
course 

In English . . . . . . 180 marks 

Any subject in Group A . . . . 180 

Any subject in Group B in the 

Theoretical papers . . . . 108 

In the Practical papers . . . . 72 

3. A candidate must obtain in order to qualify for 
Honours 

In English . . . . . . 240 marks 

Any subject in Group A . . . . 240 

Any subject in Group B in the 

Theoretical papers . . . . 160 

In the Practical papers . . . . 80 

4. If a candidate takes up the Pass course in four sub- 
jects, he must, in order to pass the B.A. Examination, pass in 
each subject, and obtain 360 marks in the aggregate. If he 
passes and obtains 500 marks in the aggregate, lie shall be 
declared to have passed with distinction. 

5. If a candidate takes up the Pass course in three sub- 
jects, and the Honours course in one subject, he must, in order 
to pass the B.A. Examination, pass in each subject, and obtain 
468 marks in the aggregate. If he passes and also qualifies for 
Honours in his Honours subjects he shall be declared to have 
obtained Second Class Honours in that subject. If he passes, 
qualifies for Honours in his Honours subject, and obtains 360 
marks in that subject, he shall be declared to have obtained 
First Class Honours in such subject. 

Master of Arts. The course of study extends over two 
years and is open to Bachelors of Arts and Commerce. The 
subjects of study and the scheme of examination are as follows: 

1. English . . . . . . 8 papers 

2. Sanskrit 

3. Pali 

4. Arabic 

5. Persian 

6. Hebrew . . 

7. Syriac 

8. Greek 

9. Latin .. 

10. French 

1 1 . German 

12. Indian Vernaculars 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 179 

13. Comparative Philology . . . . 8 papers 

14. Mental and Moral Philosophy . . 

15. History . . . . . . . . 

150. Ancient Indian History and Culture . . 

16. Political Economy and Political Philosophy 

17. Commerce . . . . . . 

18. Pure Mathematics . . . . 
180. Applied Mathematics . . . . 

19. Physics 5 Theoretical papers 

and 3 days Practical tests 

19a. Applied Physics 4 Theoretical papers 

and 4 Practical papers 

20. Chemistry . . . . . . 

200. Applied Chemistry . . . . 

21. Physiology 5 Theoretical papers and 

4 Practical papers 

22. Botany . . . . 

23. Geology 5 Theoretical papers 

and 3 days Practical tests 

24. Zoology and Comparative Anatomy 4 Theoretical 

papers and 4 Practical papers 

25. Experimental Psychology . . ,, 

26. Anthropology 4 Theoretical papers 

and 4 Oral and Practical papers 

In order to obtain a pass in subjects 1-180 a candidate 
must obtain 288 marks in the aggregate. No minimum pass 
marks are required in each paper but if in any paper a candidate 
obtains less than 25 marks, those marks are not included in his 
aggregate. Candidates obtaining 360 marks are placed in the 
Second Class and those obtaining 480 marks in the First Class. 

In order to pass in subjects 190, 20, 200, 24, 25 and 26 
a candidate must obtain 132 marks in the aggregate of the four 
papers (theoretical) and 160 marks in the practical examination. 
In Anthropology (Subject No. 26), a candidate must obtain 216 
marks in the aggregate in the written papers and 72 marks in 
the Oral and Practical papers. Marks less than 25 obtained 
in any theoretical paper will not be included in the aggregate. 
In order to pass in subjects Nos. 19 and 23, a candidate must 
obtain 165 marks in the aggregate in the Theoretical papers and 
120 marks in the Practical Examinations. In order to pass in 
subjects Nos. 21 and 22, a candidate must obtain 132 marks 
in the aggregate in the Theoretical papers and 160 marks in 
the Practical Examination. 

Candidates obtaining 360 marks are placed in the Second 
Class and those obtaining 480 marks in the First Class. 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. A Master of Arts who- 
has been placed either in the 1st or in the 2nd class at the M.A, 



180 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Examination may be a candidate for the degree three years 
after the M.A. Degree. This is an examination by thesis, supple- 
mented, if necessary, by an examination written, oral, or, in 
subjects which admit of it, by a practical examination. On the 
approval of the Syndicate the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
is conferred. 

Diploma in Spoken English. This is open to all Masters 
of Arts and Science, Bachelors of Arts and Science as well as 
Bachelors of Teaching and Licentiates in Teaching who have 
received training in elocution for a period of not less than one 
year under a teacher recognized for the. purpose. Candidates are 
required to undergo a written examination to test the candidate's 
knowledge of the elements of Phonetics with special reference 
to the pronunciation of English words and an Oral examination 
to test the candidate's power of elocution and his ability to carry 
on an ordinary conversation in English. To obtain a pass, 
a candidate must get 30 marks in the Written examination and 
200 marks in the Oral examination. Candidates obtaining 300 
marks in the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination in Science. The course of study 
extends over two years after passing the Matriculation examina- 
tion. The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are 
as follows: 1. English (three papers), 2. a Vernacular Lan- 
guage (one paper), 3. Chemistry (two papers), 4. Mathematics 
or Physics (two papers), and 5. any one of the following (two 
papers) : Mathematics (if not already taken), Physics (if not 
already taken), Botany, Zoology, Geology, Geography, Physio- 
logy, Biology and Anthropology. Candidates may take an 
additional subject (two papers), if they so desire, included under 
5, provided they have not already taken the subject, or French 
or German. 

(Practical examination in Science subjects has been introduced with 
ffect from the examination of 1939.) 

For a pass, a candidate must obtain 36 per cent, in English, 
36 per cent, in the Vernacular or the alternative paper, 30 per 
cent, in each of the compulsory subjects taken up, and 34 per 
cent, in the aggregate. A candidate is placed in the First Division 
if he obtains 50 per cent, and the candidate who obtains 40 per 
-cent, is placed in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Science (Pass and Honours). The course of 
study extends over two years after the Intermediate Examina- 
tion and candidates are allowed to study and be examined in any 
three of the following subjects: 1. Mathematics, 2. Physics, 
3. Chemistry, 4. Botany, 5. Geology, 6. Zoology, 7. Physiology, 
S. Experimental Psychology, and 9. Anthropology. In the pass 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 181 

course, there are three papers in each subject," of which except in 
Mathematics, two are theoretical papers and one is practical 
paper. For a pass a candidate must obtain 33V3 per cent, in 
Mathematics, and 30 per cent, in the theoretical papers of any 
other subject and 40 per cent, in the practical papers. The num- 
her of papers set for the Honours course is six in Mathematics 
and four theoretical and two practical in the other subjects. Prac- 
tical training has been introduced in the course of studies in 
Astronomy which is included as a subject of study in the syllabus 
of Mathematics in the Honours course. 

To obtain Honours, a candidate must obtain 30 per cent, 
of marks in Mathematics and 27 per cent, in the theoretical 
papers and 36 per cent, in practical papers in any other subject. 

Master of Science. It is a two years' course after the B.Sc. 
Examination, and the subjects of study and the scheme of exa- 
mination are: One of the following: 1. Mathematics (8 papers), 
2. Chemistry, 3. Applied Chemistry, 4. Physics, 5. Applied Phy- 
sics, 6. Botany, 7. Physiology, 8. Zoology and Comparative 
Anatomy, 9. Geology, 10. Experimental Psychology, Anthro- 
pology. Distribution of papers and marks in these subjects is 
the same as noted in respect of these subjects for the Master 
of Arts. 

Doctor of Science. A Master of Science who has been 
placed either in the First or in the Second Class of the M.Sc. 
Examination may be a candidate for the degree three years after 
the M.Sc. Degree. This is an examination by thesis, supplement- 
ed, if necessary, by an examination, written, oral or practical. 
On the approval of the Syndicate, the Degree of Doctor of Science 
is conferred. 

EXAMINATIONS AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 
COMMERCE. 

Bachelor oj Commerce. The course of study extends for 
two years after the Intermediate Examination. The subjects of 
study and the scheme of examination are as follows : 

(1) English Composition, including essay, precis-writing 
and drafting of business letters : 

Essay 30 marks. 

Precis-writing 30 marks. 

Drafting of letters 40 marks 1 paper. 

(2) One of the following languages: 

Bengali, Assamese, Hindi, Urdu, Japanese, French, 
German and Italian 1 paper. 

(3) Accountancy 1 paper. 
(4), Commercial Law 1 paper. 

7 



182 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Group A. Papers (5) and (6) : 
General Economics 1 paper. 
Indian Economics 1 paper. 

Group PL Papers (7) and (8) : 
Business Organization 1 paper. 
Commercial Geography 1 paper. 

Group C. Papers (9) and (10): 
Any one of the following: 

(1) Advanced Accountancy 1 paper. 
Auditing 1 paper. 

(2) Trade and Tariff 1 paper. 
Transport 1 paper. 

(3) Banking 1 paper. 
Currency 1 paper. 

(4) Statistics 1 paper. 
Insurance 1 paper. 

(5) Public Administration 1 paper. 
Public Finance 1 paper. 

(6) Land Systems 1 paper. 
Agricultural Economics 1 paper. 

(7) Economic History 1 paper. 

Modern Industrial Organization with special 
reference to India 1 paper. 

Each paper shall be of three hours and shall carry 10O 
marks. 

In order to pass a candidate must obtain 30 per cent, of 
the marks in each subject or group of subjects and 40 per cent, 
of marks in the aggregate, provided that a candidate who takes^ 
up an Indian language must obtain 40 per cent, of the marks in 
the subject. In order to be placed in the First Division, he 
must obtain 60 per cent, of the marks in the aggregate. 

TEACHING. 

Licentiate in Teaching. Any candidate may be admitted ta 
the Examination not less than one year after passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Arts or Science provided he has attended 
a regular course of lectures on the Art and Theory of Teaching 
in a College or Colleges affiliated in Teaching, and, in addition, 
has undergone a course of practical training in practical skill in 
teaching. There shall be a written examination in (1) Principles 
of Education, (2) Method of Teaching and School Administra- 
tion, (3) History, (4) English Composition, and a practical 
examination for testing skill in teaching any three of the following 
subjects: (i) English, (ii) Vernacular, (iii) A Classical or 
a Modern Language, (iv) History, (v) Geography, (vi) Mathe- 
matics, (vii) Science of Nature Study, (viit) Hygiene, 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 183 

(ix) Art or Manual Work, (x) the Kindergarten System, (xi) 
Methods of Teaching, and testing the Primary School subjects, 
Methods of Inspection, (xii) Music. For the written examina- 
tion, there shall be one paper in each of (iii) and (iv) and two 
papers in (ii). Each paper will carry 100 marks and 300 marks 
are assigned to the practical examination. 

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain 40 per cent, in 
each of the four subjects for the written examination and also 
in the practical examination. Candidates obtaining 60 per cent. 
of the total marks will be declared to have obtained a First Class. 

Bachelor of Teaching. Any candidate may be admitted to 
the Examination not less than one year after passing the B.A. or 
B.Sc. Examination, provided he has attended a regular course 
of lectures on the v Art, Theory and History of Teaching in 
a College or Colleges affiliated in Teaching and has, in addition, 
undergone a course of practical training in practical skill in 
Teaching. 

Any candidate who has passed the examination for the 
Licentiate in Teaching and has also graduated in Arts or in 
Science, may be admitted to this Examination without compliance 
with the conditions provided that a candidate, who is a Licentiate 
in Teaching and who has served in a recognized School for at 
least seven years, may appear at the Examination for the Degree 
of Bachelor of Teaching without having passed the B.A. or B.Sc. 
Examination and without compliance with the conditions laid 
down in the above paragraph. 

There shall be a written examination in (1) Principles of 
Education, (2) the contents and methods of teaching selected 
subjects and School management, (3) History of Education, 
(4) English Composition, and in practical examination for testing 
skill in teaching in any three of the following subjects: (1) Eng- 
lish, (ii) Vernacular, (iii) a Classical or a Modern Language, 
(iv) History, (v) Geography, (vi) Mathematics, (vii) Science 
-or Nature Study, (viii) Hygiene, (ix) Art or Manual Work, 
{x) the Kindergarten System, (xi) Methods of Teaching and 
Testing the Primary School subjects, Methods of Inspection, 
(xii) Music. For the written examination, there shall be two 
papers in each of (1) and (2) and one paper in each of (3) and 
(4). Each paper shall carry 100 marks and 300 marks are 
assigned to the practical portion of the examination. 

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain 40 per cent, of 
the marks in each of the written subjects and also in the practical 
-examination. Candidates obtaining 60 per cent, of the total marks 
shall be declared to have obtained a First Class. 

English Tcachcrship Examination. The Examination will 
be held for granting certificates to candidates as competent to 
teach English in schools recognized by the University. The 



184 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

minimum qualification for admission to the Examination is a. 
pass at the Intermediate Examination and service as teacher 
for at least one year prior to the Examination in a recognized 
school. Candidates who are graduates may be exempted from 
serving as teachers. The examination shall be written, oral and 
practical and shall be conducted on the lines of syllabus to be 
drawn up by the Syndicate on the joint recommendation of the 
Boards of Studies in English and Teaching. The candidates 
must undergo a special course of training for at least eight weeks, 
organized or recognized by the University for the purpose of the 
Examination. In order to pass in the written examination a can- 
didate must obtain at least 60 marks out of ISO marks allotted 
for the Examination, and 60 marks out of 150 marks in the Oral 
examination and 100 marks out of 200 marks in the Practical' 
examination. In certain cases exemption is granted from the 
written examination. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Law. It is a three years' course and graduates- 
in Arts, Science, Commerce, Medicine and Engineering are 
eligible for this course of study and have to pass in succession 
(1) Preliminary Examination, (2) an Intermediate Examination, 
and (3) a Final Examination. In all these examinations, there 
may, in addition to the written examinations, be an oral test. 
The subjects of ^ study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows: Preliminary Examination: 1. Jurisprudence (one 
paper), 2. Roman Law (one paper), 3. Hindu Law (one paper),, 
and 4. Constitutional Law (one paper). The Intermediate Exa- 
mination: 1. Muhammadan Law and Law relating to persons 
(one paper), 2. The Law relating to property, including Law of 
Transfer, inter vivos (one paper), 3. and 4. Principles of English 
Law of Real Property and Law of Intestate and Testamentary 
Succession (one paper), and 5. The Law of Contracts and Torts 
(one paper). The Final Examination: 1. The Law relating to- 
Property, including the Law of Land Tenures, Land Revenue 
and Prescription (one paper), 2. The Principles of Equity, 
including the Law of Trusts (one paper), 3. The Law of Evi- 
dence and the General Principles of Civil Procedure and Limita- 
tion (one paper), and 4. The Law of Crimes and the General 
Principles of Criminal Procedure (one paper). 

In order to pass the Preliminary, Intermediate or Final 
Examination, a candidate must .obtain 30 per cent, in each paper 
and 50 per cent, in the aggregate. A candidate obtaining 67 per 
cent, will be placed in the First Division. 

Master of Law. The subjects of study and the scheme of 
examination are as follows: A candidate will be examined in 
the following subjects besides an oral test, if the examiners think 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



185 



it necessary: 1. Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law (one paper) ,. 

2. Jurisprudence and Principles of Legislation (one paper), 

3. Principles and History of Roman Law (one paper), 4. Private 
International Law (one paper), 5. and 6. Any two of the follow- 
ing subjects (two papers) : (a) Principles of Equity, (fc) The 
Law relating to the Transfer of Immovable Property and the 
Law of Prescription, (c) The Law relating to Wills, (d) The 
Law of Contracts and Torts, (e) Principles and History of the 
Law of Real and Personal Property, (f) Principles and History 
of the Law of Evidence, and (g) History of English Law. 

In order to pass the examination, a candidate must obtain 
50 marks in each paper, and to be ranked in the First Class, 
he must obtain 400 marks in the aggregate. 

Doctor of Law. It is open to all Masters of Law provided 
one year has elapsed since they obtained their Master's Degree. 
This is an examination by thesis, which may be supplemented by 
an examination, written, oral, or both, according as the Board 
of Examiners appointed to report on the merits of the thesis 
may think fit. If the Syndicate, upon the report, consider the 
candidate worthy of the Degree of Doctor of Law, the candidate 
is admitted to the Degree. 

MEDICINE. 

Preliminary Scientific Examination for the Degree of M.B* 
Any under-graduate of the University may be admitted to this 
examination provided he has fulfilled the following conditions : 

(a) That he has passed the Intermediate Examination with 
Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. 

(fr) That he has completed, since passing the Intermediate 
Examination with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, a regular 
course of study, theoretical and practical, in the subjects for the 
examination for one academical year in a College affiliated to the 
University for this purpose. 

The following are the subjects a candidate is required to 
study and be examined in : Inorganic Chemistry, Organic 
Chemistry, Physics, Botany and Zoology (one paper each). 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows : 



Subjects 


-Written 


Oral 


Practical 


Total 


Passing 


Passing 
Marks in 














Practical 


Chemistry (Inorganic) . 


200 


100 


100 


400 


160 


40 


Chemistry (Organic) 
Physics 


200 
200 


100 
100 


100- 
100 


400 
400 


160 
160 


40 
40 


Botany 


200 


100 


100 


400 


160 


40 


Zoology 


200 


100 


100 


400 


160 


40 



186 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



First M.B. Examination. The course of study is open to 
students who have passed the Preliminary Scientific M.B. 
Examination or the B.Sc. Examination in Physics, Chemistry, 
Botany and Zoology, and attended a regular course of study, 
theoretical and practical, in the subjects of the examination for 
not less than two years at a College of Medicine affiliated to the 
University up to the standard of the First M.B. Examination. 

Every candidate is examined in the following subjects: 
Anatomy and Physiology. 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows : 



Subject 


Written 


Oral 


Practical 


Total 


Passing 
Marks 


Passing 
Marks in 
W. & O. 


Passing 
Marks in 
Practical 


Anatomy 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 


Physiology . . 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 



Second M.B. Examination. The examination is open to 
those who have passed the First M.B. Examination and com- 
pleted a regular course of study, theoretical and practical, 
in the subjects of the examination for not less than a year, at 
a College of Medicine affiliated to the University up to the 
standard for the Second M.B. Examination. 

The following are the subjects of study and examination : 
(1) Pharmacology and Materia Medica, including Pharmacolo- 
gical Chemistry and Pharmacy. (2) Elementary Bacteriology and 
Pathology. 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows : 















i 














Passing 


Passing 


Subjects 


Written 


Oral 


Practical 


Total 


Passing 
Marks 


Marks 
in 


Marks 
in 














W. & O. 


Practical 


Pharmacology 












| 


and Materia 
















Medica 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 


Elementary 
















Bacteriology 
















and Pathology 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 



Third M.B. Examination. The course of study is open to 
those who have passed the Second Examination in M.B. and 
have completed a regular course of study, theoretical and practi- 
cal, in the subjects of the examination for not less than a year 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



187 



at a College of Medicine affiliated to the University up to the 
standard of the Third M.B. Examination. 

Every candidate is examined in the following subjects: 
(1) Forensic Medicine, (2) Hygiene and Public Health; the 
examination shall be written, oral and practical. Three hours 
shall be allowed for each paper in each subject. 

The examination in Forensic Medicine consists of (a) one 
theoretical paper, (b) an oral examination, (r) a practical exa- 
mination, to include examination of the dead body on points of 
Medico-legal importance as arising out of, or as illustrated by, 
the conditions observable in the dead body, the actual methods 
of post-mortem examination for Medico-legal purposes, the put- 
ting up of materials for Medico-legal chemical analysis and the 
writing of Medico-legal post-mortem reports. 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows : 



Subjects 


Written 


Oral 
and 
Practical 


Total 


Pass 


Written 
Pass 


Oral and 
Practical 
Pass 


Forensic Medicine 


500 


500 


1,000 


500 


200 


250 


Hygiene and Public 














Health 


500 


500 


1,000 500 


200 


250 








i 







Final M.B. Examination. The course of study is open to 
those who have passed the Third M.B. Examination and have 
completed a regular course of study, theoretical and practical, 
in the subjects of the examination in a College of Medicine affi- 
liated to the University up to the standard of the Final M.B. 
Examination. 

A candidate is required to study and be examined in the 
following: (1) Medicine, including Applied Anatomy and Phy- 
siology, Clinical Pathology and Therapeutics; (2) Surgery in- 
cluding Applied Anatomy and Physiology and Clinical Pathology, 
Ophthalmology, Diseases of the Ear, Throat and Nose, Radiology, 
Orthopoedics and Venereal Diseases; (3) Midwifery and Dis- 
eases of Women. 

The examination in Medicine consists of 

(a) Two theoretical papers, an average of at least half an 
hour being allowed to answer each question. 

(b) An oral examination, including an examination on 
pathological specimens, secretions, the testing of urine, clinical 
microscopy and prescription-writing. 

(c) A clinical examination, at least one hour being allowed 
to the candidate for the examination of, and report on his prin- 
cipal case. The examination of secretions, the testing of urine. 



188 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



clinical microscopy and prescription-writing should form a part 
of this examination. 

The examination in Surgery consists of 

(a) Two theoretical papers, an average of at least half an 
hour being allowed to answer each question. 

(b) A clinical examination, at least half an hour being 
allowed to the candidate for the examination of, and report on, 
his principal case. 

(c) An oral examination in which questions on the use of 
surgical instruments and appliances, on the application of splints 
and bandages and on museum specimens illustrating surgical 
pathology, interpretation of X-ray records and pathological 
slides shall form a special part. 

(d) Operations on the dead body. 

The examination in Midwifery and Diseases of Women 
consists of 

(0) Two theoretical papers, an average of at least half an 
hour being allowed to answer each question. 

(b) An oral examination including questions on specimens, 
models, and instruments and appliances. 

(c) A practical examination on Obstetrics and Gynecolo- 
gical operations on the manikin and a clinical examination, 
whenever possible. 

The full marks for each subject and minimum marks re- 
quired for passing are as follows: 



Subjects 


Written 


Oral 


Practical 


Total 


Passing 
Marks 


Passing 
Marks 
in 


Passing 
Marks 
in 














W. & 0. 


Practical 


Medicine 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 


Surgery 
Midwifery 


500 
500 


200 
200 


300 
300 


1,000 
1,000 


500 
500 


280 
280 


150 
150 



Diploma in Public Health. The course is open to any 
Bachelor of Medicine or Licentiate in Medicine and Surgery on 
production of certificates of having, subsequent to passing the 
M.B. or L.M.S. Examination 

(i) attended, during a period of not less than six months, 
approved courses of instruction in (a) Bacteriology 
and Parasitology including Medical Entomology and 
Protozoology, Helminthology and Immunology espe- 
cially in their relation to diseases of man and to 
those diseases of the lower animals transmissible 
to man this course to last at least 180 hours; 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 189 

(&) Chemistry and Physics in their relation to pub- 
lic health this course to last at least 120 hours; 
(c) Meteorology and Climatology in relation to 
public health this course to last at least 10 hours ; 

(ii) been diligently engaged for at least six months in 
acquiring practical knowledge of the duties, routine 
and special, of public health administration under the 
supervision of a recognized Medical Officer of Health 
of a town or sanitary area of not less than fifty thou- 
sand inhabitants, who shall certify that the candidate 
has received from this officer or from other competent 
Medical Officer during not less than three hours on 
each of 60 working days' instruction in these duties 
(a candidate who produces evidence that he has been 
in independent sanitary charge of a town or district 
may under very special circumstances be exempted 
from this rule) ; 

(iii) attended for three months in the clinical practice of a 
recognized hospital for infectious diseases and has 
received therein instruction in the methods of admi- 
nistration (at least 30 days' attendance of not less 
than two hours each shall be required) ; 

(iv) received, during not less than 80 bours, at an institu- 
tion or from teachers approved by the University, 
instructions in the following subjects: 

The Principles of Public Health and Sanitation. 

Epidemiology and Vital Statistics. 

Sanitary Law and Administration. 

Sanitary Construction and Planning. 

(v) completed two years' continuous practice of the medi- 
cal profession, which may include the period of 
training specified above. Provided that a candidate 
may appear in Part I (but not in Part II) of the 
examination on the completion of a year of practice. 
Provided also that a candidate may not appear in 
Part II until he has passed in Part I of the Exami- 
nation. 

The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are 
as follows: 

PART I. 

(a) Bacteriology and Parasitology including Medical Ento- 
mology and Protozoology, Helminthology and Immunology 
(one paper). 

(6) Chemistry and Physics and Meteorology and Climato- 
logy in relation to Public Health (one paper). 



190 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

PART II. 

(c) Hygiene and Sanitation including Sanitary Engineering 
(one paper). 

(rf) Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases (one paper). 

(e) Sanitary Law, Vital Statistics and Public Health 
Administration (one paper). 

The examination may be written, oral and practical and 
shall include Food Inspection and Sanitary Inspection of facto- 
ries, schools, premises or areas. 

In order to pass the examination a candidate must obtain 
50 per cent, in each paper of both the parts. 

Diploma hi Ophthalmic Medicine and Surgery. The exami- 
nation shall be held annually. It shall be divided into two parts, 
Part I and Part II. The course of study is open to any Bachelor 
of Medicine or Licentiate in Medicine and Surgery. 

Doctor of Medicine, Master of Surgery, Master of Obste- 
trics. These are examinations by theses supplemented by written, 
oral and practical examinations. They are open to such Bache- 
lors of Medicine as fulfil certain specified conditions. 

Doctor of Science (Public Health). This is an examination 
by thesis supplemented by written examination. The candidate 
may be required to, undergo an oral and practical examination 
at the discretion of the examiners. It is open to any Bachelor 
of Medicine or Licentiate in Medicine and Surgery who obtains 
a Diploma in Public Health or passes an examination equivalent 
to it and fulfils certain other specified conditions. 

ENGINEERING. 

1. Intermediate Examination in Engineering. It is a two 
years' course. The subjects of study and the scheme of exami- 
nation are as follows: SECTION A: Mathematics (two papers), 
Chemistry (one paper), and Physics (one paper) and two prac- 
tical tests, one in Chemistry and one in Physics. SECTION B : 
Mathematics and Applied Physics (three papers), Mechanical 
and Electrical Engineering (two papers), Civil Engineering 
(two papers), Estimating (one paper), Surveying (one paper), 
and Drawing (one paper). There are four practical tests in 
(i) Mechanical Engineering, (ii) Electrical Engineering, (iii) 
Surveying, and (iv) Drawing. The minimum marks for a pass 
is thirty-three and one-third per cent, in each group and fifty 
per cent, in the aggregate. 

2. Degree of Bachelor of Engineering. It is a two years' 
course after the Intermediate Examination 1 in Engineering. 
Candidates may choose any one of the following branches of 
Engineering : Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Mining. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 191 

Civil Engineering. 

Non-Professional Section. Mathematics (two papers), 
Science, Geology and Minerology (one paper), Applied Physics 
(one paper and practical test), Technical Chemistry (one paper 
and practical test). 

Professional Section. Group I : Roads and Rail way s, 
Irrigation and Sanitary Engineering, Applied Mechanics, 
Hydraulics. Group II: Mechanical Engineering (including 
Laboratory work), Electrical Engineering (including Laboratory 
work). Group III: Attested Designs for Engineering Works 
and Buildings, Practical Drawing and the Principles of Archi- 
tectural Design. 

Mechanical Engineering. 

Non-Professional Section. Mathematics (two papers) , 
Science Technical Chemistry (one paper and practical test), 
Applied Physics (one paper and practical test). 

Professional Sect-ion. Group I : Theory of Mechanics, 
Heat Engines, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery, Machine 
and Engine Design (Paper). Group II: Strength and Elasti- 
city of Materials, Metallurgy, Theory of Structures, Structural 
Design}. Group III: Workshop (Sessional Work), Works 
Management and Accounts. Group IV : Mechanical Engineer- 
ing Laboratories, Machine and Engine Design (Sessional), 
Structural Design (Sessional). 

Aeronautics. (Alternative subject in the course of studies 
for the B.E. Examination in Civil and Mechanical Engineering.) 

Mining Engineering. 

Non-Professional Section. Mathematics (two papers) , 
Science, Geology and Mineralogy (one paper), Applied Physics 
(one paper and practical test), Technical Chemistry (one paper 
and practical test). 

Professional Section. Group I : Applied Mechanics and 
Hydraulics, Mining I, Mining II. Group II : Mechanical Engi- 
neering (including Laboratory work) and Electrical Engineering 
(including Laboratory work). Group III: Attested Designs 
for Engineering Works and Buildings and practical drawing. 

Electrical Engineering. 

Non-Professional Section. Mathematics (two papers), 
Science Technical Chemistry (one paper and practical test), 
Applied Physics (one paper and practical test). 

Professional Section. Group I : Electrical Engineering, 
Theory of Structures, Modern Systems of Works Management 
and Accounts. Group II: Technical Chemistry and Metallurgy. 



192 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Group III: Electrical Engineering, Drawing, Structural Design. 
Group IV: Workshops, Power House, Electrical Workshops 
(Sessional). Group V: Electrical Engineering, Laboratory 
(Sessional), Electrical Engineering Project (Sessional), Ses- 
sional Work in Structural Design. 

In order to pass, a candidate has to obtain thirty-three and 
one-third per cent, in each group of subjects and fifty per cent, 
of the aggregate. Sixty-six per cent, of the marks in Profes- 
sional Section is required for a First Class. 

Doctor of Science (Engineering). This is an examination 
"by thesis which may be supplemented by an examination, 
written, practical, oral or all. If the thesis is approved, the 
candidates are admitted to the Degree of Doctor of Science 
(Engineering). 

MILITARY STUDIES. 

Two grades of certificates will be issued for examination 
in Military Studies: (i) Junior and (ii) Senior. The examina- 
tions are open only to Members of the University Training Corps. 
No one who has not passed the Junior Certificate Examination 
at least two years previously shall be eligible for admission to 
the Senior Certificate Examination. Both the examinations are 
divided into two parts theoretical and practical, each carrying 
100 marks. The theoretical portion shall include : for the Junior 
Examination, (i) Military Hygiene and Camp Sanitation, 
(ii) Map Reading and Field Sketching, (iii) Discipline and 
esprit de corps, (iv) History of the Army in India, (v) Badges 
and Symbols of Rank of the Fighting Forces, (vi) Character- 
istics of Infantry Weapons, and (vii) Organisation of the Army 
in India; for the Senior Course, (1) Selected Campaigns of 
the Great War, (ii) Organisation and Administration of an 
Infantry Unit in Peace and War, (iii) Rolls of the Armed 
Forces of the Empire, (iv) Characteristics of Military Weapons, 
(v) Imperial Military Geography with special reference to 
India and (vi) Duties in aid of Civil Power. The practical 
portion shall be based on drill with and without arms, weapon 
Training and tactical training, and shall be divided into: 
(i) General Training, (ii) Weapon Training and (iii) Collec- 
tive Training. Each candidate in order to be successful must pass 
the practical and theoretical portions separately and obtain at 
least 30% in each. Candidates obtaining 60% or over shall be 
'declared to have passed with distinction. Credit of the marks 
obtained in excess of 60 is allowed to be added to this aggregate 
of the marks obtained by the candidates appearing at the LA., 
I.Sc., B.A., B.Sc., B.CoM., I.E., or B.E., examinations provided 
certain conditions are fulfilled. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 193 

Scale of Fees. 

Rs. 

^Matriculation . . . . . . . . . . 15 

^Intermediate Examination . . . . . . 30 

^Bachelor of Arts (Pass) . . . . . . . . 45 

Bachelor of Arts (Hons.) . . ' . . . . . . 55 

Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . . . . 45 

Master of Arts . . . . . . . . . . 80 

Doctor of Philosophy . . . . . . 200 

(Intermediate in Science . . . . . . . . 30 

^Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . 45 

^Bachelor of Science (Hons.) .. .. .. 55 

Master of Science . . . . . . . . 80 

Doctor of Science . . . . . . . . 200 

Licentiate in Teaching . . . . . . . . 30 

Bachelor of Teaching . . . . . . . . 40 

Diploma in Spoken English . . . . . . . . 50 

Bachelor of Law : Preliminary . . . . . . 30 

Intermediate . . . . . . 30 

Final .. .. .. .. 30 

Master of Law . . . . . . . . 200 

Doctor of Law . . . . . . . . 200 

Preliminary Scientific M.B. Examination . . . . 30 

First M. B. . . . . . . . . . . 30 

Second M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 25 

Third M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 25 

Final M.B. .. .. .. .. .. 25 

Doctor of Medicine . . . . . . . . 200 

Master of Surgery . . . . . . 200 

Master of Obstetrics .... . . . . . . 200 

Diploma in Public Health . . . . . . 200 

Diploma in Ophthalmic Medicine and Surgery . . 200 

Doctor of Science (Public Health) .. .. .. 200 

Intermediate Examination in Civil Engineering . . 40 

for Section A. . . . . 25 

Bachelor of Engineering . . . . . . . . 50 

Non-Professional Section . . 30 

Doctor of Science (Engineering) . . . . . . 200 



Rs. 

* Fee for appearing in one subject only under certain conditions . . 8 

t Fee for appearing in one subject only under certain conditions . . 15 

$ Fee for appearing in one subject only under certain conditions . . 23 

Fee for appearing in one subject only under certain conditions . . 28 



Dacca University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University of Dacca owes its origin to three factors : 
first, the desire of the Muslims of Eastern Bengal to stimulate 
the educational progress of their community ; secondly, the desire 
of the Government of India to create a new type of residential 
and teaching University in India as opposed to the prevailing 
affiliating type; and thirdly, the desire of the Government to re- 
lieve the congestion of the University of Calcutta. Though the 
movement in favour of a separate University for Eastern Bengal 
began so early as 1912 and the Committee appointed to frame a 
scheme reported in the course of the year, the outbreak of War 
in 1914 led to a postponement and the appointment of the Cal- 
cutta University Commission , was utilized to subject the proposals 
of the Committee to the scrutiny of the Commission. The Com- 
mission reported strongly in favour of the establishment of a Uni- 
versity in Dacca and endorsed the proposal that the University 
should be a unitary University as opposed to a federal or affiliat- 
ing University, and that it should be a teaching and residential 
University. Before its inception there were two Colleges in 
Dacca affiliated to the University of Calcutta. With the creation 
of the University in July 1921, these were converted into Inter- 
mediate Colleges and all higher teaching beyond the Intermediate 
stage within the area was undertaken by the University. At the 
same time three Halls of residence were founded. The Dacca 
University was also the first University to place Intermediate 
classes outside the University in special institutions called In- 
termediate Colleges. 

In one respect the University has a characteristic feature ; 

special representation on University bodies is given to the 

Muslim community and a Hall, the Salimullah Muslim Hall, is 
specially provided for Muslim students. 

The University is unitary in character and the whole of the 
teaching is centrally organized. The University has also made 
a new departure in initiating a Tutorial system for all categories 
of students. The Tutorial classes are intended to counteract the 
inevitable evils of the examination room and by encouraging 
originality and individual effort to ensure as far as possible that 
each student will learn something of intellectual production as 
well as of reproduction, so that when he enters the world, he will 
not find himself for the first time confronted with intellectual 
problems to which he has not been taught the answers beforehand. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 195 

Further, the University authorities have throughout recog- 
nized that in addition to providing facilities for higher teaching 
and for the advancement of learning and research, they should 
ensure that residence in the University provides for its alumni 
-a valuable preparation for life and for public service. With 
this purpose in view they have organized three residential units 
in Halls under the control of Provosts and have fostered the 
development of corporate student life in each Hall by the forma- 
tion of Student Unions and Athletic Clubs. 



Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 
His Excellency The Governor of Bengal. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Dr. R. C. Majumdar, M.A., P.R.S., Ph.D. 

TREASURER. 
Khan Bahadur Muhammad Yahya. 

REGISTRAR. 
Khan Bahadur Naziruddin Ahmad, M.A. 

PROVOSTS. 

Prof. J. C. Ghosh, D.SC. 

Khan Bahadur Prof. Mahmood Hasan, M.A., B.L. (Cal.), 
M.A., D.phil. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law. 
H. D. Bhattacharya, M.A., B.L., P.R.S. 

DEANS. 

Arts . . Prof. S. M. Hassain, M.A., D.phil. 

(Oxon.) 

Science . . Prof. S. N. Bose, M.SC. 

Law . . Prof. J. N. Dasgupta, M.A., D.L. 

PROCTOR. 
Dr. S. N. Bhattacharyya, M.A V Ph.D. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Manoranjan Ray, M.A., B.L. 

MEDICAL OFFICER. 
Dr. S. K. Das Gupta, M.D. 



196 



HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



English 



Arabic and Islamic 
Studies 



Persian and Urdu 



Sanskrit 



TEACHING 



Professor and Head of the Department: 
Prof. Mahmood Hasan (Khan Baha- 
dur), M.A., B.I,. (Cal.), M.A. (Oxon.), 
Bar-at-Law, D.phill. (Oxon.). 

Reader: Dr. S. N. Roy, M.A., ph.D, 
(Lond.). 

Lecturers Class I: Praphulla Kumar 
Guha, M.A., B.I,. ; Dr. Basanta Kumar 
Ray, M.A., B.I,., ph.D. (Dae.) ; S. M. 
Chanda, M.A. (Cal.), M.A. (Oxon.) ; 
J. N. Chaudhuri, M.A., and Sukumar 
Ganguly, M.A. 

Lecturers Class II: Manmatha Nath 
Ghosh, M.A. ; Santosh Kumar Chat- 
ter jee, M.A. ; Miss Charupama Bose, 
M.A. , and Amalendu Bose, M.A. 

Professor and Head of the Department: 

Prof. S. M. Hossain, M.A., D.phiL 

(Oxon.). 
Reader: A. K. S. Marghoob Ahmad 

Taufiq, M.A., M.O.L. (Punjab) (Tem- 

porary) . 
Lecturers Class I: Shamsul Ulama 

Maulana Muhammad Ishaq ; Abdul 

Aziz, M.A., and Abdus Subhan, M.A. 
Lecturers Class II: Dr. Sirajul Hoque, 

M.A., ph.D. (Lond.), and Khandaker 

Abdur Rahman, M.A., B.T. 

Reader and Head of the Department : 

Dr. M. I. Borah, M.A. (Dae.), ph.D. 

(Lond.). 
Lecturers Class I: S. M. Zafar Hussain 

Azad, B.A., and W. H, A. Shadani, 

M.A. (Alig.), ph.D. (Lond.). 
Lecturer Class II: Md. Abdus Samad, 

M.A., B.I,. 

Professor and Head of the Department : 
Prof. S. K. De, M.A., B.IV. '(Cal.); 
D.iyitt. (Lond.). 

Lecturers Class I: Probodh Chandra 
Lahiri, M.A. (Dae.), Ph.D. (Lond.), 
and Rakes Ranjan Sarma, M.A. (Dae.), 
M.A., ph.D. (Cal.). 

Lecturer Class II: Nanigopal Baner- 
jee. 



DACCA UNIVF.RS1TY 



197 



Bengali 



Philosophy 



History 



Economics and 
Politics 



Commerce 



Reader and Head of the Department : 
Dr. Md. Shahidullah, M.A., B.L., Doc- 
teur de TUniversite de Paris. 

Lecturer Class I: Mohit Lai Majumdar, 
B.A. 

Lecturers Class II : Ganesh Charan Basu, 
M.A. ; Jasimuddin, M.A. (Cal.), and 
Asutosh Bhattacharyya, M.A. (Dae.) 
(Temporary). 

Reader and Head of the Department : 
Haridas Bhattacharyya, M.A., B.L. 

Lecturers Class I : Upendra Nath 
Gupta, M.A. ; Dr. Momtazuddin Ahmed, 
M.A., ph.D. (Lond.), and Kshirode 
Chandra Mukherji, M.A. 

Lecturers Class II : Benoyendra Nath 
Roy, M.A. (CaL), ph.D. (Dae.), and 
Abdul Hadhy Talukdar, M.A. 

Professor and Head of the Department : 
Prof. K. R. Qanungo, M.A., ph.D. 

Readers: Dr. D. C. Ganguly, M.A., ph.D. 
(Lond.), and Dr. Mahmud Husain, 
D.phil. (Heidelberg), 

Lecturers Class I: Sudhindra Nath 
Bhattacharyya, M.A., ph.D. (Cal.), and 
Jyotirmoya Sen, M.A. (Dae.), B.A. 
(Oxon.). 

Lecturers Class II: Prithwis Chandra 
Chakravarty, M.A. (on study leave} : 
Md. Khalilur Rahman, M.A. (Cal.), 
ph.D. (Lond.), and Md. Ishaq, M.A. 
(Dae.). 

Professor and Head of the Department: 
Prof. H. L. De, M.A. (Cal.), D.SC. 
(Lond.). 

Reader: Debendranath Banerjee, M.A. 

Lecturers Class I: S. Vaidyanath 
Ayyar, M.A. ; Dr. K. B. Sana, M.A., 
ph.D. (Cal.) ; Mati Lai Dam, M.A., and 
A jit Kumar Sen, M.A. 

Lecturers Class II: Amiya Kumar Das 
Gupta, M.A., ph.D. (Lond.) ; Akshoy 
Kumar Ghosal, M.A. ; Abani Bhusan 
Rudra, M.A. (on study leave), and 
Parimal Roy, M.A. (Temporary). 

Reader and Head of the Department : 
P. B. Junnarkar, M.A V U,.B. 



198 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Mathematics 



Physics 



Chemistry 



Lecturer Class I: Bibhuti Bhusan Sen, 

M.A. 
Part-Time Lecturers: A. C. Roy, B.A V 

F.S.A.A. (Lond.) ; N. C. Pal, M*A., B.L. 

(Cal.), and Mr. A. K. Dattu Gupta, 

M.A., B.L. 

Lecturers Class II: Nirmalendu Sen- 
gupta, M.A., and Md. Safiullah, M.A. 
(Cal.)- 

Professor and Head of the Department: 
Prof. Nalini Mohan Basu, D.SC. (Cal.). 

Reader: T. Vijayaraghavan, B.SC., D.phil. 
(Oxon.). 

Lecturers Class I: Dhirendra Nath 
Ganguly, M.A. ; Dr. Hrishikesh Sircar, 
D.SC. (Cal.), and Dr. Subodh Chandra 
Mitra, M.A., Ph.D. (Cal.). 

Lecturer Class II: Hirendra Mohan 
Sen Gupta, M.A. 

Professor and Head of the Department: 
Prof. Satyendra Nath Bose, M.SC. 

Readers: Dr. S. R. Khastgir, D.SC. 
(Edin.), and Dr. K. Banerjee, D.SC. 
(Cal.). 

Lecturer Class I: Bhabani Charan 
Guha, M.SC. 

Lecturers Class II: Ouazi Motahar 
Hussain, M.A. ; Hariprasanna Mukher- 
jee, M.SC. ; Sasanka Sekhar Mukher- 
jee, M.SC.; Suryya Kanta Mukherjee, 
M.SC.; Phanindra Kumar Mitra, M.SC., 
Susil Chandra Biswas, M.SC., Sachindra 
Nath Mitra, M.SC., and Ali Imam, 



Professor and Head of the Department: 
Prof. J. C. Ghosh, D.SC. (Cal.). 

Reader: Dr. Sarbani Sahay Guha Sar- 
kar, D.SC. (Lond.). 

Reader in Analytical Chemistry: Dr. J. K. 
Chowdhury, M.SC., Ph.D. (Berlin). 

Lecturers Class I: Rajendra Lai De, 
M.SC.; R. M. Purakayastha, M.SC., and 
Dr. Kalipada Basu, D.SC. (Dae.), 
Dr. rhil. (Munich). 

Lecturers Class II: Jogesh Chandra 
Sarma, M.SC. ; Ran jit Kumar Chakra- 
vorty, M.A. ; Bholanath Saha, M.SC.; 
Surendra Kumar Basak, B.A. ; Paresh 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 



199 



Physiology 



Soil Science 



Education 



Law 



Chandra Bauer jee, M.SC. ; Dr. Satish 

Chandra De, D.SC. (Dae.) ; K. M. 

Chakraborty, M.SC. ; and Sachindra 

Nath Sarkar, M.SC. 
Agricultural Research Chemist : Dr, 

Asutosh Sen, M.SC. (Dae.), ph.D. 

(Lond.) (on deputation to the Burma 

Government) ; S. P. Ray Choudhury, 

Ph.D. (Offg'.). 
Research Assistants tin Agricultural 

Chemistry: Pran Kumar De, M.SC.; 

Jogendra Nath Chakrabarti, M.SC. ; 

and Dr. A. C. Bose, ph.D. (Liverpool), 

A. i.e. (Lond.). 
Laboratory Assistant: Promode Behari 

Bhattacharyya (on leave) ; Mr. Bepin 

Chandra Kar (Offg.). 
Demonstrator in Chemistry: Sudhir 

Kumar Bhattacharyya, M.SC. 
Part-time Lecturer: Dr. S. K. Mitra. 
Lecturer Class II: Dr. Madhab Chandra 

Nath, D.SC. 

Demonstrator: Dr. Tajendra Nath Sen. 
Lecturer Class I in Colloid Chemistry: 

Dr. Tarapada Banerjee, D.SC. 
Lecturer Class II in Botany : Dr. Nirmal 

Kumar Chatter jee, ph.D. 
Demonstrator in Chemistry: Sudhir 

Kumar Bhattacharyya, M.SC. 
Reader and Head of the Department: 

Khan Bahadur A. R. Khan, M.A., B.T. 
Recognised Teachers: J. C. Guha, M.A., 

B.L., B.T., T.D. (Lond.) ; H. C. Banerji, 

M.A., B.T. ; S. K. Datta, M.A., oip.Ed. 

(Edin. & Dublin) ; S. N. Q. Z. Ali, 

B.A., B.T. ; Solnian Chatidhury, M.SC., 

B.T. ; S. C. Chatterji, Passed Final 

Examination of Government School 

of Arts, Calcutta; P. Ganguli, B.A., 

Diploma in Physical Education, Train- 
ed in Scouting and First Aid and 

Dr. T. P. Bose^B.sc., M.B. 
Professor and Head of the Department: 

Prof. J. N. Das Gupta, M.A., D.L. 

(Cal.). 
Lecturers Class I: Amulya Kumar 

Datta Gupta, M.A., B.I,., and Nirmal 

Chandra Pal, M.A.. B.L. 



200 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Part-Time Lecturers: Sukumar Guha, 
B.I,. ; Satish Chandra Majumdar, B.L. ; 
Md. Ibrahim, B.L., and Sultanuddin 
Ahmad, M.A., B.I,. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal governing bodies of the University are: 
(1) The Court which is a large body of ex-officio, elected and 
nominated members and which has the power of passing new 
Statutes, subject to the final approval of the Chancellor, and 
cancelling new Ordinances, made by the Executive Council. It 
also has the power of reviewing and passing resolutions on the 
annual budget and report. Further, it has the power to pass any 
resolution making such recommendations as it thinks fit relating 
to the University Act, Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations and 
to the management of the University generally. (2) The Exe- 
cutive Council, which is the Executive Body of the University, 
regulates and determines all matters concerning the University 
in accordance with the Act, Statutes and Ordinances, and in 
particular, controls the finances of the University. (3) The Aca- 
demic Council is the Academic Body of the University and has 
the general control and is responsible for the maintenance of 
standards of instruction, education and examination within the 
University. 

The subsidiary bodies are: (1) The Faculties of Arts, 
Science and Law, each of which is in charge of the teaching and 
the courses of study and research work in subjects assigned to 
it. Each faculty comprises the related departments of teach- 
ing and the Head of every such department is the Professor 
of that department or, if there is no Professor, the Reader. The 
Head of the Department is responsible to the Dean of Faculty 
for the organization of the teaching in that department. (2) Board 
of Residence, Health and Discipline ; this Board is entrusted 
with matters relating to the residence, health and discipline of 
students. (3) Committees of Courses of Study: English, Sanskrit, 
Bengali, Arabic And Islamic Studies, Persian and Urdu, Philo- 
sophy, History, Economics and Politics, Education, Mathe- 
matics, Commerce, Chemistry including Physiology and Botany, 
Physics, and Law. (4) Board of Co-ordination : this consists 
of the Vice-Chancellor, the Deans of the Faculties and the Regis- 
trar and its function is to organize the teaching of the University 
and, in particular, to co-ordinate the work and time-tables of the 
various faculties and to assign lecture rooms, laboratories and 
other rooms of the faculties. 

The Officers of the University are : the Chancellor, the Vice- 
Chancellor, the Treasurer, the Provosts, the Registrar, the Deans 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 201 

of the Faculties, the Proctor, the Librarian and the Medical 
Officer. The Vice-Chancellor is the principal Executive and 
Academic Officer of the University. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties 
on the 31st March 1937. 

Arts .. I B.A. 288; II B.A. 240; III B.A. 

50; I M.A. 85; II M.A. 106; 
I B.CoM. 41 ; II B.CoM. 38. 

Science .. I B.Sc. 88; II B.Sc. 120; III B.Sc. 

18; I M.Sc. 19; II M.Sc. 38. 

Law .. I Law 58; II Law 52; III Law 28. 

Research Students . . 24. 

Education .. B.T. 97; L.T. Nil. 

Medicine . . Students of the Dacca School of Medi- 

cine who take Physics and Chemistry 
in the University 123. 
Total Strength for 1936-371,453. 

Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations 
held in 1936-37. 

Arts .. PH.D. 1; M.A. (Final) 53; M.A. 

( Part I Mathematics ) 2 ; B . A. 

(Hons.) 37; B.A. (Ordinary) 117; 

B.CoM. 29. 
Science .. D.Sc. 1 ; M.Sc. (Final) 25; M.Sc. 

(Part I) 15; B.Sc. (Hons.) 14; 

B.Sc. (Ordinary) 59; B.Sc. (Hons. 

Part I) 1. 

Law .. B.L. (Final) 40. 

Education . . B.T. 89. 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There are: (1) five research studentships each of the value 
-of Rs. 50 per month, tenable for one year in the first instance 
but renewable for a second year, subject to good conduct and 
receipt of a satisfactory report from the Head of the Department 
-concerned on the work undertaken by the student; one of these 
studentships is specially meant for the Chemistry Department. 
If in any session no student belonging either to the Muslim 
-community or to the backward classes obtains a Research 
studentship under the ordinary conditions, in any Department 
other than the Oriental Studies Departments, one Research 
Studentship for each of these communities is instituted, provided 
candidates who have obtained first class either in the Honours 



202 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

or Master's Degree Examination or have shown definite apti- 
tude for research prior to their being recommended for research 
studentships, are forthcoming; (2) twenty-one post-graduate 
scholarships varying in value from Rs. 20 to Rs. 40 per month 
and tenable for one year only, three of which are reserved for 
Muslim students, three for students of backward communities 
and two for women students; (3) two entrance scholarships of 
the value of Rs. 25 each per month tenable for a maximum 
period of three years for Muslim students taking up the B.Sc. 
course with Honours ; (4) three special Government Law 
Scholarships tenable for two years reserved for Muslims and 
members of backward classes in Eastern Bengal; (5) Senior 
Under-graduate Scholarships and Stipends : twenty-eight scholar- 
ships varying in value from Rs. 5 to Rs. 15 per month and 
varying also in tenability from one to three years. 

There are also a number of stipends from an annual donation 
of Rs. 1,800 made by The Hon'ble Nawab Bahadur of Dacca, 
and from the proceeds of a special endowment of about Rs. 16,000 
called the Nawab Nawab Ali Chowdhuri Trust Fund for Muslim 
students. Several prizes and medals are also awarded on the 
results of the different University examinations. There are also 
special allotments at the disposal of the Provosts of the three 
Halls for the grant of Entrance scholarships and stipends to the 
students of their respective Halls. A sum of Rs. 600 is pro- 
vided for stipends reserved for the students of backward classes 
of the University. A sum of Rs. 1,000 is provided for stipends 
reserved for women students. 

Library, Museums and Laboratories. 

The University Library contains 74,056 volumes and above 
20,000 manuscripts, and the total estimated expenditure on the 
additions since the foundation of the University is over 
Rs. 2 lakhs. Each Department of Study has its own library for 
the use of Honours and M.A. students. There is also a Poor 
Students* Section of the general library. Besides, each residen- 
tial Hall has a small Library of its own. 

The Manuscript Section of the Library which was started 
in September 1925 now contains a valuable collection of Sanskrit 
and Bengali Manuscripts. Some very important acquisitions 
have been made on Purana, Itihasa, Kavya, Nataka, Jyotisha, 
Tantra as also a Bengali translation of the Mahabharata. 
A detailed catalogue of the collections is under preparation and 
the Manuscripts are being utilized by Research workers, both 
in and outside the Dacca University. There is also an Oriental 
Text Publication Committee. 

Ajiother Committee was appointed during the session 
1928-29 for the collection of Arabic, Persian, Urdu and Punthi 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 203 

manuscripts. The Committee has already made a fair collection 
of rare and valuable manuscripts. 

There are six laboratories, vis., the Physical Laboratory, 
the Chemical Laboratory, the Psychological Laboratory, the 
Physiological Laboratory and the Botanical Laboratory, and the 
Laboratory for Agricultural Chemistry. All these are well equip- 
ped and are fit for advanced practical work. 

There is a Students' Museum in connection with the ad- 
vanced study of Indian History. In 1922, a capital grant of 
Rs. 1,000 was sanctioned by the Executive Council for a collec- 
tion of historical objects for teaching purposes. Accordingly, 
<electro-types of 15 old coins of Greek and Scythian rulers of 
N.-W. India and 10 old coins of Siladitya were purchased from 
the Lucknow Museum and a large number of casts of the old 
<:oins of ancient Hindu Kings such as Chandragupta I, Samudra- 
gupta, Chandragupta II, Kumaragupta, Skandagupta, Prakasa- 
<litya, Nora Baladitya, Kumaragupta II, Vishnu, Sasanka, and 
also of the ancient States of Ayodhya, Avanti, Kosala, Taxila, 
Malava and other States have been purchased from the Archaeo- 
logical Section of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Besides, a 
considerable number of photographs of ancient sculpture and 
architecture have been procured. These have been kept in the 
Dacca Museum to which the students of the University have 
full access and to which the University makes an annual grant. 

Provision for Research. 

The number of research students during 1936-37 was 24. 
Research work has been carried on actively in all departments 
by teachers and students. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The University arranges every year for the delivery of a 
number of popular lectures which are open to the public with- 
out fee. 

The following public lectures were delivered during the 
session 1936-37: 

No. Name of Lecturer. Subject. 

1. Prof. J. C. Ghosh, D.SC. .. Recent Russian Experiments 

on conditions affecting the 
development of plants as 
distinct from growth. 

2. Mr. Marghoob Ahmad Superstitious Thoughts and 

Taufiq, M.A. . . Practices of the Arabs. 

3. Shams-ul-Ulama Maulana *Ayesha, the Wife of the 

Md. Ishaq . . Prophet. 



* The Lecture was delivered in Urdu. 



204 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

No. Name of Lecturer. Subject. 

4. Mr. H. D. Bhattacharyya, The Mind of the Mob. 

M.A. 

5. Dr. P. C. Lahiri, M.A., Ph.D. The Sanskrit Drama and its 

Stage Representation. 

6. Dr. Md. Shahidullah, M.A., Ancient Indian Folklore. 

B.L., D.utt. 

7. Dr. B. N. Roy, M.A., Ph.D. What makes a thing valu- 

able? 

8. Sir John Russell, Kt., O.B.E., Some Aspects of Agriculture. 

D.SC., F.R.S., Director of 
the Rothamsted Experi- 
mental Station of Impe- 
rial Bureau of Soil Science, 
England 

9. Prof. S. M. Hossain, M.A. Abyssinia and Islam. 

(Dae.), D.phil. (Oxon.) 

The University has published the following Bulletins which 
may be had of the Oxford University Press, Calcutta and 
Bombay and the Registrar, Dacca University, Ramna, Dacca : 

No. Name. Name of Author. 

1. Lokayata . . Mahamahopadhyaya Hara- 

prasad Sastri, M.A., D.utt., 
c.i.12. 

2. On the Plot of "A Mid- Dr. U. C. Nag, M.A. 

summer Night's Dream". 

3. Early History of Bengal Prof. R. C. Majumdar, M.A., 

(out of print). ph.D. 

4. Eastern Humanism . . Prof. Sylvain Levi. 

5. The Tests of the Stanford S. Pal. 

Revision of the Binet- 
Simon Intelligence Scale. 

6. Absorption of the Vratyas. Mahamahopadhyaya Hara- 

prasad Sastri, M.A., D.Litt., 
c.i.K. 

*9. On two Problems in P. K. Guha, M.A. 
Shakespeare Hamlet and 
Troilus and Cressida. 

10. Philosophy and History . . G. H. Langlay, M.A. 

11. The Character of Gawain Dr. B. K. Roy, M.A., ph.D. 



^Bulletin Nos. 7 and 8 have not been published. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 



205 



No. Name, 

12. Meaning of Art 

The Idealistic School in 

Buddhism. 
Meditative and Active India. 

13. The Construction of Read- 

ing Material for Teaching 
a Foreign Language. 

14. Word Frequency in Ben- 

gali and its Relation to 
the Teaching of Reading. 

15. Arab Invasion of India. . . 

16. Old English Morphology 

17. History of the Paramara 

Dynasty. 



Name of Author. 

Dr. Rabindranath Tagore. 
Prof. Tucci. 

Prof. Formichi. 

Dr. Michael West, M.A., D.ph. 



P. C. Deb Chaudhuri, M.T. 



Dr. R. C. Majumdar, M.A., 

Ph.D. 

Dr. B. K. Ray, M.A., Ph.D. 
Dr. D. C. Ganguli, M.D., Ph.D. 

(Lond.). 



The Oriental Text Publication Committee of the University 
has published the following books which may be had of the 
Secretary, Oriental Text Publication Committee, Dacca Univer- 
sity, Ramna, Dacca: 



No. 
1. 



Name. 



Kfchakavadha of Niti Var- 
man (D.C. pp. i-xxvii-f- 
128) a slesa yamaka 
kavya composed by an 
eastern writer belonging 
to a period anterior to 
the tenth century A.D. 

2. Harivamsa of Bhavananda 

(pp. i-xcii+292) a Ben- 
gali poem of great inter- 
est composed about six- 
teenth century A.D. 

3. Padyavali of Rupa Goswa- 

min (D.C. pp. i-cxxxv-j- 
296) a disciple of Cai- 
tanya of Bengal an im- 
portant anthology of Vai- 
shnava Sanskrit verses 
(sixteenth century A.D.) 

4. Adikanda of the Bengali 

Ramayana of Krittivasa. 



Name of Author. 

Critically edited from two 
manuscripts with the com- 
mentary of Janardanasena, 
and an introduction, notes, 
appendices, etc., by Dr. 
S. K. De, M.A., D.utt. 
^ (Lond.), 1929. 

Edited from several manus- 
cripts with an elaborate 
introduction, word index, 
etc., by Satischandra Ray, 
M.A., 1339 B.S. 

Edited from 16 manuscripts 
with an exhaustive intro- 
duction on Caitanyaism and 
Caitanya movement, critical 
notes, bibliographical notes 
on authors and appendices 
by Dr. S. K. De, M.A., 
D.Litt. (Lond.), 1934. 

Critically edited from original 
manuscripts with an intro- 
duction, notes, etc., by Dr. 
N. K. Bhattasali, M.A., 
Ph.D. 



206 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

University Training Corps. 

The Secretary of State for India has sanctioned a corps of 
two platoons for this University which had been started with 
effect from July 1928, and the Government have made provision 
for the necessary funds. It has been styled by the Military 
Authorities as the 12th (Dacca) Coy. Khan Bahadur Captain 
M. Hassan, M.A., D.phil. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law, Professor and 
Head of the Department of English, is the Officer Commanding, 
and Captain J. W. Watts, 1st Bn., The Hampshire Regiment, is- 
the Adjutant of the Corps. Lieutenant B. P. Sen, Chief Ac- 
countant of the University, is the next in command. Regular 
parades are being held and it is reported by the authorities that 
the Corps has already made satisfactory progress in military 
tactics. 

Associations in the University. 

There are eleven Associations in the University, viz., the 
English Association, The Arabic and Islamic Studies Association, 
the Persian and Urdu Association, the Sanskrit and Bengalf 
Association, the Economic Association, the Philosophical Society, 
the Historical Association, the Law Association, the Physical 
Society, the Mathematical Society and the Science Colloquium 
for Chemistry. Papers are read and Lectures are delivered be- 
fore these Associations at intervals. 

There is also a University Students' Union of which all 
students of the University and some teachers are members. 
The affairs of the Union are controlled by a Committee consist- 
ing of a President, a Vice-President, a Secretary and three 
students and one teacher-representative from each Hall and one 
teacher nominated by the Vice-Chancellor. 

Each Hall carries on its corporate activities through a Hall 
Union and different societies of its own. 

Dacca University Studies. 

The University published a journal called "Dacca Uni- 
versity Studies " which contains contributions by the staff and 
students of the University. The publication of the journal has- 
been entrusted to a Council and ordinarily two issues of the 
journal -are published each session. 

Cost of Living. 

The actual cost of living in a Hall may roughly be estimated 
at Rs. 10 or Rs. 12 for food in addition to class fee and seat 
rent. The seat rent varies from Rs. 2 to Rs. 4 and this 
includes the cost of light, water, medical attendance, medicine 
and servants. An under-graduate student can live in a Hall and 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 207 

pay for his class fees with a total sum of Rs. 20 to Rs. 22 per 
mensem. The Provosts of Dacca and Jagannath Halls are em- 
powered to permit twenty students of backward classes to reside 
in these Halls free of seat rent. 

Budget : Revenue Receipts and Expenditure. 

The following figures show the total revenue receipts and 
-expenditure during 1934-35 and 1935-36 and the estimated re- 
ceipts and expenditure for 1936-37. 

,Year. Receipts. Expenditure. 

Rs. A. P. Rs. A. p. 

1934-35 (actuals) .. 8,46,171 15 9 8,75,793 6 4 

1935-36 (actuals) .. 8,59,121 3 8,75,481 13 11 

1936-37 (actuals) .. 8,98,524 2 9,39,314 7 11 

Provident Fund. 

According to Statute 20 relating to the Dacca University 
Provident Fund, all persons appointed to a permanent post in 
the service of the University of which the pay is not less than 
Rs. 25 per mensem, except those holding pensionable posts 
under Government and menials, are required to subscribe to the 
Provident Fund SVs per cent, of their salary every month, and 
the University contributes an equal amount every month. 

Women's Education. 

There is a women students 1 residence. The total number 
of women students in the various classes during the session 
1936-37 was 54 and a number of them resided in the Women 
Students' Residence. Miss Charupama Bose is the Lady 
Superintendent. Further, a Common Room for women students 
has been provided within the University Buildings, and this has 
been suitably furnished. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

There is a University Students' Information Bureau which 
supplies students who desire to go abroad for studies with advice 
and information relating to foreign Universities and the required 
qualifications of the students. The Bureau consists of the Vice- 
Chancellor (President), the Commissioner of the Dacca Division, 
the Collector of Dacca, the Provosts of the three Halls, two 
members of the teaching staff with experience of Foreign Uni- 
versities appointed by the Academic Council, Principals of the 
different Intermediate Colleges and the Dacca School of Engi- 
neering and the Superintendent of the Dacca Medical School. 
Dr. M. I. Borah, M.A., ph.D. (London), is the Secretary of the 
Bureau. 



208 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, etc. 

All students are entitled to free medical attendance by the 
Medical Officer. Every tmder-graduate is medically examined on 
admission to the University and required to take part regularly 
in physical drill and gymnastics or pursue such course of physical 
training prescribed by the Medical Officer as may be suited to 
his requirements under the supervision of a Physical Director 
and two Physical Instructors. 

Admission to University, Courses of Study, Degrees and Examinations. 

The University offers in Arts the B.A. Degree (Pass 
and Honours) and the Master's Degree; in Science, the B.Sc. 
Degree (Pass and Honours) and the Master's Degree. The 
Professional Degrees are Bachelor of Teaching, Master of Teach- 
ing, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Law, Master of Law, 
The Doctor's Degrees are: PH.D., D.Sc. and D.L. 

ADMISSION TO COURSES OF STUDY. 

Admission to a course of study for a Bachelor's Degree is 
granted only to those who have passed the Intermediate Exami- 
nation of an Indian University or of a Board of Secondary and 
Intermediate Education, or who possess an equivalent qualifica- 
tion. For the higher Degrees, admission is given, under condi- 
tions, to graduates of recognized Indian and Foreign Univer- 
sities. Special provision is made for admission of teachers as 
"external candidates" to the examinations for the following 
degrees: B.A. (Pass), M.Sc. (in Mathematics only) and M.A. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES. 
ARTS. 

(1) B.A. (Pass). The course of study extends over two 
academic years and a candidate for the Degree must pass a 
prescribed test in English Composition and is required to offer 
his Vernacular and THREE other subjects to be taken from 
the following in prescribed combinations: (i) English, (ii) 
History, (Hi) Politics, (iv) Philosophy, (v) Economics, (in) 
Sanskrit, (vii) Islamic Studies, (viii) Arabic, (ir) Bengali, 
(;r) Persian, (jri) Mathematics, (xii) Commerce. The examina- 
tion consists of one paper in the candidate's Vernacular and 
THREE papers, each of three hours' duration in each of the other 
selected subjects. The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent, of 
the aggregate and 33 per cent, in any one subject. For distinc- 
tion a candidate must pass in all subjects at the same examination 
and obtain 60 per cent, of the aggregate and 40 per cent, in each 
subject. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 209 

Candidates who fail in one subject only or one subject and 
the University Test in English Composition, but obtain in the 
aggregate sufficient marks for a pass, are permitted to enter 
for that subject only or that subject and the University Test 
in English Composition as the case may be at the next examina- 
tion ; but if they fail a second time, they are required to enter 
again for the whole examination. 

(2) B.A. (Honours). The course of study extends over 
three academic years. A candidate for Honours has to pass a 
prescribed test in English Composition and is required to select 
ONE: of the following subjects as his Principal Subject and Two- 
others as Subsidiary Subjects from a prescribed list of subjects 
allowed as subsidiary in the case of each Principal Subject: () 
Islamic Studies, (ii) Arabic, (in) Persian and Urdu, (/) Sans- 
krit, (v) Bengali, (vi) English Language and Literature, (vii) 
History, (viii) Philosophy, (ix) Economics, and (x) Mathe- 
matics. The examination consists of eight papers of four hours- 
each on the principal subject and three papers, each of three 
hours' duration, on each of the subsidiary subjects. 

Candidates for an Honours Degree in Philosophy have to- 
pass a Practical examination in Psychology. 

There is a viva voce examination for all Honours Schools. 
In order to qualify for Honours, not less than 33 per cent, must 
be obtained in each subsidiary subject and not less than 40 per 
cent, of the total marks in the principal subject. Candidates 
obtaining 60, SO and 40 per cent, of the total marks are placed 
respectively in the First, Second and Third Class. 

Candidates who fail to obtain Honours may be granted the 
Ordinary Degree if they secure a minimum of 33 per cent, of the 
total marks in the principal subject and a minimum of 33 per cent, 
of marks in each subsidiary subject. 

(3) M.A. For Ordinary Bachelors of Arts and Bachelors 
of Arts with Honours of other approved Universities having a 
two years' Honours course, the course of study extends over 
two academic years. Such graduates are permitted at their option 
to take the M.A. Examination in two parts, viz., Fart I exami- 
nation not earlier than at the end of the first year of their 
admission and the Part II examination not earlier than at the 
end of their second year. Each part of the examination com- 
prises four papers each of four hours' duration in all subjects 
except in Sanskrit, Philosophy and Economics in which subjects 
the Part I examination comprises three papers and Part II exa- 
mination five papers. The papers are selected by the Head of 
the Department concerned. For Bachelors of Arts with Honours 
of this University or of a University having a three years' 
Honours course and Masters of Arts of any approved University 



210 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

in the subject in which they present themselves in this Univer- 
sity, the course extends over one year only and they qualify 
themselves for the M.A. Degree by passing in the Final Examina- 
tion, comprising four papers (in Economics five papers) each 
of four hours' duration. Bachelors of Commerce are admitted 
to M*A. (in Economics) under special conditions. 

The subjects of study and examination are: (i) Arabic, 
(//) Islamic Studies, (in) Persian and Urdu, (iv) Sanskrit, (v) 
Bengali, (vi) English Language and Literature, (vii) History, 
(viii) Philosophy, (i.r) Economics, and (x) Mathematics. 100 
marks are allotted to each paper. Candidates obtaining 60, 48 
and 36 per cent, of the total marks are placed respectively in 
the First, Second and Third Class. If any candidate obtains less 
than 25 per cent, of the marks in any paper, these marks are not 
counted. 

There is a viva voce examination for all candidates for the 
M.A. Examination. 

There are two alternate courses of study, Course A and 
Course B, for the degree of Master of Arts. Course A consists 
of 8 papers each of 4 hours' duration and extends over a period 
of two years. This course is open to candidates who have 
obtained the ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts of this or of 
any approved University. 

Course B consists of 4 papers each of 4 hours' duration and 
extends over a period of one year. This course is open to 
Bachelors of Arts with Honours of this University or of a recog- 
nized University having a three years* Honours course. 

(4) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. /).). This Degree may be 
conferred upon Masters of Arts of at least three years' stand- 
ing who have submitted work regarded as forming a distinct 
contribution to the advancement of learning. But M.A.'s of 
Universities other than Dacca have to pursue researches under 
the supervision of the University for two years before present- 
ing their dissertations. In support of his candidature, a candidate 
may submit any previous contribution to the advancement of his 
subject published independently or conjointly. Candidates may 
have to submit to a written and a viva voce examination on the 
.subject of their dissertation. 

SCIENCE. 

(1) BSc. (Pass). The course of study extends over two 
academic years. Candidates for this Degree have to attend a 
-course of instruction in English Composition and produce a cer- 
tificate of satisfactory progress from the Head of the Department 
of English and they must take up any of the following three 
Croups : 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 211 

GROUP A. GROUP B. GROUP C. 

Physics Physics Physics 

Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry 

Mathematics Physiology Botany 

The examination consists of three papers in Mathematics and 
two papers and a six hours* practical examination in each of the 
other two subjects. 

The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent, of the aggregate,. 
33 per cent, in Mathematics, and 40 per cent, in the practical 
and 30 per cent, in the theoretical examination in Physics and 
Chemistry. For distinction a candidate must pass in all subjects 
at the same examination and obtain 60 per cent, of the aggregate 
and 40 per cent, in each subject. 

Candidates, failing in one subject but obtaining pass marks 
on the whole, can appear for that subject alone at the next 
examination only. 

(2) BSc. (Honours}. The course of study extends over 
three academic years. Every candidate has to attend a course 
of instruction in English Composition and produce a certificate 
of satisfactory progress from the Head of the Department of 
English and has to take up one of the three subjects : (i) Physics, 
(ii) Chemistry, and (Hi) Mathematics, as his Honours subject 
and two others as subsidiary subjects. The examination in the 
Honours subjects consists of five theoretical papers and three 
clays' practical examination in Physics, four theoretical papers 
and four days' practical examination in Chemistry, and eight 
papers in Mathematics. The examination in the subsidiary sub- 
jects is the same as for the B.Sc. (Pass) in those subjects and 
may be taken at the end of the second year. Candidates must 
pass in a viva voce examination in their Honours subject. 

Besides, there is a combined Honours course in Mathematics 
and Physics with no subsidiary subjects. This course consists 
of (a) fourteen theoretical papers in Mathematics and Physics, 
(b) a practical examination in Physics, constituting one paper, 
and (r) a viva voce examination. 

The examination consists of two parts Part I and Part II. 
Part I consists of a number of theoretical papers to be determined 
from time to time by the Academic Council and Part II of the 
remaining theoretical papers, a practical examination in Physics 
and a viva voce examination. 

A student of the Honours course may take his examination 
in Part I at the end of his second academic year. 

Honours results are published in three classes. Candidates 
obtaining 60, SO and 40 per cent, of the total marks are placed 
respectively in the First, Second and Third Class. Candidates 



212 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

for the combined Honours course in Mathematics and Physics 
are required to obtain not less than 60, 48 and 40 per cent, of 
the total marks in the entire examination in order to be placed 
respectively in the First, Second and Third Class. 

Candidates who fail to obtain Honours are allowed the 
ordinary Degree if their performance reaches the prescribed 
standard. 

Master of Science (MSc.). For ordinary Bachelors of 
Science and Bachelors of Science with Honours of other approved 
Universities having a two years' Honours course, the course of 
study extends over two academic years. For Bachelors of Science 
with Honours of this University or of a University having a 
three years' Honours course and Masters of Science of any 
approved University in the subject in which they present them- 
selves in this University, the course extends over one year only. 
The examination for the M.Sc. Degree consists of two parts. 
Part I may be taken at the end of the first academic year or on 
subsequent occasions either alone or together with the M.Sc. 
Examination Part II which may be taken at the end of the second 
academic year and after. No candidate is admitted to the M.Sc. 
Degree who has not passed both the Part I and Part II Examina- 
tions. The subjects of examination are Physics, Chemistry and 
Mathematics. 

The M.Sc. Examination Part I in Physics consists of three 
theoretical papers each of 4 hours' duration and each carrying 
100 marks and a two days' practical examination and a viva voce 
examination carrying 150 and 50 marks respectively. 

The M.Sc. Examination Part I in Chemistry consists of 
two theoretical papers each of four hours' duration and each 
carrying 100 marks, and a four days' practical examination and 
a viva voce examination carrying 75 and 25 marks respectively. 

The M.Sc. Examination Fart I in Mathematics consists 
of three papers carrying 100 marks each of four hours' duration. 

In the M.Sc. Examination Part I the minimum pass marks 
are 30 per cent, of the total marks in the theoretical and 40 per 
cent, of the total marks in practical examination including viva 
voce examination in Physics and in Chemistry and 33 per cent, 
of the total marks in Mathematics. If a candidate obtains less 
than 25 per cent, of the marks in any theoretical paper, such 
marks are not counted. 

The M.Sc. Examination Part II in Physics and in Chemistry 
consists of three theoretical papers each of four hours' duration 
and each carrying 100 marks and a four days' practical examina- 
tion to which 150 marks are allotted and a viva voce examination 
to which 50 marks are allotted. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 213 

The M.Sc. Examination Part II in Mathematics consists of 
five papers each of four hours* duration carrying 100 marks each 
and a viva voce examination carrying 100 marks. 

No candidate is allowed to pass the M.Sc. Examination 
Part II in Physics or in Chemistry who does not obtain 30 per 
cent, of the total marks in the theoretical papers and 40 per cent, 
of the total marks in the practical examination including a viva 
voce examination, provided that if a candidate obtains less than 
25 per cent, of the marks in any theoretical paper, such marks 
are not counted. 

Candidates obtaining 60, 45 and 33 per cent, of the total 
marks are placed in the First, Second and Third Classes 
respectively. 

(4) Doctor of Science (DSc.). This degree may be con- 
ferred upon first and second class Masters of Science of any 
approved University who are at least of three years' standing, and 
first class B.Sc.'s with Honours of this University who are at 
least of four years' standing. Third class M.Sc.'s may be 
admitted with special permission. Every candidate must submit 
a thesis regarded by the examiners as forming a distinct con- 
tribution to the advancement of learning. Any candidate who 
has not taken one of the degrees of this University qualifying 
for D.Sc. has to pursue researches embodying his thesis in this 
University for two years. Candidates may be required to submit 
to a viva voce examination on the thesis. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

TEACHING. 

(1) Bachelor of Teaching (B.T.). The course of study 
-extends over one academic year. Every candidate has to give, 
under proper supervision, a course or courses of lessons in one 
or more of the special subjects prescribed for the L.T. Examina- 
tion. The subjects of study and examination are, the same as for 
the L.T. Examination with two additional subjects, viz., Educa- 
tional Measurements and General English. There may be a viva 
voce examination for any candidate and in the award of the 
Degree, the Examiners consider the official record of work of 
each student. 

The minimum for a pass is 35 per cent, in each subject. 
The aggregate is 820 marks and the minimum for a First Class 
is 492 and for a Second Class, 328. 

(2) Master of Teaching (M.T.). Bachelors of Teaching of 
Dacca or of any approved University are admitted to the M.T. 
-course extending over two academic years. But third class B.T/s 
are admitted only with the special permission of the Academic 
Council. Every candidate for the degree has to submit a thesis 

8 



214 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

forming a distinct contribution to the advancement of learning 
and should pursue researches under proper supervision for at least 
two years, provided that a B.T. of any other approved University 
shall be required to have resided in this University for 180 days 
during his period of supervision. All candidates must further 
submit themselves to an examination (viva voce, written or both). 

COMMERCE. 

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.). The course extends over 
two academic years, but for M.A/s in Economics, it extends over 
one year only. Every candidate has to pass the prescribed test 
in Oral English and English Composition and is required to 
study and be examined in the following subjects: (i) Elements- 
of Economics, (ii) Economic Geography, (Hi) Business Organiza- 
tion, (iv) Trade and Transport, (z>) Modern Economic Develop- 
ment, (vi) Commercial Law, (vu) Banking and Currency, (viii) 
Advanced Accounting and Auditing. Three papers are set in 
Advanced Accounting and Auditing and one paper in each of the 
other subjects. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, of the aggregate and 
30 per cent, in each paper. 60 per cent, of the aggregate entitles 
a candidate to a First Class. 

LAW. 

(1) Bachelor of Law (B.L.). The course of study extends 
over three academic years except for Masters of Arts or Science 
of any approved University or Bachelors of Arts or Science with 
Honours of this University, who may take the whole course in 
two years. 

There are two examinations, the Preliminary and the Final. 
The Preliminary Examination embraces the following papers, all 1 
of which are compulsory : 

Jurisprud^ice . . . . 1 paper. 

Roman Law . . . . 1 paper. 

Hindu Law . . . . . . 1 paper. 

Muhammadan Law and Law of Persons . . 1 paper. 

Constitutional Law and History of Eng- 
lish Law . . . . . . 1 paper. 

The Final Examination embraces the following papers, all! 
of which are compulsory : 

Law of Contracts and Torts . . 1 paper. 

Law of Real Property, Equity and Trusts 1 paper. 

Law of Transfer and Succession . . 1 paper. 

Land Laws of Bengal . . . . 1 paper. 

Law of Crimes . . . . 1 paper. 

Law of Evidence and Civil Procedure . . 1 paper. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 215 

The minimum marks for a pass are 50 per cent, of the 
aggregate and 30 per cent, in each paper. Candidates obtaining 
66 per cent, of the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(2) Master of Law (M.L.). This Degree may be taken by 
Bachelors of Law of Dacca or of any approved University. 
The course of study or research extends over two academic 
years. The subjects of examination come under seven groups, 
viz., (i) Jurisprudence, () Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law, 

(Hi) Roman Law, (iv) Private International Law, (v) and (vi) 
to be selected from a list of ten subjects, and (vii) Library 

Examination. The examination consists of nine papers, two 
on each of the first two groups and one on each of the remaining 
groups. 

The Examination Committee may exempt a student from 
appearing for examination in any subject if he submits a disserta- 
tion of sufficient merit on such subject. 

(3) Doctor of Law (D.L). This Degree is conferred on 
Masters of Law of at least three years' standing who submit 
work carried out by themselves in this University and deemed 
as a distinct contribution to the advancement of knowledge in 
Law. Any candidate other than a Master of Law of this Uni- 
versity has to pursue his researches in this University for at 
least two academic years. Candidates may be asked to submit 
to a viva voce and Library Examination on the subject of their 
dissertation. 

Table of Examination Fees. 

Name of Degree or Diploma Fees 

Rs. 

B.A. (Pass), B.CoM. .. .. .. ..35 

B.A. (Honours) including Subsidiary Subjects . . 55 

B.A. Honours papers only . . . . . . 35 

B.Sc. (Pass) . . .... ^ .. . . 45 

B.Sc. (Honours) including Subsidiary Subjects . . 65 

B.Sc. Honours papers only . . . . . . 45 

The fee for examination or for re-examination in each 
subsidiary subject forming part of an Honours Course 

for the B.A. or B.Sc. examination . . . . . . 10 

Honours School of Physics and Mathematics 

Fart I 25 

Part II . . . . . . . . 40 

As a whole . . . . . . . . 65 

M.Sc. (Part I) .. .. 30 

M.Sc. (Part II) (either by examination or by thesis) . . 60 

M.A. Course A (Part I) . . 30 

M.A. Course A (Part II) . . . . . . 60 



216 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Name of Degree or Diploma Fees 

Rs. 

M.A. Course A (8 papers as a whole or in two parts for 

all students admitted prior to and during 1935-36) . . 80 

M.A. Course A or Course B (4 or 5 papers) . . . . 60 

B.T. .. .. 40 

M.T. 75 

B.L. Examination 

(i) Preliminary . . . . . . 45 

(ii) Final 45 

(iii) Supplementary . . . . . . 22-8> 

(iv) Taken as a whole . . . . . . 90 

MX., D.L., PH.D., D.Sc. .. 100 

University Test in English Composition . . 10 



Delhi University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University of Delhi owes its existence to the Report 
submitted by a Commission of educational experts presided over 
by Dr. Sadler (now Sir Michael E. Sadler, K.C.S.I.), Vice- 
Chancellor of the University of Leeds, appointed to report on 
the utility of, and to suggest improvements in, the constitu- 
tion of the University of Calcutta. Though this Committee was 
nominally appointed only with reference to the needs and 
requirements of the Calcutta University, it was anticipated that 
its report would have a far-reaching effect, in that its recom- 
mendations might be adopted by the other Universities of India, 
which were all cast in the same mould as the Calcutta University. 
The Sadler Commission recommended that the Calcutta University,, 
and the other Universities of India instituted on the model of 
the London University as purely federal and examining bodies, 
should be reorganized, and that the Universities in India should,, 
in future, be of a unitary and residential type. 

Following this recommendation, the University of the Punjab- 
commenced to consider reshaping its character, and as the 
Delhi Colleges were then affiliated to that University, the Gov- 
ernment of India felt the necessity of providing an independent 
University for the students of its Capital City. The Delhi Uni- 
versity Act (Act VIII of 1922) was the result. 

It was brought into force from the 1st May. 1922, by a 
notification published in the Gazette of India dated llth March 
1922. The Governor-General of India in exercise of the powers 
conferred on him by the Transitory Provisions of the Act 
appointed Dr. (now Sir) Hari Singh Gotir, Kt, M.A., D.Litt.,, 
D.C.I,., I.L.D., M.L.A., Barrister-at-Law of Nagpur, as the First 
Vice-Chancellor of the newly constituted University and issued 
a Notification appointing a Provisional Executive Council. 

The Provisional Executive Council met frequently in the 
months of May and June, and completed the temporary organi- 
zation of the University. The Vice-Chancellor prepared draft 
Ordinances and Regulations which were laid before it and in 
parts passed after amendment. The rest were considered to be 
of no immediate urgency and were left to be dealt with by the 
respective permanent bodies concerned. 

The three existing men's colleges in Delhi were first recog- 
nized as Colleges of the University, vis., St. Stephen's College, 
Hindu College and Ramjas College, their teaching staffs were 



218 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

accorded recognition in accordance with the terms of the Gov- 
ernment of India Notification, as teachers of the University; 
the Faculties of Arts and Science were instituted ; Readers 
were appointed, and on 12th June 1922, an Academic Council 
was formed. 

This Academic Council met constantly during term-time 
throughout the year. In order to secure adequate deliberation 
on its own projected courses and regulations, it adopted provi- 
sionally those in force in the University of the Punjab, which 
body also kindly undertook to conduct the examination of Delhi 
University students for the year 1923. The University has now 
its own courses of study and conducts its own examinations. 

By the middle of February 1923 the Court was constituted. 
By the end of March the permanent Executive Council was 
formed. Thus by the end of summer of 1923, the University 
was fully organized. In May 1924, the Faculty of Law was 
instituted. 

The original idea of the Delhi University was the estab- 
lishment and incorporation of a unitary, teaching and residential 
University at Delhi. It was intended to provide for a local 
University on the model recommended, in the case of Dacca, 
by the Calcutta University Commission. But the University of 
Delhi, as it exists now, can hardly be called a purely unitary 
University inasmuch as it recognizes several constituent Colleges 
in which instruction is provided under conditions prescribed in 
the Statutes and in which provision is made for the residence 
of students. A recognized teacher can impart instruction only 
in such subjects and to such classes as the Executive Council 
of the University on the recommendation of the Committee of 
Selection permits. All recognized teaching in connection with 
the courses of study is conducted under the control of the 
University. The courses of study and the courses of reading 
are prescribed by Ordinances and Regulations respectively. 

The jurisdiction of the University is restricted to a radius 
of ten miles from the Convocation Hall. 

Upto 30th April 1927 and for such period as the Governor- 
General in Council may direct,* the Matriculation is the Ad- 
mission Examination, but the idea is to make the Intermediate 
the Admission Examination. 

Upto 30th April 1927 and for such further period as the 
Governor-General in Council may direct, the constituent Col- 
leges of the University are allowed to maintain classes for the 



* The Governor-General in Council has been pleased to extend the 
period up to 1st May 1938. 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 219 

purpose of preparing students for the Intermediate Examina- 
tion of the University. The following are the constituent Col- 
leges of the University: 

I/ St. Stephen's College . . Teaching up to the M.A. 

2. Hindu College . . Do. do. 

3. Ramjas College . . Do. do. 

4. Anglo-Arabic College . . Teaching up to the B.A, 

(Pass). 

5. Commercial College . . Do. 

6. Indraprastha Girls' College Do. 

7. Ramjas Inter. College . . Teaching up to the Inter. 

Prior to the commencement of the Delhi University Act the 
first three Colleges were affiliated to the University of the 
Punjab. The last three Colleges were under Section 4 (9) of 
the Act recognized by the University as Intermediate Colleges 
for a period ending with 20th April 1927, which has since been 
extended. The Anglo- Arabic College was allowed to open B.A. 
classes in October 1929, the Commercial College in 1932 and 
the Indraprastha Girls' College in 1937. The teaching staff of 
the constituent colleges is recognised by the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency the Most Hon'ble Victor Alexander John Hope, 

Marquess of Linlithgow, P.C., Kt, G.M.S.I., G.M.I.E., G.B.E., D-L., T,D., 

Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

The Hon'ble Kunwar Sir Jagdish Prasad, 

K.C.S.IV Kt., c.i.E., O.B.E., 

Education Member of His Excellency 

the Viceroy's Executive Council. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Rai Bahadur Ram Kishore, B.A., LL.B., 
Advocate, Delhi. 

RECTOR. 
Vacant. 

TREASURER. 

Rai Bahadur S. N. Mukarji, M.A., 
Principal, St. Stephen's College, Delhi. 



220 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

REGISTRAR. 
Rai Bahadur N. K. Sen, M.A. 

DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF ARTS. 

Rai Bahadur N. K. Sen, M.A. 

Registrar, University of Delhi. 

DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE. 

Dr. B. D. Laroia, B.A., pli.D., D.I.C., Reader in Chemistry, 
University of Delhi. 

DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF LAW. 

Rai Bahadur Ram Kishore, B.A., LL.B., 
Advocate, Delhi. 

PROCTOR. 
S. Sen, Esq., M.A., Principal, Commercial College, Delhi. 

LIBRARIAN. 
A. Bhattacharya, Esq., M.A., Hindu College, Delhi. 

WARDEN, THE UNIVERSITY LAW HALL. 
M. S. Shahani, Esq., M.A., Bar-at-Law. 

All teachers of the University are appointed or recognized 
by the Executive Council on the recommendations of a Com- 
mittee of Selection, the constitution of which is prescribed by 
Statute. 

The following is the teaching staff of the University, ap- 
pointed and paid by the University: 

1. Dr. D. S. Kothari, M.SC., Ph.D., University Reader in 
Physics and Head of the Department of Physics. 

2. Dr. B. D. Laroia, B.A., Ph.D., D.I.C., Reader in Chemistry, 
and Head of the Department of Chemistry. 

3. M. S. Shahani, Esq., M.A., Bar-at-Law, Lecturer in 
Law and Warden, Law Hall. 

4. Bishan Sarup, Esq., B.A., LL.B., Lecturer in Law. 

5. Sarwar Hasan, Esq., M.A., LL.B. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, 
Lecturer in Law. 

6. Rai Bahadur N. K. Sen, M.A., Reader in Philosophy 
and Head of the Department of Philosophy. 

The following are the Principals of the Constituent Colleges 
of the University: 

1. Rai Bahadur S. N. Mukarji, M.A., Principal, St. Stephen's 
College. 



UNIVERSITY 221 

2. N. V. Thadani, Esq., M.A., Principal, Hindu College. 

3. Dr. S. Dutt, M.A., Ph.D., Principal, Ramjas College. 

4. C. Eyre Walker, Esq., M.A., Principal, Anglo-Arabic 
College. 

5. S. Sen, Esq., M.A., B.I,., Principal, Commercial College. 

6. Miss K. Gupta, M.A., Principal, Indraprastha Girls' 
College. 

7. B. B. . Gupta, Esq., M.A., Principal, Ramjas Inter- 
mediate College. 

Constitution of the University. 

The constitution of the University is defined by the Act 
and the Statutes. The Vice-Chancellor is the principal execu- 
tive and academic officer of the University. 

The following are the authorities of the University: 

1. The Court. 

2. The Executive Council. 

3. The Academic Council. 

4. The Faculties of Arts, Science and Law. 

The constitution and the terms of office of the members of 
the Court, the Executive Council, the Academic Council and 
the Faculties are prescribed by Statutes. 

The Court consists of about 100 members. Its powers are : 
(i) to make, amend or repeal Statutes, 
(ii) to consider and cancel Ordinances, and 

(Hi) to consider and pass resolutions on the annual report, 
the annual accounts and the financial estimates. 

The Executive Council is the executive body of the Uni- 
versity. It consists of about 21 members and exercises among 
others the following powers: 

1. The control and administration of the property and 
funds of the University. 

2. The institution of professorships, lectureships and other 
teaching posts as may be proposed by the Academic Council. 

3. The appointment arid recognition of teachers on the 
recommendation of the Committee of Selection. 

4. The appointment of all examiners after considering the 
recommendations of the Academic Council. 

5. The appointment of the officers (other than the Chancel- 
lor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, Rector and the Treasurer) , 
the clerical staff and the servants of the University. 

6. The arrangements for the holding of, and the publica- 
tion of the results of, the University Examinations. 

7. The making of Ordinances. 

The Academic Council is the academic body of the Univer- 
sity and subject to the provisions of the Act, the Statutes and 



222 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the Ordinances, has the control and general regulation of, and 
is responsible for the maintenance of, standards of instruction, 
education and examination within the University. It advises the 
Executive Council on all academic matters. 

Each Faculty, subject to the control of the Academic Council, 
has charge of the teaching and the courses of study and the 
research work in such subjects as may be assigned to it by the 
Ordinances. 

Each Faculty constitutes Committees of Courses and Studies 
in such subjects as are assigned to it. The Committees make 
recommendations for 

1. The courses of study, curricula and syllabuses. 

2. The appointment of examiners. 

Number of Students in the University. 

Arts and Science Nov. Nov. 

1934 1935 

Post-Graduate (M.A.) .. .. 106 127 

B.A. (Pass & Honours) and B.Sc. . . 773 731 

Intermediate .. .. .. 1,234 1,302 



2,113 2,160 
Law .. .. .. .. .. 161 184 



2,274 2,344 



Number of Successful Candidates in tbe University Examinations. 

The following was the number of successful candidates in the 
different examinations held in 1936. 

Total No. No. of 

of Successful 

Candidates Candidates 

M.A 51 36 

B.A. Honours Course . . 50 45* 

B.A. (Pass) 335 203 

B.Sc. (Pass) 87 43 

LA. .. 548 235 

I.Sc .. ..165 86 



1,236 648 



P.E.L ..125 83 

LL.B 106 77 



1,467 



* Of these six were awarded B.A. Pass Degree. 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 223 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There are at present the undermentioned scholarships for 
general merit. 

The Academic Council has the power to make regulations 
for, and to award in accordance with such regulations, fellowships, 
scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries, medals and other rewards. 

No. of Scholarships. Class. Value. 

2 .. M.A. Rs. 25. 

2 .. M.Sc.* Rs. 25. 

5 B.A. Rs. 10 plus tuition fee. 

3 . . B.Sc. Do. do. 
1 (for Women B.A. or B.Sc. Do. do. 

students) 

6 . . LA. & I.Sc. Do. do. 

In addition to the above there are the following special 
scholarships : 

1. Harichand Puranchand Khatri Scholarship of Rs. 12-S-O 
per month awarded for one year to the best Hindu Khatri 
student who stands highest in the Matriculation or equivalent 
examination held in Delhi. 

2. Tulsanrani Harichand Puranchand Khatri Scholarship 
of Rs. 12-8-0 per month awarded for one year to the best Hindu 
Khatri student who stands first in the Faculty of Arts or 
Science Examination. 

There are the following Medals and Prizes : 

Medals 

1. M. Makhan Lai Gold Medal of Rs. 100 is awarded to 
the best Hindu lady candidate in the University every year. 

2. M. Bhola Nath Gold Medal of Rs. 100 is awarded every 
year to the best Hindu candidate in the B.A. Examination pro- 
vided he knows Sanskrit. 

3. L. Jageshar Nath Gold Medal of Rs. 100 is awarded every 
year to the best candidate in Law. 

4. Rai Bahadur Brijmohanlal Saheb Memorial Gold Medal 
is awarded to the candidate who passes the Examination for the 
degree of Bachelor of Arts or Science of the University of Delhi 
with the highest percentage of marks. 

5. Pt. Raghubar Dayal Gold Medal of Rs. 50 is awarded 
to the best candidate in Sanskrit at the M.A. or B.A. (Hons.) 
Examination. 

6. Ravi Kanta Devi Gold Medal is awarded annually to the 
lady candidate who passes the Intermediate Examination of the 
University with the highest percentage of marks. 

* Transferable to M.A. under certain conditions. 



224 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Prises 

1. There is a prize called the Rector's Prize of the value 
of Rs. 150 awarded annually to the best under-graduate student 
in the form of books, instruments or apparatus for the encourage- 
ment of general knowledge and ability, on the result of an exa- 
mination or test conducted by a Board of Examiners. 

2. Hiralal Bhargava Prize of the value of Rs. 40 awarded 
annually to the best Bhargava student. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories. 

There is a Library containing over 19,754 books. Besides, 
-each College has its own library which is generally sufficient for 
under-graduate students. About Rs. 11,500 was spent in 1935-36 
on the purchase of books. The Law section of the Library is 
well stocked with up-to-date books and a fairly complete set of 
Law reports, Indian and English. 

The University took charge of Science (Physics and Che- 
mistry) teaching for the Degree classes in November 1923. The 
Laboratories are located in spacious buildings in the old Viceregal 
Lodge and are fairly well equipped for B.Sc. teaching. 

Provision for Research. 

The University Fellowship in Economics or Political Science 
of the value of Rs. 150 per mensem was instituted for the en- 
couragement of research work. It is awarded for two or more 
years under prescribed conditions. 

Military Training. 

The University Training Corps has been expanded from a 
Company into a Battalion. It is the 9th (Delhi) Battalion of 
the 11/14 Punjab Regiment. 

Students and members of the teaching staff are eligible for 
enrolment and remain in the Corps so long as they continue to 
IDC students or teachers of the University and conform to the 
requirements of the Corps. 

In October 1936, the Battalion had 9 officers, 1 under- 
officer and 339 other ranks. 

The Corps has its annual camp in September and October 
each year. 

Associations in the University. 

A University Athletic Association has recently been formed. 
Besides, the Constituent Colleges have a number of Societies, 
Clubs and Unions for social and intellectual intercourse. There 
is a University Sports Tournament Committee which conducts the 
University Tournaments open to colleges. 



DEI.HI UNIVERSITY 225 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Residence of students is provided by the different Constituent 
Colleges and the University Law Hall under conditions prescribed 
by Ordinances. The cost of living ranges from Rs. 15 to Rs. 30 
per mensem. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The actual income and expenditure for 1935-36 and the 
budget estimates for 1937-38 were as follows : 

Year. Actual Income. Actual Expenditure, 

1935-36 Rs. 2,16,661 Rs. 1,98,489 

Budget Estimate. 

Income. Expenditure. 

1937-38 Rs. 1,89,470 Rs. 1,97,298 

Every employee of the University holding a substantive 
appointment and receiving a salary of Rs. 30 per mensem or 
more is required to join the University Provident Fund as a 
subscriber. Subscriptions to the Provident Fund are deducted 
monthly from the pay bill of each subscriber at the rate of 8 per 
cent, of his monthly pay. The University makes on behalf of 
each subscriber a monthly contribution to the Fund at the rate of 
12 per cent, of the pay on which the amount of the subscription 
is calculated. 

Women's Education. 

There is a college for women students called the Indraprastha 
Girls' College. Owing, however, to the special conditions of 
Purdah obtaining in Delhi, provision has been made for permit- 
ting women students to appear in the examinations of the Univer- 
sity without undergoing a regular course of study in a college or 
the University, under conditions determined by Ordinances. 

The Indraprastha Girls' College teaches only up to the B.A. 
Pass standard (Arts subjects only). But some of the men's 
Colleges (St. Stephen's and Hindu) have made provision for the 
admission of women students to their Intermediate (Science) 
and Degree Classes; and there are at present several women 
students studying in Degree and Post-Graduate classes in these 
Colleges. 

There is a special scholarship of the value of Rs. 10 per 
month plus tuition fee for women students who prosecute their 
studies for a degree after passing the Intermediate Examination. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

The University does not maintain a Students' Information 
Bureau. 



226 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

There is a Board which looks after the residence, health and 
discipline of students. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Examinations 
and Degrees. 

The University offers in Arts, the degree of B.A. (Pass 
and Honours), and M.A., in Science, the degree of B.Sc. (Pass), 
and in Law, the degrees of LL.B., LL.M. and LL.D. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

It is intended that as soon as Intermediate Colleges are 
organized separately, admission to the University should be 
confined to those who have passed the Intermediate Examination 
of an approved University or Board, but till this question is 
finally decided by the Government of India, Intermediate instruc- 
tion will be provided also in the constituent degree colleges of -the 
University and during this period, therefore, students who have 
passed the Matriculation Examination of recognized Universities 
or Boards or equivalent examinations, are deemed eligible for ad- 
mission to the University. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 
ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course is one of two years' 
duration after passing the Matriculation Examination of any 
University or a recognized Board. Every candidate is required 
to take four subjects only in either of the two following groups : 

GROUP A (General). 
Compulsory Subjects 

1. English. 

2. A Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic, or Persian), or, 
in the case of women candidates, one of the Indian Vernaculars 
Hindi, Urdu, Bengali or Punjabi. (These shall be regarded as 
elective subjects for those students who have not taken any of the 
languages in the Matriculation and School-Leaving Certificate 
Examinations.) 

Elective Subjects (two, or in the case of candidates who do 
not offer a second language, three of the following) : 

1. Mathematics. 

2. Physics (including Mathematics) (including a Prac- 

tical test). 



UNIVERSITY 227 

3. Chemistry (including a Practical test). 

4. Philosophy. 

5. History. 

6. Economics. 

7. Physiology and Hygiene (in the case of women can- 

didates only). 

Provided that the combination of Mathematics, Physics and 
Chemistry shall not be permissible as a group in the Faculty 
of Arts. 

GROUP B. (Special). 

Compulsory Subject,* 

1 . English. 

2. Economics. 

3. Commerce. 

Elective Subjects (one of the following) : 

1. Mathematics. 

2. History. 

3. Philosophy. 

4. A second language (Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hindi, 

Urdu, Bengali or Punjabi). 

5. Regional and Commercial Geography. 

In addition to the four subjects in Group A or B there is 
,an additional paper in Hindi, Urdu, Bengali or Punjabi which 
may be taken by any candidate. 

The number of papers in each subject is two. 

The minimum number of marks required for a pass is 33 per 
cent, in each subject and in Paper (fc) of English, and candidates 
-obtaining 390 marks or more in the aggregate are placed in the 
First Division, and those obtaining not less than 290 in the 
'Second Division, the aggregate maximum marks being 650. 

Provision is made for candidates who have passed this 
examination and wish to qualify for admission to the Medical 
College to appear subsequently for additional test in those sub- 
jects which complete the group of subjects prescribed for admis- 
sion to the Medical Colleges. 

Any person who has passed an Oriental Titles Examina- 
tion in Arabic, Sanskrit or Persian of the Punjab University 
-or a Diploma Examination in any of these languages of an 
Indian University incorporated by any law for the time being 
in force, may be admitted to the Intermediate Examination in 
English only, if he has previously passed the Matriculation 
Examination and thereafter pursued a regular course of study 
in English for two years in a College recognized by the Univer- 
sity. He may be admitted to the B.A. (Pass) Examination if 



228 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

he has passed the Intermediate Examination or the English test 
for that Examination. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass). The course extends over two 
years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination. 
Every candidate is required to study and be examined in English 
with a vernacular* (three papers) and two other subjects 
arranged in any one of the following groups: 
(i) History and Economics, 
(ii) History and Philosophy, 
(iii) History and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 

or Persian). 

(iv) Economics and Philosophy, 
(v) Philosophy and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 

or Persian). 

(vi) Mathematics and Economics, 
(vii) Economics and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 

or Persian). 

(viii) Mathematics and Philosophy, 
(ix) Mathematics and a Classical Language (Sanskrit,. 

Arabic or Persian), 
(x) Economics and Commerce, 
(xi) History and Commerce, 
(xii) Mathematics and Commerce. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, in English with 
a vernacular, 33 per cent, in the other subjects and 40 per cent, 
in the aggregate. Candidates who obtain 65 per cent, or more 
are placed in the First Division and those who obtain 50 per 
cent, or more in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Arts (Honours Course). The course extends 
over two years after passing the Intermediate Examination. 
Honours Courses have been instituted in the following subjects: 
English, Mathematics, Economics, History, Sanskrit, Persian 
and Philosophy. 

An Honours Course in a subject consists of: 

(a) One main subject (6 papers in English, Mathematics 
and Economics and 5 papers in each of the other subjects). 

(b) One subsidiary subject of 2 papers. 

(In the case of Mathematics and Economics the subsidiary 
subject consists of one paper only.) 

(c) A qualifying test in English in the case of Honours 
courses in History, Economics, Philosophy, Sanskrit, Persian 
and Mathematics (2 papers in the case of Mathematics and one 
paper in all other cases). 

* Candidates whose vernacular is other than Urdu, Hindi, Punjabi or 
Bengali, are required to take an additional special paper in English 
instead of the Vernacular. 



UNIVERSITY 229 

(d) A qualifying test in the Vernacular (one paper) (except 
in Mathematics Honours Course for which it is optional). 

Admission to the Honours Courses is made in each case by 
an Admission Committee appointed for the purpose. 

No student who has not secured at least a second class in his 
Intermediate Examination is ordinarily admitted to an Honours 
Course. 

A student seeking admission to an Honours Course in a sub- 
ject shall normally have secured 55 per cent, marks in that sub- 
ject in his Intermediate Examination. 

If a student is found unsuitable for the Honours Course he 
may be sent back to the Pass Course before the end of the first 
year. 

The Qualifying Test in English and in the Vernacular may 
be taken at a Preliminary Examination held in the month of 
October immediately preceding the Final Examination. 

The minimum number of marks required to pass the Exami- 
nation in an Honours Course is 40 per cent, in the aggregate iu 
the main subject; but if a candidate obtains less than 25 per cent, 
in any paper, his marks in that paper do not count towards the 
necessary aggregate. 

For the Qualifying Test in English and in the Vernacular 
33 per cent, of marks is required to pass the examination. 

Any student who has passed in the Main Subject and in 
Qualifying Tests but has failed in the Subsidiary Subject only, 
obtaining not less than 25 per cent, of marks may be admitted, 
if he applies within the prescribed time, to an examination in that 
subject only in October next, or, if he fails to pass or fails to ap- 
pear then, at the annual examination immediately after that, on 
payment on each occasion, of the same fees as are prescribed for 
the B.A. Honours Course Examination, and if he passes in the 
Subsidiary Subject, he shall be declared to have passed the B.A. 
Honours Course Examination of the year in which he passes in 
the Subsidiary Subject. If no application is made within the 
prescribed time he may be granted a Pass Degree. 

A Pass Degree shall be granted to a candidate who has 
passed in the Qualifying Tests and in the Subsidiary Subject; 
but has failed in the Main Subject provided that he has secured 
not less than 33 per cent, of the total marks in that Subject. 

Master of Arts. The course of study extends over two 
years; but a candidate who has already taken the M.A. Degree 
in one subject may be permitted to take the examination one year 
after his passing the M.A. Examination. Also a candidate may 
be allowed credit for attendance and work at another University, 
provided he has pursued a regular course of study for one year 



230 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

in this University. A candidate for the M.A. Degree is required 
to study and be examined in one of the following subjects: 
1. Languages (English, Arabic, Sanskrit or Persian), 2. History, 
3. Economics, 4. Mathematics and 5. Mental and Moral 
Philosophy. 

Subject to the provision made for a dissertation or a thesis 
in lieu of one or more papers in certain subjects there will be 
six papers of three hours each in all subjects, except in Mathe- 
matics, which has seven papers. The minimum number of marks 
for a pass is 45 per cent, in the aggregate, but if a candidate 
obtains less than 25 per cent, in any paper, his marks in that 
paper will not be credited to his aggregate. To pass the Exa- 
mination in English, a candidate must obtain 40 per cent, or more 
in the Essay paper. Candidates who obtain 65 per cent, or more 
are placed in the First Class, and those who obtain not less 
than 50 per cent, in the Second Class, and others in the Third 
Class. 

For the M.A. Examination in Sanskrit, Arabic and Persian, 
option has been provided for presenting a dissertation on some 
subject connected with Paper III of the course. 

The dissertation may take the form of an exercise in critical 
editing. 

For the M.A. Examination in History, provision has been 
made for the presentation of a thesis, under conditions prescribed 
in the Ordinances, in lieu of three written papers. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two years after passing the Matriculation Examination of 
a recognized University or Board. 

Every candidate is required to take four subjects in either 
of the two following groups : 

GROUP A (Non-Medical). 

(a) English. 

(b) Mathematics. 

(c) Physics (including Mathematics) (including a prac- 
tical test). 

(d) Chemistry (including a practical test). 

GROUP B (Medical Students' Group). 

(a) English. 

(b) Physics (including Mathematics) (including a prac- 

tical test). 

(c) Chemistry (including a practical test). 

(d) Biology (including a practical test). 

The number of papers in each subject is two. 



UNIVERSITY 231 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject and 
in paper (b) of English, and 25 per cent, in the Practical test; 
and candidates who obtain 360 marks or more are placed in the 
First Division and those who obtain 270 marks or more are 
placed in the Second Division, the aggregate maximum marks 
being 600. 

Bachelor of Science. The course extends over two years 
after passing the Intermediate Examination in Science. A 
candidate is required to study and be examined in English (two 
papers, excluding the Vernacular paper, of three hours each) 
and one of the following groups: 1. Mathematics and Physics, 
2. Physics and Chemistry, 3. Mathematics and Chemistry (four 
papers of three hours in each group and a practical examination 
in the Science subjects). No candidate is allowed to offer any 
Science subject unless he has taken the corresponding subject in 
the Intermediate Examination and no candidate is allowed to take 
Physics and Chemistry, unless he has taken Mathematics in the 
Intermediate Examination. 

The minimum number of marks for a pass is 33 per cent, 
in English and 40 per cent, in each of the Science subjects and 
in the Practical tests and 40 per cent, in the aggregate. Candi- 
dates who obtain 290 marks are placed in the First Division 
and those who obtain 210 marks or more in the Second Division, 
the aggregate maximum marks being 500. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING 
To PROFESSIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Laws. The course extends over three years and 
comprises of three examinations and is open only to graduates 
of this University or other recognized Universities. The follow- 
ing are the subjects for the different examinations, namely: 

(a) Preliminary Examination. 

(i) Jurisprudence and Roman Law ; 

(ii) Constitutional Law of England and India; 
(Hi) Law of Contracts and Specific Relief; 
(iv) Hindu and Muhammadan Laws. 

(b) Intermediate Examination in Law. 

(i) Equity with special reference to Trusts and Mort- 
gages. 

(ii) Law of Crimes including selected chapters of the 
Indian Penal Code. 

(Hi) Law of Torts and Easements, with selected cases, 
English and Indian. 



232 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

t 

(iv) Mercantile Law. Syllabus for this subject shall be 
prescribed from time to time out of the following 
branches of Law:- 

Sale of Goods, Indemnity and Guarantee, Bail- 
ments, Agency, Partnership, Negotiable Instru- 
ments, Insurance, Companies, Patents and Trade 
Marks. 

(z>) Public International Law or Conflict of Laws. 

(c) Final Examination in Law. 

(i) Civil Procedure and Limitation. 
($) Criminal Procedure and Evidence. 
(Hi) Pleadings and Conveyancing. 
(iv) Punjab Land Laws and Customary Law. 
(v) Minor Acts (Registration Act, Guardian and 
Wards Act, Majority Act, Stamp Act, Court 
Fees and Suits Valuation Acts and the Provin- 
cial Insolvency Act). 

The minimum number of marks for a pass is 40 per cent, 
in each paper and 50 per cent, in the aggregate. Successful 
candidates are placed in the First and Second Classes only on 
the combined results of all the three examinations. Those who 
obtain 65 per cent, or more are placed in the First Division, and 
others in the Second Division. 

Master of Laws. Only those who have obtained a Bache- 
lor's Degree in Law and are at least of three years' standing 
after graduation in Law are eligible for admission to the Exami- 
nation or for the presentation of a thesis for the Degree of LL.M. 
The Degree may be obtained either by presenting a printed thesis 
on a subject approved by the Committee of Courses and Studies, 
or by passing an examination to be held in Delhi. 

The subjects of study consist of: 1. Jurisprudence, 
2. Equity and Trusts, 3. Principles of Legislation, 4. Consti- 
tutional Law, 5. Public and Private International Law, 6. Law 
relating to Parliamentary Institutions, and 7 & 8. two of the 
following: 1. Roman Law and Law of Real and Personal 
Property, 2. Hindu and Muhammadan Laws, 3. Criminal Law, 
4. Law of Property, Transfer and Succession, 5. Law of Con- 
tracts and Torts, and 6. Company Law and Law of Evidence. 

There are eight papers of three hours each, and there is 
also a viva voce examination. A candidate must obtain 40 per 
cent, iii each individual paper and 50 per cent, in the aggregate 
for a Pass and 60 per cent, for a First Class. 

Doctor of Laws. A Master of Laws of five years' standing 
may apply for this Degree and is required to state in his appli- 
cation the special subjects within the purview of the Ordinances 



UNIVERSITY 233 

for the Degree of LL.M. upon a special knowledge of which he 
rests his application for the Doctorate and to send with the appli- 
cation twelve printed copies of the thesis he has prepared on 
,some branch of Law or History and Philosophy of Law. 

Scale of Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

Intermediate in Arts . . 25+Rs. 3 for Science subjects. 

Teachers and Ex-students 30-j-Rs. 3 for Science subjects. 

Intermediate in Science . . 30 

Teachers and Ex- students 35 

B.A. (Pass) .. .. 35 

Teachers and Ex-students 40 
B.Sc. (Pass) .. ..40 

Ex-students . . 45 

B.A. Honours Course 55 
M.A. and M.Sc. .. ..60 

Teachers and Ex-students 65 
Preliminary Examination in 

Law .. ..30 

Ex-students . . 35 
Previous Examination in Law 
or the Intermediate Exa- 
mination in Law . . 60 

Ex-students . . 65 

Final Examination in Law . . 60 

Ex-students . . 65 



Lucknow University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University is designed to be a unitary, teaching and 
residential University and this aim has been carried out by the 
University maintaining two colleges, formerly affiliated to the 
Allahabad University, vis., the Canning College and the King 
George's Medical College, the former of which was transferred 
by the Canning College Act of 1922 and the latter along with 
the Hospital was incorporated in March 1921 in the Lucknow 
University. Provision is made, however, for recognition of 
colleges not maintained by the University and at present, there 
is one such college, the Isabella Thoburn College, a college 
maintained by the Women's Foreign Missionary Society of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church of America. This College forms 
the Women's Department of the University. 

In addition to the regular teaching in connection with the 
University course provision is also made for tutorial and other 
supplementary instruction in Colleges and Halls under the con- 
trol of the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

H. E. The Hon'ble Sir Harry Graham Haig, M.A., K.C.S.I., c.i.E., 
J.P., i.c.s., Governor of the United Provinces. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Dr. R. P. Paranjpye, M.A., B.SC., D.SC. 

TREASURER. 
Mr. S. M. Habibullah, B.A V O.B.E., M.L.A. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. R. R. Khanna, M.SC. 

ASST. REGISTRAR. 
Mr. I. U. Butt, B.A. 

DEANS. 

Arts .. Prof. N. K. Sidhanta, M.A. (Cantab.). 

Science .. Dr. Birbal Sahni, M.A., SC.D. (Cantab.), 

D.SC. (Lond.), F.G.S., F.A.S.B., F.R.S. 



I.UCKNOW UNIVERSITY 



235 



Medicine 
Law 

Commerce 



Dr. W. Burridge, D.M., M.A. (Oxon.). 
Dr. S. K. D. Gupta, LL.M., M.A. 



(Cantab.), 
Law. 



U,.D. ( Dublin ) , Bar-at- 
Mr. B. N. Chatterji, M.A., B.I,. 



PROCTOR. 
Prof. J. A. Strang, M.A., B.SC. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Dr. Wali Mohammad, M.A., Ph.D., i.K.S. 

TEACHING STAFF. 

FACULTY OF ARTS. 

English .. Professor: N. K. Sidhanta, Esq., M.A. 

(Cantab.). 
Readers: L. R. M. Brander, Esq., M.A. 

(Edin.) ; Miss Nora Roy, M.A. 

(Luck.) ; eight Lecturers and two 

Lady 'Teachers. 
Philosophy .. Professor: Dr. N. N. Sen Gupta, M.A., 

Ph.D. (Harvard). 
Readers: E. Ahmad Shah, Esq., M.A. 

(Alld.), B.utt. (Oxon.), Dip. in Ed.; 

Miss B. Venkataratnam, M.A. (Mad.) ; 

one Lecturer and one Lady Teacher. 

Professor: S. B. Smith, Esq., M.A. 
(Oxon.) ; one Lecturer and one Lady 
Teacher. 



European History . . 
Indian History 

Political Science 



Economics & Socio- 
logy 



Professor: Dr. Radha Kumud Mookerji, 
M.A., Ph.D. (Cal.), P.R.S. 

Reader: Dr. S. K. Banerji, M.A., L.T. 
(Alld.), Ph.D. (Lond.) ; two Lectur- 
ers and one Lady Teacher. 

Readers: Dr. V. S. Ram, B.A. (Hons.) 
(California), M.A., ph.D. (Harvard), 
F.R.H.S. ; Dr. (Miss) R. C. Manche- 
ster, M.A. (Bryn. Maur.), Ph.D.; and 
five Lecturers. 

Professor: Dr. Radha Kamal Muker- 
jee, M.A V ph.D. (Cal.), P.R.S. 

Readers: Bhujanga Bhushan Mukher- 
jee, Esq., M.A., B.L. (Cal.), P.R.S., F.E.s. ; 
three Lecturers and one Lady Teacher. 



236 



HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Arabic 



Persian & Urdu 



Sanskrit, Prakrit 
Languages and 
Hindi 

Modern European 
Languages 



Physics 



Chemistry 



Botany 



Zoology 



Reader: Dr Mohammad Wahid Mirza r 
M.A. (Punj.), phjx (Lond.) ; and one 
Lecturer. 

Reader: Syed Masud Hasan Rizavi, 
Esq., M.A. (Luck.) ; and four Lec- 
turers. 

Reader: K. A. Subramania Iyer, Esq.,. 
M.A. (Lond.) ; and four Lecturers. 

Part-time Lecturer in French : K. A. 

Subramania Iyer, Esq., M.A. (Lond.), 
Part-time' Lecturer in German : Dr. 

A. C. Chatter ji, D.SC. (Alld.), Dr. ing.. 

(Berlin). 

FACULTY OF SCIENCE. 

Professor: Dr. Wali Mohammad, M.A. 
(Punj.), B.A. (Cantab.), ph.u. (Gottin- 
gen), I.E.S. 

Reader: Dr. D. B. Deodhar, M.SC. 
(Alld.), Ph.D. (Lond.), F.P.S. ; two 
Lecturers and two Demonstrators. 

Professor: P. S. MacMahon, Esq., 
M.SC. (Manchester), B.SC. (Oxon.) r 
F.i.c. 

Readers: Dr. S. M. Sane, B.A., B.SC. 
(Alld.), M.A., Ph.D. (Berlin), F.c.s. ; 
Dr. Syed Husain Zaheer, B.A. (Oxon.), 
ph.D. (Heidelberg) ; Miss M. Wallace, 
B.A. (Minnesota), M.A. (Columbia); 
three Lecturers; five Demonstrators 
and three Student Demonstrators. 

Professor: Dr. Birbal Sahni, M.A., 
SC.D. (Cantab.), D.SC. (Lond.), F.G.S., 
F.A.S.B., F.R.S. 

Reader: Dr. S. N. Das Gupta, M.SC., 
(Cal.), Ph.D. (Lond.), D.I.C. ; one Lec- 
turer, one Lady Teacher; three 
Demonstrators and two Student De- 
monstrators. 

, Professor: Dr. K. N. Bahl, D.Phil. 
(Oxon.), D.SC. (Punj.), F.R.A.S.B. 

Reader: Dr. G. S. Thapar, M.SC. 
(Punj.), ph.D. (Lond.); one Lectur- 
er, one Lady Teacher; three Demon- 
strators and two Student Demonstra- 
tors. 



I<UCKNOW UNIVERSITY 



237 



Mathematics 



Anatomy 

Physiology 

Forensic Medicine 
Pharmacology 

Pathology 



Medicine 



Surgery 



Ophthalmology 

Obstetrics and 
Gynaecology 



Professor: J. A. Strang, Esq., M.A., 

B.SC. (Edin.). 
Reader: Dr. Lakshmi Narayan, M.A., 

D.SC. (Allcl.) ; and two Lecturers. 

FACULTY OF MEDICI N. 

Professor: M. A. H. Siddiqui, Esq., 
B.SC., M.B. (Luck.), M.A. (Toronto), 
D.L.O. (Eng.), M.S. (Luck.), F.R.C.S. 
(Eng.) ; one Lecturer and two De- 
monstrators. 

Professor: Dr. W. Burridge, M.A., D.M., 
B.ch. (Oxon.), L.M.S., S.A. (Lond.) ; 
one Lecturer and two Demonstrators. 

. . Part-time Reader: Lt.-Col. D. Clyde, 

M.D., M.B., Ch.B., D.P.H., I.M.S. 

Reader: Dr. Bir Bhan Bhatia, M.D. 
(Luck.), M.R.C.P. (Lond.); one Lec- 
turer and one Demonstrator. 

Professor : Dr. Mohammad Abdul 
Hameed, M.B.B.S. (Alld.), M.D. 
(Luck.), M.R.C.P. (Lond.). 

Reader: Dr. Shanti Prakash Gupta, B.SC. 
(Benares), M.D. (Luck.), Offg.\ one 
Lecturer and two Demonstrators. 

Professor: Major R. D. Alexander, 
M.A., M.B. (Cantab.), M.R.C.P. (Lond.), 
I.M.S. ; and one Lecturer and Medical 
Registrar. 

Professor : Rai Bahadur Capt. Kali 
Sahai Nigam, M.D. (Alld.), F.R.C.S. 
(Edin.), D.T.M. (Lond.). 

Readers: Rai Bahadur Raghunandan 
Lai, M.B., B.S. (Punj.) ; S. N. Mathur, 

Esq., M.B., M.S. (Luck.), M.R.C.S., 

k.R.C.P. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.); and 
three Lecturers and Surgical Registrar. 

Professor: C. P. Misra, Esq., I,.M.S. 
(Punj.) ; and one Lecturer. 

.Professor: Dr. (Miss) G. H. Marchant, 

M.B. (Cal.), D.O., M.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 

F.R.C.S. (Eng.), M.D. (Lausaune), 
M.C.O.G. ; and two Lecturers, 



238 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

State Medicine .. Professor: Dr. PI. G. D. Mathur, B.SC., 

M.B.B.S. (Alld.), M.R.C.P. (Edin.), 
D.T.M. & H. (Lond.), or.p.H. (John 
Hopkins University, Baltimore). 

FACULTY OF LAW. 

Law .. Whole-time Readers: Dr. S. K. D. 

'Gupta, M.A., U..M. (Cantab.), U,.D. 
(Dublin), Bar-at-Law; Dr. R. IL 
Singh, M.A., Liv.B. (Alld.), UUD. (Har- 
vard) . 

Part-time Readers : Pandit Jagmohan 
Nath Chak, B.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law; 
K. S. Hajela, Esq., M.A. (Luck.), 
M.SC., LL.B. (Alld.), UV.M. (Bom.), 
F.R.A.S., Advocate; L. S. Misra, Esq., 
M.A. (Cantab.), IV^.B. (Cantab, and 
Dublin), Bar-at-Law; Pandit K. P. 
Misra, M.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law; 
and two part-time Lecturers. 

FACUI/TY OF COMMERCE. 

Commerce .. Reader: B. N. Das Gupta, Esq., B.A. 

(Cal.), A.S.A.A., Incorporated Accoun- 
tant; and two Lecturers. 

Economics .. Reader: B. N. Chatterji, Esq., M.A., 

B.I,. (Cal.) ; and one Lecturer. 

ORIENTAL DEPARTMENT. 

Arabic & Persian . . Teachers : Maulvi Mustafa Hasan Alavi, 

M.A. (Luck.) ; H.P. (Punj.), Fazil 
(Deoband), Mulla (Alld.); Maulvi 
Ali Zainabi, H.A. (Punj.) ; and Maulvi 
Syed Ali Naqi Naqvi. 

Sanskrit . . Teachers : Pandit Girish Chandra Avas- 

thi, Vyakarana Acharya; and Pandit 
Ghootar Jha Shastri, Vedantacharya, 
Sahityacharya, Vyakarana, Nyaya and 
, Kavya Tirtha. 

Constitution of the University. 

The officers of the University are: The Chancellor, the 
Vice-Chancellor, the Treasurer, the Proctor, the Registrar, the 
Librarian, the Deans of the Faculties, the Principal, Canning 
College, and the Principal, Isabella Thoburn College. The Vice- 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 239 

Chancellor is a paid whole-time officer of the University and is 
the principal executive and academic officer of the University. 

The authorities of the University are the following: (1) The 
Court which consists of about 200 members. (2) The Execu- 
tive Council whicli is the Executive Body of the University. (3) 
The Academic Council which is the Academic Body of the Uni- 
versity and is responsible for the maintenance of standards of 
teaching- and examination in the University. (4) The Committee 
of Reference which deals with items of new expenditure. (5) The 
Faculties which have charge of the teaching and the course of 
study and the teaching and research work in the subjects as- 
signed to each Faculty. 

Number of Students in the University under Different Faculties during 

1936-37. 

Faculty of Arts . . 942 Faculty of Law . . 496 

,, Commerce . . 67 Oriental Department in 

Medicine . . 257 Arabic, Persian and 

Science . . 362 Sanskrit . . 206 

Number of Successful Candidates at the Different Examinations in 1937. 

ARTS. 

B.A. (Pass) 230; B.A. (Honours) 38; M.A. and MA. 
(Part II) 152. 

SCIENCE. 
B.Sc. (Pass) 86; B.Sc. (Honours) 5; and M.Sc.-^9. 

MEDICINE. 
M.B.B.S. 21. 

LAW. 
LL.B. (Final) 254. 

COMMERCE. 
B.CoM. (Final) 25. 

DIPLOMA IN ARABIC. 
Alim 3; Fazil 15. 

DIPLOMA IN PERSIAN. 
Dabir-i-Mahir 10 ; Dabir-i-Kamil 16. 

DIPLOMA IN TEACHING 9. 

DIPLOMA IN SANSKRIT. 
Shastri 3; Acharya 4. 



240 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library contains 57,645 volumes excluding 
6,186 volumes in the Library of the King George's Medical 
College, Lucknow, and 1,605 volumes of the Bonarjee Students' 
Library, a Library composed mainly of text and recommended 
books and the membership of which is confined to poor students- 
of the University. Departmental Libraries are also separately 
maintained and placed under the administrative control of the 
several heads of departments. 

In addition to the Museums and Laboratories in the Faculty 
of Medicine, a Museum exists in each of the Departments of 
Zoology, Botany and Commerce ; and a Laboratory exists in 
each of the Departments of Physics, Chemistry, Botany and 
Zoology. 

Scholarships, Medals and Fellowships. 

The following are the University and Endowed Scholar- 
ships and Medals granted to distinguished students of the 
University under prescribed conditions. The University grants 
five scholarships, each of Rs. 20 per month exclusively to women. 

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS. 

In the Faculties of Arts and Science. 

1. Seven M.A. scholarships at Rs. 30 per month each. 

2. Seven M.Sc. scholarships at Rs. 30 per month each. 

3. (i) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each tenable 
for 3 years for award to students taking the B.A. (Hons.) course. 

(i) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each for 
award to students taking the B.A. (Pass) or (Hons.) course 
tenable for two or three years according as they are awarded 
to Pass or Honours students. 

4. (i) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each 
tenable for 3 years for award to students taking the B.Sc. (Hons.) 
course. 

(ii) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each for 
award to students taking the B.Sc. (Pass) or (Hons.) course 
tenable for two or three years according as they are awarded to 
Pass or Honours students. 

5. One scholarship of Rs. 20 per month for III Year B.A. 
(Hons.). 

6. One scholarship of Rs. 20 per month for III Year B.Sc. 
(Hons.). 

In the Faculty of Law. 

One scholarship of Rs. 16 per month. 
In the Faculty of Commerce. 

Two scholarships of Rs. 16 per month each. 



I.UCKNOW UNIVERSITY 241 

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND MEDALS. 

(1) Hewett Sir Harnam Singh Gold Medal for award to 
the most successful B.Sc. Pass student. 

(2) Peary Lai Chak Medal for award to the best English 
Essay in the B.A. Pass Examination. 

(3) Pandit Suraj Narain Bahadur Gold Medal for award 
to a student who scores the highest aggregate marks in Physio- 
logy, Pathology and Medicine for the M.B., B.S. Degree. 

(4) Hamid Medal for award to a student who scores the 
highest marks in Anatomy, Pathology and Surgery for the M.B., 
B.S. Degree. 

(5) Gopal Chandra Mukerji Memorial Medal for award 
to one scoring the highest percentage of marks at the M.A. Exa- 
mination in History. 

(6) Raja Sir Harnam Singh Sir Harcourt Butler, Raja 
Sir Harnam Singh Sir Ludovic Porter, and Raja Sir Harnam 
Singh Raja Sir Mohammad AH Mohammad Khan Medals 
awarded for proficiency in Oriental studies, Commercial subjects 
and Medical studies, respectively. 

(7) Pandit Debi Sahai Misra Gold Medals awarded one 
to each of the best students in the B.A., M.Sc. and LL.B. Ex- 
aminations. 

(8) R. B. Chaubey Shambhu Nath Misra Memorial Gold 
Medal awarded to the one securing the highest number of marks 
in Ophthalmology in the Final M.B., B.S. Examination. 

(9) Dr. Chakravarti Medal for Service awarded for good 
behaviour and helping most in the general social life of the 
University. 

(10) Bhaskar 4\tmaram Deodhar Memorial Medal for 
award to a student who stands in the first division and obtains 
the highest percentage of marks among candidates in the B.A. 
and B.Sc. Examinations. 

(11) Ohdedar Memorial Gold Medal for award to a student 
who stands first in the Final M.B., B.S., Part I, Group B, at 
the first attempt. 

(12) Bali Handoo Prize Medal for award to a student 
who obtains in the Final M.B., B.S. Part II Examination, the 
highest number of marks in Surgery, Ophthalmology and Mid- 
wifery. 

(13) Bonarjee Research Prize of Rs. 200 for award for 
the best research production of the year submitted by a student 
of the University. 



242 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(14) Ruchi Ram Sahni Research Prize in Botany for 
award for the best piece of research work carried out at the 
University during three preceding years. 

(15) Raja Shanker Sahai of Maurawan Medal for award 
to the student sportsman who has the best academic record in 
the University examination of that year. 

(16) The Said-uz-Zafar Khan Prizes for Anatomical Dis- 
section to commemorate the Silver Jubilee of H. M. King 
George V for award to a second year student of the King 
George's Medical College whose dissection is found to be the 
best in a Dissection competition to be held annually. 

(17) Eduljee Hormusha Parakh Medal for award to a 
student who obtains the highest total marks in all Clinical and 
Practical parts of the M.B.B.S. examination in Medicine, Sur- 
gery, Ophthalmology, Obstetrics and Gynaecology at the October 
examination. 

(18) Wilhelmina Buck Memorial Medal for award to a 
student who writes the best Thesis in the M.A. examination in 
Economics. 

(19) Vangala Narasamma Garu Memorial Medal for 
award to the best M.A. student in Political Science. 

(20) Rameshwar Gurtu, Triloki Nath Gurtu, and Anandi 
Lai Gurtu Memorial Medals awarded to the best students in 
the M.A. and M.A. Part II examinations in Economics & 
Sociology, Ancient Indlian History, and the student who 
stands first in the final M.B.B.S. Part II examination held in 
April, respectively. 

(21) Ram Sahai Nigam Medal for award to the student 
who stands first in the Physics group at the B.Sc. Pass examina- 
tion. 

(22) Captain Kunwar Indrajit Singh 9 Scholarship. 

Besides these, there are a number of scholarships and en- 
dowments specially for the Canning College and the King George's 
Medical College. 

FELLOWSHIPS. 

Fellowships are assigned to the Faculties in the following 
manner : 

Faculty of Arts 5, Faculty of Science 5, Faculty of 
Medicine 1, and an additional Fellowship is awarded in any 
Faculty to a candidate who may be specially recommended for 
the purpose. The value of each Fellowship is Rs. 75 per men- 
sem in the Faculties of Arts and Science and Rs. 100 per mensem 
in the Faculty of Medicine and such Fellowships are ordinarily 
tenable for 21 months, i.e., from the 1st of August to the 30th of 



lyUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 243 

April of the year next after the succeeding year. The value of 
the Fellowship in the Faculty of Medicine may be Rs. 175 per 
mensem, but in that case the Fellowship is awarded in alternate 
years. 

Provision for Research : Publication and Extension Work. 

For the encouragement of advanced study and research 
work, Fellowships have been instituted in the University as 
mentioned above. 

There is one Bonarjee Prize of Rs. 200 per annum as men- 
tioned above for the best research production of the year, open 
both for the M.A. and M.Sc. Theses as also for the PH.D. and 
D.Sc. Theses. 

Arrangements are made for delivery of a number of popular 
lectures in the course of the year. In addition to the lectures 
delivered under the auspices of the Lucknow University Union 
the following lectures were delivered during the year under 
report : 

Subject. <Name and Designation of the 

Lecturer. 

"Some Aspects of Indian Mr. B. B. Mukherjee, M.A., B.I,., 
Foreign Trade/' P.R.S., F.E.S., Reader in Econo- 

mics, Lucknow University. 

"Economic Paradoxes." Dr. D. Pant, B.com., Ph.D., Lec- 

turer in Commerce, Lucknow 
University. 

"Microchemistry." Dr. Joseph B. Niderl, rh.D., Pro- 

fessor, New York University. 

"Mystic India." Mrs. H. M. Bouluois of South 

Africa. 

Military Training. 

The Lucknow University Training Corps is the B. Company 
of the 3rd (United Provinces Battalion) University Training 
Corps, I.T.F., and is made up of four platoons at the Canning 
College. The normal strength of the B. Company has four King's 
Commissioned Officers and 148 N.C.O/s and men. Students 
and members of the teaching staff of the Lucknow University 
are eligible for enrolment in the B. Company and members nor- 
mally remain in the Corps so long as they continue to be students 
or teachers of the University. Every member undertakes on 
enrolment to complete 78 hours of training during the first six 
months after enrolment. Every member also undertakes to attend 
at least three parades every week during term-time and to attend 
camp annually (which is compulsory) for a period not exeeding 
15 days. Advanced training is also imparted to those of over one 



244 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

year's service in the Corps. Members are provided, free of 
charge, with complete uniforms, equipment and arms. An annual 
camp for the Battalion is held. 

Associations in the University. 

There is a University Union. All students enrolled in the 
Faculties of Arts, Science, Commerce and Law are ipso facto 
members of the Union. The Union holds debates, maintains 
a Library, Reading and Writing Rooms and Refreshment Room 
and is intended to promote corporate and social life generally. 
In addition to the Union, there are various other associations 
such as Sociological Association, Jnan Vardhini Sabha, General 
Literary Association, Political Science Parliament, Historical 
Society, Literary Society of the Persian Department, Luj natal 
Adab of the Oriental Department, Clinical Society, Athletic 
Association, Old Boys* Association, Administrative Staff 
Association, etc. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Every student of the University has to reside in a College 
or Hall or under conditions prescribed by the Statutes and Ordi- 
nances. There is a Residence, Health and Discipline Board 
which looks after the conditions of life, both of resident and non- 
resident students, the latter being those who while living with 
parents or guardians are attached to a College or Hall. In the 
year 1936 there were 723 resident students. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

There is a Provident Fund to which subscription is paid by 
a member drawing at least Rs. 40 per mensem, at the rate of 
8 per cent, of his salary, the University contributing at the rate 
of 12 per cent, in the case of employees drawing not more than 
Rs. 500 per mensem and 10 per cent, in the case of employees 
<lrawing not more than Rs. 1,000 but above Rs. 500 per mensem 
and 8 per cent, in the case of employees drawing more than 
Rs. 1,000 per mensem. The interest on both of these contribu- 
tions accrues to the account of the subscriber. 

The Income and Expenditure of the University during 1936- 
37 were as follows: 

Income. Expenditure. 

Rs. 18,32,994-SM). Rs. 18,25,863-9-8. 

Women's Education. 

There is a separate College for women where they can 
study for B.A. and B.Sc. Examinations and also for Diploma in 
Teaching. There were 85 students during 1936-37. 

There is also a separate Hostel for women students. 



IvUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 245 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

Before admission to a Hostel every student lias to produce 
a certificate from the Medical Officer of the University or from 
a registered Medical Practitioner that he is physically lit for 
residence and every student of the University is physically 
examined at least once a year by the Medical Officer, Dispen- 
saries and Medical Officers are attached to the Hostel and College. 

There is a whole-time Director of Physical Instruction to 
look after the physical training of students. A system of com- 
pulsory physical training for all resident students has been in- 
troduced from the session 1936-37 under the expert supervision 
of the Director. 

Breaches of Hostel Regulations are dealt with by the 
Warden, of College Regulations by the Principal, of University 
Regulations by the Proctor who is expected to attend to the 
misbehaviour or improper conduct elsewhere than within the 
compounds of the College and Hostels. 

Admission to the University Courses of Study, Degrees and Examinations. 

The University confers in Arts the Bachelor's Degree 
(Pass and Honours), and the Master's Degree; in Science, the 
Bachelor's Degree (Pass and Honours) and the Master's Degree. 
The Professional Degrees and Diplomas are: Bachelor of Laws, 
Master of Laws, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Medicine 
and Surgery, Master of Surgery, Diploma in Public Health (the 
courses for Diploma in Public Health have been suspended), 
Diploma in Teaching, Diplomas in Arabic, Persian and Sanskrit. 
The following are the Doctor's Degrees: PH.D., D.LiTT., D.Sc v 
M.D., LL.D. 

Admission to Courses of Study. 

Admission to a course of study for a Bachelor's Degree 
is confined to those who have passed either the Intermediate 
Examination of a recognized Indian University or of the Board 
of High School and Intermediate Education of U.P. or of Raj- 
putana, Central India and Gwalior or the Intermediate Examina- 
tion of the Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education, 
Dacca, or the Cambridge Higher School Certificate Examination 
(Certificate A). There is no admission Examination instituted 
by this University except for the Medical Faculty. Special pro- 
vision is made for admission of Teachers of local colleges and 
schools to the Degree Examinations in the Faculty of Arts, with- 
out preceding attendance at the University. 
9 



246 HANDBOOK OK INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

COURSES OF STUDY, DEGREES AND EXAMINATIONS. 
ARTS. 

(1) B.A. (Pass). The course of study for the Degree- 
extends over two academic years. A candidate for the Degree 
is required to study and be examined in three subjects to be 
(taken from the following in prescribed combinations : (I) A 
Classical Language, (ii) Urdu with Persian, (Hi) Hindi with 
Sanskrit, (iv) History, Indian or European, (v) Philosophy, 
(in) Politics, (vii) Economics, (viii) English, and (i.r) Mathe- 
matics. No candidate is admitted to the B.A. Degree unless he 
has passed an examination in General English prescribed for the 
B.A. Examination in addition to the examination in other group* 
of subjects prescribed for the degree. 

The examination consists of two general and two special* 
papers in English, three papers in Mathematics, Hindi with 
Sanskrit, Urdu with Persian, Philosophy and two papers in each 
of the other subjects. The minimum marks for a pass are 33 per 
cent, in each subject and 36 per cent, in the aggregate. Candi- 
dates who obtain 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate marks are- 
placed in the First Division and those obtaining 48 to 59 per 
cent, in the Second Division. 

(2) B.A. (Honours). The duration of the course of study 
is three academic years, and students are not admitted to the 
Examination after the fourth year. Candidates must offer one 
of the following as the Honours subject and two others determined 
by the Dean, as subsidiary subjects: (i) English, (ii) Philosophy,. 
(Hi) European History, (iv) Indian History, (v) Politics, 
(vi) Economics and Sociology, (vii) Arabic, (viii) Persian, 
(ix) Sanskrit and Prakrit Languages, (.v) Mathematics. 

The examination in subsidiary subjects is identical with B.A. 
(Pass) Degree Examination in those subjects. 

In Philosophy, there will be four papers: in English, Indian- 
History and Sanskrit, there will be five papers and six in each 
of the other subjects. The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent, 
in the aggregate. Those who obtain 60 per cent, or more are 
placed in the First Division, those obtaining between 48 per cent, 
and 60 per cent, in the Second Division and those obtaining be- 
tween 36 per cent, and 48 per cent, in the Third Division. Can- 
.didates securing not less than 30 per cent, of the total marks in 
the Honours subject may be awarded the Pass Degree. 

The Dean can transfer students from Honours to the Pass 
Course and vice versa. Students who hold a Pass Degree and' 
wish to take an Honours Degree in order to qualify for the M.A. 
course, are admitted to the second year Honours Class in one- 



I,UCKNOW UNIVERSITY 247 

of the subjects taken for the Pass Degree. Graduates prevented 
by illness from completing the examination may supplicate for 
an cegrotat degree. 

(3) Master of Arts. The Degree is conferred on Graduates 
with Honours who have completed a further course of study 
or research for one year and passed the prescribed examination 
which may include an examination on a dissertation. Every 
candidate must offer one of the following subjects for the 
examination: (i) Language: English or a Classical Language, 
(>//) Mental and Moral Science, (Hi) History, (iv) Mathematics, 
(v) Economics, (vi) Political Science. 

Pass Graduates can obtain the M.A. Degree after a two 
years' course of study. The examination consists of two Farts: 
Part I (Previous) and Part II (Final), held at the end of the 
first and the second years, respectively. The examination is con- 
-ducted by means of papers only, provided that in specified cases 
a thesis may be offered in lieu of one of the papers. At the 
Previous Examination, four papers are set in English, three 
papers in Philosophy, three in European History and in Indian 
History, and three papers in Sanskrit. At the Final Examina- 
tion, there are four papers in English and in Philosophy, four 
p&pers in European History, four papers in Indian History, 
three papers on any of the eleven groups in Economics and four 
papers in the remaining subjects except Mathematics in which 
there are five papers. In lieu of one of the papers, a thesis 
may be offered except Mathematics. 

The examination in Mathematics is the same as for the M.Sc. 
Examination. 

The minimum is 36 per cent, in the aggregate for a pass. 
Those who obtain 60 per cent, or more are placed in the First 
Division; those obtaining between 48 per cent, and 60 per cent, 
in the Second Division, and those obtaining between 36 per cent, 
and 48 per cent, in the Third Division. 

(4) Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Ltieralure (Ph.D. 
and D.Litt.). Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Philo- 
sophy shall have taken the M.A. Degree of this Univer- 
sity or of any approved University. Before a candidate is 
permitted to supplicate for the degree of PH.D. he must be 
certified to have been engaged in his research work for not 
less than two academical sessions or six terms. 

Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Literature shall have 
taken the PH.D. Degree of the Lucknow University not less than 
five years before submitting their work for the D.LiTT. Degree. 
A candidate must submit a thesis embodying the results of 
his investigation and indicating what part of the results he claims 
to be his own. The dissertation for the PH.D. and D.LiTT. 



248 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Degrees must be on some branch of one of the following subjects r 
(i) Philosophy, (ii) Economics and Sociology, (Hi) History, 
(iv) Mathematics, (v) English, (vi) Sanskrit, (vii) Arabic, 
(viii) Persian, (far) Political Science, (x) Urdu, and (xi) Hindi. 

The D.LiTT. Degree is also conferred, honoris causa, on 
persons who are, in the opinion of the Academic and Executive 
Councils, fit and proper persons by reason of eminent position 
and attainments or by virtue of their contributions to the cause of 
learning. 

DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS. 

Diplomas in Arabic and Persian. Students prepared by the 
University for these Diplomas and Teachers of recognized local 
educational institutions are admitted to the Diploma Examina- 
tion in Arabic and Persian. 

There are three Diploma Examinations in Arabic : (i) 
Maulvi, (ii) Alim, and (in) Fazil; and three Diploma Exami- 
nations in Persian: (i) Dabir, (ii) Dabir-i-Mahir, and (Hi) Dabir- 
i-Kamil. The Maulvi and Dabir Examinations have been 
suspended for the time being. The courses of the Alim, Fazil, 
Dabir-i-Mahir and Dabir-i-Kamil Examinations are of one year's 
duration. Text-books are prescribed and question papers set on 
religious subjects. The Fazil course is one of specialized study on 
one of six prescribed groups of subjects. All the subjects prescribed 
for other examinations are compulsory. 

The medium of examination is Urdu, but questions may be 
set and answers required in Arabic and Persian. 36 per cent, 
in the aggregate and 33 per cent, in each subject are the minima 
for a pass. 60 per cent, and upwards will entitle a candidate to- 
be placed in the First Division and 48 per cent, or more will place 
him in the Second Division. 

Diploma in Sanskrit. Students prepared by the University 
and Teachers of local schools, Patashalas or other recognized 
public educational institutions are admitted to the examination in 
Sanskrit. 

There are two Diploma Examinations in Sanskrit: (i) 
Shastri, and (ii) Acharya. 

The Acharya Examination consists of two Parts Part I 
and Part II. 

The Shastri course aims at giving the students a general 
education in Sanskrit Learning, while the Acharya course aims 
at specialization in one or more branches of Sanskrit Learning. 

The medium of examination is Sanskrit. Some questions 
may be set and answers required in Hindi. 36 per cent, in the 
aggregate and 33 per cent, in each subject are the minima for 



LUC KNOW UNIVERSITY 249 

a pass. 60 per cent, and upwards will entitle a candidate to- 
be placed in the First Division and 48 per cent, and upwards 
will place him in the Second Division. 

EXAMINATIONS FOR CERTIFICATE OK PROFICIENCY IN 
FRENCH AND GERMAN. 

The course of study extends over two academic years and 
is open to all University students as well as to Graduates, not 
necessarily reading in any Faculty of the University, and to 
Teachers who fulfil certain conditions. The examination consists- 
of a written paper. The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent. 

SCIENCE. 

(1) BSc. (Pass). The course of study extends over two 
academic years. Every candidate is required to pass a prescribed 
examination in General English (equivalent to the General Sec- 
tion of the B.A. Pass course) and three of the following subjects 
in prescribed combinations: (/') Physics, (//) Chemistry, (iii) 
Mathematics, (iv) Botany, (v) Zoology, and (in) Physiology. 

The examination consists of three papers in Mathematics 
and two papers and a practical examination in each of the other 
subjects. The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each sub- 
ject and 36 per cent, in the aggregate. Candidates are required 
to pass separately in written and practical examinations. Can- 
didates who obtain 60 per cent, or more are placed in the First 
Division and those who obtain between 48 per cent, and 60 per 
cent, in the Second Division. 

(2) BSc. (Honours). The course of study extends over 
three academic years and students are not permitted to appear 
for the Honours Examination after the fourth year. Every 
candidate is required to pass a prescribed test in General English 
and should study and be examined in one of the following sub- 
jects as Honours subject and two others as subsidiary subjects 
taken from a list of subjects prescribed in respect of each princi- 
pal subject: (i) Physics, (ii) Chemistry, (Hi) Botany, (iv) Zoo- 
logy, and {v) Mathematics. 

The examination in Mathematics is the same as for the 
B.A. (Honours) Examination and the examination in other 
subjects consists of four papers and a practical examination. The 
examination in subsidiary subjects is identical with the Pass B.Sc. 
Degree Examination in those subjects. 

Candidates must obtain 36 per cent, of the aggregate marks 
for a pass. Candidates are required to pass separately in written 
and practical examinations. Those who obtain 60 per cent, or 
more of the aggregate are placed in the First Division and those 
obtaining between 48 per cent, and 60 per cent, in the Second 



250 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Division. Candidates who secure not less than 30 per cent, of the 
total marks in the Honours subject may be awarded the Pass 
Degree. 

Students who hold the B.Sc. Pass Degree and wish to take 
an Honours Degree, with a view to qualifying for the M.Sc. 
courses, are admitted to the second year Honours Class in any 
subject taken for the Pass Degree. Candidates with Honours in 
one school are admitted to Honours in another school under 
prescribed conditions. A candidate who is prevented by illness 
from completing the Honours Examination may supplicate for an 
& grot at degree. 

(3) Master of Science (M.Sc.). Bachelors of Science with 
Honours of this or any other approved University are eligible 
for admission to this Degree. The course of study for this 
degree extends over one academic year for Honours Graduates 
and two years for Pass Graduates. Every candidate must offer 
one of the following subjects: (/) Mathematics, (ii) Physics, 
(Hi) Chemistry, (iv) Zoology, and (v) Botany. 

For Pass Graduates, the examination consists of two Parts : 
the Previous and the Final, held at the end of the first and second 
years, respectively. At the examination, Previous, five papers and 
Final, four papers are set in Mathematics, and there will be three 
papers and a practical examination in each of the other subjects. 
The minimum is 36 per cent, of the aggregate for a pass. Can- 
didates are required to pass separately in written and practical 
examinations. Those who obtain 60 per cent, or more are placed 
in the First Division ; those obtaining between 48 per cent, and 
per cent, in the Second Division and those obtaining between 
36 per cent, and 48 per cent, in the Third Division. 

(4) Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Science (Ph.D. 
and D.Sc.). Candidates for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
-shall have taken the M.Sc. Degree of this University or any 
approved University. They shall be required to have pursued 
their researches under the supervision of the University for six 
terms before presenting their dissertations. Candidates for the 
Degree of Doctor of Science shall have taken the PH.D. Degree 
of the Lucknow University not less than five years before sub- 
mitting their work for the D.Sc. Degree. Every candidate 
must submit a thesis embodying the results of his investigation 
indicating what part of the results he considers to be his 
own. The dissertation submitted must be on some branch 
of one of the following sciences: (i) Physics, (ii) Chemistry, 
(Hi) Botany, (w) Zoology, and (v) Mathematics. 

The D.Sc. Degree is also conferred, honoris causa, on 
persons who are, in the opinion of the Academic and Executive 
Councils, fit and proper persons by reason of eminent position 



IvUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 251 

and attainments or by virtue of their contributions to the cause 
of learning. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

MEDICINE. 

(1) Prc-Medical Examination. This examination is intend- 
ed for admission to the courses of study for the M.B., B.S. 
Degree. Bachelors of Science with Chemistry and Biology of 
any approved University or students who have passed the In- 
termediate Examination of the Board of Intermediate Education, 
U.P., or of the Board of Intermediate Education, Rajputana, 
Central India and Gwalior or the Intermediate Examination of 
Allahabad, Aligarh, Benares and Nagpur Universities under 
certain conditions, with Chemistry, Physics and Biology, are 
admitted to this examination. Every candidate must offer the 
following subjects on each of which one paper will be set at 
the examination: (i) Chemistry including Organic Chemistry, 
(id) Physics, and (Hi) Zoology. 20 marks will be reserved for 
English Composition in each paper. The examination is a com- 
petitive one for filling up a declared number of seats in the 
Medical Faculty and the selected candidates have to undergo a 
Health Examination by a Medical Board. Preference is given 
to candidates belonging to the United Provinces. 

(2) Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B., 
BS.). Candidates who have passed the Pre-Medical Examina- 
tion are admitted to the courses of study for the M.B., B.S. 
Degree extending over five academic years. During the first 
four years, a year of study includes at least two of the prescribed 
courses of lectures, or laboratory work or one such course and 
Hospital practice in each term. The work of the fifth year 
consists of clinical work and clinical lectures. Attendance must 
be kept at the University Hospital or any other recognized 
institution. 

There are two examinations to be taken : the First Profes- 
sional Examination and the Final Professional Examination. The 
former is held at the end of the second year and consists of 
Anatomy and Physiology. Candidates for this examination are 
required to have also dissected the human body at least once. 
There will be two papers and a practical and oral examination 
in Anatomy and in Physiology. 

The Final Professional Examination also is divided into two- 
Parts which may be taken up separately or together under pre- 
scribed conditions. Part I consists of Groups A and B. Group A 
consists of Pharmacology. Candidates must pass in Group A 
before appearing in Group B, which consists of Pathology and 
Bacteriology, Forensic Medicine, Toxicology, Mental Diseases 



252 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

and Public Health. Part II comprises Medicine with Therapeu- 
tics and Medical Pathology, Surgery including Surgical Anatomy 
and Surgical Pathology, Ophthalmology, Obstetrics and Gynaeco- 
logy. In Part I, there will be one paper and an oral examina- 
tion in Pharmacology, Forensic Medicine, Toxicology, Mental 
Diseases and Public Health, and two papers and a practical and 
oral examination in Pathology. Part II of the Final Professional 
Examination consists of two papers and a practical and clinical 
examination in Medicine and in Surgery, one paper and an oral 
and clinical examination in Ophthalmology, and one paper and 
an oral examination in Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 

The minimum for distinction in each subject is 75 per cent, 
of the aggregate and for Honours it is 75 per cent, in four sub- 
jects. The minimum for a pass in the written papers is 40 per 
cent, and in the practical and oral examinations, it varies with 
each subject. 

(3) Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) and Master of Surgery 
(MS.). Bachelors of Medicine and Surgery of at least three 
years' standing are eligible for admission to these Degrees. 
Candidates for the M.D. Degree have to submit a thesis on a 
special subject in any of the following Departments: (i) Medi- 
cine, (ii) Pathology, (in) Forensic Medicine, (iv) State Medicine, 
(v) Pharmacology, (vi) Physiology and for M.S. on a special 
subject in any of the following Departments: (i) Surgery, 
(//) Ophthalmology, (in) Obstetrics and Gynaecology, and 
(iv) Anatomy. 

Candidates for either degree must submit themselves to an 
examination consisting of two Parts. There will be two written 
papers in Part I ; and in Part II, there will be a practical 
examination in the Department selected by the candidate, a clini- 
cal and practical examination in Medicine and Medical Pathology. 
In Part II of the M.S. Degree, there will be a practical examina- 
tion in the Department selected by the candidate and a clinical 
and a practical examination in Surgery and Surgical Pathology. 

A Medical graduate of the University or of Allahabad Uni- 
versity prior to 1922 of not less than 10 years' standing can 
proceed to the M.D. or M.S. Degree by a research thesis only. 

LAW. 

(1) Bachelor of Laws (LL;B.). Bachelors of Arts or 
Science of any approved University and Bachelors of Arts, 
Science or Commerce of the Lucknow University are admitted 
to the courses of study for the LL.B. Degree which extends over 
two academic years. The examination consists of two Parts 
the Previous and the Final held at the first and the second 
years, respectively. The Previous Examination is conducted wholly 
by means of papers, one on each of the following subjects: 



UJCKNOW UNIVERSITY 253 

(/) Roman Law, (ii) Jurisprudence, (in) Constitutional Law, 
(iv) Law of Contracts, (v) Law of Torts and Easements, 
(vi) Mercantile Law, (vii) Criminal Law and Procedure. 

At the Final Examination, seven papers are set, one on each 
of the following subjects: (i) The Law relating to Transfer of 
Property and the Law of Conveyancing, (ii) Equity with special 
reference to the Law of Trusts and Specific Relief, (in) Hindu 
Law with the statutory modifications thereof, (iv) Muhammadan 
Law with the statutory modifications thereof, (v) Civil Proce- 
dure Code and the Law of Pleadings, (vi) The Law of Evidence 
and Principles of the Law of Limitation, (vii) The Law relating 
to Land Tenures, Rent and Revenue in the United Provinces 
of Agra and Oudh. 

The minimum for a pass is 30 per cent, in each paper and 
50 per cent, in the aggregate of each examination. Candidates 
who obtain 66 per cent, of the aggregate or more are placed in 
the First Division and those obtaining 50 per cent, or more and 
less than 66 per cent, in the Second Division in each examination. 

(2) Master of Laws (LL.M.). Bachelors of Law of any 
approved University who are of at least two years' standing- 
are eligible for admission to the LL.M. Examination. Candidates 
are required to pass in each of the following branches of Law: 
(i) Roman Law, (ii) Jurisprudence, (iii) Constitutional Law 
(British and Indian), (iv) either Hindu Law or Muhammadan 
Law, (v) one of the following: (a) Hindu Law for those 
who have taken Muhammadan Law under (iv) and vice versa, 
(b) the Law of Contracts and Torts, (c) the Law relating to 
the Transfer of Property, (d) Principles of Equity, (e) Private 
International Law or Conflict of Law, (/) the Laws of Wills and 
Intestate Succession applicable to those who are not Hindus or 
Muhammadans. 

There will be one paper on each Branch. The minimum 
for a pass is 40 per cent, in each paper and 60 per cent, of the 
aggregate. 

(3) Doctor of Laws (LL.D.). A Master of Laws of this 
University who is not of less than five years' standing is eligible 
for the LL.D. Degree provided two members of the Faculty of 
Law certify as to his fitness for the Degree and he has written 
an approved thesis on some subject connected with Law or 
Jurisprudence. 

COMMERCE. 

Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.). Students who have 
passed either the Intermediate Examination in Commerce of the 
Board of High School and Intermediate Education of U.P., or 
of Rajputana, Central India and Gwalior, or the Commercial Dip- 
loma Examination of the Punjab University, or the Intermediate 



254 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Examination in Arts (Group B Special) of the Delhi Univer- 
sity, or the Intermediate Examination in Group E of the Board 
of Intermediate and Secondary Education, Dacca, or the 
Intermediate Examination of the Andhra University in three 
Commercial subjects, viz., Accountancy, Banking and Economic 
Geography, or the Intermediate Examination or the B.A. Exa- 
mination of any recognised University with Economics as one 
of his subjects, or Part I of the Associate Examination of the 
Indian Institute of Bankers after passing the Intermediate 
Examination of the Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education of U.P. or of Rajputana, Central India and Gwalior, 
or of the Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education, 
Dacca, or the Intermediate Examination of an Indian University 
established by an Act of the Legislature, are admitted to the 
course of study for the B.CoM. Degree extending over two 
academic years. The examination consists of two Parts: the 
Previous and the Final, held at the end of the first and second 
years, respectively. 

The Previous Examination is conducted wholly by means of 
papers on the following Sections: I. (i) Accounting or Banking 
and (ii) Transport ; II. (i) Business Organization and (ii) In- 
dian Industries and Resources ; III. (i) Economics and (ii) 
General Administration or Co-operative Organization and Finance. 
One paper is set on each part of the Sections. 

The Sections for the Final Examination are the following: 
I. Advanced Accounting and Auditing or Advanced Banking or 
Transport; II. (/) International Trade and Foreign Exchange, 
(ii) Secretarial Practice; III. (i) Statistics, (ii) Public Finance; 
IV. Mercantile and Industrial Law. Two papers are set on each 
of the Sections I and IV and one paper on each part of the 
other two Sections. 

Candidates are not eligible to receive the B.Con. Degree 
until they have passed the Examination in General English 
prescribed for the B.A. Examination of the University. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, of the total number 
of marks in each Section and 36 per cent, of the aggregate. 
Candidates who obtain 60 per cent, and above are placed in the 
First Division and those obtaining 48 per cent, and above but 
less than 60 per cent, in the Second Division. 

TEACHING. 

Diploma in Teaching. This Diploma is granted to women 
graduates who successfully undergo a prescribed course of study 
for one academic year. The examination is both in the theory 
and practice of teaching. The theory examination consists of 
four papers set as follows: (1) Principles of Teaching, (2) 
History of Education, (3) Methods of Teaching, (4) School 



I.UCKNOW UNIVERSITY 255 

Management and Hygiene. Special examinations will be held 
for special qualifications. Every candidate must have passed 
through a practical course of physical training. The examination 
in the practice of teaching will be conducted in the Training 
College in which the student was trained. The minimum is 
36 per cent, of the aggregate for a pass, 60 per cent, for First 
Division and 48 per cent, for Second Division. 

Table oi Examination Fees. 

ARTS AND SCIENCE. 

Rs, 
B.A. and B.Sc. (Pass)* .. .. .. ..30 

B. A. and B.Sc. (Honours)* 55 

Provided that a student who holds a Pass Degree and 
wishes to take an Honours Degree or a student who 
has passed the examination of one Honours School and 
wishes to appear in the examination of another Honours 
School shall pay an examination fee of . . . . 20 

M.A. and M.Sc. . . . . . . . . . . 50 

M.A. and M.Sc. Part I Previous ) c/\ 

M.A. and M.Sc. Part II Final j * * ' ' w 

Note. Before appearing for any part of an examination, a candidate 
must deposit the fee for the whole examination. f 

PH.D., D.LiTT. and D.Sc. . . . . . . . . 200 

Re-examination in B.A. and B.Sc. Honours subject . . 20 

Re-examination in each subsidiary subject . . 10 
Re-examination in each subsidiary subject (after passing 

in the examination in the Principal subject) . . 15 

MEDICINE. 

Pre-Medical Examination . . . . . . 15 

First M.B., B.S. . . . . . . . . . . 25 

Final M.B., B.S. Part I . . . . . . . . 55 

- Do. Part II . . . . . . . . 50 

Re-examination in Group B of Final M.B., B.S. Part I . . 50 
Re-examination in one subject of Final M.B., B.S. . . 30 

M.D. 200 

M.S. 200 

D.P.H. (each Part) 100 

* A fee of Rs. 10 to be charged from a candidate who has to appear in 
General or Special English only. 

A fee of Rs. 2 to be charged from a candidate who has to appear in 
General English at the end of his first year in the B.A. or B.Sc. courses. 

Full examination fee to be charged from students who appear in 
one subject only under, the compartmental system. 

t A fee of Rs. 25 to be charged from a candidate who has to r e -appear 
in either Part of M.A. or M.Sc. Examination. 



256 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

LAW. 

Rs. 

LL.B. Previous . . . . . . . . . . 20 

LL.B. Final .. .. .. .. ..40 

LL.M. .. .. .. .. .. ..50 

LL.D. .. .. .. .. .. ..200 

COMMERCE. 

E.CoM. Previous . . . . . . . . . . 10 

B.CoM. Final . . . . . . . . . . 20 

Special Paper in Accountancy . . . . 10 

DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS. 

In Arabic and Persian : 

Maulvi and Dabir . . . . . . . . 4 

Alim and Dabir-i-Mahir . . . . . . 8 

Fazil and Dabir-i-Kamil . . . . . . 10 

Diploma in Teaching : 

For the full examination . . . . . . 20 

Re-examination in each subject . . . . 10 

In Sanskrit : 

Shastri , , . . . . . . . . . . 8 

Acharya . . . . . . . . . . 10 

CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY IN FRENCH OR GERMAN . . 10 



Madras University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University of Madras was founded under the Act of 
Incorporation XXVII of 1857. This Act was in operation 
until 1904 when as a result of the Commission appointed by the 
Government of India in 1902 to examine the working of the 
Universities under that system, the Indian University Act 
No. VIII of 1904 was passed with the intention of reorganizing 
the Universities in India and of enlarging their functions in the 
matters of University Teaching and of supervision over affiliated 
colleges. This Act again was superseded by the Madras Uni- 
versity Act No. VII of 1923 which was passed to reorganize 
the University with a view to establishing a teaching and resi- 
dential University at Madras while enabling the University to 
continue to exercise due control over the quality of the teaching 
given by colleges which are to constitute the University or are 
affiliated to it. This Act has since been amended by the 
Amended Act XII of 1929, which has since been modified by 
the Government of India (Adaptation of Indian Laws) Order, 
1937. 

The University is federal in character and is in the main 
an examining body, though it has undertaken teaching and 
research in Economics, Indian History, Philosophy, Mathematics, 
Statistics, Botany, Biochemistry and Zoology as well as in 
Sanskrit, Islamic and Dravidian Languages. 

There are 14 Constituent Colleges, i.e., colleges within the 
University area. Of these, six prepare candidates for Degrees in 
Arts and Science, four in Teaching, one in Law, one in Medicine, 
one in Engineering, and one in Veterinary Science. Besides, 
there are 41 Affiliated Colleges of which 38 prepare candidates 
for Intermediate courses and for Degrees in Arts and Science, 
one each in Agriculture, Teaching and Law. Provision is also 
made to confer degrees and titles in Oriental Learning. There 
are 20 Institutions preparing candidates for titles. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCEU,OR. 
His Excellency Lord Erskine, G.C.I.E., Governor of Madras. 



The Hon. Dr. P. Subbaroyan, M.A., B.C.L., UV.D., Bar-at-Law, 
Minister of Education. 



258 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Diwan Bahadur S. E. Ranganadhan, M.A., L.T., i.E.S. (Retd.). 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. William McLean, J.P., M.A., B.L., Chartered Secretary. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Rao Sahib S. R. Ranganathan, M.A., L.T. 

PRESIDENTS OF FACULTIES. 

Arts . . Miss E. McDougall, M.A., D.Litt. 

Science . . M. R. Ry. R. Gopala Ayyar, Avl., M.A. r 

M.SC., L.T. 
Law . . Mr. K. Krishna Menon, M.A., B.C.L., 

Bar-at-Law. 
Medicine . . Rao Bahadur A. Lakshmanaswami 

Mudaliyar, B.A., M.D., F.C.O.G. 
Engineering . . Mr. K. C. Chacko, B.A., D.SC., M.I.E- 

(Ind.). 

Teaching . . Miss K. N. Brockway, M.A. 

Agriculture . . Mr. R. C. Broadfoot, N.D.A., C.D.A. 

Veterinary Science .. (Vacant.) 
Commerce . . ( Vacant. ) 

Oriental Learning . . M. R. Ry. C. Kunhan Raja, Avl., B.A. 

(HOIIS.), D.phil. 
Fine Arts . . Mr. P. Sambamurti, B.A., B.L. 

UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS, TEACHERS, ETC. 
Department of Economics: 

Mr. P. J. Thomas, M.A., Ph.D., B.Litt, D.phil., Professor. 
Mr. P. S. Lokanathan, M.A., D.SC. (Econ.), Reader. 
Mr. K. C. Ramakrishna Ayyar, M.A., Lecturer. 

Department of Indian History and Archeology: 

Mr. K. A. Nilakanta Sastri, M.A., Professor. 

Mr. N. Venkataramanayya, M.A V Ph.D., Reader. 

Mr. V. R. Ramachandra Dikshitar, M.A., oip.Ec., Lecturer. 

Department of Philosophy: 

Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana Sastri, M.A., B.SC., Bar-at-Law, 
Reader. 

Department of Mathematics : 

Mr. R. Vaidyanathaswami, M.A., Ph.D., D.SC., F.R.S.E., Reader. 
Department of Zoology: 

Mr. R. Gopala Ayyar, M.A., M.SC., L.T., Director (Professor). 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 259 

Department of Biochemistry: 

Mr. M. Damodaran, M.A., M.SC., D.SC., D.I.C., F.C.S., Director 

(Professor). 

Department of Botany: 

Mr. M. O. Parthasarathi Ayyangar, M.A., L.T., ph.D., Director 
(Professor). 

Oriental Research Institute: 

Department of Sanskrit: 

Mr. C. Kunhan Raja, B.A. (nous.), D.phil., Reader. 

Mr. T. R. Chintamani, M.A., Ph.D., Senior Lecturer. 

Veda Visarada Sahitya Chakravarthi Mimainsakacharya 

S. K. Ramanatha Sastri, Junior Lecturer. 
Department of Tamil: 

Mr. S. Vaiyapuri Pillai, B.A., B.I,., Reader. 

Mr. R. P. Sethu Pillai, B.A., B.I,., Senior Lecturer. 

Vidvan V. Venkatarajulu Reddiar, Junior Lecturer. 

Department of Telugu: 

Mr. K. Rainakrishnayya, M.A., Senior Lecturer. 
Mr. S. Lakshmipathi Sastri, Junior Lecturer. 

Department of Kannada: 

Mr. H. Chennakesava Ayyangar, M.O.I,., Senior Lecturer. 
Pandit H. Sesha x\yyangar, Junior Lecturer. 

Department of Malayalam: 

Mr. C. Achyuta Menon, B.A., Senior Lecturer (on study 

leave). 
Mr. P. Krishnan Nair, Junior Lecturer. 

Department of Arabic, Persian and Urdu : 

Mr. S. Muhammad Hussain Nainar, M.A., IX.B., Senior 

Lecturer (on study leave). 
Mr. Syed Eushaw, B.A., Junior Lecturer. 
Mr. Muhammad Hussain Mahur Siddiqi, Junior Lecturer. 

.Department of Geography: 

Mr. George Kuriyan, B.A., B.L., B.SC., Lecturer. 

Diploma Course in Indian Music : 

Mr. P. Sambamurti, B.A., B.I V ., Lecturer. 
Vidvan K. Ponniah Pillai (Vocal Assistant). 
Mr. Parur A. Sundaram Ayyar, Violin Assistant. 
Mr. M. Udaya Varma Rajah, Veena Assistant. 

.Department of Statistics: 

Mr. N. Sundararama Sastri, M.A., M.SC., Lecturer. 



260 HANDBOOK. OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Department of Politics and Public Administration: 

Mr. Eddy Asirvadam, B.A., B.D., ph.D., Reader. 

Diploma in Modern European Languages: 

French. Mr. E. Divien, B.A. (Hons.), Lecturer. 
German. Mrs. Ellen Sharma. 

Constituent and Affiliated Colleges of the University 
and their Principals. 

CONSTITUENT COLLEGES. (14) 
First Grade Colleges. 

Women's Christian College, Miss E. McDougall, M.A., D.i,itt. 
Madras. . 

Pachaiyappa's College, Mr. P. N. Srinivasachariyar,. 

Madras. M.A. 

The Presidency College, Mr. H. C. Papworth, M.A. 

Madras. 

Queen Mary's College for Miss K. Myers, M.A. 
Women, Madras. 

Government Muhammadari Capt. Abdul Hamid, M.A., M.B.E. 
College, Madras. 

Loyola College, Madras . . The Rev. L. Vion, s.j. 

Professional Colleges. 

Lady Willingdon Training Miss J. M. Gerrard, M.A. 
College, Madras. 

St. Christopher's Training Miss K. N. Brockway, M.A. 
College, Madras. 

Madras Teachers' College, Rao Bahadur N. R. Krish- 
Saidapet. namma, M.A. 

Meston Training College, The Rev. T. R. Foulger, M.A. 

Royapettah, Madras 

Madras Law College . . Mr. K. Krishna Menon, M.A., 

B.C.I,., Bar-at-Law. 

Madras Medical College, Lieut-Col. C. M. Plumptre, 

Madras. M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., tf.R.c.s. 

(Edin.), F.C.O.G., I.M.S. 

College of Engineering, Mr. K. C. Chacko, B.A., D.SC. 

Guindy, Madras. M.I.E. (Ind.) 

Madras Veterinary College, Mr. T. J. Hurley, M.R.C.V.S., 

Vepery, Madras. D.V.S.M. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 261 

AFFILIATED COLLEGES. (41) 
Second Grade Colleges. 

Sacred Heart College, Sister M. Emmanuel, B.A. 

Bangalore. ( Hons. ) . 

Malabar Christian College, The Rev. T. H. Lorch, Ph.D., 

Calicut. D.D. 

Zamorin's College, Calicut . . Mr. A. V. K. Krishna Menon, 

M.A., B.L., L.T. 

Government College, Mr. T. K. Doraiswami Ayyar,, 

Coimbatore. M.A., L.T. 

C.M.S. College, Kottayam . . Mr. C. K. Thomas, B.A., L.T. 

Government College, Mr. P. Narayana Gowd, M.A., 

Mangalore. B.SC. 

Scott Christian College, Mr. G. H. Marsden, M.A. 
Nagercoil. 

St. John's College, Palam- The Rev. G. T. Selwyn, M.A. 
cottah. 

C.M.S. Sarah Tucker College Miss Annie Lindsey, B.SC. 
(Women), Palamcottah. 

Maharaja's College, Rao Sahib N, Tyagaraja Ayyar, 

Pudukottai. M.A., L.T. 

The Salem College . . Mr. A. Ramaswami Gounder, 

M.A., L.T. 

Government Brennen College, Mr. T. M. Kelu Nedungadi, 

Tellicherry. M.A., L.T. 

H. H. The Maharaja's Col- Miss Anna Nidiry, M.A. 
lege for Women, Trivan- 
drum. 

Islamiah College, Mr. Ahmed Ali, M.A., L.T. 
Vaniyambadi. 

The Elizabeth R. Voorhees The Rev. John J. de Boer, M.A., 

College, Vellore. Ph.D. 

First Grade Colleges. 

The Union Christian College, Mr. A. M. Varki, M.A., B.L. 
Alwaye. 

The Ceded Districts College, Mr. K. C. Subrahmanya Ayyar, 

Anantapur. M.A., L.T. (in charge). 

St. Joseph's College, The Rev. A. Ambruzzi, s.j., 

Bangalore. M.A., D.D. 



262 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



St. Berchman's College, 
Changancherry. 

Maharaja's College, 
Ernakulam. 

St. Teresa's College, 
Ernakulam (Women). 

The Nizam College, 
Hyderabad. 

Government College, 
Kumbakonam. 

The Theosophical College, 
Madanapalle. 



The Rev. I. C. Romeo Thomas, 

M.A., I,.T. 

Mr. H. R. Mills, M.SC. 
Sister Beatrice, A.C., M.A. 
Mr. W. Turner, M.A. 
Mr. A. Chakravarti, M.A., I,.T. 



The American College, 
Madura. 



Dr. James H. Cousins, D.utt. 
(on leave) ; Dr. D . Guru- 
murti, M.A V Ph.D. (Acting). 

Mr. E. M. Flint, B.SC. (on 
leave) ; Mr. A. Ranjitham, 
M.A. i</r. (Acting}. 

The Madura College, Madura Mr. V. R. Venkataraman, M.A. 

St. Aloysius' College, The Rev. T. Gonsalves, s.j., B.A. 

Mangalore. 

St. Agnes College, Mangalore Sister Theodosia, A.C V M.A. 
(Women). 

St. Xavier's College, The Rev. A. Bonhoure, s.j., Ph.D. 

Palamcottah. 

Government Victoria College, Dr. S. R. U. Savoor, M.A., D.SC., 
~ Bar-at-Law. 



Palghat. 

Madras Christian College, 

Tambaram ( Chingleput 

Dt). 
Hindu College, Tinnevelly 

St Joseph's College, 
Trichinopoly. 

Holy Cross College, 
Trichinopoly (Women). 

National College, 
Trichinopoly 

St. Thomas' College, Trichur. The Rev. John Palocaren, M.A. 

H. H. The Maharaja's College Mr. A. Gopala Menon, M.A., 
of Arts, Trivandrum. B.com. 

H. H. The Maharaja's Col- Mr. K. L. Moudgill, M.A., D.KC., 
lege of Science, Trivandrum. F.i.c. (on other duty) ; Mr. R. 

Srinivasan, M.A. (Acting). 



The Rev. A. G. Hogg, M.A., 

D.Utt, D.D. 

Mr. Alex. Gnanamuttu, M.A. 

The Rev. Jerome D'Souza, S.J., 
B.A. (nons.). 

Sister Sophie, B.C. 

Mr. V. Saranatha Ayyangar, 
M.A. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 



263 



Professional Colleges. (3) 



Agricultural College, 
Coimbatore. 



Mr. R. C. Broadfoot, N.D.A., 
C.D.A. 

Mr. A. Narayan Tampi, B.A. 

Dip.Edin., Bar-at-Law. 
H. H. The Maharaja's Law Mr. K. P. Padmanabha Pillai, 



Training College, 
Trivandrum. 



College, Trivandrum. 



B.A., U,.B., Bar-at-Law. 



Sri Jagadguru Vidyasthanam, 
Jambukeswaram (Trichy 
Dt.). 

The Vaidika Dharma 
Samvardhini Sanskrit 
College, Kallidaikaruchi 
(Tinnevelly Dt.). 

Shrimath Bhuvanendra 
Sanskrit Mahavidyalaya, 
Shri Srinivas Ashram, 
Karkal. 

The Kerala Oriental College, 
Katampozhipuram (Mala- 
bar). 

Madrasa-Islamiah, Kurnool. 

The Madras Sanskrit College, 
Mylapore, Madras. 

The Venkataramana Medical 
School and Dispensary, 
Mylapore, Madras. 

Rameswaram Devasthanam 
Pathasala, Madura. 

Jamai Darus-Salam, 
Oomerabad. 

Central Sanskrit College, 
Pattambi (Malabar). 

Sahitya Dipika Sanskrit 
College, Pavaratti. 

Mahajana Sanskrit College, 
Perdal. 

Harihara Sanskrit College, 
Puthukode. 



ORIENTAL COU,SGSS. (20) 

Brahma Sri Venkatarama Sastri- 
gal (on other duty) ; Brahma 
Sri Rama Sastrigal (Acting). 

Brahma Sri A. Sankara Sastri- 
gal. 



Mr. K. V. Kamath, B.A. (nons.), 



Mr. C. K. Appukutti Guptan. 

Maulana Moulvi Muhd. Umar 
Sahib. 

Brahma Sri Mahamahopadhyaya 
K. S. Krishna Sastrigal. 

Vaidya Ratna Pandit N. V. 
Krishna Wariyar. 

Mr. V. Subrahmanya Ayyar, 
B.A., i,/r. 

Maulana Muhd. Fazlullah Sahib. 
Mr. K. V. Narayana Sastri. 
Mr. P. T. Kuriyakku. 
Mr. B. Narayana Bhat, B.A. 

Brahma Sri P. A. Krishna 
Sarma. 



264 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Veda Vedanta Bodhi Sanskrit Mr. P. B. Ananthachariyar. 
College, Sholinghur. 

The Sanskrit College, Pandit T. Asuri Ramanuja- 

Sriperumbudur. charya. 

Sri Venkateswara Sanskrit Mr. D. T. Tatacharya, M.O.L. 
College, Tirupati. 

The Rajah's College of Mr. P. S. Subrahmanya Sastri, 

Sanskrit and Tamil Studies, M.A., I,.T., Ph.D. 
Tiruvadi. 

Maharaja's Sanskrit College, Mr. K. Goda Varma, M.A., Ph.D. 
Trivandrum. 

S.M.S.P. Sanskrit Dwaita Mr. M. Ramachandra Rao, M.A. 
Vedanta Siromani College, 
Udipi. 

Bakiyatussalihat Arabic Khan Bahadur Maulana Moulvi 

College, Vellore. Alhaj Ziauddin Muhammad 

Sahib Bahadur, Moulvi Fazil. 



Constitution of the University. 

The principal authorities of the University are the Senate 
which consists of 211 members, the Syndicate which consists of 
19 members, the Academic Council which consists of 187 mem- 
bers and the several Faculties, Boards of Studies and such other 
authorities as may be declared by the Statutes to be authorities 
of the University. 

The Senate is the supreme Governing Body of the Univer- 
sity and the Syndicate is the Executive Body. The Academic 
Council is the academic authority of the University and deals with 
the general regulation of teaching and examination within the 
University. 

Number of Students in the University for several Examinations and 
Number of Students that were successful at the Examinations, 1937. 

March Jnly, 1937 Scf>.Dcc., 1937 



Pre-University ..167 49 

(Matriculation). 
Intermediate ' .. 5,048 1,902 3,086 962 

(Arts and Science). 
B.A. Part I .. 1,943 1,088 954 340 

(New Regulations). 
B.A. Part II .. 1,680 1,301 527 344 

(New Regulations). 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 



B.A. Part III .. 1,972 

(New and Transitory Regulations), 

B.A. (Hons.) .. 185 

(Preliminary). 

B.A. (Hons.) Final .. 177 

M.A. . . 256 

Doctor of Philosophy . . 8 

(Ph.D.). 

B.Sc. Part I ..240 

B.Sc. Part II .. 231 

B.Sc. (Hons.) Part I .. 39 

B.Sc. (Hons.) Part II (Main) 37 

Subsidiary . . 24 

M.Sc. . . 5 

D.Sc. . . 6 
B.Sc. (Ag.) First Examination 45 

(New Regulations). 
B.Sc. (Ag.) Second Examination 41 

Do. Final . . 33 

L.T. . . 415 

F.L. . . 490 

B.L. . . 472 

M.L. . . 23 

Pre-Registration . . 68 

I M.B.B.S. Part I 62 

I M.B.B.S. Part II .. 94 

II M.B.B.S. Part I 77 
II M.B.B.S. Part II . . 77 
Final M.B.B.S. Part I 73 
Final M.B.B.S. Part II .. 141 

II L.M.S. 

III L.M.S. 

Final L.M.S. Part I 
Final L.M.S. Part II 

B.S.Sc. Part I ..1 

B.S.Sc. Part II ..1 

M.D. .. 8 

M.S. . . 3 

Diploma in Midwifery (D.G.O.) 4 

F.E. . . 120 

B.E. (Civil) .. 42 

B.E. (Mechanical) .. 13 

B.E. (Electrical) .. 22 

B.V.Sc. Preliminary . . 24 

ORIENTAL 

Preliminary and Final . . 64 

Preliminary . . 538 

Final . . 336 
Certificates of Proficiency in 

Oriental Learning . . 42 
Entrance Test to the Vidvan 

Course . . 124 

Master of Oriental Learning 2 

M.A. Degree in Research . . 1 



MarchJuly, 1937 
Passed 
1,302 
149 



Exam- 
ined 



148 

132 

4 

158 

180 

36 

36 

24 
3 
5 

37 

32 

28 

298 

259 

187 

5 

48 
47 
51 
60 
42 
64 
52 



1 
1 
5 
1 
2 

38 

24 

6 

13 

9 



32 
304 
213 

21 
76 
"l 



265 

Sep. -Dec., 1937 
Passed 
248 

57 40 



566 



89 

55 
6 



46 

19 

4 



127 
237 
274 



69 
152 
130 



266 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

OTHER DIPLOMAS. 

March July, 1937 Sep.Dec., 1937 



Diploma in Economics . . 5 3 
Diploma in European Language, 

French .. 5 3 
Diploma in European Language, 

German . . 11 8 

Certificate in Librarian Course 18 15 

Diploma in Geography . . 8 2 

Diploma in Indian Music 10 9 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There are a large number of endowed Scholarships, Medals 
and Prizes awarded by the University for proficiency in the 
several examinations. The amount of endowed funds in Gov- 
ernment Securities, on the 31st March 1937, was Rs. 7,16,000. 

Library, Museums, etc. 

The University has a Library called the University Library, 
the affairs of which are managed by the Syndicate. It has an 
annual income of about Rs. 68,000 towards its up-keep and 
maintenance. 

The University has up to date about 85,632 volumes in its 
main Library and 16,647 volumes in the sectional libraries. 

Provision for Research. 

University Studentships and Fellowships for research work are 
awarded in different subjects, the value of which ranges from 
Rs. 75 per month to Rs. 125 per month. Such Studentships 
have been awarded for research in Philosophy, History, Econo- 
mics, Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Botany, Zoology, Geology, 
Anthropology, Medicine, Agriculture, Geography, Sanskrit, 
Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam and Indian Music, Grants-in-aid for 
research are also awarded under certain conditions. 

Publication and Research Work. 

The University generally undertakes the publication of the 
results of research, lectures and other theses. The University 
publications, besides the Tamil Lexicon, are: 

General. 

1. Dravidic Studies, Vols. 1 to 3. 

2. History of Sri Vaishnavas, by Mr. R. Gopinatha Rao. 

3. Psychological Tests of Mental Abilities, by Dr. A. S. 

Woodburne. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 267 

4. A Study of the Optical Properties of Potassium Vapour, 

by Dr. A. L. Narayan. 

5. Absorption Spectra and their bearing on the Structure 

of Atoms and Molecules, by Dr. A. L. Narayan. 

6. Investigations on the Molecular Scattering of Light, 

by Dr. K. R. Ramanathan. 

7. The Kaveri, the Mukari and the Sangam Age, by 

Mr. T. G. Aravamudan. 

8. Dravidic Studies, No. IV On the Octaval System of 

Reckoning in India, by Dr. Mark Collins. 

9. Stone Age in India, by Mr. P. T. Srinivasa Ayyangar. 

10. Anatomical and Taxonomic Studies of Some Indian 

Fresh and Amphibious Gastropods, by Mr. H. Srini- 
vasa Rao, M.A., D.SC. 

11. India through the Ages (Sir William Meyer Lectures, 

1929), by Dr. Sir Jadunath Sirkar, Kt. 

12. Political Theory of the Government of India, by Mr. M. 

Ratnaswami. 

13. Ante-Natal, Natal, Neo-Natal Mortality of Infants, by 

Dr. A. Lakshmanaswami Mudaliyar. 

14. Critical Survey of the Malayalam Language and Lite- 

rature, by Mr. A. Krishna Pisharoti. 

15. Records of the Indian Museum, Vol. XXXI, Part I, 

by Mr. K. S. Padmanabha Ayyar. 

16. Restricted Relativity, by the Rev. D. Ferroli, S.J., D.SC. 

17. Tamil Sangam Age, by Mahamahopadhyaya V. Swami- 

natha Ayyar. 

18. Rasa and Dhvani, by Dr. A. Sankaran. 

19. Kssiy on the Origin of South Indian Temples, by 

Dr. N. Venkataramanayya. 

20. New Light on Fundamental Problems, by Dr. T. V. 

S^sha^iri Rao Naidu. 

21. Indian Currency System, 1835-1926 (Sir William Meyei 

Lectures, 1930), by Sir J. C. Coyajee. 

22. Political Theory of Imperialism, by Mr. K. Zachariah. 

23. The Problems of World Economy, by Prof. V. G. Kale. 

24. Evolut : on of Hindu Administrative Institutions in South 

India (Sir WUliam Meyer Lectures, 1931), by 
Dr. S. Krishnaswami Ayyangar. 

25. CiviTzation as a Co-operative Adventure (Principal 

M'ller Lectures of 1931), by Prof. A. R. Wadia. 



268 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

26. The Anatomy and Mechanism of the Tongue of Rana 

hexadactyla, by Mr. C. P. Gnanamuttu. 

27. An Indian Federation (The Rt. Hon'ble V. S. Srinivasa 

Sastri Lectures, 1933), by Diwan Bahadur A. Rama- 
swami Mudaliar. 

28. The Challenge of the Temporal Process (Principal 

Miller Lectures, 1933), by the Rev. Dr. A. G. 
Hogg. 

29. Purpose and Progress (Principal Miller Lectures, 1934) r 

by the Rev. John Meckenzie. 

30. Considerations on Some Aspects of Ancient Indian Polity 

(Sir Subrahmanya Ayyar Lectures, 1914), by Rao 
Bahadur K. V. Rangaswami Ayyangar (Second 
Edition). 

31. Inter-Statal Law The Law affecting the Relations of 

the Indian States with the British Crown (Sundaram 
Ayyar-Krishnaswami Ayyar Lectures for 1933-34), 
by Sirdar K. M. Panikkar. 

32. Problems in Filariasis (Maharaja of Travancore-Curzon 

Lectures, 1934-35), by Dr. T. Bhaskara Menon. 

33. Some Aspects of Economic Planning (Sir William 

Meyer Lectures, 1932-33), by Mr. N. S. Subba Rao. 

34. Some Trends of Modern Public Finance (Sir William 

Meyer Lectures, 1933-34), by Rao Bahadur K. V. 
Rangaswami Ayyangar. 

35. Studies in Tamil Literature and History, by Mr. V. R, 

Ramachandra Dikshitar. 

36. The Marriage Customs and Songs of the Syrian Christ- 

ians of Malabar, by Dr. P. J. Thomas. 

37. Tamil Literature Under the Later Cholas, by Sri. T. N. 

Thanu Ammal. 

38. The History of the Poets of Southern India and the 

Deccan, by Moulvi Muhammad Munawar Gowhar 
Sahib Bahadur. 

39. Humanism and Indian Thought (Principal Miller Lec- 

tures, 1935), by Mr. A. Chakravarti. 

40. Indian Political Theories, by Sir C. P. Ramaswami Ayyar 

(The Rt. Hon'ble V. S. Srinivasa Sastri Lectures 
1936-37). 

41. Ophthalmology in its Relations to Clinical Medicine, 

by Rao Bahadur Dr. K. Koman Nayar [Maharaja 
of Travancore Curzon Prize Lectures (Medicine), 
1936-37]. 

42. A Critique on Nicolai Hartmann's Ethics, by Mr. P. V. S. 

Narayana, M.A., B.I,. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 269 

Historical Series of the University. 

1. Sources of Vijayanagar History, by Dr. S. Krishna- 

swami Ayyangar. 

2. The Nayaks of Madura, by Mr. R. Satyanatha Ayyar. 

3. History of Pallavas of Kanchi, by Mr. R. Gopalan. 

4. Hindu Administrative Institutions, by Mr. V. R. R. 

Dikshitar. 

5. Historical Inscriptions of South India, by Robert 

Sewell. 

6. Origin and Early History of Saivism in India, by 

, Mr. C. V. Narayanan. 

7. Studies in Cola Histoiy and Administration, by Mr. 

K. A. Nilakanta Sastri. 

8. The Mauryan Polity, by Mr. V. R. R. Dikshitar. 

9. The Colas, Vol. I, by Mr. K. A. Nilakanta Sastri. 

10. The Colas, Vol. II, by Mr. K. A. Nilakanta Sastri. 

11. Studies in the History of the Third Dynasty of Vijaya- 

nagar, by Dr. N. Venkataramanayya. 

12. Economic Conditions in Southern India, by Dr. A, 

Appadurai (2 Volumes). 

Bulletins of the Indian History Department. 

1. Some Aspects of the Vayu Purana, by Mr. V. R. R. 

Dikshitar. 

2. Dutch Beginnings in India Proper, by Mr. T. I. Poonen. 

3. A Report on the Modi MSS. in the Tan j ore Palace 

Library, by Mr. R. S. Shelvankar. 

4. Vijayanagar The Origin of the City and the Empire, 

by Dr. N. Venkataramanayya. 

5. The Matsya Puran^ A study by Mr. V. R. R. Dikshitar. 

Publications of the Economics Department. 

1. Some South Indian Villages, by Dr. Slater. {Out of 

stock.) 

2. Industrial Welfare in India, by Dr. P. S. Lokanathan. 

Publications of the Indian Philosophy Department. 

1. Sivadvaita Nirnaya, by Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana Sastri. 

2. Sivadvaita of Srikanta, by Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana 

Sastri. 

3. Samkya Karika, by Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana Sastri. 



270 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

4. The Siddhantalesasangraha of Appayya Dikshita, Vol. I, 

by Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana Sastri. 

5. Do. Vol. II Roman and Sanskrit Text. 
Do. Vol. II Sanskrit Text alone. 

Bulletins of the Department. 

1. Samkya Karika studied in the light of the Chinese 

Version, by Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana Sastri. 

2. A Critique of Difference, by Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana 

Sastri and Mr. T. M. P. Mahadevan. 

Publications of the Tamil Department. 

1. Agastya in the Tamil Land, by Mr. K. N. Sivaraja 

Pillai. 

2. Purananutrin Palamai, by Mr. K. N. Sivaraja Pillai. 

3. The Chronology of the Early Tamils, by Mr. K. N. 

Sivaraja Pillai. 

4. Paranar, by Mr. Mr. V. Venkatarajulu Reddiar. 

5. Kapilar, by Mr. V. Venkatarajulu Reddiar. 

6. Nanartha Dipikai, by Mr. S. Anavarthavinayakam Pillai. 

7. Sri Sivagara Yogin's Siva-Neri Prakasam, by Mr. S, 

Anavarthavinayakam Pillai. 

8. Bulletin Grammatical Essays, by Mr. V. Venkatarajulu 

Reddiar. 

Telugu Series of the University. 

1. Vishnu Puranam, edited by Mr. K. Ramakrishnayya. 

2. Prabhavati Pradyumnam, its Sources, by Mr. P. Lakshmi- 

kantam. 

3. Vishnumayanatakam, by Mr. K. Ramakrishnayya. 

4. Studies in Dravidian Philology, by Mr. K. Rama- 

krishnayya. 

5. Sandhi, by Mr. K. Ramakrishnayya. 

6. A Critique on Nannichodadeva's Kumarasambhava, by 

Mr. S. Lakshmipati Sastri (Bulletin). 

7. Navanadhacharita, by Gaurana Ed. by Mr. K. Rama- 

krishnayya. 

Malayalam Series of the University. 

1. Kuchelavirtham and Krishna Vilasam, by Mr. C. Achyuta 

Menon. 

2. Subadraharanam, by Mr. V. T. Srimanavikrama 

Panikkar. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 271 

3. North Malabar Ballads, by Mr. C. Achyuta Menon. 

4. & 5. Kavyajavita Vrtti, by Mr. P. Krishnan Nair, 

Vols. I and II. 

Kannada Series of the University. 

1. Kavirajamarga, edited by Mr. A. Venkata Rao and 

Mr. H. Sesha Ayyangar. 

2. Rasarathnakara by Salva, edited by Mr. A. Venkata 

Rao and Mr. H. Sesha Ayyangar. 

3. Abhidana Vastu Kosha Messrs. A. Venkata Rao and 

H. Sesha Ayyangar. 

4. Pushpadanta Puranam, edited by Mr. A. Venkata Rao 

and Mr. H. Sesha Ayyangar. 

Sanskrit Series of the University. 

1. Taittirya Pratisakhya, by Pandit V. Venkatarama Sanna. 

2. Rigvedanukramani of Madhava Bhatta, Vol. I, by 

Dr. C. Kunhan Raja. 

3. Brhati Part I, edited by S. K. Ramanatha Sastri. 
3a. Do. Part II, Do. 

4. Linganusasana, edited by Pandit V. Venkatarania 

Sarma. 

5. Katyayana Pratishkya, edited by Pandit V. Venkatarama 

Sarma. 

5a. Critical Studies on Katyayana's Sukla Yajurveda Prati- 
Sakhya, by Pandit V. Venkatarama Sarma. 

6. Sphotasiddhi, by Mr. S. K. Ramanatha Sastri. 

7. The Unadi Sutras in Various Recensions, Parts I, II 

and VI, by Mr. T. R. Chintamani. 

8. The Rig Veda Bhashya of Skandaswamin (First Astaka), 

edited by Dr. C. Kunhan Raja. 

9. Prakatarthavivaranam, Vol. I, by Mr. T. R. Chinta- 

mani. 

10. Nanartha Sangraha of Ajayapala, by Mr. T. R. Chinta- 

mani. 

11. Saraswatikantabarana of Bhojadeva Ed. by Mr. T. R. 

Chintamani, 

12. Nayaviveka of Bhavanatha Misra Ed. by Mr. S. K. 

Ramanatha Sastri. 



272 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Bulletins of the Sanskrit Department of the University. 

1. Sahitya Ratnakara, by Mr. T. R. Chintamani. 

2. Raghunathabhyudaya of Ramabhaclramba, edited by 

Mr. T. R. Chintamani. 

Publications of the Islamic Department of the University. 

1. Burhan's Tuzuk-i-Walajahi, edited by Mr. S. M<L 

Hussain Nainar, Part I. 

2. Diwan-i-Bedar, by Md. Hussain Mahvi Siddiqui. 

Bulletin of the Department. 

1. Waqiet-i-Azfari, by Md. Hussain Mahvi Siddiqui. 

Extension Work. 

The University arranges for a number of ordinary Uni- 
versity Lectures, Vacation Lectures and certain special lectures. 

University Extension Boards, constituted at Madras, 
Trichinopoly, Madura, Trivandrum, Ernakulam, Coimbatore and 
Mangalore arrange special extension and popular lectures for the 
benefit of the public. 

Honorary Readers appointed by the Syndicate deliver 
lectures in their subjects. 

Besides, there are about a dozen endowments made specifi- 
cally for the purpose of inviting experts to deliver courses of 
lectures on topics connected with Medicine, Engineering, Agri- 
culture, Politics, Constitutional Law, Indian Philosophy, Aesthe- 
tics, Ancient Indian Culture, History, Economics and Sanskrit. 

Teachers of the University also deliver advanced course of 
lectures in their subjects. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Corps to give Military Training to- 
undergraduates and graduates of the University. The Syndicate 
sanctions an annual contribution of Rs. 3,000 to the funds of the 
Corps and also pays a grant towards the expenses of the Annual 
U.T.C. camp mess to the colleges. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The Budget Estimate of the University for each year 
(April to March) is placed before the Senate for its consideration 
and adoption at its Annual Meeting in March of every year. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 275 

A Provident Fund has been instituted for the benefit of 
the permanent teachers and servants (other than the menial 
establishment) of the University with effect from April 1929, 
to which the members subscribe 6*4 per cent, of their monthly 
salary and the University pays an equal contribution. 

Women's Education. 

There are 10 constituent and affiliated colleges for the 
education of women under Arts and Training Faculties, 5 
recognized or affiliated up to the B.A. standard, and 3 to the 
Intermediate standard, and 2 recognized in the Faculty of 
Training. Women students are also admitted in other colleges. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

The Students' Advisory Committee has been replaced by 
the University Students' Information Bureau. 

The main functions of the Bureau are 

(1) To furnish information and advice to Indians proceed- 
ing to England and other foreign countries for further studies. 

(2) To circulate in India to Colleges and other institutions 
the educational, financial and social information collected by 
the Bureau in London. 

(3) To communicate with the Central Bureau on behalf of 
students before they start, or on behalf of their parents when 
they are in England. 

(4) To help prospective candidates for the Indian Civil 
Service to assess their ability and to enable them to compute 
their chance of success at the examination, and to advise them 
in general. 

Secretary. Capt. Abdul Hamid, M.A., M.B.E. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, etc. 

Provision has been made in the Regulations for inspection 
by qualified Medical Officers of students in the Junior Inter- 
mediate and B.A. classes and for introduction of compulsory 
Physical Education in the Intermediate course. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Degrees and 

Examination. 

> 

The University offers in Arts the Degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A., M.LiTT., and D.LiTT., in Science the Degrees of 
B.Sc. (Pass and Honours), M.Sc. and D.Sc. M.LiTT. is a new 
Research Degree in the Faculty of Arts. The Professional 
Degrees are: L.T., B.L., M.L., LL.D., M.B.B.S., B.S.Sc., 



274 HANDBOOK Otf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

M.D., M.S., D.G.O., B.E., B.Sc. (Agriculture), and B.V.Sc. 
Holders of Professional Degrees have also been made eligible 
for the Research Degrees. There are also Diplomas in Economics, 
Politics and Public Administration, in Modern European Lan- 
guages (French and German), in Geography and in Indian Music 
and a Certificate in Librarianship. Under Oriental Studies, the 
Degrees and Titles conferred are B.O.L. and M.O.L., Siromani, 
Vidvan, Munshi-i-Fazil, Afzal-ul-Ulama, Adib-i-Fazil, Tabib-i- 
Kamil, Afzal-ul-Atibba, Malpan and Soppar. 

ADMISSION TO COURSES OF STUDY IN THE UNIVERSITY. 

Candidates for admission to the University should have 
passed the S.S.L.C. Examination of a recognized Board and 
declared eligible for University courses or the Matriculation 
Examination of this or of any other recognized University. 

For the purpose of admission to courses of study in this 
University, the Intermediate Examinations of other Indian 
Universities and of duly constituted Boards of Secondary and 
Intermediate Education, and Degree Examinations of other 
Indian Universities will be recognized as equivalent to the cor- 
responding examinations of this University, subject to the 
following conditions : 

(1) That the normal length of the course prescribed leading 

to the Examination sought to be recognized shall not 
be less than that for the corresponding examination 
of this University ; 

(2) that, in cases of applications other than those specified 

in the Regulations governing admission ot candidates 
holding the Diploma of L.M.P. to the M.B.B.S. 
course, the course of study for the examination sought 
to be recognized shall have been pursued in a Univer- 
sity or in a college recognized by a University ; 
and (3) that in the case of admission to a professional course 
the examination sought to be recognized shall have 
been taken in those subjects which are prescribed 
by this University for the examination qualifying for 
admission to the course; provided that it shall be 
competent for the Syndicate to dispense with a strict 
compliance with this condition. 

Provision is also made, for admission, under certain con- 
ditions, of bona-fidc teachers to Matriculation, Intermediate, B.A., 
M.A. and L.T. Degree Examinations. 

COURSES OP STUDY, DEGREES AND EXAMINATIONS. 

ARTS. 

(1) The Intermediate Examination. The course of study 
extends over two years. The subjects of study and the scheme 
of examination are : Part I: English Language and Literature; 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 275 

Part II: A second language. The course will comprise text- 
books, grammar, translation, and in the case of vernaculars ori- 
ginal composition. 

The main object of the study of the Indian vernacular 
languages is to train the student to use the language as a vehicle 
of current thought. 

One of the following languages at the option of the candi- 
date : 

(a) Classical Sanskrit Arabic 

Greek Persian 

Latin Hebrew 

Syriac. 

(b) Modern 

(1) Foreign French German 

(2) Indian Tamil Marathi 

Telugu Oriya 

Malayalam Hindi 

Kannada Burmese 

Urdu Sinhalese 

Part III : Three subjects to be selected out of the following 
Groups A, B and C or Group D at the option of the candidate : 

Group A. Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science^ 
Geography. 

Group B. Logic, Indian History, Ancient History, Modern 
History, A third Language. 

Group C. Economic History of England and Economic Geogra- 
phy, Elements of Commerce and Accountancy, 
Agriculture, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical 
Engineering, Surveying, Drawing, Indian Music, 
Western Music, Architecture. 

Group D. One of the following Oriental Titles : Siromani, Vid- 
van, Afzal-ul-Ulama, Munshi-i-Fazil. (Preliminary 
Division.) x 

There will be three papers in English Language and Litera- 
ture and two papers in the Second Language, and two papers 
in each of the subjects selected in Groups A, B and C, and 4 
papers in each of the titles of Siromani and Vidvan and seven 
papers in each of the titles of Afzal-ul-Ulama and Munshi-i-Fazil 
in Group D of Part III. 

A candidate who has passed Parts I and II and in three 
of the subjects in Part III, as prescribed, or in Group D shall 
be declared to have passed the Intermediate Examination, 



276 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A candidate who wishes to proceed to a degree in Arts or 
Science shall be required to choose two at least of his optional 
subjects from either Group A or Group B. Separate provision 
is made for candidates proceeding to B.O.L. Degree. 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examina- 
tion if he obtains ( 1 ) not less than 35 per cent, of the marks in 
English under Part I, (2) 35 per cent, of the marks in the second 
language under Part II, and (3) 35 per cent, in each of the three 
subjects selected under Part III. 

All other candidates shall be declared to have failed in the 
examination. 

Candidates who pass in all the Parts at the same examination, 
and who obtain not less than 50 per cent, of the total number 
of marks shall be placed in the First Class. All other successful 
candidates shall be placed in the Second Class. 

Candidates who pass in all the Parts at the same examination, 
and obtain not less than 60 per cent, of the marks in any subject 
shall be declared to have gained distinction in that subject. 

Candidates who obtain the prescribed minimum number of 
marks in each Part in separate examinations and are declared to 
have passed the examination under the Regulations shall be placed 
in a separate list in the Second Class. 

Provision has also been made to permit candidates who have 
passed the Intermediate Examination to qualify in a new subject 
or subjects under Part III. Such candidates are required to 
undergo a course of one year in a college in the subject in which 
they desire to qualify. 

(2) Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) Pass. The course of study 
extends over a period of two years after the Intermediate 
Examination. The subjects of study and the scheme of examina- 
tion are : Part I : English Language and Literature, Composition, 
Modern Prose, Modern Poetry and Drama, Shakespeare (four 
papers) ; Part II : Second Language, one of the Classical or 
Modern (Foreign or Indian) Languages prescribed for the 
Intermediate Course (two papers) ; Part III: Optional Subjects, 
one of the following Groups: (i) (a) Mathematics (6 papers), 
(b) Mathematics (6 papers) ; (ii) two of the following (one as 
main subject and the other as subsidiary subject) : (a) Mathema- 
tics, (b) Physics, (c) Chemistry, (d) Botany, (e) Zoology, 
(/) Geology, (g) Physiology, (h) Electrical Engineering, and 
(i) Mechanical Engineering [(h) and (i) to be taken as subsi- 
diary subjects only to Physics as main subject] (Written and 
Practical Examinations) ; (iii-a) Philosophy (5 papers) ; (iii-b) 
Philosophy and History and Politics (5 papers) ; (iv) (a) 
History and Economics (5 papers), (b) Economics and History 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 277 

(5 papers) ; (v) Languages other than English (6 papers) ; 
(vi) Indian Music (written and practical examinations) ; 
(vii) Geography (5 papers written and a practical examina- 
tion) ; (viii) Islamic History and Culture (5 papers). No 
college is, however, as yet affiliated to or recognized by 
this University in Groups (vii) and (viii). The minimum 
for a pass is 35 per cent, in Part I English, 35 per cent, in 
Part II Second Language and in Part III 30 per cent, in each 
division of the optional groups, and 35 per cent, in total except 
in the case of Group (vi) Indian Music, in which a candidate 
should obtain not less than 35 per cent, of the total marks, and 
not less than 35 per cent, in the Practical Examination and not 
less than 30 per cent, in the Theory Examination. Candidates 
getting not less than 60 per cent, are placed in the First Class 
while those obtaining not less than 50 per cent, are placed in 
the Second Class, and those obtaining less than 50 per cent, are 
placed in the Third Class. 

Provision has also been made to permit Bachelors of Arts 
to qualify in a different optional group or a different Second 
Language. Such candidates are required to undergo a course 
of one year in a constituent or affiliated College in the subject 
in which they desire to qualify. 

(3) Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) Honours. The course extends 
wer a period of three years after the candidates have passed 
.the Intermediate Examination. Pass graduates are required to 
study only for two years. Candidates failing in an Honours 
Examination will not be allowed to re-appear for the same. A 
candidate for Honours who has not already graduated is required 
to pass a Preliminary Examination in English in (1) Composi- 
tion, and (2) Nineteenth Century Prose. In the case of 
candidates who have selected Branch VII (English Language 
and Literature), the Preliminary Examination will be in (1) 
Composition as above, (2) The History of England treated in 
relation to the History of English Language and Literature. 
The subjects of study for this Examination are as follows: (1) 
Mathematics, Pure (3 papers), Applied (3 papers) and special 
subjects (2 papers) ; (2) Philosophy (7 papers) ; (3) History 
(7 papers) ; (4) Economics (7 papers) ; (5) Politics (7 papers) ; 
(6) Two Languages other than English six papers in each 
language; (7) English Language and Literature (10 papers and 
a viva voce examination) ; (8) Sanskrit Language and Literature 
(9 papers) ; (9) Arabic Language and Literature (9 papers) ; 
(10) Syriac Language and Literature (9 papers) ; (11) A 
Dravidian Language or Urdu and its Literature (8 papers) ; and 
(12) Islamic. History and Culture (7 papers). . _ 

The Science subjects now form subjects of study for 'the 
B.Sc. (Hons.) course. 
10 



278 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, in Part I r 
English and in Part II, 40 per cent, of the total marks r 
and 30 per cent, in each of the three divisions of the examination. 
Candidates getting 60 per cent, or more are placed in the First 
Class, those getting not less than 50 per cent, are placed in the 
Second Class and those getting not less than 40 per cent, in 
the Third Class. Candidates who have failed in the B.A. (Hons.) 
Examination but who obtain 33Va per cent, in total and 25 
per cent, in each division of examination are recommended for 
the B.A. Degree. 

(4) Master of Arts (M.A.)A Bachelor of Arts of this 
University (whether in Arts or Science subjects) who has passed' 
the B.A. Degree Examination under the Old, New or Transitory 
Regulations, may, after an interval of two years from the date 
of qualifying for that Degree, appear for the M.A. Degree 
Examination, on the production of a certificate of attendance at 
a College after undergoing two years post-graduate course. 

The course of studies, syllabuses, subjects, scheme of marks 
and time-tables, marks qualifying for a pass and divisions of the 
subjects for the examination for the Degree of Master of Arts,- 
shall be the same in all Branches as for the Final Examination 
for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts (Honours) conducted in the 
year in the subjects in the corresponding Branch. 

Provision has also been made to permit Bachelors of Arts 
of other Universities to appear for the M.A. Degree Examination 
after taking a Post-Graduate course for two years in a College 
attached to this University. 

Provision has been made (1) for Bachelors of Arts who 
had put in post-graduate attendance in colleges prior to 1937-38 
to appear for the M.A. Degree Examination without any further 
attendance, and (2) for Bachelors of Arts or Masters of Arts 
in one subject to qualify in a different branch of subject. 

(5) Degree of Master of Letters (M.Utt.). A candidate 
for the M.IviTT. Degree is required to have graduated in an 
Arts subject, and to work in a College recognized by or affiliated 
to this University under a teacher previously approved by the 
Syndicate for a period of four years or two years respectively, in 
the case of a Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Arts (Hons.) or 
Master of Arts or Licentiate in Teaching in an Arts subject. 

There is a proposal to reduce the period of months after 
Registration. 

Provision has been made to permit those who have submitted 
their theses for the PH.D. Degree (since abolished) but were not 
awarded the degree, to submit theses for the M.LiTT. Degree, 
without registration and further study, till the end of the academic 
1941-42. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 279 

(6) Degree of Doctor of Letters (D.Litt.). A candidate for 
the D.Lrrr. Degree should be a B.A. (Hons.) or M.A., or 
M.LiTT., and may submit his thesis five years after having taken 
the B.A. (Hons.) or M.A. Degree, and three years after having 
taken the M.LiTT. Degree. 

SCIENCE. 

(1) The Intermediate Examination. The Intermediate 
Examination leading to the B.Sc. Degree courses is the same as 
in the Faculty of Arts, but candidates should have passed the 
examination in the Science subjects. 

(2) Bachelor of Science (BSc.) After passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination, a candidate must prosecute his studies 
for a period of two years. The subjects of study and the scheme 
of examination are as follows: Part I (which may be taken at 
the end of the first year of study or at the end of the second 
year) : Any one of the following languages : 

(i) English; (ii) Classical: Sanskrit, Greek, Latin, Arabic, 
Persian, Hebrew, Syriac; (iii) Modem: (a) Foreign French, 
German; (b) Indian Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam, Kannada, 
Urdu, Marathi, Oriya, Hindi, Burmese, Sinhalese; 

English (2 papers) (1) Composition, (2) Prose; Indian 
Languages (2 papers) (1) Translation, (2) Composition; Other 
Languages (2 papers) (1) Translation, (2) Prescribed text- 
books. Part II : any three of the following to be selected by the 
candidate of which one shall be main and the other two sub- 
sidiary subjects: 

Mathematics (4 papers), Physics (4 written and 1 practical), 
'Chemistry (3 written and 1 practical), Botany (2 written and 
2 practical), Zoology (2 written and 2 practical), Geology (2 
written and 2 practical), Physiology (2 written and 2 prac- 
tical). Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering can 
be taken only as subsidiary subjects with Physics as main sub- 
ject. In all the subsidiary subjects there shall be a written 
examination (2 papers) and a practical examination (except in 
the case of Mathematics). In order to obtain a pass, the mini- 
mum required is 40 per cent, of the total marks in Part I and 
30 per cent, of the marks allotted to each subsidiary subject 
and 35 per cent, in the total for the main subject and 35 per cent, 
of the total number of marks in Part II. To obtain distinction 
in Part I, a candidate must obtain 60 per cent, of the total marks. 
Successful candidates in Part II will be arranged in three classes : 
the First, consisting of those who obtain not less than 60 per 
cent., the Second, of those who obtain not less than 50 per 
cent, and the Third, the remainder. 



280 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provision has been made for candidates who have passed 
the B.A. Degree or B.A. (Hons.) Preliminary or B.Sc. (Hons.) 
Part I Examination to qualify for the B.Sc. Degree under certain 
conditions. 

Provision has also been made for Bachelors of Science of 
this University to qualify again for the degree in an additional 
subject after one year's course in a College. 

(3) Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) Honours. The course 
extends over three years after, -the Intermediate Examination. 
Graduates in Science seeking to study for Honours need study 
only for a period of two years. They are also exempted from 
Part I of the Examination and the examination in the subsidiary 
subjects. The subjects of study and the scheme of examination 
are as follows: Part I: English: (1) Prose, and (2) Composi- 
tion on additional set books. Candidates obtaining 40 per cent, 
of the total marks are declared to have passed in this Part while- 
those who obtain not less than 60 per cent, are declared to have 
passed with distinction. Part II: (i) Mathematics (8 papers) 
or one of the following as main subject (ii) Physics (6 written 
and 4 practical) ; (Hi) Chemistry (5 written and 4 practical) r 
(iv) Botany (5 written 4 practical) ; (v) Zoology (5 written 
and 4 practical) ; (vi) Geology (5 written and 4 practical) ; (vii) 
Physiology (5 written and 4 practical) ; and any one of the 
following (other than the subject taken as the main subject) 
as a subsidiary subject (1) Mathematics, (2) Physics, (3) 
Chemistry, (4) Botany, (5) Zoology, (6) Geology, (7) Physio- 
logy. The examination in the subsidiary subjects shall be the 
same as for the B.A. and B.Sc. Degrees. The other rules 
regarding the examination and the conferring of the degrees are 
the same as for the B.A. (Hons.). 

A Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Arts in Science 
subject may qualify for B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree after a two years' 
course in a College. Such students are exempted from the 
examination in Part I English and in the subsidiary subjects in 
which they have already passed. 

Provision has been made for Bachelors of Arts in Science 
subjects or Bachelors of Science (Honours) to qualify in an 
additional Science Branch under certain conditions. 

(4) Master of Science (M.Sc.). A candidate for the 
Degree is required to have graduated in Science and to work in 
a College or Research Institute under a Professor, or any other 
person previously approved by the Syndicate, for a period of 
two years or one year respectively, in the case of Bachelors of 
Arts and Science, or Bachelors of Arts and Science (Honours) 
or M.A., or M.B. & B.S., or B.E., or B.Sc. (Ag.), or B.V.Sc., 
or L.T. in a Science subject and submit thereafter a thesis for 
approval. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 281 

Provision has been made to recognize on individual merits 
Research Institutes other than those managed by or attached to 
this University and the Teachers or Officers employed therein 
for the above purpose. 

(5) Doctor of Science (DSc.). This is an examination by 
thesis, supplemented, when necessary, by an examination, written, 
oral or both. A candidate for this Degree must be a Master 
of Arts in a Science subject or B.Sc. (Hons.), or M.B. & B.S., 
or B.E., or B.Sc. (Ag.) or B.V.Sc., or L.T. in a Science subject, 
or M.Sc. A Master of Science may submit his thesis three years 
after having taken the Degree, and the other after a lapse of four 
years after taking the respective Degree. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS, 
AGRICULTURE. 

Bachelor of Science (Agriculture). After passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination a candidate must prosecute his studies for 
a period of three years at a College of Agriculture under the 
University and pass the prescribed examinations. The subjects 
of study comprising both Theoretical and Practical instruction 
are as follows: Agriculture, Agricultural Botany, Agricultural 
Chemistry, Agricultural Zoology, Agricultural Engineering and 
Animal Hygiene. There are three examinations to be passed by 
candidates to qualify for the degree, each examination is held 
at the end of each year. Passing in first examination is com- 
pulsory before a candidate is allowed to sit for the second 
examination. 

The subjects for the three examinations are as follows: 

First Examination . . Agriculture, Botany, Chemistry and 

Zoology. 

Second Examination . . Agriculture (Plant Husbandry), Agri- 
cultural Engineering, Agricultural 
Zoology and Animal Hygiene. 

Final Examination . . Agriculture Economics and Farm 

Management, Animal Husbandry, 
Agricultural Botany and Agricultu- 
ral Chemistry. 

The examination in each subject shall be both written and 
practical. The minimum marks for a pass are 40 per cent, of 
the marks in the subjects for each examination. 

TEACHING. 

Licentiate in Teaching (.L.T.). Candidates seeking admis- 
sion to this degree must be graduates ; the course of study extends 
over one year. The subjects of study and the scheme of exami- 
nation are as follows: Theory and Practice of Education; 



282 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Elements of Human Physiology and Psychology and Nature of 
Knowledge: A.B.C. I (one paper) and A.B.C. II (1 paper), 
Methods of teaching English (1 paper), a selected subject for 
special study prescribed every year (1 paper) and one of the 
following optional subjects: Child Education, Mathematics, Phy- 
sical Science, Natural Science, History, Geography, Domestic 
Science, one Language other than English (1 paper). Candi- 
dates should also show evidence of having undergone training 
in Teaching. A candidate shall be declared to have passed the 
examination if he obtains not less than 30 per cent, in the subject 
for special study and 35 per cent, of the aggregate marks in the 
three papers A.B.C. I, A.B.C. II, and the subject for special 
study taken together and not less than 35 per cent, in each of 
the second day's papers, viz., in English and in the optional sub- 
ject and not less than 40 per cent, in the two papers taken 
together. Those who obtain not less than 60 per cent, of the 
total marks will be placed in the First Class and those who obtain 
not less than 50 per cent, will be placed in the Second Class, 
the remaining successful candidates in the Third Class. 

Provision has been made in the Regulation for certificated 
bona-fide trained teachers who have passed B.A. to appear for 
the L.T. Degree Examination after undergoing a special vacation 
course and study for one term in a Teachers' College. 

LAW. 

(1) Bachelor of Laws (B.L.). Graduates in Arts and 
Science of this or of any other recognised University are 
admitted to the course of study which extends over two years. 

The First Examination in Law, to be held at the end of the 
first year, includes an examination in Jurisprudence (1 paper), 
Roman Law (1 paper), the Law of Contracts including Negotia- 
ble Instruments and Specific Relief (2 papers), the Law of Torts 
{1 paper) and Indian Constitutional Law (1 paper). Candi- 
dates are declared to have passed the examination if they obtain 
not less than 33Va per cent, of the marks in Jurisprudence, 
Roman Law and Indian Constitutional Law taken together, 
33 1 / 3 per cent, in Contracts and the Law of Torts taken together, 
and not less than 40 per cent, of the total marks. Those who 
obtain not less than 60 per cent, are placed in the First Class, 
while those obtaining 50 per cent, are placed in the Second Class, 
the remaining successful candidates in the Third Class. 

Provision is made for pass in compartments (Divisions). 
A candidate should obtain 50 per cent, of the marks in the Divi- 
sion for a pass. 

The Final Examination in Law (B.L.) is open to those who 
have passed the First Examination in Law and have studied 
for a further period of one year. The subjects of study and the 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 28? 

scheme of examination are as follows : Law of Property, with 
special reference to the Transfer of Property Act, Trusts Act, 
the Indian Easements Act (2 papers), Hindu Law (1 paper) , 
Muhammadan Law (1 paper), Principles of Land Tenure in the 
Madras Presidency (1 p&per), the Law of Evidence (1 paper) 
and Criminal Law (Indian Penal Code) (1 paper). 

The minimum for a pass is one-third of the marks in the 
Law of Property and Madras Land Tenures taken together,, 
one-third of the marks in Hindu and Muhammadan Law taken 
together, and one-third of the marks in Criminal Law and the 
Law of Evidence taken together and not less than 40 per cent; 
of the total marks. Those who obtain not less than 60 per cent, 
are placed in the First Class, while those obtaining SO per cent, 
are placed in the Second Class, the remaining successful candi- 
dates in the Third Class. 

Provision is made in the Regulations for pass in compart- 
ments (Divisions). A candidate should obtain 50 per cent, of 
the marks in the Division for a pass. 

(2) Master of Laws (M.L.). No candidate will be ad- 
mitted to the examination for the M.L. Degree unless he has 
passed not less than two years previously the examination for the 
B.L. Degree of this University or any other accepted Degree, 
and submits himself for examination in the following subjects : 
One of the following branches may be offered : 

Branch I Jurisprudence. 

Branch II Constitutional Law. 

Branch III International Law. 

Branch IV Torts and Crimes. 

Branch V Law of Obligations. 

Branch VI Mercantile Law. 

Branch VII Personal Law. 

Branch VIII Transfer of Property. 

Branch IX Real and Personal Property. 
(7 papers in each Branch). 

Candidates who obtain not less than 33Va per cent, of the 
marks assigned to each division, and not less than 40 per cent, 
on the whole, are declared to have passed the examination. Those 
who obtain 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate are placed in 
the First Class, those obtaining not less than 50 per cent, are 
placed in the Second Class, the remaining successful candidates- 
in the Third Class. 

There is a proposal to reduce the number of branches by 
combination of subjects. 

(3) Doctor of Laws (LL.D.). One year after passing the 
examination of M.L., a candidate may submit a thesis for the 
approval of the Syndicate. A character certificate should be 



284 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

sent with the thesis to the effect that in the opinion of the 
Referees, the candidate is a fit and proper person for receiving 
such a degree. There may further be an examination, oral, 
written or both. 

ENGINEERING. 

Bachelor of Engineering. The course extends over four 
years. Candidates for admission must have passed the Inter- 
mediate Examination. Subjects of study and the scheme of 
examination are as follows: First Examination in Engineering, 
one paper in each of the following subjects: Mathematics I, 
Mathematics II, Physics, Chemistry, Applied Mechanics, Civil 
Engineering, I, II, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineer- 
ing, Geometrical Drawing, Building Drawing, Machine Draw- 
ing and Surveying. 

The Final Examination held at the end of the fourth year 
of study after the Intennediate Examination is divided into 
three Branches: Civil, Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. 
Candidates may appear in any Branch. 

Subjects for Civil Branch. Candidates in the Civil Branch 
shall be examined in the subjects comprised under the follow- 
ing question papers: 1. Mathematics I. 2. Mathematics II. 

3. Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures I. 4. Strength 
of Materials and Theory of Structures II. 5. Hydraulics. 6. 
Structural Engineering I. 7. Structural Engineering II. 8. High- 
way Engineering and Railway Engineering. 9. Civil Engineering 
Drawing and Design I. 10. Irrigation Engineering and Dock 
and Harbour Engineering. 11. Sanitary Engineering. 12. Sur- 
veying. 13. Civil Engineering Drawing and Design II. Candi- 
dates shall also submit their laboratory note books, survey field 
books, drawings and designs. 

Subjects for Mechanical Branch. Candidates in the Mecha- 
nical Branch shall be examined in the subjects comprised under 
the following question papers: 1. Mathematics I. 2. Mathema- 
tics II. 3. Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures. 

4. Theory of Machines. 5. Electrical Technology I. 6. Electrical 
Technology II. 7. Heat Engines I. 8. Heat Engines II. 9. Ma- 
chine Drawing and Design I. 10. Fuels, Gas Plants and Boilers. 
11. Hydraulic Machinery. 12. Workshop Practice and Machine 
Tools. 13. Machine Drawing and Design II. Candidates shall 
also submit their laboratory note books, drawings and designs. 

Subjects for Electrical Branch. Candidates in the Electri- 
cal Branch shall be examined in the subjects comprised under 
the following question papers 1. Mathematics I. 2. Mathema- 
tics II. 3. Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures. 
4. Theory of Machines. 5. Electrical Technology I. 6. Electri- 
cal Technology II. 7. Heat Engines. 8. Principles of Electrical 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 285 

Machinery I. 9. Principles of Electrical Machinery II. 10. Elec- 
trical Measurements and Measuring Instruments. 11. Power 
Generation, Transmission and Utilization I. 12. Power Genera- 
tion, Transmission and Utilization II. 13. Machine Drawing and 
Design, Candidates shall also submit their laboratory note books, 
drawings and designs. 

In the First as well as in the Final examinations, candidates 
obtaining not less than 33 per cent, in each of the divisions and 
not less than SO per cent, of the aggregate number of marks will 
be declared to have passed the examination. In each examination 
the names of successful candidates are arranged in the order of 
proficiency as determined by the total marks obtained by each. 
Candidates obtaining not less than 66 per cent, of the aggregate 
marks in the B.E. Degree Examination, shall be declared to have 
passed with Honours. 

MEDICINE. 

(1) Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery (M.B.BS.). The 
course of study extends over a period of five years after passing 
the Pre-Registration Examination. Candidates for admission 
must have passed the Intermediate Examination of this Univer- 
versity or an accepted Examination, and must have subsequently 
studied for a period of six months in a College affiliated to or 
recognized by this University, the subjects of Inorganic Chemistry, 
Physics and Biology, and passed the Pre-Registration Examina- 
tion. 

The scheme and subjects for the Pre-Registration Examina- 
tion : One paper in each of the following: Inorganic Chemistry, 
Physics and Biology (each according to a syllabus). There are 
also an oral and a practical examination in each subject. To pass 
the examination, a candidate must obtain not less than one-half 
of the marks in the written and not less than one-half of the 
marks in the practical and oral taken together in each of the 
three subjects. Those who get not less than sixty-five per cent, 
of the aggregate number of marks and pass the whole examina- 
tion at one sitting on the first occasion of appearing therefor, are 
placed in the First Class. Candidates who fail in the whole 
examination but obtain passing marks in any subject are exempt- 
ed from re-examination in that subject and candidates who fail 
in any subject are required to produce a certificate of further 
study for six months in that subject before appearing for the 
next succeeding examination. 

The subjects of study and the scheme of examination for the 
First M.B.B.S. Course: Candidates are examined in Organic 
Chemistry (according to a syllabus), Anatomy (including Ele- 
ments of Human Embryology), and Physiology including Bio- 
Chemistry (according to a syllabus). The examination in each 



286 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

subject is written, practical and oral, and can be taken in two 
parts separately: Part I comprising Organic Chemistry at the 
^nd of the first academic year and Part II comprising Anatomy, 
including the Elements of Human Embryology, and Physiology 
including Biochemistry after the completion of the two academic 
years of study. A candidate will be declared to have passed the 
-examination, if he obtains not less than one-half of the marks 
in the written and not less than one-half of the marks in the 
practical and oral examinations taken together in each of the 
above subjects. Those who get not less than seventy per cent, 
of the aggregate number of marks are placed in the First Class. 

The subjects of study and the scheme of examination for 
the Second M.B.B.S. Course: Candidates are examined in 
Part I (a) Pharmacology, Part II (b) Hygiene, (c) General 
Pathology and Bacteriology, and (</) Ophthalmology. The ex- 
amination in each subject will be written, practical and oral in 
(a), (&) and (r) and only written and oral in (d). The 
candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination, if he 
obtains not less than one-half of the marks in the written part 
of each of the subjects and not less than one-half of the marks 
in the practical and oral examinations taken together in each 
subject. Those who obtain not less than seventy per cent, of 
the aggregate number of marks are placed in the First Class. 

For the Final M.B.B.S. Degree Course, the subjects of 
study and the scheme of examination are as follows : The 
examination can be taken in two parts: Part I comprising 
Forensic Medicine. Part II comprising (a) Medicine, (b) Sur- 
gery, and (c) Obstetrics and Gynaecology. The examination 
in each subject shall be written and oral in the case of Part I, 
and written, clinical, practical and oral in the case of Part II. 
A candidate for Part I of the Final M.B.B.S. Degree Examina- 
tion will be declared to have passed the examination if he 
obtains not less than one-half of the marks in the written and 
not less than one-half of the marks in the oral in the subject. 
A candidate for Part II will be declared to have passed the 
examination if he obtains not less than one-half of the marks 
in the written part of each of the three subjects, vis., Medicine, 
Surgery and Midwifery, not less than one-half of the marks in 
Clinical and Oral Medicine taken together, not less than one- 
half of the marks in (1) Clinical Surgery, (2) Operative and 
Oral Surgery taken together, and not less than one-half of the 
marks in Clinical, Practical and Oral Obstetrics and Gynaecology 
taken together. Those who have either passed the whole ex- 
.amination at one time, or have passed each Part separately 
on the first occasion of appearance therefor, obtaining not less 
than seventy per cent, of the marks in each Part are placed 
in the First Class. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 287 

(2) Master of Surgery. The course of study extends over 
three, two or one year of practical work according as the candi- 
date is working in the Medical Profession, Medical Hospital or 
is a first class M.B.B.S. working in a hospital respectively. 
Candidates will be examined in Surgery (two papers), Surgical 
Anatomy and Pathology ( 1 paper) ; Operative Surgery and the 
use of instruments, and a Clinical and Oral Examination including 
the examination in Pathological specimens. Those who are 
approved by the examiners shall be declared to have passed the 
examination. 

(3) Doctor of Medicine. The course of study extends over 
the same period as that for the Degree of Master of Surgery, 
The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows: One of the following Branches of knowledge: 

Branch I Medicine: Medicine (1 paper), Medicine includ- 
ing Mental Diseases and Pathology (2 papers) and a Clinical 
and Oral Examination including an examination in Pathological 
specimens. 

Branch II Midwifery including Diseases of Women and 
Children : Medicine (1 paper), Midwifery and Diseases of Women 
and Children including Pathology of these subjects (2 papers), 
an essay on one of two subjects in Midwifery and Diseases of 
Women and a Clinical and Oral Examination in Midwifery and 
Diseases of Women and Children including an Examination in 
Pathological specimens. 

Branch III Pathology: Medicine (one paper), Pathology 
(two papers) and a Practical and Oral Examination in 
Pathology. 

Branch IV. Tropical Medicine: Medicine (1 paper), Tro- 
pical Medicine including the Pathology of Tropical Diseases (2 
papers), and a Clinical and Oral Examination including the 
examination of Pathological specimens. 

Candidates approved by the examiners will be declared to 
have passed. 

Only Bachelors of Medicine and Surgery of the University 
are admitted to the M.D. or M.S. Degree Examination. 

(4) Bachelor of Sanitary Science. Candidates must be 
graduates in Medicine and Surgery of this University or hold 
corresponding degrees of other Universities or Licensing Bodies 
recos^n'zed for the purpose and the degree must be registered 
with th Madras Medical Council before the candidate is admitted 
to the Examination. The course of study extends over a period 
of not less than twelve calendar months. The subjects of study 
and the scheme of examination are as follows: 

Part I. (1) Chemistry and Physics in relation to Public 
Health, Climatology and Meteorology, (2) Bacteriology, (3) 



288 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Medical Entomology and Parasitology, The examination in 
^ach subject includes a written paper, practical examination* and 
a viva voce. Candidates who obtain not less than one-half of 
the aggregate marks in each subject in Part I of the examination 
shall be declared to have passed. 

Part II. (1) Hygiene and Public Health including Sani- 
tary Engineering. (2) Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases, 
(3) Sanitary Law and Vital Statistics, (4) Public Health 
Administration. The examination in subjects (1) and (3) in- 
cludes a written paper and a viva voce\ that in (2) includes a 
written paper, a practical examination and a viva voce, and that 
in (4) consists of a practical examination only. Those who get 
not less than one-half of the aggregate marks in each subject in 
Part II of the examination shall be declared to have passed. 

Candidates who pass both Parts of the examination at the 
first sitting and who obtain not less than two-thirds, of the 
aggregate marks of both the Parts together shall be declared to 
Irave passed in the First Class and those obtaining less than 
two-thirds of the aggregate marks and not less than fifty per cent, 
of the total marks shall be declared to have passed the examina- 
tion in the Second Class. Candidates obtaining not less than 
seventy-five per cent, of the marks in any subject shall be 
<leclared to have passed with distinction in that subject. 

(5) Diploma in Midwifery (D.G.O.}. The course of study 
for the diploma extends over a period of one year after qualifying 
for a Medical degree (M.B.B.S. or L.M.S.) of this University. 
The students shall be examined in Midwifery, Gynaecology and 
Diseases of a new born child ; and the examination will be largely 
practical. Candidates obtaining one-half of the marks in each 
of the examinations will be declared to have passed the Examina- 
tion. 

VETERINARY SCIENCE. 

Bachelor of Veterinary Science (B.V.Sc.). After passing 
the Intermediate Examination a candidate must prosecute his 
studies for a period of three years and one term (ten academic 
terms) at a College of Veterinary Science attached to the Uni- 
versity and pass the prescribed examinations. The subjects of 
study comprising both Theoretical and Practical instruction are 
as follows : 

Preliminary. (a) Biology; (b) Chemistry. 

Intermediate. (a) Physiology, including experimental Phy- 
siology, Histology and Biochemistry, etc. ; (b) 
Pathology, including Bacteriology and Immu- 
nology; (c) Parasitology, including Proto- 
Zoology. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 289 

Final. (a) Preventive Medicine; (b) Meat and Milk In- 
spection; (c) Hygiene. 

There are three examinations to be passed by candidates to 
qualify for the Degree, the first two examinations are held at 
the end of each year and the Final at the end of the fourth term. 
Passing in the Preliminary Examination is compulsory before 
a candidate is allowed to sit for the Intermediate Examination. 
No candidate will be admitted to the Final Examination unless 
he has passed the Preliminary and Intermediate Examinations 
and has also obtained the Diploma in Veterinary Science awarded 
to the students of the Veterinary College by the Government of 
Madras or a Diploma recognized by the Syndicate as equivalent 
thereto. The examination in each subject for the Preliminary 
and Intermediate Examinations shall be written, practical and 
oral; while the examination in ach subject for the Final Exami- 
nation shall be only written and oral. The minimum marks for 
a. pass are 50 per cent, of the marks in the subjects for each 
examination. 

Provision has been made in the Regulations for the Degree 
of Bachelor of Commerce (B.CoM.), but no College has been 
affiliated to, or recognized by, this University to impart instruction 
in the course. 

DIPLOMA IN ECONOMICS. 

The course extends over a period of one year for full-time 
students and over two years for part-time students. The sub- 
jects of study and the scheme of examination are as follows: 

(1) Economics, (2) Statistical Methods, (3) Recent Econo- 
mic History and Economic Geography, (4) Rural Economics, 

(5) Social Economics (including Elements of Social Institutions), 

(6) A special subject in (4) or (5). 

Every candidate should also submit a short thesis based on 
original enquiry on some problem of limited scope connected with 
either (4) or (5). 

DIPLOMA IN POLITICS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION, 

This course extends ovef a period of two academic years. 
The subjects of study are as follows: 

(1) Politics, (2) Public Administration Principles and 
Practice, (3) History of Administration in India and the Machi- 
nery of the Government of India (Central, Provincial and Local), 
(4) Economics, (5) Public Finance, (6) One of the following 
optionals in Law Law of Contract, Indian Penal Code, Land 
Tenures, Indian Constitutional Law, (7) One of the following 
optionals in Commerce Business Organization, Accounts and 
Cost Auditing. 



290 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The admission to the course is open to persons who have 
passed the Intermediate Examination and such others as are 
certified by the Head of the Department to be fit to undergo the 
course. 

DIPLOMA IN FRENCH AND GERMAN. 

No candidate will be admitted to the above courses unless 
he has passed the examination for Certificates of Proficiency in 
Oriental Learning or the Matriculation Examination of this 
University or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto. 

These are part-time courses primarily intended for those 
who are desirous of proceeding overseas for higher studies but 
are also open to other persons approved by the Syndicate. 

The course extends over a period of nine months July to 
March in the year. For the purpose of entrance to the course 
no previous acquaintance with the language is necessary and 
the candidate will be taught on a syllabus and text-books to be 
prescribed from year to year. At the end of the course an ex- 
amination will be held on the results of which diplomas are 
awarded. 

DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHY. 

This course extends over a period of nine months in the 
year. Only graduates are admitted to the course. The subjects 
of study are: General Regional Geography (with special study 
of 2 continents) (3 papers), The Physical Basis of Geography 
including elements of Meteorology, Oceanography and Geomor- 
phology (1 paper), A short course in (1) Historical and Political 
Geography or (2) Economic Geography or (3) Bio-Geography 
(1 paper) and on the use of Instruments, Map-making and Map- 
reading and practical work (1 paper). Every candidate shall 
also submit a thesis on a selected area in India by the 15th May 
in a year. 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examina- 
tion if he obtains not less than SO per cent, of the marks in each 
of any two of the papers and not less than 35 per cent, in each 
of the remaining four papers and 50 per cent, in dissertation. 

DIPLOMA COURSE IN INDIAN Music. 

This course extends over a period of two academic years. 
Provision is made for the teaching of theory of Music and prac- 
tical course in Vocal, Violin and Veena. Only those persons 
who are eligible for a University course of study are admitted. 
At the end of the course there will be an examination which will 
consist of written and practical examinations. Candidates who 
obtain not less than 35 per cent, of the marks in theory, 45 per 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY- 291 

cent, of the marks in the practical examination, and 50 per cent, 
of the marks in the aggregate will be declared to have qualified 
for the Diploma. 

Provision has heen made to enable persons for undergoing 
the course of lectures in one or more subjects for the Diploma 
in Economics, in Politics and Public Administration, in Geo- 
graphy, and in Indian Music. 

CERTIFICATE COURSE IN LIBRARIANSHIP. 

The course in Library training extends over a period of three 
months and is conducted annually in the months of April-June. 
At the end of the course an examination is held and certificates 
are issued to successful candidates. 

It is now proposed to replace this course by the Diploma 
Course in Librarianship extending over one academic year (July 
to March). 

TITLES, CERTIFICATES OF PROFICIENCY AND DEGREES IN 
ORIENTAL LEARNING. 

1. Siromani. Added to Mimamsa, Vedanta, Nyaya, Vya- 
karana, Sahitya, Jyotisha or Ayurveda. 

2. Vidvan. In the case of candidates who have offered 
for examinations either (a) Sanskrit and any one of the Dravidian 
Languages (Tamil, Telugu, Kanarese and Malayalam), or Mara- 
thi or Oriya, or Hindi, or (b) Tamil, Telugu, Kanarese, Malaya- 
lam, Oriya, Marathi or Hindi as the main language with Sanskrit 
as a subsidiary language, or (c) any two Dravidian Languages: 
Tamil, Telugu, Kanarese, Malayalam, or (rf) Tamil alone. 

The course of study in each case extends over a period of 
four years. Candidates for the Siromani examination have to 
.study and be examined in History of Sanskrit Language and 
Literature, and prescribed text-books relating to Sanskrit Litera- 
ture, Tarka, Mimamsa and Vyakarana, Manthras, Brahmanas, 
Upanishads, the Grihya Dharma Sutras and the Smritis. For the 
Vidvan examination a candidate has to study History of Sanskrit 
Language and Literature, text-books prescribed for Prosody and 
Poetics and Grammar and also a Vernacular Language. 

All these examinations leading to Titles are divided into 
two Parts: Preliminary and Final. Candidates who obtain not 
less than 40 per cent, of the total marks in an examination 
are declared to have passed that examination in the Third Class. 
Those who get 60 per cent, and above are ranked as First 
Class, while those who secure SO per cent, and above are ranked 
as Second Class. 



292 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Regulations for the Titles in Arabic, Persian and Urdu 
have been revised and provision has been made for the follow- 
ing titles : 

Af sal-til- Ulama (Arabic alone ) . 

Munshi-i-Fcusil (Persian and Urdu). 

Adib-i-Fasil (Urdu and Persian or Tamil or Malayalam), 

Tabib-i-Kamil (Tibb-i-Unani in Persian and Urdu). 

Ajzal-ul-Atibba (Tibb-i-Unani in Arabic and Urdu). 

The first examination under the above Regulations will be 
held in 1939. 

Provision has also been made for the following two new 
titles : 

Malpan (Syriac alone). 

Soppar (Syriac and Hebrew), 
which came into effect from the academic year 1936-37. 

The University also issues Certificates of Proficiency in 
Oriental Learning to Oriental Title holders who pass the pres- 
cribed test in any of the subjects for the examination. Candidates 
must pass the Preliminary Examination for Oriental Titles and 
after that the course extends over a period of two years. 
Candidates for certificates are given a wide choice of select sub- 
jects from which they have to choose one, though, under 
conditions, a candidate may appear for the Examination in more 
than one subject. 

(5) Bachelor of Oriental Learning. The Degree of Bachelor 
of Oriental Learning is open to candidates : 

(a) who are eligible for admission to any one of the courses 

for the Oriental Title Examination and who in addition 
have either passed the Matriculation Examination of 
this University or an examination accepted as 
equivalent thereto, or shall have secured 35 per cent, 
of the marks in the Optional English paper in the 
Sanskrit Entrance Examination of the Government of 
Madras; and 

(b) have passed the Intermediate Examination in Arts and 

Science of this University with Group D in Part TIT, 
or an examination accepted by the Syndicate as 
equivalent thereto, 

provided, however, that such candidates as have passed 
the preliminary division of the Oriental Title Exami- 
nation shall be exempted from the courses of studies 
and the examinations for Part II and Group D of 
Part III of the Intermediate Examination in Arts and 
Science; and 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 293 

(r ) have pursued subsequently a further course of study for 
a period of not less than three academic years in a 
Constituent or Affiliated College in the subjects 
prescribed for the B.O.L. Degree Examination and 
have passed the examination for the Degree herein- 
after prescribed. 

The course shall consist of three parts and comprise in- 
struction in the following subjects and the scheme of examination 
shall be as follows: 

Part I English or a Modern European Language (French 
or German). The examination shall be a written one and the 
scheme of examination and of marks shall be the same as for 
Part I for the B.Sc. (Pass) Degree. 

Part II Optional Subjects. The examination shall be a 
written one and the scheme of examination and of marks shall be 
the same as for the Final Division of the examination for any one 
of the Oriental Titles. 

Part III Optional Subjects. The examination shall be a 
written one and the scheme of examination and of marks shall 
be the same as for any two of the subjects prescribed for Certifi- 
cates of Proficiency in Oriental Learning. 

(6) Master of Oriental Learning. Two years after taking 
the Degree of Bachelor of Oriental Learning a candidate may 
appear for this Examination. The thesis must be written in 
English for approval by the Syndicate. There may in addition 
be an oral examination. 



Mysore University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The University of Mysore was the first University to be 
founded in the Indian States. The two State Colleges which 
had long stood affiliated to the Madras University formed the 
nucleus of the new University of Mysore. The establishment 
-of the University received the sanction of His Highness the 
Maharaja of Mysore on the 22nd July 1916. 

A regulation amending and consolidating the provisions of 
the Mysore University Regulation, V of 1916, as amended from 
time to time, received the assent of His Highness the Maharaja on 
the 6th day of January 1933, and came into force on the 1st 
<lay of July 1933. 

The University aims at the unitary type, but there are two 
University Centres, Mysore and Bangalore, one with three, and 
the other with two Constituent Colleges. 

Besides, there are 4 Intermediate Colleges, 2 for men at 
Mysore and Bangalore, and two for women, one at Bangalore 
and the other at Mysore. 

Chancellor. 

His Highness 

Maharaja Sri Krislmaraja Wadiyar Bahadur of Mysore, 
G.C.S.I., G.B.E. 

Pro-Chancellor. 

His Highness 

Sri KantiravcT Narasimharaja Wadiyar Bahadur, G.C.I.E., 
Yuvaraja of Mysore. 

Officers of the University. 

VlCE-ClJANCEClvU>R. 

Rajakaryapravina Mr. N. S. Subba Rao, M.A. (Cantab.), 
Bar-at-Law. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. V. Gopalaswami Aicngar, M.A. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 



295 



DEANS. 
Faculty of Arts: 

Mr. V. L. D'Souza, B.A., B.com. (Lond.). 

Faculty of Science : 

Mr. K. S. K. lyengar, B.A. (Cantab.). 

Faculty of Engineering and Technology : 

Mr. E. K. Ramaswami, B.SC. (Lond.), A.C.G.I. 

Faculty of Medicine : 

Sastravaidyapravina Mr. S. Subba Rao, B.A., M.B.C.M. 
IV.R.C.P (Lond.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.), D.P.H. 

University Professors and Staff. 

Note to abbreviations used below : 



C.C. 

M.C. 

Mah.C. 

E.C. 

Med.C. 

MedS. 

Offg. 

O.O.D. 

O.L. 

Actg. 

P.T. 

O.FS. 

Temp. 

I.C.M. 

I.C.B. 

WJ.C.B. 



Professors 



Central College. 
Maharaja's College. 
Maharani's College. 
Engineering College. 
Medical College. 
Medical School. 
Officiating. 
On other Duty. 
On Leave. 
Acting. 
Part-Time. 
On Foreign Service. 
Temporary. 
Intermediate College, 
do. 



Mysore. 
Bangalore. 



Women's Intermediate College, 
Bangalore. 

DEPARTMENT OP ENGUSH. 

Messrs. A. B. Mackintosh, M.A. (Oxort.) 
(CC.) (Principal); H. S. Nanjun- 
diah, M.A. (Actg.} ; T. C. Rollo, M.A. 
(Glasgow), J.P. (M.C.) (Principal); 
B. M. Srikantia, M.A., B.I,. (C.C.) ; 

Miss J. M. Black, M.A. (Aberdeen) and 
B.A. (Oxon.) (Principal) (Mah.C.). 



296 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Asst. Professors .. Messrs. H. S. Nanjudiah, M.A. (M.C.) 

(O.O.D.); A. N. Moorti Rao, M.A. 
(Actg.) ; Miss. B. A. Watts, B.A. 
(Hons.) (W.I.C.B.) ; S. V. Ranganna, 
M.A. (C.C.) ; B. Nagesa Rao, M.A. 
(M.C.) and Superintendent. I.GM-; 
Sri Kanakalakshamma, M.A. (Mah.C.) ; 
K. Anantharamiah, M,A. (C.C,). 

Lecturers . . Eleven. 

Tutors . . Three. 

DEPARTMENT OF KAN N ADA. 

Hon. Professor .. Mr. B. M. Srikantiah, M.A.. B.L. (C.C.). 
Professor .. Mr. T. S. Venkaimaiya, M.A. (M.C.) 

Asst. Professor . . Mr. A. R. Krishnasastri, M.A. (C.C.) 
Lecturers . . Three. 

Pandits . . Five. 

DEPARTMENT OF SANSKRIT. 
Professor .. Mr. C. R. Narasimhasastri, M.A. (M.C.) 

Asst. Professor . . Mr. M. Lakshminarasimhaiah, M.A. 

(M.C.) 

Lecturers . . Three. 

Pandits . . One. 

Tutors . . Five. 

DEPARTMENT OF TAMIL. 
Pandits . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF TEU:GU, 
Pandits . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF HINDUSTANI AND PERSIAN. 

Professor . . Mr. Aga Mahomed Abbas Shustery 

(M.C.) 

Lecturers . . Two. 

Tutor . . One. 

Munshis .. Four (including part-time). 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 297 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND ECONOMICS. 

Professors .,. Dr. M. H. Krishna, M.A., D.utt. (Load.), 

Professor of History (M.C.) ; Mr. 
V. L. D'Souza, B.A., B.com. (Loncl.). 
Professor of Economics (M.C. ). 

Asst. Professors .. Mr. H. Krishna Rao, M.A. (M.C.) ; 

Dr. M. H. Gopal, M.A., ph.D. (Loncl.) 
(M.C) ; Dr. K. N. Venkatasubba 
Sastri, M.A., ph.n. (Loncl.), F.R.msts. 
(M.C.) ; Miss. L. Cotelingam, M.A.. 
L.T. (Mah.C.) ; Mr. M. N. Pranatarti- 
haran, M.A., L.T. (T.C.B.) 

Lecturers . . Ten. 

Tutors . . Three. 

DEPARTMENT 01? PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY AND LOGIC. 

Professor of Mr. A. R. Wadia, B.A. (HOIIS.) 

Philosophy (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law (M.C.). 

Professor of Psycho- Dr. M. V. Gopalaswatni, B.A., B.SC., Ph.D. 

logy and Logic (Loncl.) (M.C.) 

Asst. Professor of Mr. S. Thirumalai, M.A. (I.C.B.). 
Logic 

Lecturers . . Ten. 

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. 

Professor . . Dr. M. Siddalingaiya. M.A., B.T., ph.D. 

(M.C.) 
Asst. Professors . . Mr. D. S. Gordon, M.A., LL.B., B.T., A.M., 

Dip.Ecln. (M.C.) ; Mr. C. Rangachar, 

B.SC., M.Ed. (M.C.) 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS. 

Professor . . Mr. A. Venkata Rao Telang, M.A.. 

F.mst.p. (C.C.) ; (One Vacant). Mr. 
C. K. Sundarachar, M.A. (Acting). 

Asst. Professors . . Messrs. C. K. Sundarachar, M.A. 

(O.O.D.) (C.C. and E.C.) ; P. Sri- 
nivasa Rao, M.SC. (C.C.) ; N. Para- 
meswaran, M.A. (I.C.M.) ; P. A. 
Madhava Rao, M.SC. (Lond-) (LCD.) 
(on leaved) ; Mr. L. Sibaiya, ^r.sc., 
A.mst.p., F.R.A.S. (C.C.). 

Lecturers . . Twelve. 

Demonstrators . . Three. 



298 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY. 

Professors . . Dr. B. Sanjiva Rao, M.A., ph.D. (Lond.) 

(C.C.) ; Dr. B. L. Manjunath, B.A., 
M.SC. (Lond.), D.phil. (Oxon.) 
(C.C.) ; Dr. C. Srikantia, B.A., D.SC. 
(Med.C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Mr. H. Ramaswami lyengar, M.SC, 

(I.C.M.) ; Mr. M. Sesha lyengar, M.A. 
(C.C.) and Superintendent (I.C.B.) ; 
Mr. H. Subba Jois, M.SC. (C.C. and 
Med.S.) ; Mr. N. Venkatanarasimha- 
char, M.SC. (C.C.) 

Lecturers . . Fourteen. 

Demonstrators . . Six. 

DEPARTMENT OP MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS. 

Professors . . Messrs. K. S. K. lyengar, B.A. (Hons.) 

(Cantab.) (C.C.) ; K. B. Madhava, 
M.A., F.R.A.S., A.I.A. (Lond.) (M.C.) ; 
B. S. Madhava Rao, M.SC. (B.C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Dr. C. N. Srinivasiengar, D.SC. (C.C.) ; 

Messrs. M. Naravana lyengar, M.A. 
(M.C.) ; A. A. Krishnaswamv lyen- 
gar, M.A., L.T. (M.C.) ; M. Venkata- 
rama Iyer, M.A., L.T. (C.C.) ; P. H. 
Nagappa, M.SC. (Lond.) (C.C.) 

Lecturers . . Eighteen. 

Tutor . . One. 

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 

Professor . . Mr. L. Rama Rao, M.A., F.G.S. (C.C.) 

Asst. Professor . . Dr. Charles Pichamuthu, B.SC, ph.D. 

(Glasgow), F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (C.C.) 
Lecturers . . Five. 

Demonstrator . . One. 

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY. 

Professor . . Dr. M. A. Sampathkumaran, M.A., ph.D., 

S.M. (Chicago) (C.C.) 

Asst. Professor . . Mr. L. Narayana Rao, M.SC. (C.C.) ; 

Mr. C. V. Krishna lyengar, M.SC. 
(I.C.M.) 

Lecturers . . Seven. 

Demonstrators . . Three. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 299 

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY. 

Professor .. Dr. A. Subba Rao, B.A., D.SC. (Lond.). 

F.R.M.S. (C.C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Dr. B. Tirumalachar, M.SC., Ph.D. 

(Lond.) F.Z.S. (I.C.M.) and Mr. B. R. 

Seshachar, M.SC. (C.C.) 
Lecturers . . Seven. 

Demonstrators . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL). 

Professor . . Mr. B. Krishnaswami lyengar, L.C.E., 

and Principal (E.G.) 
Mr. K. D. Joshi, M.A., B.E., M.I.E. (Ind.), 

M.R.san.i. (Eng.), A.M.I. struct.E. 

(Eng.) (B.C.) 
Asst. Professors . . Messrs. D. S. Venkanna, B.SC., B.E., 

A.M.I.E.E. (E.C.) ; C. Gopalakrishnan, 

B.SC., B.E., A.M.i.E. (E.C.) 
Lecturer . . One. 

Laboratory Asst. . . One. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING (MECHANICAL). 

Professoi . . Vacant. 

Mr. E. K. Ramaswami, B.SC. (Lond.), 

A. C.G.I., M.A.S.MC., A.M.I.M.E. (Loild.), 

M.I.E. (India) (E.C.) 
Asst. Professors . . Mr. A. V. Raghavachar, B.SC., M.SC. 

(Tech. Manchester) (E.G.); Mr. S. 

Muthuswamy, B.A., B.E., A.M.I.E. 

(India), ASSOC.M.A.S.M.E. (E.C.) 
Laboratory Asst. . . One. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL). 

Professor . . Mr. J. P. Das, B.A., M.SC., A.M.I.E.E., 

ch.E.E., M.I.E. (India) (E.C.) 

Asst. Professor . . Mr. L. Iswari Desa, B.SC., E.E. (E.C.) 
Laboratory Asst. . . One. 

DRAWING. 
Instructors . . Two (E.C.) 

DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE. 

Principals . . Dr. ]" F. Robinson, B.A., M.D., F.A.C.S., 

F.R.C.S. (Edin.) (Med.C.); Dr. B. K. 
Narayana Rao, B..A., M.B.C.M., M.R.C.S., 
D.P.H., D.O. (Med.S.). 



3CO 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Surgery 



Physiology 



Anatomy 



Pathology 



Medicine 



Midwifery 



Ophthalmology 



Pharmacology and 
Materia Medica 



Jurisprudence 

Organic and Bio- 
Chemistry 

Chemistry 



Professor: Dr. J. F. Robinson, B.A., M.D., 
F.A.C.S., F.R.C.S. (Edin.) (P.T.) (Med. 
C.) ; Dr. S. C. Misra, L.R.C.P., F.R.c.s. 
(Eng.), Professor of Clinical Surgery, 

Lecturer: One (P.T.) 

Demonstrators: Two (P.T.) 

Professor: Mr. S. Hiriyanniah, B.A., 

M.B.B.S. (Acting) (Med.C.). 
Asst. Professor: Vacant (Med.C.). 
Lecturers: Two (including one P.T.) 
Demonstrators: Two. 

Professor: Dr. Y. Appaji, B.A. M.B.B.S. , 

M.SC. (Lond.) (Acting). 
Lecturers: Three. 
Demonstrators : Two. 

Professor: Dr. C. V. Natarajan, B.SC. 

M.B.B.S., D.P.H. (Med.C.) 
Lecturers: Two (including one P.T.) 
Demonstrator: One (P.T.) 

Professor: Dr. B. Venkatasubba Rao, 

B.A., M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P. (Med.C.) 

Lecturer: One (P.T.) 
Demonstrators: Two (P.T.) 

Professor: Miss K. S. Captain, M.B.B.S. 

(Lond.), D.T.M. & H. (Eng.), I,.M. 

(Dub.) 

Lecturer: One (P.T.) 
Demonstrators: Two (P.T.) 

Professor: Dr. P. R. Subba Rao, L.M.S., 
L.R.C.P., S.E., D.O.M.S. (P.T.) (Med.C.) 
(on leave) ; Dr. A. M. Ponnambalam, 
B.A., L.M.S., M.R.C.P., D.O.M.S. (Acting) 

Lecturer: One (P.T.) 

Professor: Dr. A. M. Ponnambalam, 

B.A., L.M.S., M.R.C.P. (Edin.), D.O., M.S 

(P.T.) (Med.C.) (O.O.D.) 
Asst. Professor: Dr. G. S. Raghunatha 

Rao, B.SC., M.B.B.S., D.phil. (in charge 

of the Dept.). 
Lecturers: Two. 

Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 
Demonstrator: One. 

Demonstrator: One. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 301 

Biology . . Demonstrator : One. 

Hygiene .. Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Mental Diseases .. Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Dental Surgery .. Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Oto-rhino-laryngology Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Vaccination .. Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Anaesthetics .. Lecturer: One (P.T.) 

Infectious Diseases Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Tuberculosis .. Lecturers: Two (P.T.) 

Venereology .. Lecturer: One (P.T.) 

Malariology .. Lecturer: One (P.T.) 

X-Ray and Radium Lecturer: One 
Therapy 

Constitution of the University. 

H. H. The Maharaja of Mysore is the Chancellor of the 
University and H. H. The Yuvaraja the Pro-Chancellor. 

The officers and authorities of the University are: 

1. The Vice-Chancellor. 

2. The Registrar. 

3. The vSenate. 

4. The University Council. 

5. The Academic Council. 

6. The Faculties and their Deans. 

7. Such other officers and authorities as may be pro- 

vided for by the Statutes. 

The Vice-Chancellor who is a full-time officer is the cx-officio 
Chairman of the Senate and the University and Academic 
Councils. He is also the principal executive officer and the aca- 
demic officer of the Senate and of the Councils. The executive 
government of the University is vested with the University 
Council which consists of IS members. The Senate with a 
maximum strength of 75 members is in entire charge of the 
general organization of the University and its administration 
including the institution and conferment of degrees. The 
Academic Council is the Academic authority of the University 
and is responsible for the maintenance of the standard of teach- 
ing and examination in the University. The University at pre- 
sent includes the Faculties of Arts, Science, Engineering and 
Technology, and Medicine. 



302 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

The following were the number of students under the res- 
pective faculties in the year 1936-37 : 



Name of Institution 


Arts 


Science 


Engi- 
neering 


Medicine 




Maharaja's College (Arts) 


348 










Maharani's College (Arts) 


40 






. . 




Central College (Science) 




396 




. . 




Engineering College 






218 






Medical College 




. 




147 




Medical School, Hangalore 








268 




Intermediate College, Mysore 












(Arts and Science) 


. . 




. . 




576 


Intermediate College, Bangalore 












(Arts and Science) 




. . 


. . 




925 


Intermediate Colleg for Women, 












Bangalore (Aits and Science) . . 











80 



Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations. 



The following were the number of successful candidates at 
the various examinations held in the year 1936-37 : 

Number Number 
Examined Passed 



Name of Examination 



Intermediate Examination . . . . 1,032 317 
B.A. Degree Examination (Old Rules) 

Part I 27 3 

Do. Part II 15 5 

Do. Part III 17 3 
B.A. Degree Examination (New Rules) 

Part I . . 107 87 

Do. Part II 90 79 

Do. Part III m . . 122 66 
B.A. (Hons.) Degree Examination, Preliminary 

Part I 33 28 

Do. Part II 33 32 

Do. Part III 31 29 

B.A. (Hons.) Degree Examination, Final 26 24+1* 
B.Sc. Degree Examination (Old Rules) 

Part I . . 1 
Do. Part II 
B.Sc. Degree Examination (New Rules) 

Parti ..117 83 

Do. Part II . . 122 103 

Do. Part III . . 155 101 



* Eligible for Pass. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 303 

Name of Examination Number Number 

Examined Passed 
B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree Examination, 

Preliminary Part I 26 26 

Do. * Part II 25 24 

Do. Part III 27 25 

B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree Examination, Final 38 35 
M.A. Degree Examination (Qualifying Test) 

M.A. Degree Examination . . . . 11 11 
M.Sc. Degree Examination (Qualifying Test) 

M.Sc. Degree Examination .. .. 12 11 

B.T. Degree Examination . . 60 39 

First Examination in Engineering 70 43 

Second Examination in Engineering 61 35 

B.E. Degree Examination . . 56 48 

Pre-Medical Examination . . 30 22 

First M.B.B.S. Degree Examination 25 '16 

Second M.B.B.S. Degree Examination 25 18 
Final M.B.B.S. Degree Examination, 

Part I 27 18 

Do. Part II 25 17 

OCTOBER 1936. 

First L.M.P. Examination . . 10 5 

Second Do. . . 34 20 

Third Do. .. ..41 24 

Final Do. .. ..48 19 

MARCH 1937. 

First L.M.P. Examination . . 49 36 

Second Do. . . 52 31 

Third Do. .. ..40 25 

Final Do. .. .. 58 24 

Scholarships and Medals. 

The University has received a large number of endowments 

ranging from Rs. 30,000 to Rs. 300 for the award of medals, 
prizes and scholarships. The total amount of endowments at 
present stands at Rs. 3,87,690. 

Besides the above, a large number of scholarships including 
Merit Scholarships, Backward Class Scholarships and Depressed 
Class Scholarships and Free-studentships are awarded. 

The number of these special scholarships during 1936-37 
was: 

Merit . . . . 41 

Backward Class . . . . 215 

Depressed Class . . . . 55 

Women students are free. 45 of them were awarded special 
scholarships. 



304 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library [Librarian: Dr. A. N. Narasimhia, 
M.A., I,.T., Ph.D. (Lond.)] consists of 25,463 volumes as on 
30th June 1936. The Library is open to members of the Senate 
of the University and other bodies, members -of the Staff of the 
Constituent and Intermediate Colleges, Registered Graduates, 
students studying for the M.A. and B.A. (Hons.) Degrees and 
undergraduates who have obtained the permission, of the Principal 
of their college to borrow books from the University Library. 

Oriental Library (Curator: Mr. M. S. Basavalingayya, 
M.A., B.L.). The Library contains a collection of very valuable old 
manuscripts and the results of the research carried on by the 
Library are published from time to time. By special permission, 
books can be borrowed by graduates and undergraduates study- 
ing in the University. Total number of books is 16,132, 
Manuscripts, 10,609. 

Arch&ological Department [Director: Dr. M. H. Krishna., 
M.A., D.utt. (Loncl.), Professor of History, Mysore University], 
The object of the Department is to carry out an archaeo- 
logical survey in the Mysore State for the purpose of discover- 
ing and studying ancient inscriptions, monuments, coins, 
historical sites and manuscripts. It publishes the texts of the 
inscriptions with translation and commentary as well as des- 
creptive notes on monuments, ancient sites, coins and manuscripts 
found during the year in its Annual Reports, volumes of the 
Kpigraphia Carnatica and their supplements and special mono- 
graphs. An Archaeological Museum was started in 1924 for 
the benefit of research scholars and students of the Mysore Uni- 
versity. In 1928 the department commenced the first of a series 
of excavations at the ancient Chandravalli site near Chitaldrug, 
The department is managed for the Mysore Government by the 
University of Mysore. 

College Libraries. Besides the above libraries, each 
Constituent and Intermediate College has got its own library for 
the use of the students. 

The Central College, Bangalore, has one of the best 
equipped laboratories in India. 

Research Scholarships. 

1. Post-graduate studentships of the value of Rs. 50 each 
per mensem may be awarded to selected graduates of the Uni- 
versity to enable them to pursue courses of original investigation 
or research in their special subjects. 

2. Research scholarships of the value of Rs. SO each per 
mensem may be awarded to post-graduate students during the 
second year, should the first year's work justify the continuance 
of research for a second year. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 305 

Publication and Extension Work. 

There is an Extension Lectures Committee which arranges 
an annual programme. During each year a number of lectures 
are delivered in different parts of the State. 

The following lectures were delivered during the year 
1936-37 : 

(1) "Chola Sculpture and Architecture", in English by 

Mr. O. C. Gangoly, at Bangalore and Mysore (four 
lectures). 

(2) "Civic Administration", in Kannada by Mr. K. Krishna 

lyengar, Head-master, Nation High School, 
Bangalore, at Bangalore, Mysore and Mandya 
(three lectures). 

(3) "The Charm of Hindi", in English by Mr. A. K. 

Wadia, at Bangalore (one lecture). 

(4) "The History of Mysore Administration", in Kannada 

by Dr. K. N. Venkatasubba Sastry, at Bangalore, 
Tumkur and Kolar (six lectures). 

(5) "A Subject from Kannada Poetry", in Kannada by 

Mr. K. V. Puttappa, at Davangere, Madhugiri and 
Tumkur (three lectures). 

(6) "Nutrition", in Kannada by Mr. K. Sundaresan, at 

Mysore and Bangalore (two lectures). 

(7) "Measurement of Emotions with a Demonstration of 

the Technique", in English by Dr. M. V. Gopala- 
swami at Tiptur, Shimoga and Bhadravathi (three 
lectures). 

(8) "A Subject from English Literature", in Kannada by 
. Mr. B. M. Srikantia, at Davangere and Chitaldrug 

(two lectures). 

(9) "The League of Nations: Its Future", in English by 

Sir T. Vijayaraghavachariar at Bangalore and 
Mysore (two lectures). 

(10) "The Progress of Civil Aviation in India", in English 

by Mr. J. C. Hunter, at Bangalore and Mysore 
(two lectures). 

(11) "Village or Rural Industries", in Kannada by 

Mr. H. K. Ramiengar, at Arsikcre, Chickballapur 
and Nanjangud (three lectures). 

(12) "Time Concept", in English by Rev. Dr. J. C. Free- 

man, at Mysore (two lectures). 

The University encourages the publication of original works, 
particularly in Kannada. The Kannada Publication Committee 
arranges for the publication of monographs in Kannada in such 
subjects as Science, History, Geography, Philosophy, Litera- 
ture, Political Economy, Education and Fine Arts so that 
teachers and others who know Kannada only may be able to- 



306 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

continue their studies in the various branches of modern learning. 
The Standing Committee for publications other than Kannada 
considers the question of publications other than Kannada. 

An English-Kannada Dictionary is under preparation by an 
Editorial Board with Mr. B. Venkatanaranappa, M.A., as Chair- 
man and the following as members: 

1. Mr. B. M. Srikaiitia. 

2. Mr. T. S. Venkannaiya. 

3. Mr. A. R. Krishnasastry. 

4. Mr. C. K. Venkataramayya. 

5. Mr. D. V. Gundappa. 

6. Mr. B. Puttaiya. 

7. Mr. I). C. Subbarayappa. 

The Dictionary is issued in parts of which two have already 
been issued. It is expected that the work will be completed by 
1942. 

So far, 17,000 vocables have been rendered and the first two 
parts have been issued. An index to the four volumes of the 
Mysore Tribes and Castes was completed during the year. This 
brings the work connected with this publication to a close. 

The revised edition of the first volume of the University 
Handbook of Kannada consisting of parts 1 to 3 has been pub- 
lished. The second volume consisting of parts 4 and 5 is in the 
press. 

The Half-Yearly Journal of the Departments of Arts and 
Sciences which was started in 1928-29 has been suspended and 
instead an annual volume of synopses of original articles contri- 
buted during the year by the members of the University staff is 
being published. 

Associations in the University. 

The University has established Unions, one in each centre, 
which serve the purpose of well-equipped clubs with library, 
reading room, games and refreshment rooms. Membership of 
the Union is compulsory for all students. These Unions are 
modelled on the famous Unions of Oxford and Cambridge. Ad- 
dresses are given during the year by public men, and debates on 
the Parliamentary model take place. Each of the constituent and 
intermediate colleges has also other associations interesting 
themselves in special branches of knowledge and lectures and 
debates are held regularly each year. 



MYSORK UNIVERSITY 307 

Cost of Residence. 

The average monthly charges for a boarder in the University 
Hostels are as under : 

Rs. A. P. 

(1) Maharaja's College Hostel, Mysore 17 (including all 

charges). 

(2) Central College Hostel, Bangalore 19 

(3) Engineering College Hostel, 

Bangalore . . . . . . 23 

(4) Medical College Hostel, Mysore . . 14 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The employees of the University are subject to the State 
Pension benefits. 

A provident fund has been instituted for the benefit of the 
employees who are not in pensionable service. 

The University is entirely supported by the Government of 
His Highness the Maharaja of Mysore. The State grant for the 
year 1936-37 was 10,00,000, besides a special grant for new 
buildings amounting to Rs. 50,000. The grant for ordinary ex- 
penditure for 1937-38 is Rs. 10,00,000 besides a special grant of 
Rs. 70,000 for buildings. 

Women's Education. 

Women's education is free in the University. There are 
two institutions exclusively for women, the Maharani's College 
in Mysore teaching up to the bachelor's degree course in Arts 
and the Women's Intermediate College having Intermediate 
Courses in Arts and Science. 

Women students for the Honours degree in Arts ai?d for the 
B.T. Degree are admitted in the Maharaja's College and those 
for a Degree in Science, Pass or Honours, are admitted into the 
Central College. 

Women students for the M.B.B.S. Degree are admitted into 
the Medical College. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

The Registrar of the University is the Secretary. 

The work of the Bureau consists mainly in collecting in- 
formation about courses of study in England and answering- 
enquiries. 



308 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

Every student in the University is medically examined in 
alternate years during his stay in the University. The examina- 
tion is carried out by a Medical Officer who submits a report of 
the results of his inspection to the University. "Repeat" exami- 
nations in special cases are undertaken at intervals at the request 
of the College authorities. The results of the medical examina- 
tions are reported in individual forms and kept in the custody of 
the Medical Officer and the Principal. 

Degrees and Diplomas. 

The University offers the Bachelor's Degree in Arts and 
Science, the Honours Degree in Arts and Science, the Master's 
Degree in Arts and Science, the B.E. Degree in Engineering 
(Civil, Mechanical and Electrical), the M.B.B.S. Degree in 
Medicine and Surgery and the Degree of Bachelor of Teaching 
in Education. There is also a Diploma Course for the L.M.P. 

Honorary Degrees of Doctor of Letters, Doctor of Science 
and Doctor of Lows (D.Litt., D.Sc. and LL.D.). Where at a 
meeting of the Academic Council, not less than eight members 
recommend that an Honorary Degree be conferred on any person 
on the ground that he is, in their opinion, by reason of eminent 
position and attainments, a fit and proper person to receive such 
a Degree, and where their recommendation is supported by the 
Council and accepted by not less than two-thirds of the members 
present at a meeting of the Senate and is confirmed by the 
Chancellor, the Senate shall confer the Honorary Degree on such 
person, provided that in case of urgency the Chancellor may act 
on the recommendation of the Council only. 

Admission. 

Students who have passed the Mysore S.S.L.C examination 
satisfying the differential minima rules and those who have 
passed the Matriculation examination of an Indian University 
or other examination recognized by the University Council as 
equivalent thereto and satisfy the University Council regarding 
their fitness for admission are eligible for admission to the 
Intermediate course. 

Admission to a course of study for a Bachelor's Degree in 
Arts or Science is granted only to those who have passed the 
Intermediate examination of this University or of any other Indian 
University subject in the latter case to the approval of the 
University Council in cases in which specific recognition 
been agreed to. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 309 

Admission to a course of study for the B.T. Degree is 
granted only to those who have taken the Bachelor's Degree in 
Arts, Commerce, or Science in this or any other Indian Uni- 
versity. 

Admission to the course of study for the B.E. Degree is 
granted only to those who have passed the Intermediate Exa- 
mination in Science of this University or an examination of 
this or any other University accepted by the University Council 
as equivalent thereto or graduates in Arts or Science who have 
passed with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics as optional 
subjects, or graduates with Honours having Mathematics and 
Physics for their optional subjects. 

Admission to the course of study for the M.B.B.S. Degree 
is granted only to those who have passed the pre-medical ex- 
amination of this University. 

Admission to the Pre-Medical Course is granted only to 
those who have passed the Intermediate Examination in Science 
of this University with not fewer than two of the subjects 
Physics, Chemistry, Botany and Zoology or to graduates of this 
University who have passed with one or more of the above sub- 
jects or those possessing equivalent qualifications of other 
Universities accepted by the Council. 

Provision has been made for the admission to the M.B.B.S. 
Degree Course of L.M.P. Diploma holders who have passed the 
T.Sc. Examination. They will be eligible for admission to the 
Final Examination in three years and a half after admission. 

Admission to a course of. study for the Master's Degree in 
Arts or Science is regulated as follows : 

A graduate of this University with honours shall pursue a 
-course of studies in his Major subject for one academical year 
from the date of his passing the Bachelor's degree examination 
at the end of which he will be permitted to present himself for 
the Master's degree examination in that subject. 

Graduates of this University shall pursue a course of study 
for a period not less than three years subsequent to their 
passing the Degree Examination in one of the subjects taken by 
them for the Degree at the end of which they will be permitted 
to appear for the Master's Degree Examination in that subject, 
provided they have passed as a qualifying test the Final Exa- 
mination for the Honours Degree in that subject such test being 
taken not earlier than two years after passing the Degree 
Examination. 

Candidates for the Mysore S.S.L.C. Examination who have 
l>ecn declared eligible for college courses of study or those who 
11 



310 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

have passed any other examination accepted by the University 
Council as equivalent thereto shall be eligible for admission to 
the L.M.P. diploma course. 

Courses of Study and Examinations. 

INTERMEDIATE IN ARTS AND INTERMEDIATE IN SCIENCE 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Courses of Study. 

(a) Intermediate Examination in Arts. The course of 
study for the Intermediate Examination in Arts shall extend 
over a period of two years in the following subjects, and the 
examination shall be held according to the following scheme: 

1 . English . . . . . . . . 3 papers. 

(i) Poetry and Drama, 
(ii) Prose Detailed and Non-detailed, 
(iii) English Grammar. 

2. Second Language. One of the following languages: 

Kannada, Urdu, Tamil, Telugu . . 2 papers, 

(i) Composition and Non-detailed text-books, 
(ii) Text-books for Detailed study and Grammar. 

Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic, 
(i) Translation and Non-detailed text-books, 
(ii) Text-books for Detailed study and Grammar. 

3. Optional Subjects. Three of the following: 

A selected language, History, Logic, Economics, 
Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Biology 

each 2 papers. 

Provided that 

(i) Either Logic or Mathematics must be taken; 
(ii) A candidate taking Physics must take Mathematics; 
(iii) Not more than one of 'the last three subjects may be 

offered ; 
(iv) The same language cannot be taken under both 2 and 3. 

The selected language shall be selected from Old and Middle 
Kannada, Modern Kannada, Tamil, Telugu, Urdu, French, 
German, Sanskrit, Pali and Prakrit, Arabic or Persian (Old and 
Modern). 

The following shall be the scheme regarding the correspond- 
ing language or languages for '. each selected language in the 
Intermediate in Arts list: 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 311 

Selected Language in the LA. Scheme. Corresponding Language 

in the S.S.L.C. Scheme. 

Old and Middle Kannada, Modern Kannada Kannada. 

Tamil . . . . . . . . Tamil. 

Telugu .. .. .. .. Telugu. 

Urdu .. Urdu. 

Sanskrit . . . . . . . . Sanskrit. 

Persian . . . . . . . . Persian. 

Arabic . . . . . . . . Arabic. 

Hindi . . . . . . . . Hindi or 

Sanskrit. 

(b) Intermediate Examination in Science. The course of 
study for the Intermediate Examination in Science shall extend 
over a period of two years in the following subjects, and the 
examination shall be held according to the following scheme: 

1. English. Same as for the Intermediate Examination in Arts. 

2. Second Language. One of the following: 

Kannada, Urdu, Tamil, Telugu, Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic. 

The course shall consist of the non-detailed study of 
prescribed texts. 

The Examination shall comprise one paper on composition 
based on texts prescribed for non-detailed study com- 
mon to LA. and I.Sc. Or 

Translation and texts common to LA. and I.Sc. in the 
case of classical languages. 

3. Elementary Mathematics. For those who do not take for 

the optional subjects a group containing Mathematics. 
The examination shall comprise one paper. 

4. Optional Subjects. One of 'the following groups: 

(i) Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics. 

(ii) Physics, Mathematics, Geology, 

(iii) Botany, Zoology, Chemistry, 

(iv) Botany, Geology, Chemistry. 

(v) Geology, Zoology, Chemistry. 

(vi) Botany, Zoology, Geology. 

(vii) Physics, Mathematics, Economics. 

The examination shall comprise two papers in each divi- 
sion of the group excepting Mathematics, in which 
there shall be three papers, two of them being common 
with the Intermediate Examination in Arts. 

Minima for Pass. 

The following minima have been prescribed for a pass in 
the Intermediate in Arts and the Intermediate in Science 
Examinations : 



312 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(i) The Intermediate Examination in Arts and the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Science shall be held in two parts r 
Part I comprising English and the Second Language; Part II 
comprising the optional subjects selected. 

(ii) Candidates for the Intermediate Examination shall 
present themselves for examination in both the parts except as 
provided hereinafter. 

(iii) No candidate shall be declared to have passed the 
Intermediate Examination in Arts or the Intermediate Exa- 
mination in Science unless he obtains not less than 40 per cent, 
of the total number of marks in English, 35 per cent, in the 
second language and 35 per cent, in the whole group of optional 
subjects, and also not less than 30 per cent, in each of the 
subjects of the optional group, and in the case of the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Science not less than 30 per cent, ia 
Elementary Mathematics. 

(iv) Candidates, failing to secure the above minima, but 
obtaining not less than 45 per cent, of the total maximum marks 
in either part, as well as obtaining the requisite minimum in 
each division of that part, will be permitted to appear only for 
the other part at a subsequent examination held within two 
years of passing in the former part. 

(v) A candidate who thus presents himself for examination 
in only one part shall be declared to have passed in that part 
also, if he obtains not less than 45 per cent, of the total maximum 
marks in that part, provided that in the case of Part II not 
less than 35 per cent, is obtained in each division of the part. 

The results of the examination shall be declared in three 
classes as follows: 

First Class . . Those who obtain not less than 60> 

per cent, of the aggregate marks in 
both the parts taken together. 

Second Class . . Those who obtain less than 60 per 

cent, but not less than 50 per cent. 

Third Class . . Other successful candidates. 

The names of the candidates who pass in the first and 
second classes shall be arranged in order of merit, and the names 
of those who pass in the third class shall be arranged in alpha- 
betical order. 

Candidates who present themselves for examination in 
Part I only or in Part II only and are declared to have passed 
shall not be classed. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 313 

B.A. DEGREE EXAMINATION. 
Courses of Study. 

The course of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts 
shall extend over two years after the Intermediate Examination, 
and shall comprise English, a Second Language and three of 
the following subjects: English, Philosophy, a Classical Lan- 
guage, a Vernacular, Politics, Economics, Sociology, History, 
Education, Mathematics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, 
Zoology which shall be taken in combinations approved by the 
Academic Council, from time to time. 

Provided that not more than one of the last five subjects 
may be offered in any combination except when English is one 
of the optional subjects in the combination, in which case two 
may be offered. 

The examination shall consist of two papers in English 
Composition, one paper in Second Language Composition or 
Translation and three papers in each of the three selected 
subjects. 

The papers on English Composition shall be based on the 
non-detailed study of prescribed text-books. 

The papers on Second Language Composition or Trans- 
lation shall be based on prescribed text-books. 

The Second Language shall be selected from Kannada, Urdu, 
Tamil and Telugu for Composition, and Sanskrit, Persian and 
Arabic for Translation. 

Compartments. 

The results of the B.A. Degree Examination shall be 
declared in three compartments : 

(1) Compulsory English. 

(2) Second Language. 

(3) Optionals. 

Provided that candidates for the B.A. Degree Examination 
present themselves for the complete examination when appear- 
ing for the first time. 

Minima for Pass. 

(1) First Class .. .. . . 60 per cent. 

(in each compartment). 

(2) Second Class . . . . . . 50 per cent. 

( in . each compartment ) 



314 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(3) Third Class: 

Compulsory English . . . . 35 per cent. 

Second Language . . . . 35 per cent. 

Optional Subjects 35 per cent, in each group 

and 40 per cent, on the 
aggregate. 

NOTE. A candidate is exempted from sitting for an examination in 
any group of his optional subjects, provided he has obtained not less than 
60 per cent, of the maximum for that subject in an examination for the 
B.A. Degree held within two years previous to the date of the examination. 

B.A. ( HONS.) DEGREE EXAMINATION. 

Courses of Study. 

The course of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Arts (Hons.) shall extend over three years after the Intermediate 
Examination in Arts, and shall comprise English, a Second 
Language and one of the following as the major subject with a 
suitable minor subject and in the case of Mathematics one or 
more special subjects : 

English, Kannada, Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic, Philosophy, 
History, Politics, Economics, Mathematics. 

The examination shall consist of two papers in English 
Composition, one paper on Second Language Composition or 
Translation, eight papers in the major subject, and four papers 
in the minor subject. 

Provided that in the case of Mathematics there shall be 
seven papers in the major subject, three papers in the minor 
subject and two papers on the special subjects, and that in the 
case of Sanskrit there shall be nine papers in the major subject 
and three papers in the minor subject. 

The papers on English Composition shall be based on the 
non-detailed study of prescribed text-books. 

The paper on Second Language Composition or Translation 
shall be based on prescribed text-books. 

The Second Language shall be selected from Kannada, 
Urdu, Tamil and Telugu for Composition and Sanskrit, Persian 
and Arabic for Translation. 

Scheme of Examination. 

The B.A. (Hons.) Degree Examination shall be taken in 
two parts : 

(a) The Preliminary Examination at the end of the second 
year comprising the following : 

(1) English Composition. 

(2) Second Language Composition or Translation. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 315 

(3) Optional Subjects 

(i) Arts other than Sanskrit and Mathematics 

Minor Subjects: Four papers, 
(ii) Mathematics and Sanskrit Minor Subjects: 

Three papers. 

(ft) The Final Examination at the end of the third year 
consisting of the remaining subjects. 

Minima for Pass and Publication of Results. 

The classification in the B.A. Honours Examination shall be 
determined on the results of the Final Examination only a pass 
being declared in the Preliminary Examination. 

The minimum marks required for a pass in the Preliminary 
Examination shall be as follows: 

1. Compulsory English . . . . 35 per cent. 

2. Second Language . . . . 35 

3. Minor Subject . . . . . . 35 

The results of the Honours Examinations shall be declared 
in three classes as follows: 

1. First class not less than 60 per cent, of the total. 

2. Second class not less than 50 per cent, of the total. 

3. Third class not less than 40 per cent, of the total. 

Provided that no candidate shall be declared to have passed 
in Mathematics unless he shall have obtained not less than 35 
per cent, of the aggregate marks in each group.* Candidates 
failing to obtain the requisite minimum for an Honours Degree 
but obtaining not less than 35 per cent, of the aggregate marks 
in the Final Examination and passing in the Preliminary Exami- 
nation may, at the discretion of the Board of Examiners in the 
Major subject, be recommended for the Pass Degree. 

A candidate for the Honours degree shall not appear for 
either the Preliminary or the Final Examination later than five 
academic years after admission to the First Year Honours class; 
nor shall he be permitted to undergo the complete Final Examina- 
tion for Honours more than once. 

Those who fail at the Preliminary Examination in the 
Honours course will be allowed to proceed to the Final Year's 
course and permitted to take along with the Final Examination 
such part or parts of the Preliminary Examination as they may 
have failed in. Until such candidate passes in the Preliminary 
Examination, his results in the Final Examination shall not 
be declared. 



Group A Compulsory Subjects. Group B- Special Subjects. 



316 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

B.Sc. DEGREE EXAMINATION. 
Courses of Study. 

The course of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science shall extend over two years after the Intermediate Exa- 
mination, and shall comprise English Composition, a Second 
Language and one of the following groups: 

(i) Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, 
(ii) Botany, Zoology, Geology, 
(iii) Botany, Zoology, Chemistry, 
(iv) Physics, Mathematics, Geology, 
(v) General Physiology, Chemistry, Zoology or Botany, 
(vi) Experimental Psychology, Mathematical Statistics, 

Child Psychology and Educational Psychology, 
(vii) Economics, Mathematical Statistics and Mathematical 
Economics, Sociology or Mathematics. 

There shall be two papers in English Composition, one paper 
in Second Language Composition or Translation, and three papers 
in each of the three selected subjects. 

The papers on English Composition shall be based on the 
non-detailed study of prescribed text-books. 

The paper on Second Language Composition or Transla- 
tion shall be based on prescribed text-books. 

The Second Language shall be selected from Kannada, Urdu, 
Tamil and Telugu for Composition and Sanskrit, Persian and 
Arabic for Translation. 

Compartments. 

The results of the B.-Sc. Degree Examination shall be de- 
clared in three compartments : 

(1) Compulsory English. 

(2) Second Language. 

(3) Optional Subjects. 

Provided that candidates for the B.Sc. Degree Examination 
present themselves for the complete examination when appearing 
for the first time. 

Minima for Pass. 

(1) First Class .. .. . . 60 per cent. 

(in each compartment). 

(2) Second Class .. .. ..50 percent 

(in each compartment). 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 317 

(3) Third Class: 

Compulsory English . . . . 35 per cent. 

Second Language . . . . 35 per cent. 

Optional Subjects: 35 per cent, in each group and 

40 per cent, on the aggregate. 

NOTE. A candidate is exempted from sitting for an examination in 
any group of his optional subjects, provided he has obtained not less than 
60 per cent, of the maximum for that subject in an examination for the 
B.Sc. Degree held within two years previous to the date of the examination. 

B.Sc. (HONS.) DEGREE EXAMINATION. 
Courses of Study. 

The course of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science (Hons.) shall extend over three years after the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Science, and shall comprise one of the 
following optional groups of subjects consisting of a major 
subject (with one or more special subjects) and a minor subject, 
together with English and a Second Language : 

(1) Mathematics (major) with two out of a prescribed list 

of special subjects and Physics as minor subject. 

(2) Physics (major) including Mathematical Physics and 

Chemical Physics with Mathematics as minor subject. 

(3) Chemistry (major) including Plant Chemistry or Colloid 

and Capillary Chemistry with Physics as minor 
subject. 

(4) Geology (major) with Chemistry as minor subject. 

(5) Zoology (major) with either Botany or Chemistry as 

minor subjects. 

(6) Botany (major) with either Zoology or Chemistry as 

minor subjects. 

(7) Experimental Psychology (major) with Child Psycho- 

logy, Educational Psychology and Mathematical 
Statistics as minor subject. 

(8) Economics (major) with Advanced Statistics, Mathe- 

matical Economics and Social Measurements as minor 
subject. 

The course of study in the First Year class shall, in groups 
1 to 6, include in addition a course in German, wlrch shall com- 
prise elements of^grammar and exercises in translation. 

The examination shall consist of one paper in English 
Composition, one paper in Second Language Composition or 
Translation and twelve papers in the optional subjects. 

The paper on English Composition shall be based on the 
non-detailed study of prescribed text-books. 



318 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The paper on Second Language Composition or Translation 
shall be based on prescribed text-books. 

The Second Language shall be selected from Kannada, Urdu, 
Tamil and Telugu for Composition and Sanskrit, Persian and 
Arabic for Translation. 

Scheme of Examination. 

The B.Sc. (Hons.) Degree Examination shall be taken in 
two parts : 

(a) The Preliminary Examination at the end of the second 
year comprising the following: 

(1) English Composition. 

(2) Second Language Composition or Translation. 

(3) Minor Subject: 

(i) Sciences Three papers. 

(ii) Economics (B.Sc.) Four papers, 

(iii) Experimental Psychology (B.Sc.) Four papers, 

(iv) Mathematics Three papers. 

(b) The Final Examination at the end of the third year 
consisting of the remaining subjects. 

No candidate shall be admitted to the Final Examination 
for the B.Sc. Honours Degree in groups 1 to 6 supra unless he 
is certified by the college authorities to have satisfied them in a 
test in translating simple scientific passages in German. 

Minima for Pass and Publication of Results. 

The classification in the B.Sc. Honours Examination shall 
te determined on the results of the Final Examination (Major 
and Subsidiary subjects), only a pass being declared in the 
Preliminary Examination. 

The minimum marks required for a pass in the Preliminary 
Examination shall be as follows : 

1. Compulsory English . . . . 35 per cent. 

2. Second Language . . . . 35 per cent. 

3. Minor Subject . . . . . . 35 per cent. 

The results of the Honours Examinations* shall be declared 
in three classes, as follows : 

1. First Class not less than 60 per cent, of the total. 

2. Second Class not less than 50 per cent, of the total. 

3. Third Class-Midt less than 40 per cent, of the total. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 319 

Provided that no candidate shall be declared to have passed 
unless he shall have obtained not less than 35 per cent, of the 
aggregate marks in each group.* 

Candidates failing to obtain the requisite minimum for an 
Honours Degree, but obtaining not less than 35 per cent, of the 
aggregate marks in the Final Examination and passing in the 
Preliminary Examination may, at the discretion of the Board 
of Examiners in the Major Subject, be recommended for the 
Pass Degree. 

A candidate for the Honours degree shall not appear /for 
either the Preliminary or the Final Examination later than five 
academic years after admission to the First Year Honours class; 
nor shall a candidate be permitted to undergo the complete Final 
Examination for Honours more than once. 

Those who fail at the Preliminary Examination in the 
Honours course will be allowed to proceed to the Final Year's 
course and permitted to take along with the Final Examination 
such part or parts of the Preliminary Examination as they may 
have failed in; until such candidate passes in the Preliminary 
Examination, his results in the Final Examination shall not be 
declared. 

MASTER'S DEGREE EXAMINATION. 
Courses of Study. 

(a) A candidate for the Degree of Master of Arts will be 
examined in one of the following subjects: 

English. History. 

Kannada. Economics. 

Sanskrit. Philosophy. 

Persian. Mathematics. 

(b) A candidate for the Degree of Master of Science will 
be examined in one of the following subjects : 

Mathematics. Zoology. 

Physics. Geology. 

Chemistry. Psychology. 

Botany. Economics. 

Scheme of Examination. 

The examination for the Degree of Master of Arts shall 
consist of four papers and viva voce examination, or a thesis and 



* Mathematics, Group A Compulsory Subjects. 

Group B Special Subjects. 
Science Subjects, Group A Theory. 
Group B Practice. 



320 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

a viva voce examination : and the examination for the Degree of 
Master of Science shall consist of four papers and a viva voce 
examination, or two papers, a thesis and viva voce examination. 

The -written papers and the viva voce shall carry a maximum 
of 100 marks each, and the thesis shall carry a maximum of 400 
marks in the case of the examination for the Master's Degree in 
Arts and 200 marks in the case of the examination for the Master's 
Degree in Science. 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed the Master's 
Degree Examination unless he shall have obtained not less than 
40 per cent, of the marks in the thesis when a thesis is offered, 
40 per cent, of the marks in the aggregate of the written papers, 
40 per cent, of the marks in the viva voce examination, and 50 
per cent, of the aggregate marks for the whole examination. Suc- 
cessful candidates who obtain 60 per cent, of the total marks 
shall be placed in the first class in order of merit, and the other 
successful candidates in the second class in alphabetical order." 

Professional Courses of Study and Degrees. 

ENGINEERING. 
Courses of Study. 

Bachelor of Engineering (B.B.). The course extends over 
four years followed by a year of practical training. The first 
year will be a common course to all the Branches of Engineering. 

First Year. 

Common Course. (1) Mathematics (Algebra, Trigonometry, 
Analytical Geometry and Elements of Differential and integral 
Calculus), (2) Engineering Physics Theory and Practice, 
(3) Engineering Chemistry Theory and Practice, (4) Econo- 
mics, (5) Building Materials, (6) Metallurgy and Elementary 
Mechanical Engineering, (7) Freehand, Model and Geometrical 
Drawing, (8) Surveying Theory and Practice, (9) Workshop 
Practice. 

Second Year. 

(i) Civil. (1) Mathematics (Differential and Integral Cal- 
culus and Applied Mathematics), (2) Applied Mechanics and 
-Graphic Statics, (3) Hydraulics, (4) Applied Mechanics Labora- 
tory, (5) Mechanical Engineering, (6) Electrical Engineering, 
(7) Workshop Theory and Practice, (8) Machine Drawing, 
(9) Building Construction, (10) Architecture, (11) Building 
Drawing and Estimating, (12) Geology Theory and Practice, 
{13) Surveying Theory and Practice. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 321 

(ii) Mechanical. (1) Mathematics (Differential and Integral 
Calculus and Applied Mathematics), (2) Applied Mechanics and 
-Graphic Statics, (3) Hydraulics, (4) Applied Mechanics Labora- 
tory, (5.) Building Construction, (6) Building Drawing and 
Estimating, (7) Electrical Technology, (8) Surveying Theory 
and Practice, (9) Theory and Design of Machines, (10) Heat 
Engines, (11) Workshop Theory and Practice, (12) Machine 
Drawing, (13) Mechanical Laboratory. 

(iii) Electrical. (1) Mathematics (Differential and Integral 
Calculus and Applied Mathematics), (2) Applied Mechanics and 
Graphic Statics, (3) Hydraulics, (4) Applied Mechanics Labora- 
tory, (5) Building Construction, (6) Building Drawing and 
Estimating, (7) Electrical Technology, (8) Surveying Theory 
and Practice, (9) Theory and Design of Machines, (10) Heat 
Engines, (11) Workshop Theory and Practice, (12) Machine 
Drawing, (13) Mechanical Laboratory. 

Third Year. 

(i) Civil. (1) Mathematics (Differential and Integral Cal- 
culus and Applied Mathematics), (2) Applied Mechanics and 
{Graphic Statics, (3) Hydraulics, (4) Mechanical Engineering, 
(5) Electrical Engineering, (6) Building Construction, (7) Archi- 
tecture, (8) Building Drawing and Estimating, (9) Geology 
Theory and Practice, (10) Surveying Theory and Practice, 
(11) Irrigation and Irrigation Drawing, (12) Water Supply and 
Sanitary Engineering, (13) Mechanical and Electrical Laboratory. 

(ii) Mechanical. (1) Mathematics (Differential and Inte- 
gral Calculus and Applied Mathematics), (2) Applied Mechanics 
and Graphic Statics, (3) Hydraulics, (4) Building Construction, 
(5) Electrical Technology, (6) Theory of Direct Current Machi- 
nery, (7) Theory and Design of Machines, (8) Heat Engines, 

(9) Workshop Theory, (10) Workshop Practice, (11) Ma- 
chine Drawing, (12) Mechanical Laboratory, (13) Electrical 
Laboratory and Drawing. 

(iii) Electrical. (1) Mathematics (Differential and Integral 
Calculus and Applied Mathematics), (2) Applied Mechanics and 
Graphic Statics, (3) Hydraulics, (4) Heat Engines, (5) Theory 
and Design of Machines, (6) Building Construction, (7) Building 
Drawing, (8) Workshop Practice, (9) Electrical Technology, 

(10) Theory of Direct Current Machinery, (11) Hydraulic 
Machinery, (12) Machine Drawing, (13) Electrical Drawing, 
(14) Mechanical Laboratory, (15) Electrical Laboratory. 

fourth Year. 

(i) Civil. (1) Irrigation and Irrigation Drawing, (2) Rail- 
ways, Tunnels and Harbours, (3) Roads and Bridges, and 
Bridge Drawing, (4) Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, 



322 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(5) Structural Design and Drawing, (6) Testing of Materials 
Laboratory, (7) Hydraulics Laboratory, (8) Estimating, Speci- 
fication and Engineering Economics, (9) Surveying Theory and 
Practice. 

(ii) Mechanical. (1) Heat Engines, (2) Hydraulic Engi- 
neering, (3) Power Plant Engineering and Drawing, (4) Mecha- 
nical Laboratory, (5) Workshop Practice, (6) Theory and 
Design of Machines, (7) Estimating, Specification and Engineer- 
ing Economics, (8) Machine Drawing, (9) Theory of Alternating 
Current Machinery, (10) Electrical Laboratory, (11) Structural 
Design. 

(iii) Electrical. (1) Theory of Alternating Current Machi- 
nery, (2) Generation and Hydro-Electric Engineering, (3) Trans- 
mission and Distribution, (4) Electrical Machine Design, (5) 
Estimating, Specifications and Engineering Economics, (6) 
Traction and Utilisation, (7) Structural Design, (8) Mechanical 
Laboratory, (9) Electrical Laboratory, (10) Electrical Drawing. 

NOTE. Instruction in Photography and Physical Culture will be given 
as part of the course. 

Examinations. 

Candidates shall be required to pass three examinations, 
viz., the First Examination in Engineering at the end of the 
first year, the Second Examination in Engineering at the end 
of the third year, and the Final Examination for the B.E. Degree 
at the end of the fourth year. 

No candidate shall be permitted to appear for the First 
examination in Engineering after having failed three times in the 
examination. 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed any of the 
above examinations unless he obtains not less than 30 per cent, 
of the marks in each paper of the written examination, 30 per 
cent, of the marks in each oral or practical examination, 40 per 
cent, of the marks in each group and SO per cent, of the total 
marks in the examination. 

- Successful candidates who obtain not less than 70 per cent 
of the total marks shall be placed in the first class and their 
names shall be published in order of merit; the names of the 
other successful candidates shall be published in alphabetical order 
in the second class. 

MEDICINE. 

The Pre-Medical Course. The Pre-Medical Course extends 
over a period of six months, the subjects of study being Physics, 
Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 323 

Examination. 

There shall be a Pre-Medical Examination at the end of 
the course. The examination shall comprise a written paper, 
a practical examination and a' viva voce examination in each 
subject of study. 

Candidates for the examination shall be required to produce 
certificates of (i) having undergone the prescribed course of 
study for six months in the Medical College in the subjects in 
which they appear, (ii) being not less than 18 years of age on 
the 1st January following the examination. 

No candidate shall be permitted to appear for the Pre- 
Medical Examination after having failed three times in the 
examination. 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed the examina- 
tion unless he obtains in each siibject not less than 35 per cent, 
of the marks in the written examination and 35 per cent, of the 
marks in the practical and the viva voce examination taken 
together and 50 per cent, of the aggregate marks in the examina- 
tion. 

Successful candidates who obtain not less than 70 per cent, 
of the maximum marks shall be placed in the first class and 
their names shall be published in order of merit. The names of 
the other successful candidates t shall be published in alphabetical 
order in the second class. 

BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY 
(M.B.B.S.) 

Courses of Study. 

The course extends over five years. 

Candidates for the degree shall be required to attend courses 

of study in the following subjects: 
i 

First Year. 

Anatomy (including Embryology). One course of lectures 
in Osteology and Dissection. 

Physiology (including Practical Physiology and Bio- 
Chemistry) . One course of lectures in Physiology and one course 
of practical work. 

Organic Chemistry. A bourse of lectures with practical 
work. 

Second^ Year. 

Anatomy (including Embryology). One course of lectures 
with practical work. 



324 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Physiology (including Practical Physiology and Bio- 
Chemistry). One course of lectures with practical wort and a 
course of practical work. 

Organic Chemistry. One course of lectures with practical 
work. 

Third Year. 

Pathology and Bacteriology. One course of lectures with 
practical work. 

Hygiene. One course of lectures and one course of prac- 
tical work. 

r Minor Surgery. One course of lectures and practical work. 
Materia Medica and PJiarinacology. One course of lectures 
with a practical course of instruction in pharmacy. 

Medicine. One course of lectures. 
Surgery. One course of lectures. 

Hospital and Clinical Work. Post-mortem for three months, 
out-patient department for three months, surgical wards for three 
months, medical wards for three months. 

Fourth Year. 

Medicine. One course of lectures. 
Surgery and Surgical Pathology. One course of lectures. 

Venereal Diseases. One course of lectures and practical 
work. 

Midwifery, Gyncecology and Pediatrics. One course of 
lectures in midwifery and diseases of women and new-born 
children. 

Ophthalmology^ One course of lectures. 
Forensic Medicine. One course of lectures. 

Hospital and Clinical Work. Medical wards for 2 l / 2 months, 
surgical wards for 2 l / 2 months, maternity wards for 2 months, 
ophthalmic wards for 3 months. 

Fifth Year. 

Operative Surgery. One course of practical instruction. 
Midwifery, Gyncecology and Pediatrics. A continuation 
course in midwifery and diseases of women and new-born children. 

Mental Diseases. One course of lectures and demonstra- 
tions. 

Plosfrtal and Clinical Work. Out-patient department for 3 
months, surgical wards for 3 months, medical wards for 3 months, 
maternity wards for 2 months. 



MYSORK UNIVERSITY 325 

Vaccination. Ten demonstrations. 
Fever Hospital. One month. 

Clinical Dental Surgery. One course of twelve lectures with 
necessary demonstrations. 

Anesthetics. Instruction in anaesthetics consisting of 
attendance at three lectures and the personal administration of 
anaesthetics in six cases. 

Oto-rhino-laryngology. One course of lectures and demon- 
stration. 

Examinations. 

Candidates shall be required to pass three examinations, 
namely, the First Examination at the end of the second year of 
the course, the Second Examination at the end of the third year 
of the course, and the Final Examination at the end of the fifth 
year of the course. The final examination shall be held in two 
parts Part I consisting of Ophthalmology and Forensic Medicine 
and Part II consisting of Medicine, Surgery and Midwifery. It 
shall be permissible for a candidate to appear in Part I not less 
than one year after passing the Second Examination and obtain- 
ing the necessary certificates. 

No candidate shall be permitted to appear for the First 
Examination for the M.B.B.S. Degree after having failed three 
times in the examination. 

FIRST EXAMINATION. 

(a) Candidates for the First Examination shall be required 
to produce certificates of 

(i) having passed the Pre-Medical Examination; 

(ii) having subsequent to passing the Pre-Medical Exami- 
nation undergone an approved course of studies in 
the Medical College for a period of not less than two 
years in Anatomy, Physiology and Organic Chemistry ; 

(iii) having undergone a course of dissections extending over 
not less than 18 months and of having dissected the 
whole body at least once to the satisfaction of their 
teachers ; 

(iv) having undergone a practical course of Histology for 
at least three months; 

(v) having undergone an approved course of Practical 
Physiology including Bio-Chemistry for a period of 
at least nine months. 



326 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(b) Candidates shall be examined .in the following subjects : 
(i) Anatomy (including. Embryology), 
(ii) Physiology (including Practical Physiology and Bio- 
Chemistry), 
(iii) Organic Chemistry. 

/ N (0 No candidate shall be declared to have passed the 
-examination, unless he obtains not less than SO per cent, of 
the marks in the written examination and 50 per cent, in the 
practical and oral examination together in Anatomy and in 
Physiology, and 35 per cent, in the written examination and 
35 per cent, in the practical and oral examination together in 
Organic Chemistry, and 50 per cent, in the total for that sub- 
ject. Successful candidates who obtain 70 per cent, of the total 
number of marks shall be placed in the first class in order of 
merit. The other successful candidates shall be placed in the 
second class in alphabetical order. 

(d) A candidate who faite in the examination shall, while 
appearing for the examination again, be required to produce 
evidence of having attended a further course of studies in the 
second year class for a period of not less than one academical 
year. 

SECOND EXAMINATION. 

(a) Candidates for the Second Examination shall be required 
to produce certificates of 

(i) having passed the First M.B.B.S. Examination; 

(ii) having been engaged in medical studies extending over 
an academic year in the University College of Medi- 
cine subsequent to passing the First M.B.B.S. exa- 
mination ; 

(iii) having undergone a course of lectures and demonstra- 
tions in Pathology and Bacteriology; 

(iv) having undergone a course of Practical Pathology 
(Chemical and Histological) for three months; 

(v) having undergone a course of lectures and demonstra- 
tions in Hygiene; 

(vi) having worked as clinical clerk for three months in the 
medical wards of the Krishnarajendra Hospital or the 
Victoria Hospital; 

(vii) having worked as a clinical clerk for three months in 
the surgical wards of the Krishnarajendra Hospital 
or the Victoria Hospital ; 

(viii) having worked as a clinical clerk for three months in 
the out-patient department of the Krishnarajendra 
Hospital or the Victoria Hospital ; 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 327 

(ix) having acted as clerk for post-mortem examinations for 
three months and of having learnt the method of 
post-mortem examination; 

(x) having attended a course of Minor Surgery ; 

(xi) having undergone a course of Materia Medica and 
Pharmacology ; 

(xii) having undergone a course of Practical Pharmacy. 

(fe) Candidates shall be examined in the following sub- 
jects: 

(i) Pathology and Bacteriology, 
(ii) Hygiene, 
(iii) Materia Medica and Pharmacology. 

(c) No candidate shall be declared to have passed the exa- 
mination unless he obtains not less than 50 per cent, of the 
marks in each subject. Successful candidates who obtain -70 
per cent, of the total marks shall be placed in the first class 
in order of merit and the other successful candidates in the second 
class in alphabetical order. 

(d) A candidate who fails in the examination shall, while 
appearing for the examination again, be required to produce 
evidence of having attended a further course of studies in the 
third year class for a period of not less than one academical 
year, a second course in Hygiene being optional. 

FiNAiy EXAMINATION. 

(a) Candidates for the Final Examination shall be required 
to produce certificates of 

(i) having passed the Second M.B.B.S. Examination; 

(ii) having been engaged in medical studies for a period 
of not less than two years subsequently in the Medical 
College ; 

(iii) having attended a complete course of lectures in 
Medicine including Therapeutics; 

(iv) having attended a complete course of lectures in 
Surgery ; 

(v) having attended a complete course of lectures in 
Forensic Medicine; 

(vi) having attended a complete course of lectures in Mid- 
wifery, Gynaecology and Paediatrics; 

(vii) having attended a complete course of lectures in 

Ophthalmology ; 

(viii) having worked as a clinical clerk in the medical wards 
of the Krishnarajendra Hospital or the Victoria Hos- 
pital for a period of S l / 2 months and of having attend- 
ed lectures and demonstrations in Clinical Medicine 
: during that period; 



328 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(ix) having worked as a clinical clerk in the surgical wards 
of the Krishnarajendra Hospital or the Victoria Hos- 
pital for a period of Sy 2 months and of having attend- 
ed lectures and demonstrations in Clinical Surgery 
during that period; 

(x) having worked in the out-patient department of the 
Krishnarajendra Hospital or the Victoria Hospital for 
three months ; 

(xi) having worked as a clinical clerk in the Ophthalmic 
Department of the Krishnarajendra Hospital or in 
the Minto Ophthalmic Hospital for a period of three 
months and of having learnt refraction work and 
the use of the ophthalmoscope; 

(xii) having worked as a clinical clerk in the wards of the 
Vani Vilas Hospital or of the Maternity Hospital for 
a period of four months and of having attended on 
5 labours under supervision, of having conducted 15 
labours independently and of having attended an 
antenatal clinic for two months ; 

(xiii) having attended a course of lectures on Oto-rhino- 
laryngology for three months; 

(xiv) having attended a practical course of Operative Surgery 
for three months ; 

(xv) having attended a course of lectures on Ancesthetics 
and of having administered anaesthesia in six cases ; 

(xvi) having attended a course of lectures and demonstrations 
on mental diseases; 

(xvii) having attended a course of ten lectures and demon- 
strations on Vaccination ; 
(xviii) having attended a Fever Hospital for one month; 

(xix) having attended a course of lectures with practical 
instruction for three months in venereal diseases and 
having satisfactorily undergone a test in the same. 

(b) Candidates shall be examined in the following sub- 
jects : 

PART I (i) Ophthalmology. 

(ii) Forensic Medicine. 

PART II (i) Medicine (including Therapeutics). 

(ii) Surgery (including venereal diseases), 
(iii) Midwifery, Gynaecology, Paediatrics. 

Provided that it shall be permissible for a candidate to 
appear in one or both 'parts at the same time. 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed in Part I of 
the examination unless he obtains not less than SO per cent, of 
the marks in each subject; no candidate shall be declared to 
have passed in Part II of the examination unless he obtains 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 329 

not less than 50 per cent, of the maximum marks in the theory 
and not less than SO per cent, of the maximum marks in the 
clinical, practical and viva voce examinations taken together in 
each subject. Successful candidates in either part who obtain 
not less than 70 per cent, of the total marks in that part shall 
be placed in the first class in order of merit and the other suc- 
cessful candidates in the second class in alphebetical order. 

Candidates who fail in either part of the examination but 
obtain not less than 60 per cent, of the marks in any subject 
of the part will be exempted from appearing in that subject at 
a subsequent examination. 

(c) A candidate who fails in either part of the examination 
shall be required at each subsequent appearance to produce 
evidence of further clinical study in the subjects in which he 
appears at a subsequent examination, a second course in Forensic 
Medicine being optional, provided that a candidate who exercises 
the option of appearing for Part I of the Final Examination 
at the end of the fourth year course and fails and proceeds to 
the fifth year course will be permitted to appear for Part I at the 
end of the fifth year without further attendance in the subjects of 
Part I. 

Diploma in Medicine (L.M.P.). 
Courses of Study. 

The course extends over four years. 

Candidates for the L.M.P. Diploma are required to attend 
the following courses of study: 

First Year.. 

Physics. One course of lectures with practical demonstra- 
tions. 

Chemistry. One course of lectures with practical demon- 
strations. 

Elements of Biology. One course of lectures with practical 
demonstrations. 

Anatomy. One course of lectures and dissections. 

Physiology. One course of lectures. 
t 

Second Year. 

Anatomy. One course of lectures with dissections. 
Physiology. One course of lectures with demonstrations in 
Chemical Physiology arid Histology. 



330 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Third Year. 

Medicine. One course of lectures. 
Surgery. One course of lectures. 

Pathology and Bacteriology. One course of lectures with 
practical work. 

Hygiene. One course of lectures. 

Materia Medica. One course of lectures and practical 
Pharmacy. 

Mental Diseases. One course of lectures. 

Hospital Work 

(a) Clinical clerking in Medical wards of a recognized 

Hospital for 4 months including Post-mortem 
clerking during the same period. 

(b) Clinical clerking in Surgical wards for 4 months. 

(c) Out-patient hospital practice for 2 months. 

(d) Clinical demonstrations at the Mental Hospital 

during the short session. 

(0) A course of 5 clinical demonstrations at the Epidemic 
Diseases Hospital. 

Final Year. 

Medicine. One course of lectures. 
Surgery. One course of lectures. 

Venereal Diseases. One course of lectures and practical 
work. 

Operative Surgery, Throat, Nose and Bar Diseases. One 
course of lectures. 

Midwifery. One course of lectures. 

Diseases of Women and Children. One course of lectures. 

Ophthalmology. A course of lectures extending over 4 
months. 

Forensic Medicine. One course of lectures and practical 
demonstrations in Toxicology. 

Hospital Work 

(a) Clinical clerking in the Medical wards of a recognized 

Hospital for 2 months. 

(b) Clinical clerking in the Surgical wards for 2 months. 

(c) Out-patient hospital practice for 1 month. 

(d) Clinical clerking in the Ophthalmic Hospital for 3 

months. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 331 

(e} Clinical clerking at the Maternity Hospital for 3 

months. 
(/) A course of 5 demonstrations in Vaccination. 

Examinations. 

Candidates shall be required to pass four examinations. 
The First, Second, Third and Final Examinations shall be held 
twice a year in April and October. 

No candidate shall be permitted to appear for the First 
Examination for the L.M.P. Diploma after having failed three 
times in the examination. 

First Examination. 

Candidates shall be examined in the following subjects: 
(1) Physics; (2) Chemistry; (3) Elements of Biology. 

Second Examination. 

Candidates shall be examined in the following subjects: 
(1) Anatomy; (2) Physiology. 

Third Examination. 

Candidates shall be examined in the following subjects : 
(1) Pathology and Bacteriology; (2) Hygiene; (3) Materia 
Medica. 

Fourth or Final Examination. 

Candidates shall be examined in the following subjects: 
(1) Surgery; (2) Medicine; (3) Midwifery; (4) Forensic 
Medicine. 

There will be one paper and a viva voce examination in 
-each of the subjects for the L.M.P. Examinations with a Clinical 
examination added in the case of Medicine and Surgery. 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed in any of 
the above examinations unless he obtains not less than 40 per 
cent, of marks in each subject. 

Those who obtain not less than 70 per cent, of marks in 
the aggregate shall be placed in the First Class in order of merit 
and the rest in the Second Class in alphabetical order. 

Candidates who fail in the Final Examination but obtain 
60 per cent, or more in any subject will be exempted from 
appearing in that subject at a subsequent examination. 

Candidates who fail in the L.M.P. Examinations shall be 
required to produce evidence of further study in the subjects 
in which they appear at a subsequent examination, a second 
course in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Hygiene and Forensic 
Medicine being optional. 



332 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Teaching (B.T.). There shall be a course of 
study for the Degree of B.T. extending over one year. It shall 
comprise : 

Group A Theoretical: Marks, 

(i) Principles . . . . . . 150 

(ii) Educational Psychology including Mental 

Measurements . . . . . . . . 150 

(iii) Methods .. .. .. ..ISO 

(iv) Comparative study of Educational systems with 

special reference to problems of Indian Education 150 

(v) Class room technique and school organization . . 150 
(vi) Class records in mental measurement . . 50 



TOTAL . . 800 



Group B. Practice in Teaching: Marks, 

Examination . . . . . . . . 140 

Class Work . . . . . . . . 60 



TOTAL . . 200 



The course in respect of "Methods" under Group A and of 
"Practice in Teaching" under Group B shall comprise: 

(1) The teaching of English (compulsory). 

(2) The teaching of one of the following subjects: English 

(optional), History, Geography, Mathematics, Science. 

Candidates for the B.T. Degree Examination who have 
passed in Group A (Theoretical) and failed in B (Practice in 
Teaching) shall be permitted to appear again for Group B 
(Practice in Teaching). 

To pass the B.T. Degree Examination, a candidate must 
obtain not less than 40 per cent, of the total marks under A and 
B separately with a minimum of 30 per cent, in each subject. 
Of passed candidates, those that obtain 60 per cent or more 
of the total marks shall be placed in order of merit in the First 
Class. Those obtaining 50 per cent, or more but less than 60 
per cent, in the Second Class likewise in order of merit and the 
rest in the Third Class in alphabetical order. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 333 

Diploma Courses. 

It is under contemplation to institute post-secondary diploma 
courses in: 1. Agriculture, 2. Sericulture, 3. Veterinary Science, 
4. Civil Engineering, 5. Mechanical Engineering, 6. Electrical 
Engineering, 7. Automobile Engineering, 8. Teaching, 9. Com- 
merce, 10. Prints and Engraving, 11. Printing and Binding, 
12. Pharmacy, 13. Music, 14. Domestic Arts, 15. Painting and 
Drawing, from 1940-41, and the details are being worked out. 

Table of Fees for Courses and Examinations. 

Tuition Pees. 

A. Professional Courses Rs. 

Pre-Medical Course: 

Whole course . . . . 72 (or the course 

One subject . . . . 25 

Two subjects . . . . 45 

Three subjects . . 60 

M.B.B.S. Degree course . . . . 200 per year 
L.M.P. Diploma (whole course) 60 

L.M.P. (for a course extending for 

six months or less) . . . . 30 

B.E. Degree (whole course) . . 150 per year 
Lectures only for students repeating 

the course . . . . -15 

Lectures and Drawing for students 

repeating the course . . . . 60 ,, 

B.T. Degree .. .. ..80 

Provided that in respect of non-Mysorean students admitted 
to professional courses of studies from the year 1934-35, the 
following shall be the scale : 

Rs. 

Pre-Medical . . . . 1 20 for the course 

One subject . . . . 40 ,, 

Two subjects . . . . 75 

Three subjects . . . . . . 100 

M.B.B.S. . . . . . . 300 per year 

L.M.P. .. .. ..120 

For a course of six months or less 

for failed students . . . . 60 

B.E. . . . . . . 250 per year 

Lectures only for failed students . . 60 
Lectures and Drawing for failed 

students . . . . 80 

B.T. .. .. .. ..120 



334 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



B. Arts and Science Courses 

(l)(a) Intermediate in Arts (whole) 

Part I 

Part II 

(b) Intermediate in Science (whole) . . 
Part I 
Part II 

For failed I.Sc. candidates who are 
admitted for lectures only 

Whole Course . . 

Part I only 
Part II only . 

(2) B.A. whole 

(i) English 
(ii) Second Language 
(iii) Optionals 

(3) B.A. (Hons.) whole 

(i) English 
(ii) Second Language 
(iii) Minor subject 
(iv) Major subject (in the 1st or 
2nd year class) 

(4) B.Sc. whole 

(i) English 
(ii) Second Language 
(iii) Optionals 

(5) B.Sc. (Hons.) whole 

(i) English 

(ii) Second Language 

(iii) Minor subject 

(iv) Major subject (in the 1st or 
2nd year class) 

(6) M.A. 

(7) M.Sc. 

Fees for Examinations. 



Rs. 

72+ 8* per year 

32 ,, 

44+ 8* 

88 

32 

60 



72 
32 

44 

96+12* 
30 
20 
55+12* 

120 
30 
20 
40 

60 
120 
30 
20 
80 

144 
30 
20 
50 

70 
120 

144 . . 



(l)(a) Intermediate in Arts (whole examination) . . 
Part I 
Part II .. .. . . .. 

(b) Intermediate in Science (whole examination). 
Part I 
Part II 



Rs. 

30 
14 
21 
30 
14 
21 



* For Science Subjects. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 335 

Rs. 

(2) (a) B.A. whole . . . . . . . . 40+ 5* 

(b) Compulsory English .. .. ..10 

(c) Compulsory Second Language . . 6 

(d) Optional Subjects . . . . . . 30+ 5* 

(3) (a) B.A. (Hons.) Preliminary .. .. 20+ 5* 

English . . . . . . . . 10 

Second Language . . . . 6 

Optional Subject (Minor) . . . . 10+ 5f 

(6) B.A. (Hons.) Final .. .. .. 40+10* 

(4) (a) B.Sc. whole . . . . . . . . 50 

(b) Compulsory English . . . . 10 

(c) Compulsory Second Language . . 6 

(d) Optional Subjects . . . . . . 40 

(5) (a) B.Sc. (Hons.) Preliminary .. ..25 

English . . . . . . . . 10 

Second Language . . . . 6 

Optional Subject (Minor) . . 15 

(&) B.Sc. (Hons.) Final .. .. ..50 

(6) Qualifying test for "Pass" graduates taking 

the Master's Degree Course: 

(a) M.A. .. .. .. ..20 

(b) M.Sc. .. .. .. ..25 

(7) M.A. Degree .. .. ..100 

M.Sc. Degree . . . . . . . . 100 

(8) B.T. Degree (whole) . . . . . . 35 

Group B, Practice in Teaching only . . 15 

(9) Pre-Medical Examination 

Whole examination . . . 30 



One subject only 
Two subjects only 
Three subjects only 
(10) (a) M.B.B.S. First 

(b) Do. Second 

(c) M.B.B.S. Final, Part I 
M.B.B.S. Part II 

(11) (a) B.E. First 

(6) Do. Second .. 
(c) Do. Final 
) L.M.P. First 

(b) Do. Second 

(c) Do. Third 

(d) Do. Final 



10 
18 
25 
35 
40 
25 
45 
25 
30 
45 
15 
15 
15 
20 



* For Science Subjects. 

t For a minor group including a Science Subject. 



Nagpur University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The first attempt to establish a University for these 
Provinces (Central Provinces and Berar) was made in the 
year 1914, when in the month of July, the Local Government 
appointed "The Central Provinces and Berar University Com- 
mittee" to consider the question of the establishment of an- 
independent University. It made its report in January 1915, 
embodying an elaborate scheme for a residential University 
with, however, power to affiliate external colleges. The Great 
War was then on and in view of its absorbing demands on the 
Administration, the consideration of the subject was put off. 
On the publication of the Sadler Commission's Report, a Com- 
mittee was appointed in 1919 to formulate a fresh scheme 
after taking its recommendations into consideration. It soon 
submitted its report and action was taken upon it without loss 
of time. First planned in 1914-15, examined by several com- 
mittees of educationists, official and non-official, the University 
scheme at last emerged out of this prolonged gestation in the 
form of a concrete Bill. It was introduced in the Legislative 
Council in the August Session of 1922, and passed into Law 
in March, 1923. The University was brought into existence 
on the 4th August 1923. 

Except in the Department of Law, the University is, at 
present, only an examining body, though the Act makes due 
provisions for its being made both Unitary and Affiliating. The 
Law College is directly maintained by the University. The 
affiliated institutions include nine Arts Colleges, a College of 
Science, an Agricultural College, a Training College, a Law 
College and a School of Engineering. 

Of the nine Arts Colleges, three, viz., Morris College, 
Nagpur; Robertson College, Jubbulpore; and King Edward 
College, Amraoti, are maintained by the Local Government. 
The Fourth, Hislop College, Nagpur, is maintained by the 
United Free Church Mission of Scotland. The ramaining five 
Colleges, vh., City College, Nagpur, Hitkarni City College,, 
Jubbulpore, the Central College for Women, Nagpur, Wasudeo- 
Arts College, Wardha, and the Rajkumar College, Raipur, are 
private institutions. 

Morris and Hislop Colleges are affiliated upto the M.A. 
standard in Arts. Hislop College, in addition, teaches Science 
upto the Intermediate standard. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 337 

The College of Science is affiliated upto the D.Sc. standard in 
Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, upto the M.Sc. standard 
in Zoology and Botany, and upto the B.Sc. standard in English. 

Robertson College at Jubbulpore teaches upto the B.A. and 
the B.Sc. standards, and also upto the M.A. standard in Hindi. 
There is a commodius Hostel attached to it where most of the 
students live. There are also quarters for members of the staff 
within the extensive college grounds. 

King Edward College, Amraoti, owes its origin to the 
desire of public-spirited citizens of Berar to perpetuate the 
memory of His Majesty King Edward VII by a special Berar 
Memorial in the form of a Collegiate institution to be called 
after him. The Government, however, later on decided to build 
the College out of State funds and the subscriptions were uti- 
lized to found scholarships for Berar students. The College 
teaches upto B.A. standard in Arts and upto the Intermediate 
standard in Science. It has a fine Hostel and quarters for the 
staff. 

The City College, Nagpur, was founded by the Nagpur 
Shikshana Mandal in 1932. The College was admitted to the 
privileges of the University with effect from 1st July, 1932, 
for a period of five years in respect of the courses of instruction 
in English, Economics, Philosophy, History, Sanskrit, Marathi 
upto the B.A. standard and in Civics, Mathematics and Hindi 
Composition upto the Intermediate standard. For the present 
a part of the College building has been set apart for use as 
a hostel. The college has also been permitted to teach Marathi 
and Political Science upto the M.A. standard. 

* The Hitkarni City and Law Colleges, Jubbulpore, were 
founded by the Hitkarni Sabha, Jubbulpore, in the years 1933 
and 1934 respectively. The Arts College was admitted to the 
privileges of the University in July 1933 for a period of five 
years and teaches upto the B.A. standard in English, History, 
Philosophy, Mathematics, Economics, Politics, Sanskrit and 
Hindi. With effect from 1935, arrangements have been made 
in the college to provide instruction in Persian and Urdu upta 
the B.A. standard. The Law College is affiliated upto the LL.B. 
standard. 

The Central College for Women, Nagpur, has been admit- 
ted for a period of five years with effect from July 1935, to the 
privileges of the University upto the B.A. standard in English, 
Philosophy, Economics, History, Politics and Marathi, and 
upto the Intermediate standard in Sanskrit and Music. The 
college has now added courses of instruction in Geography, 
Persian, Urdu and Home Science upto the Intermediate standard. 
The College, which is the first college for women in the Pro- 
vince, is managed by a Governing Body, which includes several 



338 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

distinguished citizens of Nagpur, including Lady Gowan, who 
is the President. 

The Rajkumar College, Raipur, has been admitted, with 
effect from 1st July 1936, to the privileges of the University 
in respect of the courses of instruction in English, Composition 
in a Modern Indian Language, Mathematics, History, Geography, 
Economics, Civics and Public Administration in India, Chemistry 
and Physics upto the Intermediate standard. 

Wasudeo Arts College, Wardha, has been admitted tempo- 
rarily with effect from 1st July 1936 to the privileges of the 
University in respect of the courses of instruction in English, 
Philosophy, History, Economics, Political Science, Sanskrit, 
Marathi and Mathematics upto the B.A. standard. 

Spence Training College at Jubbulpore is a training college 
for teachers and has a large practising school attached to it. 
It prepares students for the B.T. degree and the Diploma of 
Teaching of the University. 

The College of Agriculture at Nagpur was admitted to the 
privileges of the University in 1925. The first examination in 
Intermediate (Agriculture) was held in March 1927, and the 
first examination for the degree of B.Ag. in 1929. The College 
is both a teaching and a research institute and has very extensive 
experimental farms and botanical and horticultural gardens 
attached to it for practical training. 

The Government School of Engineering at Nagpur was ad- 
mitted to the privileges of the University in respect of the courses 
of instruction in Civil, Mechanical and Automobile Engineering 
upto the Diploma standard, with effect from 1st July 1936. The 
College prepares students for the two examinations for the 
Diploma in Engineering, viz., the First and Final. The First 
Examination for the Diploma in Engineering was held for the 
first time in 1937. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCEUXJR. 

His Excellency Sir Hyde Clarendon Gowan, B.A. (Oxon.), 
K.C.S.I., C.I.E., V.D., i.c.s. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Mr. T. J. Kedar, B.A., I,I,.B V M.L.A. 

TREASURER. 
Dewan Bahadur K. V. Brahma, B.A., U,.B., C.I.E., M.B.E. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 



339 



Arts 

Science 

Law 

Education 

Agriculture 



REGISTRAR. 
Mr. U. Misra, M.A., LL.B. 

ASST. REGISTRAR. 
Mr. K. R. Pandya, M.A. 

DEANS OF THE FACULTIES. 
.. Mr. A. C. Sen Gupta, M.A. (Edin.). 
.. Mr. M. L. De, M.A. (Cal.). 

Sir M. V. Joshi, Kt, B.A., LL.B. (Bom.). 
.. Mr. H. S. Staley, M.A. (Cantab.). 
.. Mr. E. A. H. Churchill, B.SC. (Edin.). 



PRINCIPAL OF THE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF LAW. 
Mr. Y. V. Jakatdar, B.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law. 

DIRECTOR OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION. 
Mr. L. J. Kokardekar, D.P.E. (Berlin). 

HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS. 

(Included in the Faculty of Arts.) 

English .. Rev. T. W. Gardiner, M.A. (Cantab.), 

O.B.E. 

Philosophy .. Mr. W. S. Rowlands, B.A. (Oxon.). 

History . . Dr. G. G. R. Hunter, M.A., D.phiL 

(Oxon.). 

Mr. A. Sen, M.A., B.L. 

Mr. A. C. Sen Gupta, M.A. (Edin.). 

Mr. V. V. Mirashi, M.A. 



Political Science 
Economics 

Sanskrit, Pali and 
Prakrit 

Persian and Arabic 

Modern European 
and Classical 
Languages. 

Hindi 

Marathi 

Urdu 

Other Indian 
Languages. 



Shams-ul-Ulama M. A. Ghani, M.A.^ 
M.Litt. (Cantab.). 

Mr. F. P. Tostevin, M.A. (Oxon.), O.B.E. 



Mr. B. P. Mishra, M.A., LL.B. 
Mr. N. K. Behere, M.A., B.SC., L.T. 
Mr. S. G. Taqi, M.A. 
Mr. B. E. Dadachanji, M.A. 



340 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Music 
Geography 

Domestic Science 



Mrs. Comolata Dutt. 
Miss K. S. Rangarao, B.A. (Hons.) 
(Lond.), M.A., I,.T., F.R.G.S. (Lond.). 
Mrs. Ramabai Tambe, B.A., T.D. (Lond.). 



(Included in the Faculty of Science.) 

Chemistry . . Rao Saheb S. N. Godbole, M.SC. 

Physics . . Mr. M. L. De, M.A. 

Mathematics .. Dr. S. C. Dhar, D.SC. (Cal. and Edin.). 

Zoology . . Mr. M. A. Moghe, M.A., M.SC., F.z.s. 

(Lond.). 

Botany .. Dr. R. L. Nirula, rh.i). (Lond.). 

Engineering . . Mr. F. J. Cuerden, B.SC. (Eng.) (Lond.). 

(Included 'in the Faculty of Law.) 
Law . . Rao Bahadur M. B. Kinkhede, B.A., B.L. 

(Included in the Faculty of Ud neat ion.) 
Education .. Mr. H. S. Staley, M.A. (Cantab.). 

(Included in the Faculty of Agriculture.) 
Agriculture .. Mr. K. A, H. Churchill, B.SC. (Edin.). 



Botany and Plant 

Pathology 
Chemistry 



Mr. J. F. Dastur, M.SC., D.I.C. 

Rao Saheb D. V. Bal, i,.Ag., A.I.C., 
tf.c.s. (Lond.). 



COU<EGES ADMITTED TO THE PRIVILEGES OF THE 
UNIVERSITY. 



Morris College, 

Nagpur 
Hislop College, 

Nagpur 
College of Science, 

Nagpur 
Robertson College, 

Jubbulpore 
King Edward 

College, Amraoti 
Spence Training 

College, Jubbulpore 

College of Agricul- 
ture, Nagpur 



Principal: Mr. A. C. Sen Gupta, M.A. 

(Edin.). 
Principal: Rev. T. W. Gardiner, M.A. 

(Cantab.), o.B.E. 
Principal: Rao Saheb S. N. Godbole, 

M.SC. 
Principal: Mr. W. S. Rowlands, B.A. 

(Oxon.). 
Principal: Mr. F. P. Tostevin, M.A. 

(Oxon.), o.B.E. 
Principal: Mr. H. S. Staley, M.A. 

(Cantab.). 
Principal: Mr. E. A. H. Churchill, B.SC. 

fEdin.). 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 



341 



City College, Nagpur 

Hitkarni City College, 

Jubbulpore 
Hitkarni Law College, 

Jubbulpore 
Central College for 

Women, Nagpur 

Rajkumar College, 
Raipur 

Government School 
of Engineering 

Wasudeo Arts Col- 
lege, Wardha 



Principal: Mr. S. L. Pandharipande, 

M.A. 
Principal: Mr. B. V. Degwekar, M.A.,, 

M.SC., IvL.B. 

Principal: Mr. H. D. Palit, B.A., LL.B. 

Principal: Miss K. S. Rangarao, B.A. 

(nons.) (Lond.), M.A., L.T., F.R.G.S. 

(Lond.). 
Principal: Mr. T. L. H. Smith-Pearse, 

M.A. (Oxon.). 
Principal: Mr. F. J. Cuerden, B.SC, 

(Eng.) (Lond.). 
Principal: Dr. D. G. Londhe, M.A., ph.D. 

(Leipzig). 



Constitution of the University. 

The Court is the supreme governing body and has general 
powers to revise the acts of the Executive and Academic Coun- 
cils. It consists, among others, of all members of the Executive 
and Academic Councils, five members of the Provincial Legis- 
lative Assembly elected by the non-official members of that 
Council, the Director of Public Instruction, thirty members 
elected by the Registered Graduates of the University, repre- 
sentatives elected by the Teachers of each of the connected 
Colleges (two from each), ten persons nominated by the Chancel- 
lor, two Head-masters of High Schools nominated by the 
Chancellor, one Inspector of Schools and one Inspectress of 
Schools nominated by the Chancellor. Besides these, every 
association or individual making a donation of not less than 
Rs. 10,000 and every association or individual making an annual 
contribution of Rs. 5,000 to the funds of the University, for a 
purpose approved by the Executive Council, is entitled 
to nominate one member to the Court. The Court makes all 
the statutes on the recommendation of the Executive Council 
and elects the Vice-Chancellor and the Treasurer from among 
the persons recommended by the Executive Council. 

The Executive Council is the chief executive body and 
exercises control over the funds of the University, administers 
and applies them to purposes permissible under the Act. Sub- 
ject to certain limitations, it makes the ordinances and after 
report by a Special Examination Committee, publishes the 
examination results. The Executive Council consists of the 
Vice-Chancellor, the Treasurer, the Deans of the Faculties, five 
members elected by the Court, not more than four members 
elected by the Academic Council, three members nominated by 

12 * 



342 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the Local Government, and the member of Provincial Legislative 
Assembly representing the Registered Graduates' Constituency. 
The Academic Council is the chief academic body. It 
constitutes Faculties and Departments of Study, prepares sylla- 
buses and recommends ordinances embodying the conditions of 
admission to examinations and degrees of the University. It also 
appoints a General Examination Committee for recommending 
examiners for appointment to the Executive Council. It also 
constitutes a Special Examination Committee for checking the 
results as tabulated and Subject Examination Committees for 
moderating question papers. 

At present there are the following Faculties : Arts, Science, 
Law, Education and Agriculture. 

The Faculties recommended to the Academic Council on the 
recommendation of the Boards of Studies the syllabuses for the 
subjects included in them respectively. No ordinances relating 
to courses of study, standards of examination and other matters 
relevant to the academic side of the University are made by the 
Executive Council unless the opinion of the Faculty concerned 
has been obtained thereon. The Faculties constitute Boards of 
Studies for subjects included within their scope. These prepare 
the courses of study. They also submit to the Faculties their 
opinion on other technical matters relating to the subjects within 
their respective jurisdiction. 

The University has also a statutory Finance Committee 
which has generally the power to examine receipts and expendi- 
ture, to allocate funds and to sanction expenditure. As the work 
of the University increased, certain other committees have been 
appointed by regulations. Among these are the Law College 
Committee, the Library Committee, the Students* Information 
Bureau, the Examinations Recognition Committee and the Sports 
Committee. 

The University has an elaborate set of rules for the 
appointment of examiners, the conduct of examinations and the 
preparation of examination results. Stated briefly, the Boards 
of Studies recommended persons suitable' to be appointed 
examiners in their respective subjects to the Faculties concerned. 
The lists are considered by each Faculty and submitted to the 
Academic Council, the latter body passing it on to the General 
Examination Committee. The General Examination Committee 
selects persons to be appointed examiners by the Executive 
Council, with which the power of appointment finally rests. The. 
statutes and ordinances contemplate two kinds of examiners : 
Internal, who are teachers in the University or in the connected 
Colleges, and External, who are not so connected. The External 
Examiners are appointed in November but the Internal Examiners 
are appointed about the middle of February, after the lectures to 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 



343 



the classes preparing for examinations have concluded. The 
Subject Examination Committees meet eight or ten days before 
the examination commences and the question papers are then 
moderated. Every examiner makes as many copies of each paper 
as there are centres of examination (one for M.A. and M.Sc., 
two for B.A. and B.Sc., and three for Intermediate), and then 
.a copy is sent to each Superintendent of Examinations, to be typed 
and duplicated or printed in the morning immediately before the 
commencement of examination each day. At the Nagpur centre, 
the Registrar is in charge of the conduct of examination and at 
the other two centres, the Principals. The University appoints 
two tabulators who work independently. The results as prepared 
by them are compared and the mistakes, if any, are eliminated. 
They are then placed before the Registrar who checks and 
subjects the results to a further scrutiny. These are then con- 
sidered by the Special Examination Committee and the publication 
is finally ordered by the Executive Council. 



Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 



Arts 
'Science . . 

Law 

Education 

Agriculture 



1933-34 1934-35 1935-36 1936-37 



Undergraduates 
Post-graduates 
Urdergraduates 
Post-graduates 
Previous and Final LL.B 

Undergraduates 



1,543 

77 
681 

24 
358 

81 
117 



1,639 

87 

700 

30 

384 

105 

124 



1,776 

79 

701 

33 

543 

134 

129 



2,086 

59 

707 

79 

490 

129 

153 



Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations, 1936. 

No. appeared. No. passed. 

M.A. .. .. .. 70 49 

M.Sc. .. .. .. 21 19 

B.A. (Honours) .. .. 3 3 

B.Sc. (Honours) .. .. 8 6 

B.Sc. (Pass) .. ..114 64 

B.A. (Pass) .. .. 533 252 

B.T. .. .. .. 29 29 

Previous LL.B. .. .. 348 252 

Final LL.B. .. .. 250 188 

Intermediate (Agriculture) . . 44 29 

B.AG 24 22 

Intermediate (Arts and Science) 951 567 

B.A. (Honours) (in minor subjects) 11 11 

B.Sc. (Honours.) (in minor subjects) 9 8 
LL.M. (Part I) . . . . 2 

DiP.T 53 49 



344 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Number ol Successful Students in the Different Examinations, 1937. 

No. appeared. No. passed 

M.A. .. .. .. 109 78 

M.Sc. .. .. .. 21 12 

B.A. (Honours) .. .. 10 10 

B.Sc. (Honours) . . . . 8 8 

B.Sc. (Pass) .. .. 127 88 

B.A. (Pass) .. .. 621 307 

B.T. .. .. .. 27 25 

LL.M. (Part I) .. 6 2 

Previous LL.B. .. .. 291 195 

Final LL.B. . . . . 287 242 

B.A. (Honours) (in minor subjects) 11 11 

B.Sc. (Honours) (in minor subjects) 2 2 

Intermediate (Agriculture) 42 18 

B.Ac. .. ,. .. 23 15 

Intermediate (Arts and Science) 922 470 

DiP.T 48 47 

First Diploma in Engineering 42 26 

Endowments, Scholarships and Medals. 

(1) R. B. B. B. Gupta Gold Medal: Awarded to the 
student who obtains the highest percentage of marks at the 
B.Sc. Examination of the year. 

(2) Radha Bai Paonasker Scholarship and Medals: (i)~ One 
scholarship of the value of rupees twenty per month awarded 
to the student who secures the highest number of marks from 
among the successful female candidates at the final examination 
held under the C.P. High School Education Act, 1922; (ii) One 
Gold Medal: awarded to the student who obtains the highest 
percentage of marks among the successful female candidates 
of the year at the B.A. and B.Sc. examinations; (Hi) One 
Silver Medal : awarded to the student who obtains the highest 
percentage of marks from among the successful female candidates 
of the year at the Intermediate Examination in Arts and Science ; 
(iv) One Silver Medal: awarded to the student who obtains 
the highest number of marks among the successful female candi- 
dates of the year at the final examination held under the C. P. 
High School Education Act, 1922. 

(3) Ramakris/ma Govind Mole Scholarship : Awarded every 
alternate year to a Berar student who appears at the Intermediate 
Examination in Science of the University from the King 
Edward College, Amraoti (or when there is no Science course 
taught in that College, from any College in the Central Provinces) 
and who stands first from among the successful Berar students 
from that College. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 345 

(4) Waman Raghunath Joshl Prise: Awarded annually 
for the best essay in the Marathi language on a political or 
scientific subject alternately, to be competed for by graduates 
of the University. 

(5) K. B. PL M. Malak Gold Medals : (i) One medal awarded 
every year to the Muslim student who obtains the highest per- 
centage of marks at the B.A. and B.Sc. Examinations of the 
year; (ii) another medal awarded to the student who obtains 
the highest percentage of marks at the M.A. Examination of the 
year. 

(6) Daji Han Wadegaonkar Gold Medal: Awarded every 
year to the student who obtains the highest number of marks at the 
M.A. Examination of the year in Sanskrit and is placed either 
in the first or second division. 

(7) Jubbulpore Horticultural Show Prize: Awarded to the 
student who stands first in Biology from among the successful 
students in the Intermediate Examination. 

(8) The S pence Medal: Awarded to the successful student 
of the Spence Training College who secures the highest number 
of marks at the B.T. Examination in the theoretical and practical 
branches taken together and gets a first class in the practical 

examination. 

(9) Siishila Vishnu pant Jakatdar Elocution Prise: Awarded 
annually to the best speaker at an elocution competition in 
English. The competitors shall be members of a College admitted 
to the privileges of the University or of the University College 
of Law. 

(10) Balvant Rao Mahajan Prize: Awarded annually to 
the student who obtains the highest percentage of marks from 
among the successful candidates for the M.Sc. Examination. 

(11) Dewan Bahadur Ballabh Das Scholarship: Awarded 
to a student of the Robertson College who is successful at the 
B.Sc. Examination in the first or the second class and stands 
highest amongst the successful students of tlie College. 

(12) Rao Bahadur Bapu Rao Dada Kinkhede Lectureship: 
A Lecturer on a remuneration of Rs. 1,000 appointed every alter- 
nate year to deliver a course of not less than three lectures. 

(13) Saraswati Bai Kolte Gold Medal: Awarded to a student 
who stands first in Sanskrit among the successful candidates at 
the B.A. Examination. 

(14) University Post-Graduate Research Scholarship: 
Awarded to a student who has passed M.A. (in Mathematics) 
or M.Sc. Examination of this University, for carrying on re- 
search work in an institution approved by the Academic Council. 



346 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(15) Korea Durbar Gold Medals: (a) One medal awarded 
to the student who stands first in Hindi from among the suc- 
cessful students at the M.A. Examination; (b) and another 
awarded to the student who stands first from among the suc- 
cessful candidates at the B.A. Examination. 

(16) Dewan Bahadur Ramakrishna Rao Pandit Silver 
Medal: Awarded to the student who obtains the highest number 
of marks in the Previous and Final LL.B. Examinations taken 
together and passes the Final LL.B. Examination within two- 
years of joining the University College of Law. 

(17) University League of Nations Essay Gold Medal: 
Awarded annually to the best competitor at an essay competition 
in English on a subject connected with the League of Nations. 
All students on the rolls of any college admitted to the privileges 
of this University are eligible to compete. 

(18) Sir Arthur Blennerhassett Memorial Silver Medals: 
One Silver Medal awarded every year to each of the following 
students, who must have passed the examination either in the 
first or the second division: 

(i) The student who stands first at the Intermediate 
Examination (Arts and Science) of the year. 

(ii) The student who stands first at the B.Ac. Examina- 
tion of the year. 

(iii) The student who stands first at the Intermediate 
Examination in Agriculture of the year. 

(iv) The student who obtains the highest number of 
marks in Mental and Moral Science at the B.A. Examination 
of the year. 

(v) The student who obtains the highest number of 
marks in Political Science at the B.A. Examination of the year. 

(vi) The student who obtains the highest number of 
marks in a Modern Indian Language at the B.A. Examination 
of the year. 

(19) N. K. Behere Gold Medal: Awarded every year to 
the candidate who obtains the highest number of marks in 
Marathi at the Previous and Final M.A. Examinations taken 
together. 

(20) Ramanujan Mathematics Gold Medal: Awarded an- 
nually to the student who obtains the highest number of marks 
in Mathematics at the B.A. and B.Sc. Examinations of the year, 
provided that he obtains not less than 60 per cent, of total marks 
in Mathematics. 

(21) V. R. Lakhkar Silver Medal: Awarded to a successful 
candidate who obtains the highest number of marks in Econo- 
mics (being not less than SO per cent.) at the B.A. Examination 
of the year. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 347 

(22) Vice-Chancellors Gold Medal: Awarded to the stu- 
dent who obtains the highest number of marks at the B.A. 
Examination of the year in English or such other subject as 
the Vice-Chancellor may select (the subject selected being 
announced at least one year before the commencement of the 
examination) and is placed in the first or the second division. 

(23) Keshco Wadecjaonkar Silver Medal: Awarded annual- 
ly to the student who passes the Intermediate Examination (in 
Arts and Science) of the year with the highest number of 
marks in Mathematics. 

(24) N. K. Behere Depressed Classes Prizes: Awarded 
every year to the following students: 

(i) The First Behere Depressed Classes Prise: One 
prize of the value of Rs. 20 to the student who obtains the 
highest number of marks from among the successful candidates 
belonging to the Depressed Classes at the Intermediate (Arts 
and Science) Examination of the year and who joins a college 
in C.P. or Berar for further study. 

(ii) The Second Behere Depressed Classes Prise: One 
prize of the value of Rs. 15 to the student who obtains the 
highest number of marks from among the successful candidates 
belonging to the Depressed Classes of the High School Certifi- 
cate Examination of the Central Provinces of the year and who 
joins a college in C.P. or Berar for further study. 

(25) Shrmiati Jayanti Bai Kolte Silver Medal: Awarded 
annually to a successful candidate who stands first in Marathi 
at the B.A. Examination. 

(26) N. K. Behere Inter-Communal Understanding Prises: 
Awarded every year as follows: 

(i) A Prize of Rs. 20 to the candidate who obtains the 
highest number of marks in Persian, Urdu, Sanskrit or Marathi 
at the Intermediate Examination in Arts and Science of the 
year from among 

(a) the successful Hindu candidates, with Marathi as their 

mother tongue and with Persian or Urdu as one of 
their subjects for the examination; and 

(b) the successful Mahomedan candidates, with Sahiskrit 

or Marathi as one of their subjects for the examina- 
tion. 

(ii) A Prize of Rs. 15 to the candidate obtaining the 
highest number of marks in Persian, Urdu, Sanskrit or Marathi 
at the High School Certificate Examination of the year of the 
Central Provinces, from among 

(a) the successful Hindu candidates, with Marathi as their 
mother tongue and with Persian or Urdu as one of 
their subjects for the examination; and 



348 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(b) the successful Mahomedan candidates, with Sanskrit or 
Marathi as one of their subjects for the examination. 

(27) Radha Bai Govind Oka Scholarship: Awarded to the 
woman student who passes the Intermediate Examination in 
Science of Nagpur University for the study of medical science 
at an institution approved and for a period fixed by the Acade- 
mic Council. 

(28) Gopalrao Gancsh Chatc Gold Medal: Awarded an- 
nually to the successful examinee who obtains the highest num- 
ber of marks in Chemistry at the examination for the Degree 
of Bachelor of Science with Honours of the year. 

(29) Chandrabhaga Bcti Chatc Gold Medal: Awarded an- 
nually to the successful examinee, who obtains the highest num- 
ber of marks in Zoology at the Examination for the Degree of 
Bachelor of Science with Honours for the year. 

(30) Prakya Ganpat Rao Gold Medal: Awarded annually 
to the successful examinee obtained the highest percentage of 
marks at the B.A. (Hons.) and B.Sc. (Hons.) Examinations 
of the year. ( 

(31) R. B. Sitarain Ramachandra Pandit Silver Medal: 
Awarded annually to the successful examinee who stands first 
in English as a major subject at the B.A. (Hons.) Examina- 
tion. 

(32) Krishna Rao Golwalker Prize: Awarded to the 
examinee who obtains the highest percentage of marks from 
.among the successful Hindu women examinees at the B.A. and 
B.Sc. Examinations of the year. 

(33) Hari Pandit Prize: Awarded to the successful exam- 
inee at the Intermediate (Arts and Science) Examination who 
obtains the highest percentage of marks from among the Hindu 
women examinees at the examination. 

(34) Chakradco Memorial Gold Medal: Awarded annually 
to the successful examinee who obtains the highest number of 
marks at the B.Ac. Examination. 

(35) Madhav Rao Gangadhar Rao Chitnavis Memorial 
Fund : Income applied to the purchase of books in Marathi and 
Sanskrit for the University Library. 

(36) Rao Bahadur Shridhar Ganedi Patranjpe Memorial 
Lectureship : A lectureship on a remuneration of not exceeding 
Rs. 200 is appointed every year or every alternate year to 
deliver a course of not more than six lectures in Marathi. 

(37) Madhav Rao Chandorkar Memorial Gold Medal: 
Awarded to the successful examinee who obtains the highest 
number of marks in English at the B.A. (Hons.) Examination. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 349 

(38) Ramachandra Krishna Chandorkar Memorial Gold 
Mcdal\ Awarded .annually to the successful examinee who 
obtains the highest number of marks in Physics at the B.Sc. 
(Hons.) Examination. 

(39) The Morris Memorial Fellowship Fund: A fellowship 
of the value of Rs. 75 per mensem awarded for post-graduate 
study or research in Arts or Science to be prosecuted in a 
college in the Central Provinces and Bcrar and a scholarship 
of the value of Rs. 25 per mensem awarded for study for the 
M.A. or M.Sc. Degree. 

(40) The Shirole Scholarship Arls Fund: Four scholar- 
ships of the value of Rs. 8 and Rs. 10 per mensem respectively 
awarded to two Maratha Brahmin boys standing highest at the 
High School Certificate and Intermediate (Arts and Science) 
Examinations, respectively. 

(41) Robertson Gold Medal: Awarded to the student 
standing first at the B. A.. (Pass) Examination. 

(42) Narayan Mukund Paonasker Prize: A prize of 
Rs. 50 awarded to the student standing first at the Intermediate 
(Arts and Science) Examination. 

(43) Shivaji Narayan Gold Medal: Awarded every year 
to the examinee who obtains the highest number of marks in 
Economics at the B.A. (Pass) Examination. 

(44) Soubhagyawati Parbati Bai Makode Gold Medal: 
Awarded every year to the examinee who obtains the highest 
number of marks in Marathi at the B.A. (Pass) Examination. 

(45) Kamala Narayan B eh ere Literary Prize and Medal: 
A prize of the value of Rs. 101 and a gold medal for Marathi 
Literature awarded once in every three years to the author of 
the book adjudged by the Board of Studies in Marathi of 
Nagpur University to be the best among the Marathi books pub- 
lished during the period. 

Library and Laboratories. 

Libraries: Each College maintains its own library, which 
is sufficient for its needs. The University Library is housed in 
a spacious building which adjoins the Office and Convocation 
Hall. The total amount spent for purchasing books since 1924 
is Rs. 1,30,100-4-7. The Library, at present, contains 29,219 
volumes. In addition, there is a well- stocked Law Library for 
the Law College. It is up-to-date and has got a fairly complete 
set of, Law Reports, Indian and English. 

Laboratories: The Laboratories of the connected institu- 
tions are fairly well fitted up for teaching Science subjects up 
to the standards for which they teach. 



350 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provision for Research. 

There is at present no special provision made for organized 
research, but the University awards one Post-Graduate Scholar- 
ship in Science for carrying on research work at an approved 
institution. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

There are no University publications of research papers, 
no research work being done under the direct management of 
the University at present. The University does, however, publish 
a Journal of Research called the Nagpur University Journal, 
beginning with the year 1935. 

Military Training. 

The University Training Corps was instituted on 9th June 
1928. The present strength of the Corps is as follows: 

All non- 
commissioned 

ranks. 
University College of Law, Nagpur . . . . 2 

Morris College, Nagpur . . . . . . 46 

Hislop College, Nagpur . . . . . . 36 

College of Science, Nagpur . . . . . . 42 

College of Agriculture, Nagpur . . 31 

City College, Nagpur . . . . 35 

Robertson Collqge, Jubbulpore . . . . 68 

Hitkarni City College, Jubbulpore . . 12 

S pence Training College, Jubbulpore . . 2 

King Edward College, Amraoti . . 40 



TOTAI, .. 314 



A new building for accommodating the office and stores 
of the Corps was constructed by the University and was occu- 
pied in August 1934. The Ordinances provide for the inclusion 
of Military Science as an optional subject for the Intermediate 
(Arts), B.A. and B.Sc. Examinations, though, on account of 
financial stringency, the Local Government has not been able 
to sanction any grants for instruction in Military Science. 

Associations in the University. 

The connected colleges have their own debating and literary 
societies. Some of these are inter-collegiate, e.g., Nagpur 
Philosophical Society, Historical Society, Economic Society, etc. 
There is a University Union Society which is doing excellent 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 351 

work in providing recreation and a reading room for its members 
and in holding periodical debates on various subjects of public 
interest. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

It is difficult to make a general statement in the matter. The 
cost of boarding varies with the Hostel. The arrangements in 
all the hostels are in charge of the students themselves. Every 
college has a hostel. Besides, in Nagpur there is a hostel managed 
by the Y.M.C.A. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The total income (exclusive of deposits) for the year 1936-37 - 
was Rs. 2,04,938-6-11. As against this, there was an expendi- 
ture (exclusive of debt heads) of Rs. 1,91,452-4-9. 

Every whole-time officer, teacher, or other servant of the 
University other than one whose services have been lent to the 
University by Government, permanently appointed to a sub- 
stantive appointment, has, as a condition of his service, to become 
a depositor in the University Provident Fund. 

Subscription to the fund is 8 per cent, on the salaries of 
the depositors, deducted monthly from their salaries. Every 
month, the University makes, in the case of each subscriber, a 
contribution at the rate of 12 per cent., 8 per cent, in the case 
of new entrants, on his salary and this is placed to the credit 
of the depositor. 

No subscriber is entitled to receive any contribution to 
his provident fund from the funds of the University if his services 
have been dispensed with for misconduct. 

Compound interest reckoned half-yearly at 4*/2 per cent, 
is allowed at present on the amount standing to the credit of 
every depositor on the 30th June and 31st December, respectively, 
in each year. 

Women's Education. 

The Central College for Women, Nagpur, is the only insti- 
tution admitted to the privileges of the University. The Uni- 
versity has made a Statute, under which the Executive Council 
grants permission to women who have not pursued a course of 
studies in the University or a College to appear at the Univer- 
sity examinations. 

At the University Examinations held in March and 
April 1937, fifty women candidates passed the Intermediate 



352 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Examination, thirty-three of whom were College students, and 
eighteen passed the B.A. Examination. 

A number of prizes, medals and scholarships arc reserved 
exclusively for women. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

The University took over the work of the Students* 
Information Bureau /from the Students' Advisory Committee 
on the 1st April 1926. It has since been rendering valuable 
help to the students of the University by dissemination of in- 
formation regarding foreign Universities and by arranging for 
their admission at British Universities. Last year twelve appli- 
cants were offered admission at the British Universities. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

An important step towards the promotion of the physical 
welfare of its students was taken by the University, when, on the 
Local Government agreeing to contribute, half the cost of his 
salary, the University appointed a whole-time Director of Physical 
Education, with effect from 7th August 1935, for the organiza- 
tion and supervision of physical education in the University. 
Further details of the scheme of physical education were worked 
out and embodied in an Ordinance under which every male 
student prosecuting a course for the Intermediate (Arts and 
Science) Examination will be required to prosecute for at least 
one year a course of physical instruction in one of the approved 
items. The Ordinance also establishes a Board of Physical 
Welfare, with the Director of Physical Education as Secretary, 
for the purpose of organizing and co-ordinating the medical 
inspection, physical education, sports tournaments and other 
activities relating to the physical welfare of students. In order 
to enable the colleges to take full advantage of the scheme of 
physical education, the University has also appointed, for the 
first two years of the operation of the scheme, two physical 
instructors at Nagpur and one each at Jubbulpore and Amraoti. 

Almost all the colleges connected with the University have 
good playing fields attached to them and ample opportunities 
are given to the students to take part in out-door games. Besides, 
the University holds annually a Sports Tournament in which all 
the Colleges take part. The most popular games are Tennis, 
Hockey and Football. Those qualified to express an opinion in 
this matter have said that the games seen on these occasions are 
of a fairly high order. During the year the University acquired 
about 18 acres of land, which is a combined gift of the Provincial 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 353- 

Government and Mr. W. R. Puranik. His Excellency the Chan- 
cellor laid the Foundation Stone of the Sports Pavillion on 
December 5, 1937. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

The University confers the degree of B.A., B.A. (Hons.) r 
M.A., PH.D. and D.Lnr. in Arts; B.Sc., B.Sc. (Hons.), M.Sc. 
and^D.Sc. in Science; LL.B., LL.M. and LL.D. in Law; B.T. 
in Education ; and B.Ac. and M.Ac. in Agriculture. Diplomas 
in Teaching and Engineering are also awarded. Examinations in 
Oriental Learning will be held from the year 1938. 

Admission to the University. 

Admission to the University is confined to students who 
have passed the High School Certificate Examination held under 
the C. P. High School Education Act of 1922 (also as applied 
to Berar) or any other recognized equivalent examination. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS IN THE 
FACULTY OF ARTS. 

Admission to Examinations. For all examinations of the 
University, candidates must have prosecuted a regular course 
of studies in a college except as follows : 

(a) Teachers of recognized educational institutions in the 
Province may, under certain conditions, be admitted to the 
examinations in Arts and Science [except B.A. (Hons.) and 
B.Sc. (Hons.)]. 

(b) Women candidates who have not persued a regular 
course of studies in a college or in the University may be admit- 
ted to an examination other than that for B.A. (Hons.) and 
B.Sc. (Hons.) under certain conditions. 

(r) Candidates who have been admitted once to an examina- 
tion in Arts, Science and Law may be re-admitted to the 
examination, without joining a college. 

(d) A B.A. of any recognized University may be admitted 
to the M.A. Examination provided the subject taken by him 
for the M.A. Examination is one of the subjects taken by him 
at his B.A. Examination and not less than three years shall have 
elapsed since his graduation for the purpose of admission to 
the Final M.A. Examination. A similar rule is in force in 
respect of the B.Sc.'s, for the purpose of admission to the M.Sc. 
Examination in Mathematics. 

(c) A whole-time librarian or clerk of (a) the Nagpur 
University Library; (b) a Library of a College connected with 



354 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the University; or (c) a Library in the Central Provinces and 
Berar recognized by the Academic Council, may be admitted, 
tinder certain conditions, to the Intermediate (Arts and Science) 
Examination or the Examination for the B.A. (Pass), B.Sc. 
(Pass), M.A. or M.Sc. Degree. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to passing the High School Certifi- 
cate examination or any other recognized equivalent examination 
and candidates are required to study for the examination: 
1. English (3 papers), 2. Composition in vernacular (1 paper), 
3. any three of the following: Mathematics (3 papers), a Classi- 
cal Language (2 papers), History (2 papers), Logic (2 papers), 
Economics (2 papers), French (2 papers). According to the 
amendments of Ordinances recently passed Civics, a Modern 
Indian Language, Geography, Music and Home Science (for 
women only) also form optional subjects for all candidates. 

Candidates who obtain 30 per cent, in each subject and 
33 per cent, in the aggregate are qualified for a pass in the 
Third Class; those obtaining less than 60 per cent, but not less 
than 45 per cent, for a pass in the Second Class; and those 
obtaining 60 per cent, or more in the aggregate, for a pass in the 
First Class. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass). Candidates who have passed the 
Intermediate Examination of this or any other recognized equiva- 
lent examination of another University are eligible for admission 
to the course, which extends over two academical years. The 
subjects for study and examination are English (4 papers), and 
two of the following: 1. A Classical Language, 2. A Modern 
Indian Language (3 papers), 3. French (3 papers), 4. Pure 
Mathematics, 5. Applied Mathematics, 6. History and Allied 
Geography (2 papers), 7. Economics (2 papers), 8. Philosophy 
(3 papers), 9. Political Science (2 papers), 10. Military Science. 

Candidates who obtain 33 per cent, in each subject are 
entitled to a pass. Those obtaining 60 per cent, or more in 
the aggregate are placed in the First Division ; those obtaining 
less than 60 per cent, but not less than 45 per cent, in the 
aggregate, in the Second Division; and those obtaining less than 
45 per cent, in the Third Division. 

Master of Arts. The course extends over two academical 
years subsequent to the passing of the B.A. Examination. A 
candidate may offer any one of the following subjects: A 
Language (English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Marathi, Hindi or 
Urdu), Mental and Moral Science, History, Mathematics, Eco- 
nomics or Political Science. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 355 

The number of papers prescribed for each subject in the 
M.A. Examination is given below: 

1. English . . 7 8. Hindi . . 8 

2. Sanskrit . . 8 9. Mental and Moral Science 8 

3. Pali and Prakrit . . 8 10. History . . 6 

4. Arabic .. 7 11. Mathematics (Pure) .. 6 

5. Persian . . 8 12. Mathematics (Applied) 6 

6. Urdu . . 8 13. Economics . . 8 

7. Marathi . . 7 14. Political Science . . 7 

The viva vocc examination is taken in the case of candidates 
offering English, History, Economics and Mental and Moral 
Science. 

The marks required for passing the Examination are 36 per 
cent. 

For a I Division . . 60 per cent, of the aggre- 

II Division . . 48 gate marks. 

Ill Division . . 36 

B.A. (Hons.) and BSc. (Hans.). The course for the 
degrees extends over three years and only those who pass the 
Intermediate Examination in the first or second division will be 
admitted to the course. Each candidate is required to take one 
major subject and two minor subjects, one of which, in the case 
of B.A. (Hons.) shall be General or Special English. The list 
of subjects from which major and minor subjects may be select- 
ed is the same as that for B.A. (Pass) and B.Sc. (Pass) 
Examinations respectively. (French and Latin may not be 
offered as major subjects.) The standard of the Examination 
shall be the same as that of the present M.A. and M.Sc. Exami- 
nations. The first Honours Examination was held in March 
1936. In or after 1936, the candidates who have passed the B.A. 
or B.Sc. (Pass) degree examination may take the Honours 
Examination in the major subject, after a course of two years 
and if successful will be declared to have passed the M.A. or 
M.Sc. Examination. Honours graduates will be eligible for 
the Master's degree after a lapse of one year, without any further 
examination. 

Doctor of Philosophy. Candidates who have obtained the 
degree of Master of Arts of this University or a degree of any 
University recognised by Nagpur University as equivalent to 
its degree of M.A. are eligible for this degree, provided three 
years have elapsed since the Master's degree was taken. Every 
candidate shall prepare 'his thesis under the guidance of a super- 
visor to be appointed by the Academic Council. 



356 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Doctor of Letters. Candidates who have been admitted not 
less than three years previously to the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy of Nagpur University or to a degree recognized by 
the University as equivalent thereto, or not less than eight years 
previously to the degree of Master of Arts of the University 
or to a degree recognized by the University as its equivalent are 
eligible to offer as a candidate for the Degree of Letters. Every 
candidate for the degree must submit one or more treatises being 
original contributions to the advancement of learning. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The conditions of admission to> 
the course are the same as those for the Intermediate Examination 
in Arts and a candidate is required to study for examination in 
the following: 1. English (3 papers), 2. Composition in a ver- 
nacular (1 paper), 3. Physics (2 papers and a practical exami- 
nation), 4. Chemistry (2 papers and a practical examination), 
5. Mathematics (3 papers) or Biology (2 papers and a practical 
examination). 

Candidates who obtain 30 per cent, of the marks in each 
subject and 33 per cent, in the aggregate are eligible for a pass,, 
those obtaining 60 per cent, or more being placed in the First 
Division, those obtaining less than 60 per cent, but not less than 
45 per cent, in the Second Division, and other successful candi- 
dates in the Third Division. 

Bachelor of Science (Pass). The course extends over two* 
academical years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Exami- 
nation or any recognized equivalent examination of another 
University. The following are the subjects for study and 
examination: General English and one of the following groups, 
vis., (1) Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, or (2) Chemistry, 
Botany and Zoology. It is also possible to offer Military Science 
as an option. 

The minimum marks for success at the examination are the 
same as those for B.A. Examination except that candidates must 
pass separately in the practical part of each laboratory subject. 

Master of Science. The course of study extends over two- 
years subsequent to passing the B.Sc. Examination of Nagpur 
University or an equivalent recognized Examination of any other 
University. The following are the subjects for study and any 
one of them may be selected : Physics, Chemistry, Zoology, 
Mathematics or Botany. 

The number of papers prescribed is as follows: 

1. Mathematics (Pure) . . 6 4. Chemistry . . 5 

2. Mathematics (Applied) 6 5. Zoology . . 5 

3. Phvsics . . 5 6. Botany . . 5 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 357 

Doctor o\ Science. Candidates who have obtained the 
Master's Degree in Arts of this University with Mathematics 
as a subject of their examination, or a Master's Degree in 
Science are eligible to offer a thesis for the D.Sc. Degree pro- 
vided three years have elapsed since the Master's Degree was 
taken. Every candidate must submit a Thesis based on the 
result of research on a subject prescribed for the M.Sc. Exami- 
nation and conducive to the advancement of Science in general. 

COURSES OF STUDY, EXAMINATIONS AND DEGREES 
LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Lceivs (LL.B.). The course extends over two 
academical years and is open only to Bachelors of Arts or 
Science of this or of any other recognized University. The 
B.CoM/s of certain Universities and the B.Ac/s of Nagpur 
University are also eligible for admission to the course. There 
are two examinations, the PREVIOUS and the FINAL EXAMINA- 
TIONS, at the end of the first and second years respectively. 
The following are the subjects for study and examination: 

Previous Examination. 1. Jurisprudence, 2. Constitutional 
Law, 3. Roman Law, 4. Law of Contracts, 5. Law of Evidence, 
<6. Criminal Law and Procedure, and 7. Law relating to Persons 
and Torts. 

Final Examination. 1. Hindu Law, 2. Mahomedan Law, 
-3. The Law of Land Tenures, 4. Law relating to Property, 
5. Civil Procedure, 6. Principles of Equity, 7. Law relating to 
Prescription, Limitation and Easements. 

One paper is set in each of the seven subjects, both in the 
Previous and Final Examinations. Candidates who obtain 
33 per cent, of the marks in each subject and 50 per cent, or 
more in the aggregate are qualified for a pass at each of the 
'examinations ; those obtaining 60 per cent, or more of the aggre- 
gate marks obtainable at the two examinations taken together 
Seing placed in the First Class and other successful candidates 
in the Second Class. 

Master of Lcwvs (LL.M.). The course is open to Law 
graduates of this University and of other recognized Universities. 
Three years' study under the direction of an approved 
person is necessary. The Examination consists of Part I and 
Part II. 

Every candidate for Part I of the Examination is examined 
in any two of the following subjects and every candidate for 
Part II of the Examination, in any three of them, other than 
those in which he has been examined in Part I of the Examina- 
tion : 

13 



358 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(i) Jurisprudence and Principles of Legislation, 
(ii) Principles and History of Roman Law. 
(iii) Principles of Equity including Trusts and Specific 

Relief. 

(iv) Hindu Law. 
(v) Mahomedan Law. 
(vi) The Law of Contracts and Torts, 
(vii) The Law relating to the Transfer of Immoveable Pro- 
perty and the Law of Prescription and Easements, 
(viii) The Law of Wills and Intestate Succession other than* 

Succession under Hindu and Mahomedan Law. 
(ix) Public International Law. 
(x) Private International Law. 

(xi) Constitutional Law and History (British and Indian), 
(xii) Law relating to Land Tenures in British India and 

Berar. 

(xiii) Law of Crimes, 
(xiv) Mercantile Law, including Law of Corporation and 

Bankruptcy. 

Doctor of Laws (LL.D.). The examination is Oipen to- 
those who have obtained the Master's Degree in Law of this 
University or any recognized University. Three years' stud>r 
under the directions of an approved person is necessary. Can- 
didates should submit a Thesis composed on some branch of Law 
or on the History and Philosophy of Law and if so desired,, 
submit themselves for an oral examination with reference to the 
subject-matter of the thesis. 

AGRICULTURE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to passing the High School Certificate 
Examination or any other recognized equivalent examination and* 
candidates are required to study and be examined in (1) Agri- 
culture, (2) Mathematics and Agricultural Engineering, 
(3) Chemistry, (4) Botany, (5) English. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 40 per cent, of the 
aggregate marks, besides the prescribed minimum for each 
subject and paper. Successful candidates obtaining 60 per cent, 
or more of the aggregate marks are placed in the First Division ; 
those obtaining less than 60 per cent, but not less than 48 per 
cent, are placed in the Second Division ; and all other successful 
candidates in the Third Division. 

B.Ag. Examination.* Candidates who have passed the 
Intermediate Examination are eligible for admission to the 
course which extends over two academic years. The subjects 
ior study and examination are: (1) Agriculture, (2) Chemistry, 
(3) Agricultural Botany and Plant Pathology. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 359 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain in each subject 
and paper the minimum marks prescribed and in the aggregate 
not less than 40 per cent, of the total marks obtainable. Suc- 
cessful candidates who gain 60 per cent, or more of the aggregate 
marks shall be placed in the First Division ; those who gain not 
less than 48 per cent, of the aggregate marks, in the Second 
Division; and the rest in the Third Division. 

In both the Intermediate (Agr.) and B.Ag. Examinations, 
there are Practical examinations in all subjects except English 
-and students are required to pass them separately at the 
examinations. 

TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Teaching (B.T.). The course extends over one 
academic year subsequent to the taking of a degree of this or 
any recognized University. The Examination is in two parts, 
the First Part consisting of Principles of Education, History of 
Education, Methods of Teaching general subjects, Methods of 
Teaching particular subjects, School Organization and Hygiene; 
and the Second Part being mainly a practical test in Teaching. 
In addition to this, a candidate must have completed satisfactorily 
the following courses: Physical Training, Pedagogical Draw- 
ing and English Phonetics. Five papers will be set in Part I, 
one on each of the subjects selected. 

Candidates who obtain 60 per cent, or more in the first part 
and 80 per cent, or more in the second part are placed in 
the First Class; those obtaining 40 per cent, in the first part 
and 60 per cent, or more in the second part, in the Second 
Class; those obtaining 32 per cent, of the aggregate marks in 
the first part and 40 per cent, in the second part, in the Third 
Class. 

Diploma in Teaching. The Diploma course extends over 
two years and is open to those who have passed the C. P. High 
School Certificate Examination or an equivalent recognized 
examination. 

Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

Intermediate Examination (Arts) . . . . 25 

Intermediate Examination (Science) .. .. 25-8 

B.A. (Pass) .. .. .. ..30 

B.Sc. (Pass) .. 31 

M.A. .. .. .. .. ..60 

M.Sc. ... .. 65 

B.A. (Hons.) for a major subject . . 60 

Do. for each minor subject . . . . 15 



360 HANDBOOK Otf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Rs. 

B.Sc. (Hons.) for a major subject .. . . 65 

Do. for each minor subject .. .. 15-& 

D.Sc. and PH.D. (each) .. .. .. 200 

LL.B. (Previous) .. .. .. ..20 

LL.B. (Final) 40 

LL.M. (Part I) .. .. .. ..100 

LL.M. (Part II) 100 

LL.D. .. .. .. .. ..200 

B.T. 30 

Dip.T 25 

Intermediate Examination (Agriculture) . . 25-S 
B.Ag. 31 



Osmania University. 



Introductory. 

The Osmania University which was established by a Charter 
in 1918 is the first attempt in India to impart University Educa- 
tion through the vernacular, English being a compulsory second 
language. For over half a century, higher education in the State 
was controlled by the Madras University, but the results were 
so discouraging that in 1917, the Right Honourable Sir Akbar 
Hydari, KT., P.C., B.A. LL.D., D.C.L. (Nawab Hyder Nawar 
Jung Bahadur), then Secretary to His Exalted Highness' Gov- 
ernment in the Educational Department, submitted a Memoran- 
dum to His Exalted Highness in which, after surveying the 
existing conditions and discussing the disadvantages of imparting 
knowledge through the medium of a foreign language, he recom- 
mended the inauguration of a University which should be both 
an examining and a teaching body and in addition to this should 
undertake to compile and translate books, using the Urdu lan- 
guage as the medium of instruction and examination. The 
standard of compulsory English is nearly the same as in other 
Universities, and enables the alumni of the Osmania University 
to keep in touch with the currents of thought in the English- 
speaking world and prevents them from being confined to the 
publications of the University. An important feature of the Uni- 
versity is the Bureau of Translation with a large staff of qualified 
translators. The work attempted by the Bureau embraces the 
whole range of University studies including History, Philosophy,. 
Economics, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology,. 
Pedagogics, Law, Medicine, Engineering and Geology. All the 
books required for the Intermediate, B.A. and LL.B. Examina- 
tions have been translated and published. The Bureau is now 
actively engaged in the translation and publication of books re- 
quired for the Faculties of Medicine and Engineering, and for 
Post-Graduate Studies in Arts and Science. 

Constitution of the University. 

The constitution differs in some respects from that of the 
older Indian Universities. The Council is the highest governing 
body of the University, and practically performs most of the 
functions of the Government in British Indian Universities. The 
Senate has the entire charge of the organization of instruction 
in the University, the constituent colleges, the curricula of the 
examinations, etc., and consists of not less than 40 and not more 



362 HANDBOOK 0? INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

than 70 members. The Syndicate is the business Committee of 
the Senate and consists of not less than five and not more than 
seven members of the Senate. The Faculties which consist main- 
ly of the Professional Staff are the Academical Committees of 
the Senate entrusted with the framing of the curricula and ar- 
ranging for examinations and other matters. 

Character of the University. 

The University is of the unitary type. There are four 
institutions at Hyderabad, Aurangabad, Warangal and Gulbarga 
which are allowed to prepare and present candidates for the 
Intermediate Examination of the University besides the Women's 
College which has Intermediate, B.A., B.Sc., M.A. and M.Sc. 
classes. A College of Medicine was opened in July 1927, and 
an Engineering College and a College for the training of teachers 
in 1929. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

PATRON. 

His Exalted Highness Lieutenant-General Sipah Salar, 
Asifjah, Muzaffar-ul-Mulk Wai Mamalik, Nizam-ul-Mulk, 
Nizam-ttd-Daulah, Nawab Sir Mir Osman Ali Khan Bahadur, 
Fateh Jung, Faithful Ally of the British Government, G.C.S.I., 
C.B.E., Nizam of Hyderabad and Berar, Sultan-ul-Ulum. 

CHANCELLOR. 

The Right Honourable Sir Akbar Hyd ; ari (Nawab Hyder Nawaz 
Jung Bahadur), Kt, P.C., B.A., LL.D., D.C.L. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Nawab Mahdi Yar Jung Bahadur, M.A. (Oxon.). 

PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Qazi Muhammad Husain, Esq., B.A., LL.B. (Cantab.) (Offg.). 

REPRESENTATIVE ON THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD. 

The Right Honourable Sir Akbar Hydari (Nawab Hyder 

Nawaz Jung Bahadur), Kt., P.C., B.A., LL.D., D.C.L. 

THE COUNCIL. 

(Ex-officio). 
The Chancellor. 
The Vice-Chancellor. 
The Pro-Vice-Chaneellor. 

The Finance Member, Executive Council (Nawab Fakhr Yar 
Jung Bahadur, B.A.). 



08MANIA UNIVERSITY 363 

The Member for Religious Affairs, Executive Council 

(Nawab Mirza Yar Jung Bahadur, B.A., LL.B.). 
The Secretary, Educational Department (M. Azhar Hasan, 

Esq., B.A., Offg.). 
The Director of Public Instruction [Syed Md. Husain 

Jafari, Esq., B.A. (Oxon.)]. 
The Principal, Medical College [Dr. H. Hyder Ali Khan, 

t.M. &s. (Bom.), F.R.C.S.E.]. 
The Principal, Engineering College [Samiullah Shah, Esq., 

B.SC. (Allcl), B.SC. (HOIIS.) (Manch.), A.M.I.C.E. 

(Lond.)]. 
The Principal, Women's College (Dr. A. Pope, .M.A., D.utt.). 

Appointed by Government. 

R. M. Crofton, Esq., i.c.s. 

Nawab Jiwan Yar Jung Bahadur. 

Colonel J. Norman Walker, I.M.S., C.I.E., Director, Medical 

and Sanitation Departments. 
Raja Shamraj Rajwant Bahadur. 

THE SYNDICATE. 

Qazi Muhammad Husain, Esq., B.A., U,.B. (Cantab.). 
Nawab Mirza Yar Jung Bahadur, B.A., LL.B. 
Samiullah Shah, Esq., B.SC. (Manch.), A.M.I.C.E. 
Dr. H. Hyder Ali Khan, F.R.c.s.E. (Edin.). 
Syed Muhammad Azam, Esq., M.A., B.SC. (Cantab.). 
Dr. Amina Pope, M.A., Dxitt. 
Khan Fazal Md. Khan, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.). 

REGISTRAR. 

H. A. Ansari, Esq., B.A. 

OSMANIA UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. 

Botany .. Mr. M. Sayeeduddin, B.SC. (Bom.), M.A. 

(Edin.), Professor; Mr. Abdul Bari, 
M.SC. (Bom.), Mr. A. Salam, M.SC., 
Lecturers. 

Chemistry . . Dr. Muzaffaruddin Qureshi, M.SC. 

(Punjab), Ph.D. (Berlin), Dr. Syed 
Husain, M.SC. (Alig.), Ph.D. (Lond.) r 
Professors; Mr. Mahmud Ahmed 
Khan, B.SC. (Allcl), Reader; Mr. 
Nazeer Ahmed Tahir, M.SC. (on\ study 
leave), Mr. Illundal Sita Ram Rao, 
M.SC. (Dacca), Mr. Khalilur Rahman, 
M.SC., Mr. Syed Shah Muhammad, 
M.SC., Mr. M. V. Basrur, M.SC. 
(Lond.), Lecturers. 



364 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Economics 



English 



History 



Languages : Arabic 



French 
German 

Kanarese 
Marathi 



Persian 



Mr. Habibur Rahman, M.A., U,.B. 
(Allcl.), B.SC. (nons.) (Lond.), Pro- 
fessor in charge (on deputation), 
Dr. A. I. Qureshi, M.SC. (Lond.), 
Ph.D. (T.C.D.) (Offg.) ; Mr. M. A. 
Qadir, B.SC. (scon.) (Lond.), Mr. 
Akhtar Husain, M.A., LL.B., Mr. 
S. A. L. Rizvi, B.SC. (Lond.), M.A., 
UV.B V Lecturers. 

Mr. Hosain Ali Khan, B.A. (Oxon.), 
Bar-at-Law, Mr. S. J. A. Harding, 
B.A. (Oxon.), Mr. T. Virabhadrudu, 
M.A., I,.T. (Madras), Professors; Mr. 
V. S. Krishnan, B.A. (Oxon.), Mr. 
M. S. Doraiswamy, M.A., L.T. (Mad.), 
Lecturers. 

Mr. Haroon Khan Sherwani, M.A. 
(Oxon.), Bar-at-Law, Mr, Ali Yar 
Khan, B.A. (Oxon.) (on other service), 
Mr. Muhammad Jamilur Rahman, 
M.A. (Punjab), Professors; Mr. K. C. 
Roy Saksena, M.A. (Alld.), Dr. 
Yusuf Husain Khan, D.utt. (Paris), 
Dr. Ishwarnath Topa, Ph.D. (Frei- 
burg), Readers; Mr. Abdul Majid 
Siddiqi, M.A., Mr. Syed Sirajuddin 
Ahmed, M.A., Lecturers. 

Dr. Abdul Haq, B.utt, D.phil. (Oxon.), 
Professor ; Maulvi Syed Ibrahim, 
(Kamil), Reader; Mr. Saif bin Sultan 
Husain al Qaiti, M.A., LL.B., Maulvi 
Syed Nabi, Lecturers. 

Dr. Yusuf Husain Khan, D.utt. (Paris). 

Dr. Syed Jafar Hasan, Ph.D. (Heidel- 
berg). 

Mr. D. K. Bhimsen Rao, M.A. (Mysore), 
Lecturer. 

Mr. C. N. Joshi, M.A. (Bom.), Reader; 
Mr. R. M-. Bhusari, M.A. (Calcutta), 
Junior Lecturer. 

Dr. Md. Nizamuddin, ph.D. (Cantab.), 
Professor ; Maulvi Abdul Hamid Khan, 
Dr. Qari Kalimullah Husaini, M.A., 
ivL.B., ph.D. (Lond.), Readers; Mr. 
LatifF Ahmad Faruqi, M.A., U<.B., 
Lecturer. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 



365 



Law 



Mathematics 



Sanskrit Pandit Hari Har Shastri, Reader; 

Pandit Vansidhar, Junior Lecturer. 
Telugu Mr. R. Subba Rao, Reader; Mr. Laksh- 

minarayanan, M.A. (Andhra), Junior 

Lecturer. 
Urdu Maulvi Abdul Haq Sahib, B.A., Profes- 

sor; Dr. Syed Sajjad Husain, M.A. 

(Alld.), Ph.D. (Lond.), Dr. Ghulam 

Mohiuddin Qadiri, M.A., ph.D. (Lond.), 

Readers; Mr. Abdul Qadir Sarwari, 

M.A., U,.B., Lecturer. 

. . Mr. Hosain AH Mirza, Bar-at-Law, Dr. 
Siaadat AH Khan, M.A., LI,.B., D.phil., 
B.C.I,. (Oxon.) (on deputation), Pro- 
fessors ; Mr. Mir Akbar AH Musavi, 
B.A. (HOIIS.) (Bom.), I,L.B. (Alig.), 
Reader; Dr. M. Hamidullah, ph.D. 
(Bonn), D.utt. (Paris), Lecturer. 

. . Mr. Qazi Md. Husain, M.A. (Punjab), 
B.A., LI/.B. (Cantab.), Mr. Kishen 
Chand, M.A. (Cantab.), Dr. M. Razi- 
uddin Siddiqi, M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D. 
(Leipzig), Professors; Mr. Shaikh 
Barkat AH, M.A., Reader; Mr. Khwaja 
Mohiuddin, M.A. (Madras), Mr. Ven- 
katachari, M.A., Lecturers. 



Morals 
Philosophy 



Physics 



Mr. Qari 
(Egypt), 



Qutbuddin, 
Lecturer. 



B.A., 



Dr. Khalifa Abdul Hakim, M.A., LI/.B. 
(Punjab), Ph.D. (Heidelberg), Pro- 
fessor; Dr. Mir Valiuddin, M.A. 
(AHg.), ph.D. (Lond.), Reader; Mr. 
Motazid Waliur Rahman, M.A. (Pun- 
jab), Mr. M. Salahuddin, M.A. 
(Dacca), Mr. Shiv Mohan Lai, M.A. 
(AHg.), Lecturers. 

Mr. Wahidur Rahman, B.SC. (Cal.),' 
Professor; Mr. Nasir Ahmad, M.A., 
B.SC. (Alld.), Dr. Syed Mehdi AH, 
Ph.D., Readers; Mr. Syed Abdur Rah- 
man, B;.A., Mr. Syed Mohd. Yunus 
Wafaqani, B.A., M.SC. (Dacca) (on 
study leave), Dr. N. Ram Lai, B.A., 
M.SC. (AHg.), ph.D. (Lond.), Mr. R. 
Satyanarayan, B.A., A.R.C.S., B.SC. 

F 



366 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(lions.) (Loncl.), Mr. Syed Ahmed 
Qadri, B.SC. (nons.) (Manch.), Lec- 
turers. 

Sociology . . Dr. Syed Jafar Hasan, ph.p. (Heidel- 

berg), Reader. 

Theology (Comp.) Maulvi Abdul Bari Nadvi, Reader. 

Thedlogy (Faculty) Maulvi Manazir Ahsan Gilani, Professor; 

Dr. Zahiruddin Ahmad, M.A., L.T., 
D.Litt. (Egypt), Reader; Maulvi Abdul 
Qadir Siddiqi, M.A., Maulvi Fazle 
Ahmed, Maulvi Syed Osman Jafari, 
Afzal-ul-Ulama, Maulvi Muhammad 
Ali, Maulvi Hosamuddin, Lecturers. 

Zoology . . Dr. B. K. Das, D.SC. (Lond.), Professor; 

Mr. Mohd. Rahimullah, M.SC., Mr. 
Satyanarayan Singh, M.SC. (Alig.), 
Lecturers. 

Librarian . . Mr. Yusufuddin Ahmad. B.A. 

MEDICAL COLLEGE. 

Dr. H. Hyder Ali Khan, L.M.&S. (Bom.), F.R.C.S.E., 
Principal. 

Anatomy .. Dr. Brij Mohan Lai, B.A. (Madras), 

M.B.B.S. (Bom.), M.SC. (Lond.), Pro- 
fessor; Dr. S. P. Sahgal, M.B.B.S. 
(Bom.), Reader; Dr. Syed Muktar 
Husain, B.SC. (Alld.), M.B.B.S. (Luck- 
now), Lecturer. 

Physiology . . Dr. Syed Abdur Rahman, M.B., ch.B., 

D.T.M. &H. (Edin.), Professor; Dr. 
R. N. Abhyankar, M.B^B.S. (Bom.), 
Reader; Dr. Mir Mustafa Ali Zaidi, 
M.B.B.S., Lecturer. 

Pharmacology . . Dr. S. W. Hardikar, M.D., M.R.C.P. 

(Edin.), Professor; Dr. Fazle Karim 
Khan, M.B.B.S. (Lko.), Reader; Mr. 
M. Ghaus Mohiuddin, M.SC. (Alig.), 
Chemist. 

Pathology .. Dr. M. Ali Husain, M.B.B.S. (Bom.), 

ph.D. (Durham), Professor; Dr. M. 
Shah Nawaz, M.B.B.S. (Punjab), 
Reader (on study leave) ; Mr. M. 
Nusrat Ali, M.B.B.S. (Lko.), Lecturer. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 



367 



Medicine & Clinical 
Medicine 

Surgery 



Gynaecology & Mid- 
wifery 

Ophthalmology 
Hygiene 



Medical Jurispru- 
dence 



Dr. Bankat Chandra, M.B.B.S. (Bom.), 
M.R.C.P. (Lend.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.), 
Professor. 

Dr. Khurshid Husain, M.B.B.S. (Bom.), 
M.B., ch.B. (Edin.), Professor; Dr. 
V. S. Moholkar, L.M. (Rot.), F.R.C.S, 
(Edin.), Lecturer. 

Dr. V. G. Borgaonkar, M.B.B.S. (Bom.), 
M.R.C.S. (Eng.), L.R.C.P. (Lond.), L.M, 
(Dub.). 

Dr. Syed Abdur Rahim, B.A., M.B.B.S. 
(Bom.), D.O. (Lond.), Professor. 

Dr. M. M. Siddiq Hosain, M.R.C.S. 
(Eng.), L.R.C.P (Lond.), D.P.H, 
(Lond.), D.T.M.&H. (Lond.), D.O.M.S, 
(Lond.), Professor. 

Captain Madangopal Sainchar, I.M.S., 
F.R.C.S.E. (Eng.), Professor. 

Five Part-Time Lecturers. 



ENGINEERING COLLEGE. 

Mr. Samiullah Shah, B.SC. (Alld.), B.SC. (HOIIS.) (Manch.), 
M.i.c.E. (Lond.), M.I.E., Principal. 



Civil Engineering 
Hydraulics 

Surveying 
Drawing 

Applied Mechanics 
Geology 

Mechanical 
Engineering 

Electro-technics '. 



Mr. Samiullah Shah, B.SC. (Alld.), B.SC. 
(nons.) (Manch.), M.I.C.E. (Lond.) 
(India), Professor. 

Dr. S. P. Raju, B.A. (Madras), B.E. 
(Poona), A.M. I.E. (Incl), Dr. ing, 
(Munich), Professor. 

Mr. P. K. Ghosh, B.SC. (Cal.), M.A, 
(Cantab.), F.R.G.S. (Lond.), Reader. 

Mr. Md. Hafizullah, B.SC. (Alig.), B.SC, 
(Eng.) (Rangoon), Reader. 



Vacant. 

Mr. S. M. Abbas, B.SC. 
Reader. 



(Punjab), 



Mr. M. Abdulla Hasan, B.SC. (Alld.) r 
Reader (on deputation), Mr. Ziaud- 
din Ansari, B.SC. (nons.) (Manch.), 

Mr. Syed Abdul Qadir, B.SC. (Madras), 
B.SC. (nons.) (Manch.), Reader. 



368 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Subordinate Classes 



Do. 



Mr. Abdus Samad Sowdagar, . B.E. 
(Poona), A.M.I.E. (India), M.R.san.i., 
Reader. 

Mr. Syed Ghulam Rasool, Lecturer. 



PART-TIME LECTURERS. 



Irrigation 
Architecture and 
Town Planning 

Railway Engineering 



Mr. Syed Md. Yunus, B.SC. (Manch.). 
Mr. Syed Aziz Ali, A.R.I.B.S. (Lond.). 

Mr. Mahmood Alam, B.A. (Osmania), 
B.SC. (HOUS.) (Manch.). 

Accounts and P.W.D. Mr. Muhd. Meer Khan, B.A. (Madras), 

Procedure LL.B., M.SC. (Lond.), H.C.S. 

Sanitary Engineering Mr. Wajahat Ali, B.SC. (Manch.). 

TRAINING COLLEGE. 
Mr. Sajjad Mirza, M.A. (Cantab.), c.T. (Lond.), Principal. 

Psychology, Princi- Mr. Malik Sardar Ali, B.A., B.T. (Dacca), 
pies of Education Reader, 
and Child Educa- 
tion 

History of Education, Mr. Mir Ahmad Ali Khan, M.A., M.Ed. 
Comparative Edu- (Leeds), Bar-at-Law, Reader, 
tion and Method of 
Teaching History 



School Organization 



Dr. D. D. Shenderker, B.A., B.T. (Dacca), 
T.D. (Lond.), Ph.D. (Lond.), Lecturer. 

Three Part-Time Lecturers. 



WOMEN'S COLLEGE. 
Dr. Amina Pope, M.A., D.Litt. (Alld.), Principal. 



English 



Economics 



Miss H. Gilson, B.A., L.T. (Madras), 
Reader. 

Mrs. Gibbs, B.A. (Mysore), Reader. 



Chemistry & Biology Mrs. Sundaram, B.SC. (Lucknow), Lec- 
turer, 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 



369 



Physics 

Arabic 

Persian 

History 

Urdu and Morals . . 

Physical Instructress 



Miss Plowman, B.SC. (Madras). 
Jafari Begum, Lecturer. 
Rabab Khanum. 

Ruqayya Begum, B.A. (Cantab.). 
Afsar Sultan Begum. 
Najmunnisa Begum, B.P.T.C. 
Eleven Part-Time Lecturers. 



CITY INTERMEDIATE COLLEGE. 
Mr. Syed Muhammad Azam, M.A., B.SC. (Cantab.), Principal. 



English 



History & Economics 

Mathematics 
Physics 

Chemistry 



Mr. Ataur Rahman, B.A. (Bom.) (on 
study leave), Ghulam Muhammad Ali, 
M.A. (Madras) (Acting), Mr. J. J. 
Sebastian, M.A. (Nagpur), Lecturers. 

Mr. Khwaja Muniruddin, M.A., Mr. Mir 
Mahmud Ali, M.A V Lecturers. 

Mr. V. N. Patwari, M.A., Lecturer. 

Mr. Muhammad Ahmad Osmani, M.SC. 
(Alig.), Lecturer. 

Mr. Ahmad bin Abdulla, B.A., Lecturer. 
Four Part-Time Lecturers. 



AURANGABAD INTERMEDIATE COLLEGE. 

Mr. Syed Mohiuddin, B.A., Bar-at-Law, Principal. 



English 

TJrdu, Morals and 
History of India 

Persian and Arabic 

'Sanskrit and Mara- 
thi 

Economics 



Mr. John Bhaktul, B.A. (Madras), B.T. 
(Cal), Reader. 

Mr. Ghulam Tayyab, B.A., L.T. (Dacca), 
Lecturer. 

Mr. Agha Muhammad Taqi, Lecturer. 
Mr. Bhaskar Govind Shastri, Lecturer. 

Mr. G. R. Thatte, M.A. (Alig.), Lecturer. 



English History and Mr. Muhammad Ibrahim," M.A. (Alig.), 
Indian History Lecturer. 



Physics 



.Mr. Azizur Rahman, M.SC. (Dacca), 
Lecturer. 



370 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Chemistry .. Mr. P. N. Srikishen, M.SC. (Alig.), 

Lecturer. 

Mathematics f . . Mr. Muhammad Ahmad, B.A. (Madras),, 

M.A. (Alig.), Lecturer. 

Three Part-Time Lecturers. 

WARANGAL INTERMEDIATE COLLEGE. 
Mr. Muhammad Hafizullah, B.A., B.T. (Madras), Principal. 

English .. Mr. P. R. Sebastian, B.A. (Madras), 

Lecturer. 

History . . Mr. Zainulabedin, M.A., B.T. (Alig.), 

Lecturer. 

Mathematics . . Mr. A. V. Gopal Rao, M.A. (Madras), 

Lecturer. 

Chemistry . . Mr. Inayat Khan, M.SC., Lecturer. 

Physics . . Mr. Muhammad Zakiuddin, M.SC., Lec- 

turer. 

Four Part-Time Lecturers. 

GULBURGA INTERMEDIATE COLLEGE. 
Mr. Syed Zulfaqar AH Haqqani, B.A., B.T., Principal. 

English . . Mr. Malikarjun Rao, M.A., Lecturer. 

History .. Mr. Saiduz Zaman, M.A. (Alig.), Lec- 

turer. 

Chemistry . . Mr. Md. Vazir Ahmad Qureshi, M.SC. 

(Alig.), Lecturer. 

Physics . . Mr. Md. Fazluddin, M.SC., Lecturer. 

Mathematics . . Mr. Akbar Ali, M.A., Lecturer (on 

study leave), Mr. Raghavender Rao, 
M.A. (Osmania) (Offg.). 

Eight Part-Time Lecturers. 

TRANSLATION BUREAU. 

Curator . . Mr. Md. Elias Burney, M.A., LL.B. 

(AHA). 

History and Political Mr. Syed Muhammad Ibrahim, M.A., 
Science M.O.L., Mr. Qazi Talammuz Hussain,/ 

M.A., Translators. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 371 

Philosophy . , Mr. Ehsan Ahmad, B.A., Translator. 

Science . . Mr. Sardar Baldev Singh, B.A. 

Mathematics . . Mr. Naziruddin, M.A., Translator, 

Economics . . Mr. Rashid Ahmad, B.A., Translator. 

JMedicine . . Dr. Muhd. Osman Khan, L.M. & s. 

Do. . . Dr. Ghulam Dastagir, M.B.B.S. 

Do. . . Dr. Joseph Antony Muhd. Husain, 

M.B.B.S. 

NIZAMIAH OBSERVATORY. 
Mr. T. P. Bhaskaran, M.A., F.R.A.S., Director. 

Number of Students in the University. 

Arts and Science . . . . . . 1,425 

Theology .. .. .. 32 

Law 93 

Medicine .. .. ..106 

Engineering . . . . . . 42 

Education . . . . . . 25 

Number of Successful Students in tbe Examinations) 1936. 

Matriculation (Arts) . . . . . . 664 

Do. (Theology) . . . . . . 6 

Intermediate (Arts and Science) . . . . 337 

Do. (Theology) .. .. .. 6 

B.A. (Arts) 81 

Do. (Theology) . . . . . . 4 

M.A. (Arts) Previous . . . . 5 

Do. (Arts) Final . . . . 10 

B.Sc. .. 42 

M.Sc. (Previous) . . . . . . 8 

Do. (Final) .. .. .. 6 

LL.B. (Previous) .. .. ..19 

Do. (Final) .. .. ..42 

M.B.B.S. (First Professional) .. 14 

Do. (Second Professional) . . 9 

Do. (Third Professional) .. 11 

Do. (Fourth Professional) .. 5 

B.E. . (Part I Examination) . . 17 

Do. (Part II Examination^ .. 10 

Diploma in Education . . . . . . 13 



372 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Scholarships and Medals. 

The following Scholarships are awarded on the results of the 
University Examinations : 

ARTS AND SCIENCE FACULTIES. 

Intermediate Classes One Scholarship of Rs. 20 per mensem 

and ten of Rs. 15 per mensem. 

B.A. Classes . . One Scholarship of Rs. 25 per mensem, 

two of Rs. 20 and twenty-one of 
Rs. 18 per mensem. 

M.A. Classes . . Two Scholarships of Rs. 40 per mensem 

and ten of Rs. 30 per mensem. 

Fellowships . . Research Fellowships of Rs. 75 per 

mensem for Arabic, Persian, Urdu, 
Telugu, Marathi, Kanarese, History, 
Physics, Chemistry, Philosophy and 
Theology. 

Taimuri Scholarship Rs. 50 per mensem for a student be- 
longing to the ex-Royal Family of 
Delhi. 

FACULTY OF THEOIX>GY. 

Intermediate Classes One of Rs. 20 and two of Rs. 15. 

B.A. Classes . . One of Rs. 25, one of Rs. 20 and five 

of Rs. 18. 

M.A. Classes . . One of Rs. 40. 

In addition to the above, there are the following bursaries : 

In the Faculties of Arts and Science : 20 in the Intermediate 
Classes, 12 in the B.A. Classes and 8 in the M.A. Class. 
In the Faculty of Theology: 7 in the Intermediate Classes, 
3 in the B.A. Classes and one in the M.A. Class. Their value 
varies from Rs. 6 per mensem to Rs. 20. 

There are Gold Medals for candidates standing first in the 
B.A. (Arts and Theology), B.Sc., M.B.B.S., B.E. and 
DIP. IN ED. Examinations; for girl candidates standing first 
in the Intermediate and B.A. Examinations and for the candi- 
date standing first in Anatomy in the First M.B.B.S. Exami- 
nation, 

FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 

Rs. 9,840 per annum to be distributed at the discretion of 
the Principal. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 



373 



FACUI/TY OF ENGINEERING. 

1st year 2 Scholarships of Rs. 30 each. 
2 25 



2nd year 2 
2 

3rd year 1 
1 



30 
25 
35 
30 



4th year One Apprenticeship of Rs. 150 p.m. and 

six of Rs. 50 p.m. each. 

Library, Museum, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library, which contains 18,963 English and 
22,222 Oriental books, is being constantly augmented. There 
is a small Library attached to the Translation Bureau, containing 
3,900 books. There are Seminar Libraries attached to each 
department of study. The Staff of the University has also 
access to the Government Asifia Library which is very rich in 
Arabic and Persian MSS., besides containing a large and valuable 
collection of State archives relating to the history of Central and 
Southern India known as the Daftar-i-Diwani and Daftar-i-Mal 
in the Finance Office. 

The University College has well-equipped Physical, Chemi- 
cal and Biological Laboratories. 

NIZAMIAH OBSERVATORY. 

The Observatory which was established in 1908 by a 
Firman of His Exalted Highness the late Nizam, was transfer- 
red to the control of the Osmania University in 1919. The 
principal equipment consists of two equatorial telescopes, an 
8-inch photographic and a 15-inch visual refractor (both pre- 
sented by the late Nawab Zafar Jung Bahadur) together with 
a small transit instrument and Chronograph, and some other 
miscellaneous apparatus. The Observatory is one of the insti- 
tutions participating in the great international undertaking of 
the carte de del and has completed the measuring of the 
photographs in the section allotted to it, viz., Decl. -170 to -23 
and is now engaged in the Catalogue of the section 36 to 39. 
The 15-inch telescope, erected about ten years ago, is used for 
visual observations, especially, for observing systematically 
variable stars with faint minima. A good working library has 
been formed, consisting chiefly of astronomical books and periodi- 
cals and standard publications of observatories received by way 
of exchange. The principal publications of the Nizamiah Obser- 
vatory consist of eight volumes of the Hyderabad Astrographic 
Catalogue and a number of short papers in the leading Astro- 
nomical Journals. The Observatory is also equipped with two 



374 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Milne Shaw Seismographs for recording earthquakes and the 
readings of the seismograms are forwarded to Oxford for in- 
clusion in the International Seismological Summary. There is, 
in addition, a Meteorological Observatory as well as a pilot 
balloon station, the observations being taken in co-operation with 
the Meteorological Department of the Government of India. 

Provision for Research. 

The University has under consideration proposals for insti- 
tuting degrees based entirely on research. In the Departments 
of History, Philosophy, Persian, Urdu, Physics, Chemistry, 
Botany and Zoology, each candidate for the M.A. and M.Sc. 
Degrees has to submit a thesis based on original research. Re- 
search scholarships of the value of Rs. 75 per mensem have 
heen sanctioned for original work in Telugu, Marathi, Kanarese, 
Arabic, Urdu, Philosophy, History, Physics, Chemistry and 
Muslim Theology. The Research Journal issued once a year 
publishes the results of the original work done by members of 
the staff and research students. 

Associations in the University. 

The following are the Associations attached to the Univer- 
sity : 

1. Osmania University Association. 

2. Students' Union. 

3. Historical Association. 

4. Scientific Association. 

5. Economic Association. 

6. Law Society. 

7. Urdu Association. 

8. Kanarese Association. 

9. Telugu Association. 

10. Marathi Association. 

11. Arabic Association. 

12. Theology Association. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The University aims at providing residential accommoda- 
tion for its students. Two double-storeyed Hostels have been 
recently constructed providing accommodation for 300 students, 
while there is a temporary Hostel in which 100 students can 
live in comfort. These Hostels which are lighted with electricity 
and are provided with modern sanitary conveniences are now 
entirely full. In addition to the College fees, the boarders pay 
tin inclusive charge of Rs. 17 per mensem, which covers dining 
hall, establishment, light, water and other charges. No charge 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 375 

is made for rent, medical assistance or for medicines. Students 

of all communities live amicably together, as no Hostel is reserv- 
ed for a particular community. Each Hostel is managed by 
a Warden. 

Budget. 

1346 FASU (October 1936 to October 1937). 

Rs. 

1. Registrar's Office .. .. .. 2,02,439 

2. University College .. .. .. 7,28,439 

3. Medical College .. .. .. 2,03,540 

4. Engineering College . . . . . . 2,41,005 

5. Training College . . . . . . 23,560 

6. College for Women .. .. .. 57,827 

7. City Intermediate College . . . . 58,478 

8. Aurangabad Intermediate College . . . . 56,302 

9. Warangal Intermediate College . . . . 32,648 

10. Gulburga Intermediate College . . . . 35,096 

11. Translation Bureau . . . . . . 2,41,750 

12. University Press .. .. .. 1,44,173 

13. Nizamiah Observatory . . . . . . 40,387 



TOTAI, O. S. Rs. . . 20,65,644 

British Rs. 100 are equal to O.S. Rs. 116-10-8.) 

There is no Provident Fund as all the posts are pensionable 
from General Revenues. All servants of the University are 
entitled after 25 years' continuous and approved service to full 
pension which is one-half of the average monthly salary for the 
last three years of service. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

Nearly 300 volumes have been translated and published on 
subjects of study in the University. 

A sum of Rs. 5,000 has been provided in the Budget for 
lectures by distinguished European and Indian scholars. A num- 
ber of extension lectures are also delivered by members of the 
University Staff on scientific and literary subjects. 

The Dairat-uI-Maarif. 

The Dairat-ul-Maarif was founded by the late Nawab 
Imadul Mulk Bahadur (Syed Husain Bilgrami, c.s.i.) and the 
late Mulla Abdul Qayyum Sahib in 1886 for the publication of 
rare books in Arabic. It commenced its work in 1890 with a 
grant of Rs. 500 per mensem from His Exalted Highness' 



376 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Government. Subsequently in 1920, an endowment of one lakh 
of rupees was made over to the Institution and in 1922, His 
Exalted Highness was graciously pleased to sanction an addi- 
tional grant of Rs. 4 lakhs and this total endowment of Rs. 5 
lakhs brings an annual income of Rs. 30,000. 

The Institution was placed under the control of the Univer- 
sity on the death of Nawab Imadul Mulk Bahadur on the 7th 
May 1926 (24th Zikadah 1344 Hijri). The Rt. Hon'bie Sir 
Akbar Hydari, President, Executive Council, is now the Chair- 
man of the Executive Committee, with whom the management 
rests, and Nawab Mahdi Yar Jung Bahadur is the Secretary. 
This Committee is helped by a Literary Committee which 
assists it in selecting books for publication, etc. ; the staff con- 
sists of a Superintendent and six Arabic Scholars who edit the 
Texts and correct proofs. They are helped in their work by the 
noted European Orientalist, Mr. Krenkew, who secures for the 
Institution copies of rare books in the British Museum and 
other European Libraries, besides correcting Texts, reading 
proofs, etc. The total number of Arabic books published by 
this Institution is 87 but some of them are in four to twelve 
volumes. Its publications are in great demand not only in India 
but in Egypt, Arabia, Afghanistan and Europe. 

Women's Education. 

Women are admitted as private students to the Intermediate 
and B.A. Examinations in all subjects and to the M.A. Exami- 
nations in Arabic, Persian and Urdu only. The University 
maintains a Women's College which has 58 students on its rolls. 

Students' Information Bureau. 

The University has no Students* Information Bureau, its 
functions devolving on the Director of Public Instruction and 
the Committee for European Scholarships. The Adviser for 
Hyderabad students in England is Mr. B. C. McEwen, B.SC. 
(Lond.). 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Discipline, etc. 

A fully qualified Medical Officer of the Civil Surgeon grade 
is in medical charge of the Hostels; he also conducts periodical 
medical examinations of the students. The Principals of Col- 
leges are supreme in matters of discipline and have power to 
rusticate or otherwise punish the students. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

The University offers in the Faculties of Arts and Theology, 
the Degrees of B.A. and M.A., in the Faculty of Science the 
Degrees of B;Sc. and M.Sc., in the Faculty of Law the Degree 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 377 

of LL.B., in the Faculty of Medicine the Degree of M.B.B.S., 
in the Faculty of Engineering the Degree of B.E., and in the 
Faculty of Education the Diploma in Education. 

Special provision is made for the following classes of per- 
sons for admission to the Intermediate and B.A. Examinations 
of the University as private candidates: 

1. Inspecting Officers of the State Educational Depart- 
ment and whole-time teachers employed in Educational Institu- 
tions, of three years' standing. 

2. Assistants serving in a University College. 

3. Women. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

The Intermediate stage of education is part of the course 
for the Degree, and only those who have passed the Matricula- 
tion Examination of the University or an equivalent recognized 
examination are admitted to the course. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES. 

ARTS. 

The Matriculation Examination. The course extends over 
three years. Private candidates are also admitted, but they are 
required to pass a test examination, held at a Government High 
School, before appearing at the University Examination. The 
subjects for study and examination are as follows: 

A. COMPULSORY. 

1. English (two papers). 

2. Urdu (two papers). 

3. Elementary Mathematics (two papers). 

4. Elementary Science (one paper). 

5. Indian History and General Geography of the World 

(two papers). 

6. Theology or Morals. 

B. OPTIONAL. 

One of the following subjects : 

1. A Classical Language. 

2. A Modern Language. 

3. English History. 

4. Algebra and' Geometry. 

5. Biology. 

6. Commerce. 

; 7. Domestic Science (for girls only). 



378 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

C. SCHOOL SUBJECTS. 

1. Drawing. 

2. Physical Training. 

3. Manual Training. 

Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent, of the aggre- 
gate marks are placed in the First Division. For a pass in the 
Second Class, candidates should secure either (a) 35 per cent, 
in English and in any three subjects and 30 per cent, in the 
remaining two, or (b) 35 per cent, in English, in the optional 
subject and in any two of the subjects and 25 per cent, in the 
remaining two, and an aggregate of 35 per cent. Those who 
obtain 30 per cent, in English and in three of the subjects and 
25 per cent, in the remaining two and an aggregate of 30 per 
cent, are placed in the Third Class. 

If a candidate fails to pass in the examination, he may 
reappear at any subsequent examination or examinations in 
those subjects only in which he has failed to secure 30 per cent, 
marks. He will be declared to have passed the examination 
under the compartment system if he secures 30 per cent, marks 
in each subject, but will not be eligible for admission to the 
University. Such candidates will be exempted from attendance 
and appearing at the test examination. 

Girl candidates, however, who pass under this system will 
be eligible for admission to the College till 1347 F. (1938). 

The Intermediate Examination. The course extends over 
two years after Matriculation. The subjects for study and 
examination are: (1) English (three papers), (2) Muslim 
Theology or, for non-Hanafis and non-Muslims, Morals (one 
paper), (3) Three subjects from either of the following two 
groups (two papers in each) : 

GROUP "A". 

Note. Only the following combination of subjects shall be 
allowed : 

A. Logic, Psychology and a Classical Language or Socio- 

logy or Economics. 

B. (a) A Classical Language, a Modern Language and 

one of the following: 
English History. 
Indian History. 
Islamic History. 
Economics. 
Sociology. 

N.B. Persian to be treated as a Classical Language. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 379 

(ft) Arabic, Persian, and either Islamic History or 
Indian History. 

*C. (a) English History. 

(b) One of the following: 

Islamic History. 
Indian History. 
European History. 

(c) A Classical Language or a Modern Language or 

Economics or Sociology. 

N.B. (1) Modern Languages Urdu, Marathi, Telugu, 
Kanarese, French and German. 

(2) Classical Languages Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit, 
Latin and Greek. 

D. History, Geography and Economics. 
GROUP "B". 

1. Physics, Chemistry and Biology or Mathematics or Geo- 
logy, or 

2. Chemistry, Biology and Geology. 

In the case of subjects (Physics, Chemistry and Biology) 
of this Group, there is a practical examination in addition to the 
written examination. 

For a pass, not less than 33 per cent, must be obtained in 
each subject but a candidate is declared passed if he secures 
not less than 30 per cent, in one subject only and 40 per cent, 
in the aggregate. Those who obtain 60 per cent, in the aggre- 
gate are placed in the First Class, and those who get 45 per 
cent, or more in the Second Class. 

For the purpose of the Compartment System the examina- 
tion is divided into the following two groups: 

1. English. 

2. Optional Subjects. 

A candidate passing in any one of these groups is exempted 
from appearing in that group at a subsequent examination, pro- 
vided that he has secured not less than 35 per cent, of the 
marks in the aggregate and that in the group in which he fails 
he makes an aggregate of not less than 25 per cent. 

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.). The course of study extends 
over two years after the Intermediate Examination of this 
University or an examination accepted as equivalent thereto. 
The subjects for study and examination are: (1) English 



* Only candidates taking this group can take up History for the B.A. 
Examination. 



380 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(four papers), (2) Muslim Theology or, for non-Hanafis and 
non-Muslims, Morals (one paper), (3) One of the following 
subjects: 

"A". 

One of the following Classical Languages. Arabic, Persian, 
Sanskrit, Latin or Greek, and 

One of the following Modern Languages. Persian (unless 
already taken) with Elementary Arabic, Urdu with Hindi 
Bhasha, Telugu, Marathi, Kanarese, Tamil, French and Ger- 
man (three papers in each language). 

"B". 
Mathematics 6 papers. 

1st Paper Algebra, Theory of Equations, Trigonometry and 
Pure Geometry. 

2nd Analytical Geometry of two and of three dimen- 
sions and Differential Calculus. 

3rd ,* Integral Calculus and Differential Equations. 

4th Statics and Hydrostatics. 

5th Graphical Statics and Dynamics. 

6th Astronomy and Astrophysics. 

"C". 

History 6 papers. 
Principal. 

Paper 1. General Historical Essay. 

Paper 2. Indian History: 

One of the following periods 
(i) Ancient up to 1206. 
(ii) Medieval, 1206 to 1765. 
(iii) Modern, 1765 onwards up to the present 
day. 

Paper 3. General, containing: 

A. History of the Deccan, covering the period 

of Indian History taken by the candidate. 

B. Elements of the Cultural History of India 

with reference to the period of Indian 
History taken by the candidate. 

C. Constitutional History of Modern India. 
Paper 4. One of the following: 

Select period of Islamic History. 
Select period of European History. 
English Constitutional History. 
History of Indian Culture. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 381 

Subsidiary. 

Paper 5. Political Science (Theoretical and Comparative). 

Paper 6. Economics or Sociology (Theoretical and 
Applied). 

N.B-(l) No student will be allowed to go up for his B.A. 
Examination unless he has taken Economics either 
in his Intermediate or B.A. Examinations. 

(2) The student will not be allowed to take the same sub- 
ject which he took in the Intermediate; in other words, 
the students who took Sociology or Languages in the 
Intermediate shall take Economics and the student 
who took Economics will take Sociology. 

Candidates will be expected to answer questions on Histori- 
cal Geography. 

"D". 

Economics 6 papers. 

Paper 1. Principles of Economics. 

Paper 2. Money, Banking and International Trade. 

Paper 3. (a) Economic History of India (since the break- 
down of the Moghul Empire). 
(b) Economic History of England (since the 
Industrial Revolution). 

Paper 4. Agricultural Economics and Co-operation. 

Paper 5. (a) Indian Industries and Trade. 
(b) Public Finance. 

Paper 6. Sociology. 

(a) Theoretical. 

(fc) Applied Sociology and Indian Social Institu- 
tions. 

"E". 

Philosophy 6 papers. 
General Philosophy: 

1st Paper . . Nature, Schools and Problems of Philos- 
ophy. 

2nd Paper . . A brief sketch of the History of Philos- 
ophy together with a special study of 
an original work of any of the follow- 
ing Philosophers: Descartes, Berke- 
ley or David Hume. 



382 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Oriental Philosophy 

3rd Paper . . Hindu Philosophy. 

4th Paper . . Outlines of Islamic Philosophy, Kalani 
and Sufism. 

Psychology 

Sth Paper . . Elements of Psychology with Allied 
Physiology. 

Ethics 

6th Paper . . A brief study of Theoretical and Prac- 
tical Ethics. 

For a pass, 33 per cent, of marks are required in each 
subject. 

Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent, or more are 
placed in the First Division and those obtaining 45 per cent, or 
more in the Second Division. Candidates securing an aggregate 
of 40 per cent, but failing either in English or in the selected 
subject, provided the marks gained by them do not fall short 
of 25 per cent., will be allowed to appear only in the subject 
in which they fail. 

Master of Arts (M.A.) The course extends over two years 
subsequent to graduation and is open to graduates of this or of 
a recognized University. A candidate may offer one of the 
following subjects: 

(A) English. There shall be 8 papers of 100 marks each 

and viva voce. 

I. Part (1) The development of the English Language 
from early to modern times; Part (2) Chaucer, 
II. Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Drama. 

III. Spenser to Milton. 

IV. Dryden to Johnson. 

V. The Age of Wordsworth. 

VI. Victorian Literature. 

VII. Contemporary Literature. 

VIII. Essay on a literary subject. 

(B) Arabic. 

Previous Examination : 4 Papers . . 400 marks 

1st Paper Poetry . . . . . . 100 

2nd Prose .. .. . . 100 

3rd Translation from Urdu into Afabic 

and Composition . . . . 100 

Final Examination: 2 Papers and a Thesis 400 ,, 
1st Paper History of Arabic Literature 

from Jahiliyat to present day . . 100 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 383 

2nd Paper 

(A) Hebrew, French or German Grammar 
and translation into Urdu of easy 
Hebrew, French or German passages 50 marks 

(B) Prose and Poetry (Modern) . . 50 
Thesis and viva voce . . . . . . 200 

(C) Persian. There will be two examinations, Previous and 
Final. In the Previous there will be four papers as follows: 

1st Paper Poetry (Classical). 
2nd Prose ( ). 
3rd Essay in Persian on modern topics. 
4th Persian Rhetoric and Prosody and translation 
from Arabic into Urdu. 

In the Final Examination there will be two papers as followe; 
and the candidates will also be required to submit a thesis: 

1st Paper Literary History of Persia from the earliest 

times to the Mongols. 

2nd Literary History of Persia from the Mongols 
to the present day. 

(D) Urdu. There will be two examinations, Previous and 
Final. In the Previous Examination there will be four papers 
as follows: 

1st Paper Old Urdu. 
2nd Poetry. 
3rd Prose. 
4th Essay. 

In the Final Examinations there will be two papers as fol- 
lows: 1st Paper History of the Urdu Language and Literature 
and Philology; 2nd Paper Hihdi Bhasha. Candidates will also 
be required to submit a thesis or to edit a book. 

(E) Mathematics (Nine papers). 

1st Paper Algebra, Theory of Equations. 

Plane Trigonometry. 

Differential Equations. 
2nd Pure Geometry. 

Analytical Geometry (Pure and Solid). 

Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces. 
3rd Calculus (Differential and Integral). 

Theory of Functions of a real variable. 
4th Theory of Functions of a complex variable. 

Elliptic Functions excluding B Functions. 

Fourier Series. 



384 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

5th Paper Attractions. 

Electricity and Magnetism. 

6th Analytical Statics of two and three dimensions. 
Dynamics of a particle. 
Rigid Dynamics in two dimensions only. 
7th Hydrostatics including Capillarity. 

Hydrostatics excluding Vortex Motion and 

Sound. 
8th Spherical Trigonometry. 

Spherical Astronomy, Optics. 

9th Problem and Essay paper consisting of two- 
sections. In the first section at least two 
problems to be solved and in the other 
section not more than two essays to be 
written. 

(F) History. 
Previous Examination 

Paper I Early Political Institutions up to 1500 or 
Later Political Institutions from 1500 to the 
present day (100 Marks). 

Paper II Early Political Theories, up to 1500 or Later 
Political Theories from 1500 to the present 
day (100 Marks). 

Paper III) Intensive study of two of the following: 
Paper IV ) (100 Marks each), 

(i;) A period of Indian History, 
(ii) A period of Islamic History, 
(iii) A period 1 of Modern European History, 
(iv) A period of English Constitutional History. 

Final Examination 

Paper I General Historical Essay (100 Marks). 
Paper II (a) Special Subject in Comparative Politics. 

(6) Special Subject in Political Theories (25 

marks each). 
Thesis (200 Marks). 

Viva voce in the subjects taken in Parts I and II (50 Marks). 
Viva voce in the Language offered (50 Marks). 

N.B. No candidate will be deemed to have passed the Final M.A. 
Examination in History who does not obtain at least 30% of the aggre- 
gate number of marks in Paper II of that Examination. 

(G) Philosophy. 
Previous Examination 
(a) Compulsory. 

1. One paper on Oriental Philosophy, either Indian 
or Islamic. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 385 

2. One special Philosopher from among the Western 

Thinkers. 

3. Metaphysics with special reference to contemporary 

thought. 

4. Essay. 
(&) Optional. 

Any two of the following : 

1. Logic and Epistemology. 

2. Aesthetics. 

3. Philosophy of Religion. 

4. Ethics and Political Philosophy. 

5. Psychology. 

Final Examination 

1. A thesis of not less than 10,000 words on any subject 

of Philosophy previously approved by the Board 
of Studies. 

2. Two papers on subjects allied to the subject of the 

Thesis. 

3. Viva voce. 

( H ) Economics. 

( 1 ) The examination shall consist of 5 papers, a viva voce 

and a Thesis. 

(2) The Papers should carry 500 marks, the Thesis 300 

and the viva voce 200. 

(3) The Papers should be done in the Previous M.A. 

and the Thesis and viva voce in the Final. 

(4) The papers should be as follows: 

(i) Advanced Principles of Economics . . 100 

(ii) History of Economic Doctrines . . . 100 

(iii) Indian Economic Problems . . 100 

(iv) Any one of the following: .. 100 

1 (a) Sociology. 

(b) Politics. 

(c) Economic History of the Great Powers,, 

viz., England, U.S.A., France, Germany, 
Russia and Japan, 
(v) Essay . . . . . . 100 

Thesis . . . . . . 300 

Viva voce . . . . . . 200 

A candidate must obtain 40 per cent, of the marks in the 
aggregate for a pass. No minimum marks are required in each 
paper but if, in any paper, a candidate obtains less than 20 per 
cent., those marks are not included in his aggregate. A First 
Class is obtained by scoring 65 per cent, and a Second Class 
by scoring 50 per cent, of the aggregate marks. 



386 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

SCIENCE. 

Bachelor of Science (BSc.). The course of study extends 
over two years after the Intermediate Examination of this Uni- 
versity or an examination accepted as equivalent thereto. The 
subjects for Examination are as follows: 

(1) English (two papers). 

(2) One of the following groups: 

(a) Physics as main with Mathematics and Chemistry 
as subsidiary. 

() Chemistry as main with Physics and Mathema- 
tics as subsidiary. 

(c) Mathematics as main with Physics and Chemistry 

as subsidiary. 

(d) Botany as main with Zoology and "Chemistry as 

subsidiary. 

(e) Zoplogy as main with Botany and Chemistry 

as subsidiary. 
(/) Chemistry as main with Botany and Zoology as 

subsidiary. 
Physics, taken as main subject : 

Theory Paper I General Physics, Properties of 

Matter and Sound . . 90 

II Heat and Light .. ..90 

III Electricity and Magnetism . . 90 

Practical Paper I Properties of Matter, Heat 

and Sound . . . . 65 

II Light, Magnetism and Elec- 

tricity . . . . . . 65 

Physics, taken as subsidiary subject: 

Theory Paper I General Physics, Properties of 

Matter, Heat and Sound . . 75 

II Light, Magnetism and Electricity 75 

Practical . . . . . . . . . . 50 

Chenwstry, taken as main subject : 

Theory Paper I Inorganic . . . . 90 

II Organic .. .. ..90 

III Physical Chemistry .. ..90 

Practical Paper I Qualitative and Gravimetric 

Analysis . . . . . . 65 

II Volumetric Analysis and Orga- 

nic Preparation . . . . 65 

^Chemistry, taken as subsidiary subject: 

Theory Paper I Inorganic and Physical Chemistry 70 

" II Organic and Physical Chemistry 70 

Practical .. .. .. .. ..60 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 387 

Mathematics, taken as main subject: 

Paper I Algebra, Theory of Equations and Trigo- 
nometry . . . . . . 80 

II Differential Calculus and Analytical Geo- 
metry of two and three dimensions . . 80 
III Integral Calculus and Differential Equa- 
tions . . . . . . . . 80 

IV Statistics and Hydrostatistics . . 80 

,, V Dynamics and Astronomy . . 80 

Mathematics, taken as subsidiary subject: 

Paper I Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytical 

Geometry . . . . . . 70 

,, II Calculus and Differential Equations . . 70 
III Statics, Dynamics and Hydrostatics . . 60 

Botany, taken as main subject : 

Theory Paper I Thallophyta, Bryophyta and Pteri- 

dophyta . . . . . . 90 

II Histology and Systematic Botany 

(Gymnosperms and Angiosperms) 90 
III General Biology, Physiology and 

Ecology . . . . . . 90 

Practical Paper I External and Internal Morphology 65 
II Classification and Physiology . . 65 

Botany, taken as subsidiary Subject : 

Theory Paper I Thallophyta, Bryophyta and Pteri- 

dophyta and Gymnosperms . . 7O 
,, II Angiosperms, Physiology and 

Evolution . . 70 

Practical . . . . . . . . 60 

Zoology, taken as main subject : 

Theory Paper I Evolution, Cytology and Histology 90 

II Invertebrates . . - . . 90 

III Vertebrates . . . . 90 

Practical Paper I Dissection, Identification and 
permanent mounting of non- 
Chordata . . . . 65 

,, II (a) Dissection and Identification 

of Chordata . . . . 65 

II (&) Simple Section cutting tech- 

nique . . 65 

Zoology, taken as subsidiary subject : 

Theiory Paper I Non-Chordata, Cytology and 

Histologiy . . . . . . . 70 

II Chordata and General Principles 

of Evolution . . . . 70 

Practical .. .. .. ..60 



388 HANDBOOK Otf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(3) Theology or Morals. 
The pass percentage is the same as in the B.A. Examination, 

'Master of Science (MSc.). The course extends over twc 
years and is open to graduates in Science. A candidate ma;y 
offer one of the following subjects, provided he has studied it 
as his main subject for B.Sc. Examination. There will be twc 
Examinations, the Previous and the Final. 

1. Chemistry. 

In the Previous M.Sc. Examination in Chemistry there will 
he six papers on the following: 

(1) General and Inorganic Chemistry. 

(2) Organic Chemistry. 

(3) Physical Chemistry. 

(4) Practical including Mineral Analysis. 

(5) Organic Analysis and Organic Preparations. 

(6) Physico-Chemical Measurements. 

In the Final M.Sc. Examination in Chemistry there will be 
two papers on a selected subject, viz., Physical, Inorganic 01 
.Organic Chemistry besides a thesis based 'on original research. 

2. Physics. 

In the Previous M.Sc. Examination in Physics there will 
be the following papers : 

(1) General Physics and Sound. 

(2) Optics (Geometrical and Physical). 

(3) Heat including Thermodynamics. 

(4) Practical Examination in Heat, Sound and Pro- 

perties of Matter. 

(5) Practical Examination in Optics. 

In the Final M.Sc. Examination in Physics there will be 
the following papers : 

Marks, 

1st Paper Classical Electricity and Magnetism 100 

2nd Modern Electricity . . . . 100 

3rd Special subjects 

Any one of the following : . . 100 

(a) Spectroscopy (including Quan- 
tum Theory). 
(6) X-Rays. 

(c) Wireless Telegraphy and Tele- 
phony. 

(d) Photo-Electricity and Television. 

4th Practical Examination in Electricity 100 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 389 

Marks. 

5th Paper Report on practical work intensively 
carried out by the candidate 
with a view to verify and sup- 
plement the available data on 
some special problem of Physics 100 



500 



-3. Zoology. 

In the Previous Examination in Zoology there will be the 
following papers and practical examinations: 

( 1 ) Non-Chordata : Protozoa Sipuncidoide. 

(2) Non-Chordata: Polyzoa Mollusca. 

(3) Essays on some subjects of Non-Chordata. 

(4) Practical : Protozoa Sipunculoidea. 
( 5 ) Practical : Polyzoa Mollusca. 

In the Final Examination in Zoology there will be the fol- 
lowing papers and practical examinations: 

( 1 ) Chordata : Hemichordata Amphibia. 

(2) Chordata: Reptilia, Aves and Mcwnmalia. 

(3) General principles of Biology, Cytology and Histology. 

(4) Practical : Hemichordata Amphibia. 

(5) Practical: Reptilia -Mammalia. 

Or 

Thesis Group 

(1) Special subject-matter of the thesis. 

(2) Thesis including viva voce. 

.(3) General principles of Biology, Histology and Cytology. 
(4) Practical examinations on subject-matter of the thesis, 

Or 

Special Group 

(1) Fauna of Hyderabad State with reference to Special 

group. 

(2) General paper on Special group. 

(3) General Biology, Cytology and Histology. 

(4) Two practicals on the Special group. 

4. Botany. 

In the Previous Examination in Botany there will be the 
following papers: 

Paper I Thallophyta. 

II Bryophyta and Pteridophyta. 

III Gymnosperms and General Histology. 
14 



390 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

In the Final Examination in Botany there will be the follow- 
ing papers : 

Paper I General Biology. 
II Angiosperms. 
III Physiology and Ecology. 

Or 

Paper I General Biology. 
II Special Group. 
III A Thesis based on the special subject. 

The pass percentage is the same as in the M.A. Examination,, 
but candidates have to pass separately in the Practical and 
Theoretical portions and to secure at least 25 per cent, in each, 
paper, otherwise they are deemed to have failed. 

THEOLOGY. 

The Matriculation Examination. The course extends over 
three years as in the Arts Faculty. Private candidates are also- 
admitted on the same conditions as in the Arts Faculty. The 
subjects for study and examination are : 

(1) English (two papers), (2) History and Geography 
(two papers), (3) Elementary Mathematics (two papers), (4) 
Science (one paper), (5) Arabic (two papers), (6) Aqaid 
(Dogmatics) (one paper), (7) Fiqah (Muslim Law) (one 
paper). 

Papers in 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 are the same as in the Faculty of 
Arts. The pass percentage for the First Class is the same as 
for Arts. For a Second Class the candidate should secure 35 
per cent, in English, Arabic, Fiqah and Aqaid and 30 per cent. 
in the remaining subjects. Candidates who obtain 30 pe'r cent. 
in English, Arabic and Fiqah and Aqaid and 25 per cent, in the 
remaining subjects and an aggregate of 30 per cent, are placed 
in the Third Class. 

The Rules for passing under the Compartment System are- 
the same as for the Faculty of Arts. 

The Intermediate Examination. The subjects for study and' 
examination are: (1) English (three papers as in the Arts 
Faculty), (2) Arabic (two papers as in the Arts Faculty),. 
(3) Fiqah-wa-Usul-i-Fiqah (Muslim Law) (two papers), (4) 
Tafsir, Hadis-wa-Usul-i-Hadis (Qoranic Exegesis and Tradi- 
tions) (two papers), (5) Aqaid, including Mabadi-i-Hikmat 
(Dogmatics and Elements of Philosophy) (one paper). 

* The marks for a pass and classification of successful candi- 
dates are the same as for the Intermediate Examination in Arts. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 391 

For the purpose of the Compartment System, the examina- 
tion is divided into three groups : 

1 . English. 

2. Arabic. 

3. Theological Subjects. 

( Fiqah-wa-Usul-i-Fiqah, Tafsir, Hadis-wa-Usul-i- 
Hadis and Aqaid.) 

A candidate who fails in any one of these groups and 
passes in the other two, shall be allowed to appear at a sub- 
sequent examination only in the group in which he failed, pro- 
vided that the marks obtained by him in that group in the 
previous examination do not fall short of 25 per cent. For 
passing in group (3) under this system he shall obtain 33 per 
cent, in each of the subjects of this group and at least 35 per 
cent, in the aggregate. 

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.). The course of study extends over 
two years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination. 
The subjects for study and examination are: (1) English 
(four papers as in the Faculty of Arts), (2) Arabic (three 
papers as in the Faculty of Arts), (3) Fiqah and Usul-i-Fiqah 
.(Muslim Law) (two papers), (4) Any one of the following: 

(a) Tafsir (Qoranic Exegesis). 

(b) Hadis-wa-Usul-i-Hadis (Traditions). 

(c) Kalam and Usul-i-Din (Dialectics). 

(two papers in each.) 

To obtain a pass, 33 per cent, of the marks are required in 
ach subject and classes are arranged on the same basis as at 
the B.A. Examination in the Arts Faculty. 

Master of Arts (M.A.). The course of study extends over 
two years subsequent to passing the B.A. Examination. The 
.subjects for study and examination are: 

One of the following: (1) Fiqah-wa-Usul-i-Fiqah (Mus- 
lim Law), (2) Kalam-wa- Aqaid (Dialectics), (3) Tafsir 
(Qoranic Exegesis), and (4) Hadis, including Sirat (Traditions). 
"There are eight papers in each subject. 

The marks for a pass and classification of successful candi- 
dates are the same as for the M.A. Examination in Arts. 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.). The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to graduation. During the first 



392 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

year, a candidate is required to study the following subjects and 
will be examined in them at the end of the year : 

1. Criminal Law and Procedure. 

2. Torts and Easements. 

3. Evidence. 

4. Contracts. 

5. Roman Law. 

6. Constitutional Law. 

There are six papers set at the examination, one for each' 
of the above-mentioned subjects. 

40 per cent, of the marks must be obtained for a pass in 
each paper. Those who obtain 60 per cent, or more are placed 
in the First Class and those who obtain 45 per cent, in the 
Second Class. 

After passing the above examination, a candidate for the 
Degree is required to study during the second year the following 
subjects and be examined therein : 

1. Hindu Law. 

2. Muhammadan Law (including Usul-i-Fiqah) . 

3. Civil Procedure and Law relating to Civil Courts in 

His Exalted Highness the Nizam's Dominions; 
Limitation (excluding schedules). 

4. Trusts and Specific Relief. 

5. Jurisprudence and International Law. 

6. Transfer of Property, Land Tenures including 
Atiyyat (grants of land). 

There are six papers set at the examination, one for each 
subject. 

The minimum for a pass and the classification of successful 
candidates are the same as for the Previous Examination. 

MEDICINE. 

The Degree of M.B.BS. The course of study extends over 
five years. Students who have passed the Intermediate Examina- 
tion with Physics, Chemistry (Organic and Inorganic), Botany 
and Zoology are eligible for admission to the course. They are 
required to pass three examinations called the First, Second and 
Final M.B.B.S. Examinations respectively, and to pass each 
examination 50 per cent, of marks are to be obtained separately 
in the written and oral tests in each subject. Successful candi- 
dates obtaining not less than 75% of the aggregate number of 
marks are placed in the First Division and the rest in the Second. 

Each of the first two M.B.B.S. examinations shall consist 
of two subjects and candidates shall be required to pass in both: 
at the same time; whereas the Final or Third M.B.B.S. Examina- 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 393 

tion shall consist of two groups of two subjects each, and candi- 
dates shall be required to pass at least in both subjects of any 
one group at the same time. 

First M.B.B.S. Examination. 

The First M.B.B.S. Examination shall be held in the fol- 
lowing subjects after a course of study extending over two 
academic years : 

(a) Human Anatomy and Embryology. 
(/;) Physiology including Bio- Chemistry. 

Second M.B.B.S. Examination. 

The Second M.B.B.S. Examination shall be held in the fol- 
lowing subjects after a course of study extending over one 
academic year after the passing of the First M.B.B.S. Examina- 
tion : 

(a) Materia Medica and Pharmacology. 

(b) Hygiene. 

(c) Forensic Medicine. 

Final M.B.B.S. Examination. 

The Final M.B.B.S. Examination shall be held in the fol- 
lowing subjects after a course of study extending over two years 
after passing the Second M.B.B.S. Examination: 

Group I. 

(a) Medicine and Clinical Medicine including Thera- 

peutics and special subjects. 

(b) Pathology and Bacteriology. 

Group II. 

(a) Surgery and Clinical Surgery. 

(b) Ophthalmology and Oto-rhino-laryngology. 

(c) Obstetrics, Gynaecology and Diseases of Infancy. 

ENGINEERING. 

B.E. Examination. The course extends over four years of 
which three years shall be spent in the College and the fourth 
chiefly in works. There will be two Examinations, the Part I 
Examination will be held at the end of the second year and 
the Part II or the Final Examination after the completion of 
the three years' College Course. Civil Engineer students shall 
be attached for one year to P. W. Divisions, and Mechanical 
Engineer students shall spend the final year in a recognized 
Engineering Workshop. 



394 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Candidates seeking admission to the College for the B.E. 
Degree will be required: 

(a) to be not under 17 or above 21 years of age; 

(b) to produce a health certificate as to fitness for out- 

door work; 

(c) to have passed the Intermediate Examination of a 

recognized University with Mathematics, Physics 
and Chemistry as Optional subjects; 

(d) to produce a testimonial of good character and to 

possess a satisfactory knowledge of the Urdu 
language. 

The subjects for the Examinations will be as follows: 

B.E. Part I Examination. 
Group I. 

(1) Heat Engines .. .. 100) 

(2) Theory of Machines . . . . 100 j 
Group II. 

(1) Strength of Materials .. .. 1001 

(2) Theory Structures . . . . 100 | 

(3) Hydraulics . . . . . . 100 I 

(4) Practical Examinations in Testing 
of Materials and Mechanical Engi- 
neering Laboratories . . . . 100 

Group III 

(1) Survey (Theory) .. .. 1001 

(2) Survey (Practical) . . . . 50 1 

(3) Engineering Design and Geometri- [ 
cal Drawing (4 hours paper) .. 150J 

Group IV. 

(1) Pure Mathematics .. .. 150 1 

(2) Applied Mathematics .. .. 150J 



TOTAL MARKS .. 1,200 



B.E. Part II Examinations. 

Civil,. 
Group I. 

(1) Civil Engineer and R. C. Design *) 
(4 hours paper) . . . . 150 | 

(2) Roads and Railway Engineering . . 150 \ 550 

(3) Irrigation . . . . , . 100 j 

(4) Water-supply and Sanitary Engineering 150 | 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 



395 



Group II. 

(1) Elasticity of Materials . . . . 100 ] 

(2) Theory of Structures . . . . 100 

(3) Hydraulics . . . . . . 100 

(4) Practical Examinations in Testing 

of Materials and Hydraulic Laboratories 150 

Group III. 

(1) Geodesy (Theory) .. .. 100 

(2) Geodesy (Practical) . . . . 100 

(3) Viva Voce and Drawing work done 
in 2nd and 3rd Year Classes (50 
marks for Viva Voce and 50 marks 

for Drawing work) . . . . 200 



100 } 

150 

100)- 

150 J 



450 



400 



550 



TOTAL MARKS . . 1,400 

MECHANICAL. 
Group I. 

(1) Theory of Machines . . . . 100" 

(2) Organisation of Industries and 
Works Management 

(3) Higher Theory of Thermodynamics 

(4) Metallurgy and Fuel 

(5) Aeronautics and Aero-Engines 

Group II. 

( 1 ) Elasticity of Materials 

(2) Electro-Technics 

(3) Hydraulics, Hydraulic Machinery 

(4) Practical Examinations in Hydraulic, 
Mechanical Engineering Laboratories 

Group III. 

(1) Machine and Machine Tool Design 

(4 hours paper) . . . . 150 

(2) Viva Voce and Drawing work done 
in the 2nd and 3rd Year Classes (50 
marks for Viva Voce and 150 marks 

for Drawing work) . . . . 200 j 

TOTAL MARKS .. 1,400 



500 



350 



The pass percentage for the B.E. Examination shall be as 
follows : 

1st Class 70% in the aggregate ) 
2nd Class 50% in the aggregate J 



331 
66 



in each Daoer 
m each papen 



396 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Candidates who fail in one subject only but pass in the 
aggregate will be promoted to the next higher class, and will 
be declared to have passed the Examination if they pass in that 
subject only at a subsequent examination. 

EDUCATION. 

Diploma in Education. The course for the Diploma in 
Education shall extend over one year and will be open to 
graduates in Arts or Science of the Osmania University or of a 
recognized University. Besides the written examination, there 
will be a practical examination in the teaching of the subjects 
selected. Every candidate shall give two lessons in the presence 
of a Board of two Examiners. 

Candidates shall be examined in 

Marks. 

I. Principles of Education and Psychology . . 100 

(a) Principles of Education. 

(b) Elementary Educational Psychology. 

IT. School Management and Hygiene . . . . 100 

III. History of Educational Ideas and Select Classics 

in Education . . . . . . . . 100 

IV. Methods of teaching any two of the following 

subjects: .. .. .. ..100 

Physical or Biological Sciences, History, Geo- 
graphy, Mathematics, English, Urdu, Marathi, 
Kanarese, Telugu and Indian Classical Languages. 

V 7 . (a) Modern Educational Systems and 
Problems 

(b) Educational Psychology . . . . [> 100 

(c) Child Education 

In Paper V, 25 marks shall be assigned to the College 
record ; 200 marks shall be assigned to Practical Examinations, 
and out of these 100 marks shall be assigned to the College 
record. 

Instruction will also be imparted in the following additional 
subjects, but no examination will be held therein: 

(a) Blackboard Illustration. 

(b) Manual Training and Handwork, or Nature Study 

and Gardening. 

(c) Physical Training. 

All papers shall be of 3 hours' duration each. 

Candidates who obtain not less than 30 per cent, of the 
marks in Papers I to V and 33 per cent, in the aggregate of the 
written examination, and 35 per cent, in the practical examina- 
tion shall be declared to be eligible to receive the Diploma in 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 397 

Education. All other candidates shall be deemed to have failed. 
Of the successful candidates those who obtain not less than 60 
per cent, of the total marks shall be placed in the First Division, 
and those who obtain not less than 45 per cent, of the total 
marks shall be placed in the Second Division. The remaining 
successful candidates shall be considered to have passed in the 
Third Division. Successful candidates who obtain not less than 
65 per cent, of the marks in the paper relating to Methods of 
Teaching (IV) shall be declared to have obtained distinction 
in that subject. In practical examination candidates who obtain 
50 per cent, of the marks shall be placed in the Second Division 
and those who secure 65 per cent, shall be placed in the First 
Division. 

Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

Matriculation Examination: (Arts and Theology) 

(a) Students of recognized High Schools . . . . 10 

(b) Private Students . . . . . . . . 15 

(c) Those who have passed the Maulvi or Munshi 

Examination of His Exalted Highness the 

Nizam's Government appearing in English only 5 

Intermediate Examination (Arts and Theology) . . 20 

B.A. Degree Examination . . . . . . . . 30 

M.A. Examination . . . . . . . . 60 

M.A. Previous Examination . . . . . . . . 30 

M.A. Final Examination . . . . . . . . 30 

B.Sc. Examination . . . . . . . . 30 

M.Sc. Previous Examination . . . . 30 

M.Sc. Final Examination . . . . . . . . 30 

FACULTY OF LAW. 

LL.B. (Previous) . . .. .. .. ..30 

LL.B. (Final) .. .. .. .. ..30 

FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 
M.B.B.S. 

First three Professional Examinations Each 15 

Fourth Professional Examination . . . . 30 

B.E. 

Part I Examination . . . . . . . . 20 

Part II Final Examination . . . . . . 30 

FACULTY OF EDUCATION. 

Diploma in Education . . . . . . . . 40 

F 



The Panjab University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University was established in 1882, being the fourth 
in India. The Indian Universities' Act of 1904 made certain 
changes, as in the case of the other Universities, and the terri- 
torial limits of the University were defined as including the 
Panjab, North- West Frontier Provinces, British Baluchistan 
and Kashmir. 

The University was for a long time an examining body of 
candidates sent up for its examinations from the affiliated 
Colleges. But since 1919, several measures have been taken to 
introduce teaching under the control and direct operation of the 
University. At present, not only is the Honours teaching in 
every subject directly under the control of the University, but 
Colleges the Oriental, Law and the Hailey College of Commerce 
are administered by the University. Some attempt has been 
made at co-ordination of the teaching in the Colleges at Lahore. 

The following are the several institutions affiliated for the 
different examinations of the University and their respective 
Principals ; but a special feature is the recognition of Inter- 
mediate Colleges with a four-year course, two of which lead 
up to the Matriculation Examination and the other two to the 
Intermediate Examination. 

Institution. Principal. 

Government College, Dr. H. B. Dunnicliff, M.A., SC.D., 

Lahore F.I.C., i.E.s., Professor of Che- 

mistry. 

Oriental College, M. Mohammad Shafi, M.A. 

Lahore 

Law College, Lahore . . Chuni Lai Anand, Esq., M.A., W,.B., 

Bar-at-Law. 

Forman Christian College, Dr. S. K. Datta, B.A., M.B., ch.B. 

Lahore 

Dayanand Anglo-Vedic L. Mehr Chand, M.A., M.SC. (Pb. 

College, Lahore and Boston Tech.). 

Dyal Singh College, Pt. Hem Raj, M.A. (Pb.), Senior 

Lahore Professor of Mathematics. 

"The Islamia College, M. A. Ghani, Esq., M.A. (Offg. 

Lahore Principal). 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 399 

Institution. Principal. 

P. N. Moulik, Esq., M.A., B.I,. 



The Sanathana Dharma 
College, Lahore 

Kinnaircl College for 
Women, Lahore 

Central Training College, 
Lahore. 

King Edward Medical 
College, Lahore 

Lady Hardinge Medical 
College, New Delhi 

The Mohindra College, 
Patiala 



Government College, 
Ludhiana 

Dayanand Anglo- Vedic 
College, Jullundur City 

Randhir College, 
Kapurthala 

The Khalsa College, 
Amritsar. 

The Panjab Agricultural 
College, Lyallpur 

Murray College, Sialkot 
City 

Prince of Wales College, 
Jammu 

Gordon College, 
Rawalpindi 

Dayanand Anglo- Vedic 
College, Rawalpindi 

Islamia College, Peshawar 

Edwardes College, 
Peshawar 



Miss I. T. McNair, M.A. (nons.) 
(Glasgow), Principal and Lec- 
turer in English. 

K. B. Sh. Nur Elahi, M.A., I.E.S. 

Lt.-Col. P. B. Bharucha, O.B.E., 
D.S.O., L.M.&S. (Bom.), L.R.C.P. 
(Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), I.M.S. 

Dr. Ruth Young, B.SC., M.B., ch.B., 
M.B.E., W.M.S. 

B. N. Khosla, Esq., M.A. (Pb.), 
B.A. (HOIIS.) (Cantab.), Profes- 
sor of Economics. 

K. C. Bose, Esq., B.A. (nons.), 
M.A., BX. (Cal.), Professor of 
English and Acting Principal. 

A. C. C. Hervey, Esq., M.A., I.E.S., 
Professor of English. 

Pt. Mehr Chand, B.A. (Panjab), 
Professor of Theology. 

S. Arbel Singh, B.SC., Professor of 
Science. 

Bhai Jodh Singh, M.A. 

K. B. Mian M. Afzal Husain, M.A., 

M.SC., I.A.S. 

Rev. John Garrett, M.A. (Glasgow), 
Professor of English. 

L. Sewa Ram Suri, M.SC., Profes- 
sor of Physics. 

Dr. R. R. Stewart, M.A., Ph.D. 
L. Gian Chand, M.A. 

R. L. Holdsworth, Esq., M.A. 
(Oxon.). 

Rev. C. A. Bender, M.A., Principal 
and Professor of English and 
Economics. 



400 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Institution. 
Emerson College, Multan 

Sri Pratap College, 
Srinagar 

The Lahore College for 
Women, Lahore 

Sadiq-Egerton College, 
Bhawalpur 

The Vedic Bhratri Col- 
lege, Dera Ismail Khan 

Ramsukh Das College, 
Ferozepore City 

Guru Nanak Khalsa 
College, Gu j ranwala 

Hindu Sabha College, 
Amritsar 

Government College, 
Lyallpur 



Govt. Intermediate College, 
Gujarat 

Government Intermediate 
College, Campbell pur 

Malerkotla College, 
Malerkotla State 

The Lawrence College, 
Ghora Gali 

Government Intermediate 
College, Jhang 

Government Intermediate 
College, Dharmasala 

Xhalsa Intermediate 
College, Lyallpur 



Principal. 

M. Muhd. Ibrahim, M.A. (Alld.), 
p.E.s., Lecturer in Mathematics. 

M. Mohammad Ibrahim, M.A., 
M.O.I,. 

Miss C. L. H. Geary, M.A. (Lond.) 

Lt.-Col. Khan Bahadur Zia-ud-Din 
Ahmad, M.A., IJ<.B., R.I.H., Pro- 
fessor of English. 

Kundan Lai Khanna, Esq., M.A. 
(Pan jab), Professor of English. 

P. V. Kanal, Esq., M.A., LL.B,, 
Professor of History and Philo- 
sophy. 

Bawa Harkrishan Singh, M.A. 
(Pb.), Professor of English. 

K. L. Bhatia, Esq., M.A., B.SC. 
(Pb.), M.R.A.S. (Lond.), Pro- 
fessor of English Literature. 

Sri Krishan Kapur, Esq., M.A., 
B.SC., P.K.S. (Class I) (Pb.), 
Principal and Professor of 
Mathematics. 

Md. Husain Hakeem, Esq., M.A., 
p.E.s. 

Sh. Chiragh-ud-Din, M.SC., P,E.S., 
Lecturer in Physics. 

M. R. Qureshi, Esq., M.A V B.T. 
(Pb.), Lecturer in Philosophy 
and English. 

The Rev. W. Francis Cotton, M.A. 
(Oxon.), Lecturer in English. 

S. Prem Singh, M.SC., P.E.S., Lec- 
turer in Chemistry. 

W. A. Barnes, Esq., B.A V p.E.s. 

S. Sadhu Singh, B.SC., O%. Prin- 
cipal. 

S. B. Sen Gupta, Esq., M.A., B.I,. 
(Cal.), Principal. 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 



401 



Institution* 

Dayanand Anglo- Vedic 
College, Hoshiarpur 

Dayanand Mathradas 
College, Moga 

'Government Intermediate 
College, Hoshiarpur 



Government Intermediate 
College. Rohtak 

Hailey College of Com- 
merce, Lahore 



'Government Intermediate 
College, Pasrur 

DeMontmorency College, 
Shahpur Sadr. 

Bishop Cotton School and 
Intermediate College, 
Simla 

'The Lawrence Royal Mili- 
tary School, arid Inter- 
mediate College, 
Sanawar 

The Maclagan Engineer- 
ing College, Moghalpura 
(Lahore) 

M. A. O. College, 
Amritsar 



'Stratford Intermediate 
College for Women, 
Amritsar 

Government Intermediate 
College for Women, 
Lyallpur 

Lady Maclagan Training 
College for Women, 
Lahore 



Principal. 

L. Ram Das, B.A., B.T. (Pb.), 
Lecturer in English. 

R. K. Kumar, Esq., M.A., F.R.E.S., 
Professor of English. 

Sita Ram Kohli, Esq., M.A., 
F.R.mst.s., P.E.S., Lecturer in 
History. 

I. C. Nanda, Esq., M.A. (Pb.), B.A. 
(Oxon.), p.E.s. 

J. W. Thomas, Esq., B.com., B.SC. 
(nons.) (Lond.), Professor of 
Economic History, Banking and 
Currency. 

Barkat Ram Khosla, Esq., B.A., 

B.T., P.E.S. 

U. Kramet, Esq., B.A. (Cantab.). 

Rev. G. Sinker, M.A. (Brasenose 
College, Oxford), Principal. 

Rev. E. A. Evans, M.A. (Cantab.), 
Principal and Headmaster. 



P. R. Bence-Jones, Esq., M.C., M.A., 
M.mst.c.is., M.i.Mech.E. 



Dr. M. D. Taseer, M.A., Ph.D. 
(Cantab.), Principal and Head 
of the English Department. 

Miss L. Sant Singh, B.A., B.T., P.E.S. 
Miss D. E. Phillips, M.A., P.E.S., 
Offg. Principal. 

Miss R. M. Durrani, B.A. (nons.) 
(Lond.), T.D., F.R.G.S. 

Miss T. M. Wright, B.A, 



402 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities of the University are: the Senate and the 
Syndicate (which correspond to the Court and the Executive 
Council of the newer Universities) and the Faculties. 

There is also an Academic Council whose duties are : ( 1 ) to- 
deal with University teaching and to make proposals for the 
initiation of fresh developments; (2) to prescribe, subject 
to the approval of the Senate, and upon the recommendations 
of the Boards of Studies and the Faculties, the Courses of 
Reading, the Syllabuses and the outline of tests in each paper 
for all the examinations in the Arts and Science Faculties other 
than the Bachelor of Teaching and the Matriculation and School 
Leaving Certificate Examination; (3) to approve or reject any 
subject proposed for a thesis for the Doctorate Degree in 
the Oriental, Arts and Science Faculties; (4) to recognize the 
examinations of recognized Universities as equivalent to the 
corresponding examinations of the University of the Panjab, 
excepting the M. & S.L.C. Examination; (5) to recommend to 
the Syndicate the creation of University teaching posts; (6) to 
advise upon all proposals put before the Syndicate for the crea- 
tion or abolition of University teaching posts; (7) to advise 
the Syndicate on proposals of new expenditure on University 
teaching; (8) to recommend to the Syndicate the making of 
grants to a department or Colleges contributing to University 
teaching; (9) to frame general rules for admission to classes 
under University teaching; (10) to frame general rules dealing 
with the principles and methods of examination and for the 
appointment of examiners but not to take part in the selection 
or appointment of the same; (11) to make proposals for distri- 
bution of new grants by the Government to the University and 
to the Colleges for the development of higher teaching; (12) to 
have general control in the management of the University 
Library; (13) to propose rules for the award of Studentships, 
Scholarships, etc., and to award them in accordance with such 
rules; and (14) to promote research within the University. Not 
only are its recommendations accepted by the Syndicate, but 
the Syndicate has frequently on its own initiative invited and 
accepted its opinion on academic matters not strictly within its 
constitutional purview. The policy of giving the teacher in 
purely academic matters an increasingly determining voice has 
been both consolidated and extended. 

The Academic Council has appointed a Standing Committee 
to advise it on various topics, to frame issues and resolutions 
arising out of the agenda for consideration by the Council, and 
to scrutinise and express its opinion on applications of various 
types received and disposed of by it. The Committee has no 
final power, but it facilitates the scrutiny and disposal of work. 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 403 

Officer! and Staff of the University. 

PATRON. 
His Excellency the Right Hon'ble the Marquess of Linlithgow, 

P.C., Kt, G.C.S.I., G.C.I.E., O.B.E., D.L., T.D. 
CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency Sir Herbert William Emerson, 
G.C.I.E., K.C.S.I., C.I.E., C.B.E., i.c.s. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
M. L. Darling, Esq., c.i.E., M.A., i.c.s. 

DEANS. 

M. Mohammad Shafi, M.A. (Oriental Learning). 
Rev. Dr. E. D. Lucas, M.A., D.D., ph.D. (Arts). 
The Hon'ble Sir Douglas Young, Kt., Bar-at-Law, Chief 

Justice (Law). 

Dr. H. B. Dunnicliff, M.A., SC.D., F.I.C., i.E.s. (Science). 
Lt.-Col. P. B. Bharucha, O.B.E., D.S.O., L.M.&S. (Bom.), 

L.R.c.p. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), I.M.S. (Medicine). 
The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Tek Chand, M.A., LL.B. (Commerce). 
K. B. M. Afzal Husain, M.A., M.SC., I.A.S. (Agriculture). 
P. R. Bence-Jones, Esq., M.C., M.A., M.mst.c.E., M.i.Mech.E. 

(Engineering). 

REGISTRAR. 
Rai Bahadur Lala Ishwar Das, M.A., LL.B. 

CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS. 
S. P. Singha, Esq., M.A., LL.B V M.L.A. 

ASSISTANT CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS. 
Bawa Narinjan Singh, M.A. 

ASSISTANT REGISTRAR. 
M. Bashir, Esq., B.SC. (nons.) (Edin.). 

DEAN OF UNIVERSITY INSTRUCTION. 
Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar, O.B.E., D.SC., F.mst.p. 

UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS, READERS AND LECTURERS. 

Arabic .. M. Mohd. Shafi, M.A. (Cantab.), M.A. 

(Pb.) (P.), and four Lecturers. 

Persian . . Dr. Muhammad Iqbal, M.A., ph.D. (p.), 

and four Lecturers. 



404 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Sanskrit 
Botany 

Zoology 
Chemistry 



Economics 



Mathematics 



Astronomy 



History (M.A.) 

History (Honours 
School) 

Political Science 



Part-Time English 
Lecturer for the 
'Science Honours 
Schools 



Dr. Lakshman Sarup, M.A., D.phi/- 
(Oxon.), Officer cT Academic ( France) r 
(p.), and five Lecturers. 

Dr. H. Chaudhuri, M.SC., Ph.D., D.I.C. 
(R.), Head of the Department of 
University Teaching in Botany, four 
Lecturers and three Demonstrators. 

Dr. G. Matthai, M.A., SC.D. ( Cantab. ) r 
F.Z.S. IM/.S., F.R.S.I;., I.E.S. (P.) ;. 
Anand Kumar, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.) 
(R.), one Lecturer and three Demon- 
strators. 

Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar, O.B.E., D.SC., iMnst.p, 
(p.) ; Dr. H. B. Dunnicliff, M.A., SC.D.,. 
F.I.C., i.E.s. (P.) ; Prof. P. C. Spears, 
M.SC. (P.) ; Dr. J. N. Ray, M.SC., Ph.D.,. 
D.SC., tf.i.c. (P.), Dr. N. A. Yajnik, 
M.A., A.I.C., D.SC. (R.), three Lecturers- 
and three Demonstrators. 

Dr. L. C. Jain, M.A., U,.B. (Allahabad),. 
Ph.D., D.sc.Econ. (London) (p.) ; and 
the following take part in co-opera- 
tive teaching: two M.A., one M.A., 
i.E.s., two M.A., Ph.D., and an M.A., 
D.D., ph.D. 

C. V. H. Rao, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.) 
(p.) (on leave) ; Pt. Hem Raj, M.A., 
Offg. Head of the Department ; and 
seven [including one Temporary Lec- 
turer (u.)] Lecturers. 

P. Samuels Lai, Esq., M.A., B.SC., F.R.A.S. 
(R.) ; Sardari Lai, Esq., B.SC., B.T. 
( Demonstrator ) . 

J. F. Bruce, Esq., M.A. (Sydney), M.A. 
(Oxon.) (P.) ; and seven Lecturers. 

J. F. Bruce, Esq., M.A. (Sydney), M.A. 
(Oxon.) (P.) ; and seven Lecturers. 

Prof. G. D. Sondhi, M.A., I.E.S., Head 
of the Department; Dr. L. C. Jain, 
M.A., Ph.D., D.SC. and four Lecturers. 

Dewan Chand Sharma, Esq., M A. 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 



405 



Part-Time Lecturer 
in German 

Technical Chemistry 



Physics 



Dr. B. A. Quraishi, M.A., Ph.D. 



Prof. P. C. Spears, M.SC., and five Lec- 
turers including the Principal, Mac- 
lagan Engineering College. 

J. B. Seth, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.), i.S.s., 
Head of the Department; and seven 
Lecturers and one Temporary Lec- 
turer. 



Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

Total No. of candidates that appeared in various 
Examinations in 1936: 37,727. 

Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations, 1935-36. 



Oriental Faculty 
Arts Faculty 

Science Faculty 



Law Faculty 



B.O.L. 1, Oriental Languages: Sans- 
krit 601, Arabic 84, Persian 366, 
Hindi 1,237, Panjabi 285, Urdu 
129, Pushto 8. 

M. & S.L.C. 13,752, Intermediate 
2,454, Supplementary ( 1935 ) 226, 
B.A. 1,651, B.A. (Hons.) 121, B.A. 
Supplementary (1935) 219, M.A. 
209, B.T. 113, Ph.D. 1. 

Intermediate 545, Intermediate Supple- 
mentary (1935) 147, Medical Stu- 
dents group 417, Medical Students 
group (Supplementary) (1935) 26, 
B.Sc. 146, B.Sc. Supplementary 
(1935) 8, Honours School (Prelimi- 
nary and Subsidiary) 94, B.Sc. 
Honours School 37, M.Sc. (Old 
Type) 9, Honours School in Botany 
4, Zoology 2, (1935). Chemistry 
19, M.Sc. 9. 

First Examination in Law 324, First 
Examination in Law (Supplementary) 
69, LL.B. 327, LL.B. (Supple- 
mentary) 44, Master of Laws 2, 
Special Test in Law 4. 

Diploma in Conveyancing and Deed 
writing 14. 



406 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Medical Faculty .. First M.B.B.S.. 26, First M.B.B.S. 

( Supplementary) 26, Second 

M.B.B.S. 51, Second M.B.B.S. (Sup- 
plementary) 30, Third M.B.B.S. 
(April Session) 64, (October Ses- 
sion) 23, Final M.B.B.S. (October 
Session) 43, (April Session) 27. 

Agricultural Faculty First Examination 45, B.Sc. (Ac.) 

42, M.Sc. (Ac.) 2. 

Commerce Faculty First Examination in Commerce 39, 

B.COM. 24. 

'Engineering Faculty First Examination in Engineering 9, 

Second Examination in Engineering 
15, Final Examination in Engineering: 
(a) Mechanical 2, (b) Electrical 7. 

Other Examinations S.L.C. 12. 

Scholarships and Medals. 

Medals are awarded on the results of the University exami- 
nations for proficiency in the different subjects and scholarships 
are awarded for proficiency in the different subjects and in order 
of merit, and there are several scholarships awarded by reason 
of poverty and on the basis of communal distinction. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The total number of volumes including manuscripts in the 
Library on 31st July 1936, was 90,974: (1) Books 80,369, 
(2) MSS. 10,605 upto 31st July 1936. A sum of Rs. 15,033 
upto 30th September 1936, was spent on the purchase of books 
and MSS. during the year ending 30th September 1936. About 
Rs. 6,744, upto 30th September 1936, were spent on periodicals. 

Provision for Research. 

There are eight Studentships for research whose capital 
value is more than a lakh and a half Rupees and these are 
awarded to students who have distinguished themselves in the 
Master's Examination, for the purpose of investigation and 
research. A good deal of critical and research work is done by 
the University and College teachers. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

During the year 1935-36, the Oriental Publications Fund 
received Rs. 467-2-0 by sales and Rs. 60 by interest and 
received a grant of Rs. 3,000 from the University. A .number of 
important works have been published under the auspices of the 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 407 

University, e.g., A Critical Edition of the Mahaveera Charitam 
edited by the late Pandit Todarmal; Yaska's Niruktam by 
Dr. Lakshman Sarup, and the Sundarananda of Asvaghosha 
edited by Mr. E. M. Johnston, M.A. 

In order to bring the University in direct contact with the 
educated community in the Province, a scheme of University 
Extension Lectures has been inaugurated. According to this 
scheme, public lectures of a popular kind by prominent educa- 
tionists are delivered every year in important mofussil towns. 
By this extension of its activities the University is playing an 
important part in the cultural development of the Province. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Training Corps, the strength of which 
on 1st January 1937, was 21 officers and 636 other ranks. The 
Corps is divided into detachments according to the Colleges in 
Lahpre. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Under the regulations, every undergraduate student at a 
Lahore College is required to live in a college or in a Hostel 
recognized by the University or with his guardian. There are 
ten recognized hostels in addition to the Hostels affiliated to 
Colleges. There is a Students' Residence Committee which 
supervises the residential life of the students of the University. 

Budget. 

The Revenue and Expenditure for the year ending 31st 
March 1936, deducting investments matured and advances re- 
funded, were Rs. 14,87,897 and Rs. 16,45,375 respectively. 
During the year 1935-36, a Government Grant of Rs. 2,09,000 
was received. 

Women's Education. 

There are six Colleges Kinnaird College for Women. 
Lahore, Lahore College for Women, Lahore, Lady Hardinge 
Medical College, New Delhi, Stratford College for Women, 
Amritsar, Lady Maclagan Training College for Women, Lahore, 
and Government Intermediate College for Women, Lyallpur 
exclusively for women. The Kinnaird College is affiliated as 
for the B.A. Degree in English, Mathematics, History, Philo- 
sophy, Economics, Sanskrit, Persian, Urdu and Hindi. Lahore 
College for Women is also affiliated upto the B.A. standard in 
English, Mathematics, History, Philosophy, Chemistry, Sanskrit, 
Urdu, Hindi and Panjabi. Lady Hardinge Medical College is 



408 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

affiliated to the Panjab University for the Intermediate Science 
Examination and the M.B.B.S. Degree Examination. Stratford 
College for Women is affiliated upto the Intermediate standard 
in English, Persian, Sanskrit, History, Mathematics, Philosophy, 
Hindi and Panjabi. Lady Maclagan Training College for Women, 
Lahore, is affiliated to the University for the Degree of Bachelor 
of Teaching. Government Intermediate College for Women, 
Lyallpur, is affiliated upto the Intermediate standard in English, 
Mathematics, History, Geography, Persian, Biology, Urdu, 
Hindi and Panjabi. Lady students seeking for higher degrees 
other than those mentioned above are permitted to join the men's 
colleges. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

Secretary: Professor Madan Gopal Singh, M.A. (Oxon.). 

There is a Foreign Information Bureau instituted for the 
purpose of advising students who are desirous of prosecuting 
their studies abroad. The number of students who corresponded 
during the year ending September 30th, 1934, for information and 
advice has been considerably heavier than in the previous year. 
There is also a Library attached to the Bureau, and it has been 
much improved and extended of late. 

The work of the Bureau has considerably increased and 
students and their parents in increasing numbers have personally 
sought the assistance of the Bureau, not only in regard to the 
courses of study and training abroad, but also regarding personal 
and private matters about which they felt they needed guidance. 
The work of the Bureau is not limited to purely secretarial lines, 
but it includes constant touch with the student community. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

Most of the Colleges arrange for the annual medical inspec- 
tion of the students on their rolls. 

The University has appointed visitors to inspect lodgings 
intended for students in Lahore and encourages recognition of 
private hostels by financial assistance on giving limited control 
to the University over these lodgings. 

The University has instituted a proctorial system for ob- 
serving the behaviour of the students outside the college walls 
and each college affiliated to the University has appointed 
Proctors and Pro-Proctors to see that the rules framed by the 
Committee of Proctors with the approval of the University are 
observed. 

The University has appointed a Director of Physical 
Training who co-ordinates instruction in Physical Training 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 409 

among the various Colleges affiliated to the University. He 
also acts as Secretary to the Panjab University Sports Tourna- 
ment Committee. The object is to create among the University 
students a taste for Physical Training and to meet this object 
an attempt has been made to introduce and standardize Medico- 
Physical Examination in all Colleges. 

With effect from June 1932 Physical Training has been 
made compulsory for Intermediate students (except those who 
are members of the University Training Corps) who are required 
to produce a certificate of having attended not less than 50 periods 
of Physical Training in the first year class in accordance with 
the rules framed by the Syndicate from time to time, before 
they are considered eligible to appear in the Intermediate 
Examination. 

There is a Sports Tournament Committee which arranges 
Annual Tournaments between the various Colleges affiliated to 
the University. The winning teams are awarded cups, shields 
and prizes. It is financed by the University. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

The University offers the degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A., PH.D., D.LiTT. and B.T. in Arts; B.Sc. (Pass 
and Honours), M.Sc., M.Sc.Tscir. and D.Sc. in Science; LL.B., 
LL.M. and LL.D. in Law; M.B.B.S., M.S. and M.D. in 
Medicine; B.D.S., B.Sc. and M.Sc. in Agriculture; B.Sc. in 
Engineering; B.O.L., M.O.L. and D.O.L. in Oriental Learning 
and the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce in Commerce. There 
is also provision for the award by the University of Diplomas in 
Literary titles in Oriental Languages. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

Admission to the University is open to students who have 
passed the Matriculation Examination of this University or an 
examination recognized as equivalent to it. 

ARTS. 

fntcnnediate Examination. The course extends over two 
academical years subsequent to passing the Matriculation 
Examination or any other examination recognized for the 
purpose, a candidate being required to study and be examined 
in four of the following subjects: 1. English (2 papers). 2. A 
Classical Language [Sanskrit, Arabic, Hebrew, Greek, Latin or 
Persian, or in the case of candidates who have not passed the 
Matriculation Examination in a Classical Language, French or 
German as an alternative to a Classical Language at their option, 
#r in the case of female candidates French, German or one of 



410 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the Indian Vernaculars recognized by the University, or in the 
case of European candidates or Indian Students in the Lawrence 
College, Ghora Gali, Urdu or Hindi or Panjabi (2 papers) ], 
and two of the following: Mathematics (2 papers), Physics 
(2 papers and a practical examination), Chemistry (2 papers 
and a practical examination), Philosophy (2 papers), History 
(2 papers), Geography (2 papers), Economics (2 papers), Bio- 
logy (Botany and Zoology) (2 papers and a practical examina- 
tion), Geology (2 papers and a practical examination) ; Chemistry 
can be taken only by a candidate who has taken Physics as his- 
elective subject. 

In Addition to the above subjects a candidate may take 
an additional paper (carrying 50 marks) in an Indian Verna- 
cular recognized by the University, or in French or German if 
the same has not already been taken as a fixed subject, while 
any candidate who is a member of the University Training Corps- 
or of the Panjab Rifles A.F. (I.) and has attended 66 per cent, 
of the parades held, may take Military Science (practical test 
only) as an additional optional subject carrying 50 marks in 
place of the Indian Vernacular or French or German. 

Marks allotted to each subject except the additional paper 
in the Indian Vernacular or in French or in German and in 
Military Science are 150. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject 
and 25 per cent, in the practical examination in case of a science 
subject. Candidates obtaining 65 per cent, or more of the 
aggregate number of marks are placed in the First Division, and 
those obtaining not less than 50 per cent, in the Second Division. 

Any student who obtains 40 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not less- 
than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examination 
in that subject only after about six months or if he fails to pass 
or present himself for the examination then, at the next annual 
examination, and if he passes in that subject in either of these 
examinations he is deemed to have passed the Intermediate 
Examination. 

The candidate to whom this concession is granted is allowed 
to read for the Degree of Bachelor in a College provided he 
joins on or before the last date prescribed for admission to the 
third year class but is not eligible to a scholarship on passing 
the Intermediate Examination. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass and Honours). The course of study 
extends over two years after the Intermediate Examination in 
Arts and Science Faculty of the Panjab University or other 
equivalent examination of any other recognized University and 
the subjects for study and examination are: English (three 



THE: PAN JAB UNIVERSITY 411 

papers) and two of the following subjects: (1) A Classical 
Language (Sanskrit, Arabic, Hebrew, Greek or Latin or Persian 
or French) (two papers), (2) Mathematics, Course A (two 
papers), (3) Mathematics, Course B (two papers), (4) History 
(two papers), (5) Political Economy (two papers), (6) Philos- 
ophy (two papers), (7) Physics, Chemistry, Geology, Botany 
or Zoology (two papers and a practical examination), and 
(8) Astronomy with Optics and Spherical Trigonometry (two 
papers and a practical examination), (9) Political Science (two 
papers), (10) Geography [two papers and a practical paper 
(map work)]. 

In addition to the above three subjects a candidate has the 
option of taking an additional paper (carrying 50 marks) in 
.an Indian Vernacular recognized by the University while any 
candidate, who is a member of the University Training Corps 
or of the Panjab Rifles A.F. (I.) and has attended 66 per cent, 
of the parades held, has the option of taking Military Science 
(one paper and a practical test) carrying 50 marks in place of 
the Indian Vernacular. 

No candidate can take Physics or Chemistry who has not 
taken the corresponding subject in the Intermediate Arts and 
no one can take (8) unless with (2), (3) or (7). 

Marks allotted to each subject except to the additional paper 
in the Indian Vernacular and the Military Science are 150. 

40 per cent, in English, in one other subject and in the 
aggregate of Pass papers, and 33 per cent, in the third subject 
^qualifies a student for an Ordinary Pass. In Science subjects 
this percentage is required in both the practical and the written 
examinations. 40 per cent, is the minimum number of marks 
required to pass in Additional paper in an Indian Vernacular 
and in Military Science. Those obtaining 65 per cent, or more 
of the aggregate number of marks in the Pass papers are placed 
in the First Class and those obtaining not less than 50 per cent, 
in the Second Class. 

Any student who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not less 
than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examination 
in that subject only after about 6 months or if he fails to pass 
or present himself for the examination then, at the next annual 
-examination, and if he passes in that subject in either of these 
examinations, he is deemed to have passed the B.A. Examination, 
but is not eligible for a scholarship or for Honours. 

In the case of students sitting for the Honours Examination 
3 Honours papers of the total value of 200 marks are set in 
addition to the Pass papers in each of the subjects approved 
for Honours. A candidate can take Honours in one of 
the subjects taken up by him for the Pass Course, namely, 



412 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

English, History, Mathematics, Economics, Philosophy (General 
Philosophy or Psychology), Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Physics 
and Geology provided that Honours papers in Mathematics can 
only be taken up by candidates who take up both A and B 
Courses of Mathematics as their elective subjects for the B.A. 
Pass Course. Unless a candidate passes the whole examination 
in all three subjects and obtains SO per cent, in the Pass papers- 
in the subject in which he seeks Honours, his Honours papers- 
shall not be examined. To obtain Honours, a candidate must 
obtain at least 45 per cent, in the Honours papers taken together. 

The marks gained in the Honours papers are not added to 
the total gained in the Pass Examination. 

Master of Arts. The Degree can be obtained by graduates 
in Arts, Science, Agriculture or Commerce of this or other 
recognized Universities and the following are the subjects for 
study and examination of which only one may be selected 
by a candidate: 1. A Language (English, Sanskrit, Arabic, 
Persian, Hebrew, Greek or Latin). 2. History. 3. Political 
Economy. 4. Mathematics. 5. Mental and Moral Philosophy. 
6. Psychology. 7. Political Science. Except in Economics 
six papers of three hours each are set in each of the subjects 
each paper carrying 100 marks. In Economics there shall be 
four papers of three hours each, each carrying 100 marks, and 
either a thesis (including viva voce) carrying 200 marks or an 
approved alternative of two papers carrying the same number 
of marks. In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 40 per cent, 
of the marks in each paper except the Essay paper in English 
in which 45 per cent, are to be obtained and 45 per cent, in 
the aggregate. Candidates who secure 65 per cent, or more in 
the aggregate are placed in the First Division and those obtain- 
ing 55 per cent, are placed in the Second Division. 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in the Arts 
Faculty. The Degree is open to one who has obtained the 
Master's Degree of the Pan jab or of any other recognized Uni- 
versity in the subject other than Mathematics with which his 
thesis is connected and has pursued an advanced course of study 
bearing upon the subject selected by him for the degree for 
three years. Every candidate must submit a thesis on the sub- 
ject previously accepted by the Academic Council showing an 
evidence of original work. Further, if desired by the examiners, 
he must submit himself for an oral or written examination on 
the subject of his thesis and cognate subjects. 

Doctor of Literature (D.Litt.). The Degree is open to one 
who has passed six years previously the examination for the 
Degree of Master of Arts and has already made substantial pub- 
lished contributions to learning. Every candidate must submit 
his work containing an original and substantial contribution to 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 413 

some branch of learning. Candidates who give evidence of 
research and ability satisfactory to the Board of Examiners and 
fulfil the prescribed conditions are admitted to the Degree of 
Doctor of Literature. If the Board of Examiners consider that 
the candidate is not worthy of the Degree of Doctor of Literature, 
but that his work is of a standard equivalent to that required 
for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy, they may recommend 
him to the Syndicate for the grant of the Degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over two 
academical years subsequent to the Matriculation or any other 
Examination recognized for the purpose. 

For candidates taking the Non-Medical Students' Group, 
English is the only fixed subject while Physics, Chemistry, 
Mathematics, Biology, Physiology, Geology and Agriculture are 
the elective subjects out of which a candidate has to take any 
three, provided that Biology and Physiology, and Biology and 
Agriculture together are not allowed in any group of subjects, 
.and provided that candidates taking Mathematics as one of the 
elective subjects are not allowed to attempt the Mathematics 
questions in the Physics paper. 

The following subjects comprise the Medical Students' 
Group: 1. English, 2. Physics, 3. Chemistry, and 4. Biology. 

There are two papers in each subject and a practical exami- 
nation in the case of a Science subject. 

In addition to the above subjects, a candidate (for either 
.group) may take an additional paper (carrying 50 marks) in 
an Indian Vernacular recognized by the University or in French 
or in German, while any candidate, who is a member of the 
University Training Corps or of the Pan jab Rifles A.F. (I.) 
and has attended 66 per cent, of the parades held, may take 
Military Science (practical test only) as an additional subject 
-carrying 50 marks in place of the Indian Vernacular or French 
or German. 

Marks allotted to each subject except the additional paper 
in the Indian Vernacular or in French or in German and in 
Military Science are 130. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject 
and 25 per cent, in the practical examination. Candidates 
obtaining 65 per cent, or more of the aggregate number of marks 
are placed in the First Division and those obtaining not less 
than 50 per cent, in the Second Division. Any student who 
obtains 40 per cent, of the aggregate number of marks but fails 
in one subject only obtaining not less than 25 per cent, in that 



414 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

subject is admitted to an examination in that subject only after 
about six months, or if he fails to pass or present himself for 
the examination then, at the next annual examination, and if 
he passes in that subject in either of these examinations he is 
deemed to have passed the Intermediate Examination. 

The candidate to whom this concession is granted, is allowed 
to read for the degree of Bachelor in a College provided he 
joins on or before the last date prescribed for admission to the 
third year class but is not eligible to a scholarship on passing 
the Intermediate Examination. 

Bachelor of Science (Pass and Honours). The course 
extends over two academical years subsequent to Intermediate 
Examination in Arts or Science, or the First Examination in 
Agriculture of this or other equivalent examination of any 
other recognized University and except in the case of candidates 
who have passed the First Examination in Agriculture, every 
candidate is required to study and be examined in the following 
subjects: I. English (two papers) and one of the following 
Groups: 1. Physics and Chemistry. 2. Botany and Zoology. 
3. Geology and Physics. 4. Zoology and Physiology. 5. Geology 
and Chemistry. 6. Chemistry and Technical Chemistry. 7. Phy- 
sics and Astronomy. 8. Zoology and Chemistry. 9. Physiology- 
and Chemistry. 10. Botany and Chemistry. 11. Botany and' 
Physics. 12. Zoology and Physics. 13. Physiology and Human 
Anatomy. 14. Zoology and Human Anatomy. Every candidate 
who has passed the First Examination in Agriculture is required 
to take up English and any two subjects out of (a) Botany, 
(b) Zoology, (r) Geology, (d) Mathematics, (e) Physics, and 
(/) Chemistry, provided that such a candidate when desirous of 
taking Mathematics or Physics or Chemistry must : 

(i) attend at least two-thirds of the extra lectures arranged 
in Mathematics, or in the case of Physics and 
Chemistry at least twenty extra practicals and two- 
thirds of the extra lectures arranged in the subject 
concerned, and 

(ii) appear in and pass in the subject concerned in the 
supplementary F.Sc. Examination in September or 
in the next annual examination. 

Two papers are set in each group and there is also a practi- 
cal examination. Candidates must choose only the group of sub- 
jects they have chosen for the Intermediate Examination with- 
certain exceptions. Provided that they cannot take up Astronomy 
unless they have also taken up Mathematics in the Intermediate 
Examination. 

In addition to the above subjects a candidate may take up- 
additional papers in an Indian Vernacular recognized by the 



THE PAN JAB UNIVERSITY 415 

University, while any candidate, who is a member of the Univer- 
sity Training Corps or of the Panjab Rifles A.F. (I.) and 
has attended 66 per cent, of the parades held, has the option 
of taking Military Science (a written paper and a practical test) 
*as an additional optional subject in place of an Indian Verna- 
cular. It is not necessary for the candidate to have qualified in 
the Military Science in the Intermediate Examination. 150 
marks are allotted to each subject except Indian Vernacular or 
the Military Science which carries 50 marks. 

In order to pass a candidate must obtain 33 per cent, in 
English and 40 per cent, in each Science subject and in the 
aggregate of the pass papers. In each Science subject this pass 
percentage is required in the written examination and in the 
aggregate but only 33 per cent, in the practical examination. 
40 per cent, is the minimum for passing in Additional papers 
in Indian Vernacular or Military Science both written and 
practical. Those obtaining 65 per cent, or more of the aggregate 
number of marks in the Pass papers are placed in the First 
Division and those obtaining not less than 50 per cent, in the 
Second Division. Marks obtained in Indian Vernacular or 
Military Science are not counted for purposes of Division but 
.a separate certificate of having qualified in the subject is granted 
to candidates successful in the subject. 

Any student who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not less 
than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examination 
'in that subject only after about 6 months or if he fails to pass 
or present himself for the examination then, at the next annual 
-examination, and if he passes in that subject in either of these 
examinations, he is deemed to have passed the B.Sc. Examina- 
tion, but is not eligible for a scholarship or for Honours. 

Similarly a candidate who fails only in one practical but 
obtains not less than 25 per cent, in that practical and not less 
than 40 per cent, in the aggregate of that subject and in the 
.aggregate of all the subjects is admitted to an examination in 
that subject only after about 6 months or if he fails to pass or 
present himself for the examination then, at the next annual 
examination, and if he passes he is deemed to have passed the 
B.Sc. Examination but is not eligible for a scholarship or for 
Honours. 

Honours. Honours is allowed in Physics and Geology only. 
A candidate has also the option of taking the three English 
papers meant for the B.A. candidates and further to take up 
Honours in English as well; the total number of marks for 
Honours papers being 200. To obtain Honours, a candidate 
should secure at least 45 per cent, in the Honours papers taken 



416 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

together and 50 per cent, in the Pass papers in the subject in 
which he seeks Honours. 

Marks obtained in the Honours papers are not added to the 
total gained in the Pass Examination. 

Master of Science. The course is open to graduates in 
Science or Agriculture or Arts (with Physics or Chemistry as 
one of their subjects in the B.A.) of this University or other 
recognized Universities, and one of the following subjects should 
be selected for study and examination: 1. Physics, 2. Geology,. 
3. Physiology. There will be five papers of three hours each 
in every subject and a practical test. In order to pass, a candi- 
date must obtain 33 per cent, in each paper and in the practical 
and 45 per cent, in the aggregate. 700 marks in total are 
allotted to each subject. 65 per cent, or more of the aggregate 
qualifies one for a First Class and 55 per cent, for a Second 
Class. 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in the Science 
Faculty. The Degree is open to one who has obtained the 
Degree of Master of Science in the Faculty of Science or the 
Faculty of Agriculture, or of Master of Arts in Mathematics 
of the University of the Pan jab or of any other recognized 
University or being a graduate of the University of the Pan j ab- 
bas passed any other equivalent examination in the subject with, 
which his thesis is connected and has pursued an advanced- 
course of study bearing upon the subject selected by him for 
the Degree for three years after passing his examination for the 
Degree of Master, or if he has passed the Degree of Master 
from any other recognized University (a) that he has for three 
years carried on research work under approved supervision in 
an institution affiliated to this University; and (b) that in the 
case of Science subjects his examination for the Degree of 
Master included some research work. The candidate must sub- 
mit a thesis showing ability in original research on a subject 
previously accepted by the Academic Council. Further if desired 
by the Examiners he must submit himself for an oral or written 
Examination on the subject of his thesis and cognate subjects. 

Doctor of Science (D.Sc.). The Degree is open to one who* 
has passed six years previously the examination for the Degree 
of Master of Science and has already made substantial published 
contributions to Science. Every candidate must submit his. 
work containing an original and substantial contribution to some 
branch of learning. Candidates who give evidence of research 
and ability satisfactory to the Board of Examiners and fulfil 
the prescribed conditions are admitted to the Degree of Doctor 
of Science. If the Board of Examiners consider that the candi- 
date is not worthy of the Degree of Doctor of Science, but that 
his work is of a standard equivalent to that required for the 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 417 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy, they may recommend him to 
the Syndicate for the grant of the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 

ORIENTAL. 

Intermediate Examination (F.O.L.). The course extends 
over two academical years subsequent to passing the M. & S.L.C. 
Examination of the Panjab University with a Classical Language 
(Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian) as one of the subjects. A candi- 
date is required to study and be examined in the following: 
1. Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian, 2. English, 3. History, 4. An 
Indian Vernacular (Urdu or Hindi or Panjabi). There will be 
four papers of three hours each in Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian 
of the total value of 300 marks. In English, History and Indian 
Vernacular, there are two papers of three hours each (total value 
of marks in each subject being 100). 

Questions set by the examiners shall be set in English, but 
the answers written by the candidates may be in English 
or any Vernacular of India recognized by the University in the 
case of all subjects except English in which the medium shall 
be English. 

The minimum number of marks for a pass is 33 per cent, 
in each subject. Those obtaining 65 per cent, or more of the 
aggregate number of marks are placed in the First Class and 
those obtaining not less than 50 per cent, in the Second Class. 

Any student who obtains 40 per cent, of the aggregate num- 
ber of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not less 
than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examination 
in that subject only after about 6 months or if he fails to pass 
or present himself for the examination then, at the next annual 
examination, and if he passes in that subject in either of these 
examinations he is deemed to have passed the Intermediate 
Examination. 

The candidate to whom this concession is granted is allowed 
to read for the Degree of Bachelor in a College provided he 
joins on or before the last date prescribed for admission to the 
third year class, but is not eligible to a scholarship on passing 
the Intermediate Examination. 

Bachelor of Oriental Learning (B.O.L.). The course 
extends over two academical years subsequent to passing the 
Intermediate Examination in the Oriental Faculty of the Uni- 
versity of the Panjab or the B.A. Examination of the Panjab or 
any other recognized University, the following being the subjects 
for study and examination: 1. Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian (300 s 
marks), 2. English or History (100 marks), and 3. An Indian 
Vernacular (Urdu, Hindi or Panjabi) (100 marks). In Sans- 
krit, Arabic or Persian, there are four papers of three hours 



418 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

each. Two papers are set in each of the other subjects, except 
in English in which 3 papers are set. 

Questions set by the examiners shall be set in English, 
but the answers written by the candidates may be in English 
or any Vernacular of India recognized by the University in the 
case of all subjects except English in which the medium shall 
be English. 

The minimum number of marks for a pass is 40 per cent, 
in the fixed subject, in one other subject and in the aggregate, 
and 33 per cent, in the third subject. Any student who obtains 
50 per cent, of the aggregate number of marks but fails in one 
subject by not more than 5 marks, is deemed to have passed. 

65 per cent, of the aggregate or more will qualify a candidate 
for the First Division and not less than 50 per cent, for the 
Second Division. 

Master of Oriental Learning (M.O.L.). The course of 
study extends over one academical year subsequent to graduation 
in Oriental Learning in the Pan jab University and is also open 
to students who have taken the Degree of M.A. of this or of 
any other recognized University. The following are the subjects 
for study and examination (one only to be taken by a candidate) : 
1. Sanskrit, 2. Arabic, or 3. Persian. Six papers of three hours 
each are set in each language. 

The questions set by the examiners shall be set in English. 
All answers are to be written in the Vernacular selected by the 
candidate as medium of examination in his application and every 
candidate is required to write in the language selected by him 
an essay on a subject connected with the History or Literature 
of that language. 

The minimum for a pass in this examination is 50 per cent, 
in the aggregate and 33 per cent, in each paper (except the paper 
on Composition for which 50 per cent, is required). Candidates 
who obtain 70 per cent, or more of the aggregate number of 
marks are placed in the First Class, and those gaining 60 per 
-cent, in the Second Class. 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in the Oriental 
Faculty. The Degree is open to one who has taken the Degree 
of Master of Oriental Learning in the subject with which his 
thesis is connected and has pursued an advanced course of study 
bearing upon the subject selected by him for the degree for 
three years after passing his Examination for the Degree of 
Master. Every candidate must submit a thesis on a subject 
previously accepted by the Academic Council, showing evidence 
of original work. Further, if desired by the Examiners, he must 
submit himself for an oral or written Examination on the subject 
of his thesis and cognate subjects. 



THE) PANJAB UNIVERSITY 419 

Doctor of Oriented Learning (D.O.L.). The Degree is 
open to one who has passed six years previously the examination 
for the Degree of Master of Oriental Learning and has already 
made substantial published contributions to learning. Every 
candidate must submit his work containing an original and 
substantial contribution to some branch of learning. Candidates 
who give evidence of research and ability satisfactory to the Board 
of Examiners and fulfil the prescribed conditions are admitted 
to the Degree of Doctor of Oriental Learning. If the Board of 
Examiners consider that the candidate is not worthy of the 
Degree of Doctor of Oriental Learning, but that his work is of 
a standard equivalent to that required for the Degree of Doctor 
of Philosophy, they may recommend him to the Syndicate for the 
grant of the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 

Diplomas and Literary Titles in Oriental Learning. Three 
examinations for Proficiency, High Proficiency and Honours* 
respectively are held by the University in the following subjects: 
1. Arabic Language and Literature. 2. Sanskrit Language and 
Literature. 3. Persian Language and Literature. The course 
extends over one year in each case, which must be spent in an 
affiliated institution of the University unless permission to appear 
as a private candidate under the prescribed rules is obtained from 
the University. The Shastri Examination is open only to those 
who have passed the Visharada or M.A. Examination in Sanskrit 
of the Panjab University or any other recognized equivalent 
examinations of other Universities. Six papers of three hours 
each, each paper carrying 100 marks, are set for each examination. 

Candidates for Visharada and Shastri examinations are 
allowed the option of taking two additional papers in Hindi 
and those for Maulyi Alim, Maulvi Fazil, Munshi Alim and 
Munshi Fazil the option of taking two additional papers in Urdu, 
each paper carrying 50 marks. 

The minimum marks required to pass are 25 in each paper 
and 33 per cent, in the aggregate in the case of Proficiency, 
30 in each paper and 40 per cent, in the aggregate in the case 
of the High Proficiency and 33 in each paper and 45 per cent, 
in the aggregate in the case of Honours Examinations. In the 

Pro cl !! n . cy Examination any candidate who obtains % of 

the aggregate number of marks but fails in one paper only obtain- 
ing not less than f marks in that paper is admitted to an 
examination in that paper only after about 6 months or if he 
fails to pass or present himself for the examination then, at 
the next annual examination, and if he passes in that paper inr 
either of these examinations, he is deemed to have passed the 

H . P h r p fic 7. cy Examination. 

High Proficiency 



420 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Candidates who gain 65 per cent, or more of the aggregate 
marks in the Proficiency, High Proficiency and the Honours 
Examinations are placed in the First Division; those who gain 
50 per cent, or more in the Proficiency and High Proficiency 
or 55 per cent, or more in the Honours Examination are placed 
in the Second Division and all below in the Third Division. 

Diplomas conferring the Oriental Literary Titles of Maulvi 
Fazil, Shastri, or Munshi Fazil are granted to persons who have 
passed the examination for Honours in Arabic, Sanskrit or 
Persian respectively. 

Diplomas conferring the Oriental Literary Titles of Maulvi 
Alim, Visharada or Munshi Alim are granted to persons who 
liave passed the examination for High Proficiency in Arabic, 
Sanskrit or Persian respectively. 

EXAMINATIONS IN VERNACULAR LANGUAGES. 

Three examinations (Proficiency, High Proficiency and 
Honours) are held in each of the following Vernacular Lan- 
guages: 1. Urdu Language and Literature. 2. The Hindi Lan- 
guage and Literature. 3. The Panjabi Language and Literature. 
4. The Pushto Language and Literature. The course extends 
over one year in each case which must be spent in an affiliated 
institution of the University unless permission to appear as a 
private candidate, under the prescribed rules, is obtained from 
the University. 

Six papers of three hours each are set in each examination 
except in the Pushto Language in which four papers are set in 
-each Examination. Each paper carries 100 marks. 

The minimum number of marks required to pass the 
Proficiency and the High Proficiency is 40 per cent, in each 
paper, and to pass the Honours Examination a candidate must 

obtain 50 per cent, in each paper. In the TT .7p C T- Cy Ex- 

1 1 l High Proficiency 

.animation any candidate who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggre- 
gate number of marks but fails in one paper only obtaining not 
less than 25 marks in that paper is admitted to an examination 
in that paper only after about 6 months, or if he fails to pass 
or present himself for the examination then, at the next annual 
examination, and if he passes in that paper in either of these 

-examinations, he is deemed to have passed the HllfkroficTenT ^ x ~ 
animation. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

LAW. 

Preliminary Examination. The course extends over one 
year and is open to graduates in the Faculty of Science or of 
Arts or of Commerce or of Agriculture of this or of any other 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 421 

recognized University. The Examination is held by the Principal 
of the Law College, Lahore, who has the power "to retain such 
candidates, as fail to attain the required standard of efficiency. 
The following are the subjects of examination: 1. Jurisprudence 
and Roman Law. 2. Constitutional Law (English and Indian). 
-3. Hindu Law, Muhammaclan Law and Pan jab Customary Law. 
4. Law of Contract and Specific Relief. 

First Examination in Law. The course extends over one 
year and is open to graduates in the Faculty of Science or of 
Arts or of Commerce or of Agriculture of this or of any other 
recognized University after passing the Preliminary Examination 
conducted by the Principal of the Law College, Lahore. A can- 
didate is required to study and be examined in the following : 

(i) Equity with special reference to Trusts and Mortgages, 
(ii) Law of Crimes including selected chapters of the Indian 

Penal Code. 
(Hi) Law of Torts, and Law of Easements, with selected 

cases, English and Indian. 

(iv) Mercantile Law. Syllabus for this subject will be 
prescribed by the Board of Studies out of the following 
branches of Law: Negotiable Instruments, Sale of 
Goods, Partnership, Companies, Agency, Bailment 
Insurance, Patents and Trade Marks, 
(v) Public International Law or Conflict of Laws. 

There will be one paper of 3 hours in each subject carrying 
a maximum of 100 marks. 

A candidate who obtains 40 per cent, of the maximum 
number of marks allotted to each subject and 50 per cent, in 
the aggregate is qualified for a pass in the Second Class, those 
obtaining 65 per cent, in the aggregate being placed in the First 
Class. 

Any student who obtains 50 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not 
less than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examina- 
tion in that subject only after about six months or if he fails 
.to pass or present himself for that examination then, at the 
next annual examination, and if he passes in that subject in 
either of these examinations, he is deemed to have passed the 
First Examination in Law. 

Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.). The course extends over one 
year subsequent to passing the First Examination in Law. The 
following are the subjects for study and examination : 

(i) Civil Procedure and Limitation, 

(ii) Criminal Procedure and Evidence, 

(iii) Pleadings and Conveyancing. 

15 



422 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(iv) Pan jab Land Revenue, Tenancy, Pre-emption and' 
Alienation of Land Acts. 

(v) Minor Acts (the Majority Act, the Guardian and Wards; 
Act, the Court Fees and Suits Valuation Acts, the 
Registration Act, the Provincial Insolvency Act and; 
the Stamp Act). 

A course of lectures on Legal Ethics shall be delivered to^ 
the LL.B. Class of which seventy-five per cent, shall be attended 
by every student. No examination by the University shall be- 
held in this subject but the attendance at the course shall be 
compulsory. 

Five papers of 3 hours each will be set, i.e., one paper in 
each subject, carrying a maximum of 100 marks. 

A candidate who obtains 40 per cent, of the maximum: 
number of marks allotted to each subject and SO per cent, in 
the aggregate is qualified for a pass in the Second Class, those 
obtaining 65 per cent, in the aggregate being placed in the First 
Class. 

Any student who obtains SO per cent, of the aggregate num- 
ber of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not less 
than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examination 
in that subject only after about six months or if he fails to pass- 
or present himself for that examination then, at the next annual 
examination, and if he passes in that subject in either of these 
examinations, he is deemed to have passed the LL.B. Examination. 

The LL.M. Examination. The Examination is open to any 
person who has taken the LL.B. Degree of this University, or 
(subject to the sanction of the Syndicate) the equivalent law 
degree of any other recognized University in India, or in Great 
Britain or Ireland, at least two academical years before the 
examination. The candidates, shall be examined in one of the 
following 4 alternative groups of subjects: Group 1: (1) Juris- 
prudence; (2) Constitutional Laws of England and India; (3) 
Public International Law; (4) Conflict of Laws; (5) Roman 
Law or Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law. Group 2: (1) Land 
Tenures in British India; Easements and Profits; (2) Transfer 
Inter Vivos; Wills and Succession; (3) Equity with special 
reference to Specific Performance, Injunction and Trusts;: 

(4) Hindu Law; (5) Muhammadan Law. Group 3: (1) Law 
of Contract; (2) Law of Torts; (3) Partnership and Sale of 
Goods; (4) Law relating to Negotiable Instruments, Banking, 
Insurance and Trade Marks; (5) Company Law and Bankrupt- 
cy. Group 4: (1) Law of Crimes; (2) Law of Crimes; (3) Law 
of Evidence; (4) Jurisprudence and Theory of Legislation r 

(5) Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law. Five papers of three 
hours each will be set in this examination, each paper carrying; 
a maximum number of 100 marks. 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 423 

In order to pass a candidate has to obtain one-half of the 
maximum number of marks allotted to each paper while a 
candidate who obtains 75 per cent, in the aggregate is deemed 
to have passed the examination 'with Honours'. 

Doctor of Laws (LL.D.). Any person who has passed the 
LL.M. Examination of this University may be admitted to the 
Degree of Doctor of Laws without examination provided that 
the Members of the Board of Studies of the Law Faculty 
testify, to the satisfaction of the Syndicate, that since passing 
the LL.M. Examination, he has practised the profession of Law 
with repute for three years and that he is, by reason of his 
eminent legal attainments and his high character, a fit and proper 
person to receive the Degree of Doctor of Laws, and has pro- 
duced an original thesis approved by the Members of the Board 
on a subject connected with Law. 

Diploma in Conveyancing and Pleadings. The Examina- 
tion is held annually on such date as may be fixed by the Syndi- 
cate. The Examination is open to any person who (a) has 
passed the Bachelor of Laws Examination of the University of 
the Pan jab or of any other recognized University in India or 
has been admitted as a Barrister in England or Ireland or has 
attended the prescribed course of lectures delivered in the Law 
'College, Lahore, for the Bachelor of Laws Examination of the 
Pan jab University and (b) has attended not less than three- 
fourths of the lectures delivered to his class during the year 
preceding the Examination, or is a female candidate. 

The candidates are expected to have a knowledge of Con- 
veyancing and Pleadings, both in English and Urdu. Two papers 
of three hours each are set in this Examination. Each 
question paper carries a maximum number of 100 marks. 
Every candidate who obtains at least 100 marks in both the 
papers combined is deemed to have passed the Examination. 

A student who, having attended the prescribed number of 
lectures, does not appear at the Examination for sufficient cause, 

-or having appeared at the Examination has failed, is allowed to 
appear at the next Examination and the one after the next 

^without attending a fresh course of lectures. 

MEDICINE. 

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery. The course 
'extends over five academical years subsequent to the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Science (with the Medical Students' 
group of subjects) of this University, or any other recognized 
-examinations of other Universities. There are four Professional 
Examinations for the Degree called the First, Second, Third 
.and Final Examinations for the Degree of M.B.B.S. 



424 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

First Professional Examination. The course extends over 
two academical years after the Intermediate Examination in 
Science with Medical Students' group or any other recognized 
equivalent examination, the following being the subjects for 
study and examination : Anatomy and Physiology. In each 
subject there will be one written paper of three hours* duration 
and an oral and practical examination, each subject carrying 
300 marks. 

The minimum for a pass is 50 per cent, in each subject 
both in the written, oral and practical parts of the examination,. 
80 per cent, of the marks in any subject entitling one for a 
pass with distinction in that subject. 

Second Professional Examination. The course extends over- 
one year preceding the examination and is open to candidates- 
who have passed the First Professional Examination, the 
following comprising the subjects for study and examination:: 
1. Materia Medica, and 2. Pathology including Parasitology. 
There will be one paper of three hours' duration in each subject 
and an oral and practical examination, each subject carrying 
300 marks. 

50 per cent, in each subject both in the written, practical 
and oral examinations will qualify a candidate for a pass, 
80 per cent, in any subject entitling him for a pass with distinc- 
tion in that subject. 

A candidate who obtains 50 per cent, of the aggregate num- 
ber of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not less 
than 40 per cent, of the marks in that subject, is admitted to 
an examination in that subject only at any subsequent examina- 
tion, or if he fails to pass or present himself in that examination 
then, at the next annual examination (provided that subsequent 
to His last failing he has attended one course of lectures and 
practical work and has passed the College Sessional Examina- 
tion in that subject) and if he passes in that subject in either 
of these examinations, he is deemed to have passed the Second 
Professional Examination but is not eligible for distinction in 
any subject. 

Third Professional Examination. The course extends over 
one year preceding the examination and is open to candidates 
who have passed the Second Professional Examination, the 
following being the subjects for study and examination: 
1. Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, 2. Hygiene. In each 
subject there will be one written paper of 3 hours 1 duration and 
an oral examination, each subject carrying 150 marks. 

The minimum for a pass is 50 per cent, in each subject 
both in the written and the oral, 80 per cent, of the marks in- 
any subject entitling one for a pass with distinction in that, 
subject. 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 425 

A candidate who obtains 50 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not 
less than 40 per cent, of the marks in that subject is admitted 
to an examination in that subject only at any subsequent exam- 
ination, or if he fails to pass or present himself in that examina- 
tion then, at the next annual examination (provided that 
subsequent to his last failing he has attended one course of 
lectures and practical work and has passed the College Ses- 
sional Examination in that subject) and if he passes in that 
subject in either of these examinations, he is deemed to have 
passed the Third Professional Examination but is not eligible 
for distinction in any subject. 

The Final Professional Examination. The course of study 
extends over one academical year subsequent to passing the 
Third Professional Examination, the following comprising the 
subjects for study and examination: Part A 1. Medicine 
and Diseases of Children (400 marks), 2. Midwifery and Dis- 
eases of Women (400 marks). Part B 1. Surgery and Opera- 
tive Surgery (400 marks), 2. Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose 
and Throat (400 marks). In each subject there is one paper 
of three hours' duration and an oral, clinical and practical 
examination. 

The examination is held twice a year in the months of 
April and October. A candidate may present himself for the 
whole examination at one time or may take the examination in 
two parts A and B, provided that the whole examination must 
be completed within the period of 19 months. 

50 per cent, of the aggregate marks assigned to each subject 
and to the Clinical Examination and 40 per cent, of the aggre- 
gate assigned to the written and oral examinations are required 
to pass this examination. 

80 per cent, in any subject qualifies a candidate for distinc- 
tion in that subject provided that no candidate who does not 
pass in all subjects of the examination at one time shall be 
declared to have passed with distinction in any subject. 

Candidates who complete their curriculum in the minimum 
period of 5 years, pass each of the professional examinations 
at the first attempt and obtain an aggregate of 70 per cent, of 
the available marks in each subject are at the time of gradua- 
tion awarded M.B.B.S. degree "with Honours". 

Special Fiml M.B.B.S. Examination. A Special Exami- 
nation for the Degree of M.B.B.S. is arranged for candidates- 
who desire to sit for the same and who are Licentiates in 
Medicine and Surgery of the University of the Panjab and 
produce certificates (1) of having, subsequently to the systema- 
tic course of lectures on Midwifery, attended for three months 



426 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the practice of a recognized Maternity Hospital or Ward during 
one month of which they have performed the duties of intern 
students, and (2) of having attended twenty cases of labour 
under adequate supervision. 

Every candidate is required to study and be examined in 
the following: 1. Patholojgy including Parasitology (written, 
practical and oral) (300 marks). 2. Diseases of the Eye, Ear 
and Throat (written, clinical and oral) (150 marks). 3. Medi- 
cine (clinical) (100 marks), and 4. Surgery (clinical) (100 
marks). 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent, in each subject 
and SO per cent, in the aggregate, those obtaining 80 per cent, 
in any subject being declared to have passed with Honours in 
that subject. 

A candidate who obtains 50 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not 
less than 25 per cent, of marks in that subject, is admitted to 
an examination in that subject only in the following year or the 
year after that and if he passes in that subject in either of these 
"examinations, he is deemed to have passed the examination but 
is not eligible for Honours in any subject. 

Master of Surgery. (MS.). The Examination is open to 
candidates who, subsequent to passing the M.B.B.S. Examina- 
tion of this University, have completed: (a) 4 years' continu- 
ous surgical practice, or (b) 3 years' post-graduate attendance 
at a hospital recognized by the University for the purpose, or 
(c) 2 years' post-graduate attendance at a hospital recognized 
by the University for the purpose, provided the Final M.B.B.S. 
has been passed 'with Honours' in Surgery, or (</) 4 years' 
continuous medical practice subsequent to passing the L.M.S. 
Examination. The examination will be in any one of the three 
following branches: 

Branch I. General Surgery including Gynaecology, Sur- 
gical Pathology, Surgical Anatomy, a clinical examination, 
Operations on the Dead Body and an oral examination. 

Branch II. General Surgery, Ophthalmology, Anatomy 
and Physiology of the Eye including Physiological Optics, 
Pathology of the Eye, a clinical examination and an oral exami- 
nation. 

Branch III. Ophthalmology, Laryngology, Otology and 
Rhinology, Anatomy and Physiology of the Ear, Nose and 
Throat, Pathology of the Ear, Nose and Throat, a clinical exam- 
ination and an oral examination. 

Further a candidate may forward one month before the 
commencement of the examination a thesis embodying the result 
of his own independent research and having definite relation 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 427 

to General Surgery and Gynaecology (Branch I), Ophthal- 
mology (Branch II) or Laryngology, Octology and Rhinology 
(Branch III) indicating in what particular respects the thesis- 
appears to him to advance surgical knowledge or practice. 
If the thesis is judged of sufficient excellence by the examiners, 
the candidate may be exempted from a part or from the whole 
of the written examination but in all cases he shall be submitted 
to the clinical, practical and oral examinations. 

Doctor of Medicine (M.D.). The examination is open to- 
those who have passed the M.B.B.S. Examination of the Uni- 
versity of the Pan jab and have, subsequent to graduation, com- 
pleted four years' continuous medical practice or three years' 
post-graduate attendance at a hospital recognized by the 
University for the purpose, or two years' post-graduate attendance 
at a hospital recognized by the University for the purpose, pro- 
vided the candidate has passed the Final M.B.B.S. with Honours 
in Medicine. The following are the subjects for study and 
examination: 1. The Principles and Practice of Medicine includ- 
ing Therapeutics. 2. Medical Pathology and Bacteriology. 
3. One of the following special subjects: (a) Psychiatry and 
Neurology, (b) Tropical Diseases and Helminthology. (c) Pedia- 
trics (Diseases of Children), (d) Advanced Physiology and 
Biochemistry, (e) Advanced Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 
(/) Venereal Diseases and Dermatology, (g) Advanced Pathology 
and Bacteriology, (h) Midwifery and Diseases of Women. And 
the examination will consist of written, oral, and either clinical 
or practical tests. 

A candidate whose thesis has been accepted but fails in- 
the examination, may be re-admitted to a subsequent examination 
not earlier than one year after the date of his failure. 

Diploma in Laryngology and Otology (D.L.O.). The Ex- 
amination is open to a graduate of the University of the Panjab 
in the Faculty of Medicine, or (subject to the sanction of the 
Syndicate) of any other recognized University. The Examination 
consists of 2 parts, Part I and Part II. The Examination in 
Part I is held in April and October while in Part II in June 
and December or at such time as the Syndicate may determine. 

Part I comprises the Anatomy, Embryology and Physiology 
of the Ear, Nose, Pharynx, Larynx, Trachea, Bronchi and CEso- 
phagus and Elementary Acoustics. The Examination is written r 
oral and practical. Part II comprises the Medicine, Surgery 
and Pathology of Ear, Nose, Pharynx, Larynx, Trachea, Bronchi 
and CEsophagus. The examination is written, oral, practical,, 
clinical and operative; and includes the recognition and use of 
special instruments and appliances. 

Bachelor of Dental Surgery (B.DS.). The course extends 
over four years in the case of those who have passed the 



428 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Intermediate Examination in Science (with the Medical Students' 
group of subjects of this University or of any other recognized 
University in India and 2 years in the case of those who have 
passed the Second Professional Examination for the Degree of 
M.B.B.S. There are four Professional Examinations for the 
Degree called the First, Second, Third and the Final Examina- 
tions for the Degree of B.D.S. 

First Professional Examination. The course extends over 
one academical year after the Intermediate Examination in Science 
with Medical Students* group or any other recognized equivalent 
examination, the following being the subjects for study and 
examination: 1. Anatomy and Comparative Anatomy. 2. Phy- 
siology and Dental Histology. In each subject there is one 
written paper of three hours' duration and an oral and practical 
examination, each subject carrying 150 marks. The minimum 
for a pass is SO per cent, in each subject both in the written, 
oral and practical parts of the examination. 

Second Professional Examination. The course extends 
over one year preceding the examination and is open to candi- 
dates who have passed either the First Professional Examination 
for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery of the University of the 
Pan jab, or the First Professional Examination for the Degree 
of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery of the Univer- 
sity of the Pan jab, or an examination considered equivalent for 
this purpose by the Syndicate on the recommendation of the 
Medical Faculty. The following comprise the subjects for study 
and examination: 1. Dental Materia Medica. 2. Dental Patho- 
logy and Bacteriology. There is one paper of three hours' 
duration in each subject and an oral ancl practical examination, 
each subject carrying 150 marks. The minimum for a pass is 
50 per cent, in each subject both in the written, oral and practical 
parts of the examination. 

Third Professional Examination. The course extends over 
one year preceding the examination and is open to candidates 
who have passed either the Second Professional Examination 
for the Bachelor of Dental Surgery Degree of the University of 
the Pan jab or the Second Professional Examination for the 
Degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery of the 
University of the Pan jab, or an examination considered equiva- 
lent for this purpose by the Syndicate of any other recognized 
University in India. The following are the subjects for study 
and examination: 1. Medicine, 2. Surgery, 3. Dental Prosthe- 
tics and Elementary Metallurgy. In each subject there is one 
written paper of 3 hours' duration and an oral and practical 
or clinical examination, each subject carrying 150 marks. The 
-minimum for a pass is 50 per cent, in each subject both in the 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 429 

written and oral and the practical or, clinical parts of the 
examination. 

The Final Professional Examination. The course of study 
extends over one academical year subsequent to passing the 
Third Professional Examination for the Bachelor of Dental 
Surgery of the University of the Pan jab, the following com- 
prising the subjects for study and examination: 1. Orthodontia. 
2. Operative Dental Surgery and Dental Radiology. In each 
subject there is one written paper of 3 hours' duration and an 
oral and practical examination, each subject carrying 100 marks. 
The minimum for a pass is 50 per cent, in each subject both 
in written, oral and practical parts of the examination. 

Candidates who complete their curriculum in the minimum 
period (i.e., 2 years or 4 years, as the case may be) pass each 
of the professional examinations at the first attempt and obtain 
an aggregate of 75 per cent, of the available marks in each 
subject are at the time of graduation awarded the B.D.S. degree 
"with Honours'*. 

AGRICULTURE. 

Bachelor of Science (Agriculture") : First Examination. 
The course extends over two academical years subsequent to 
Matriculation or any other recognized equivalent examination 
and a candidate is required to study and be examined in the 
following subjects: 1. Agriculture (300 marks), 2. Physics and 
Chemistry (150 marks), 3. Botany and Anatomy and Physiology 
of Domestic Animals (150 marks), 4. Mathematics with Land 
Surveying (100 marks), and 5. English (100 marks). In sub- 
jects 1, 2 and 3, there will be two papers and a practical exami- 
nation in each. In subjects 4 and 5, there will be only two 
papers. 

Any candidate who is a member of the Panjab University 
Training Corps and has attended 66 per cent, of the parades 
held has the option of taking Military Science as an additional 
optional subject carrying 50 marks. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, in the aggregate 
and in the written portion in the subject of Agriculture, 33 per 
cent, in the practical portion in the subject of Agriculture, and 
33 per cent, in the written portion of the remaining subjects, 
25 per cent, in the practical portion in subjects other than 
Agriculture and 33 per cent, in Military Science. 65 per cent, 
or more of the aggregate qualifies one for a First Class, those 
obtaining not less than 50 per cent, are placed in the Second 
Class. The marks obtained in Military Science are not added 
to the total. 

Any student who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not 



430 HANDBOOK 0? INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

less than 25 per cent, in that subject is admitted to an examina- 
tion in that subject only after about six months or if he fails 
to pass or present himself for the examination then, at the next 
annual examination, and if he passes in that subject in either 
of these examinations, he is deemed to have passed the First 
Examination in Agriculture. The candidate to whom this con- 
cession is granted must continue to read in a College and is 
allowed to read for the Degree of Bachelor of Science (Agri.) 
but is not eligible for a scholarship on passing the First 
Examination. 

Final Examination. The examination consists of 2 parts, 
and is open to any student who (1) has been enrolled during 
the academic year preceding the examination for Part I, and 
2 academic years preceding the examination for Part II, in a 
college affiliated to the University in the Faculty of Agriculture, 
(2) in the case of Part I has passed not less than one academic 
year previously the First Examination in Agriculture, or the 
B.Sc. of the Pan jab University having taken Physics, Chemistry 
and Biology in the Intermediate Science Examination and in 
the case of Part II has passed not less than one academic year 
previously the Part I examination, and (3) has attained a suffi- 
cient standard of merit in examinations held by the College in 
the qualifying subjects, i.e., Agricultural Engineering and Ele- 
mentary Veterinary Science. The following are the subjects for 
.study and examination: 1. English (2 papers) (150 marks), 
2. any two of the following to be taken as principal subjects: 
Agriculture and Economics (3 papers and practical in Agricul- 
ture) (400 marks), Chemistry and Agricultural Chemistry (2 
papers and practical) (300 marks), Botany and Applied Botany 
(2 papers and practical) (300 marks), Agricultural Zoology 
Entomology (2 papers and practical) (300 marks) and two 
subsidiary subjects (one paper and practical in each) (150 marks 
each) which shall be the two other subjects in the above list 
and which have not been offered as the principal subjects. One 
written paper and the connected practical of each of the two 
principal subjects and of one subsidiary subject form Part I, 
while English and the remaining portions of the two principle 
subjects, both written and practical and of the second subsidiary 
subject form Part II of the examination. 

Any candidate who is a member of the Panjab University 
Training Corps and has attended 66 per cent, of the parades 
held has the option of taking Military Science as an additional 
optional subject carrying 50 marks with Part II of the examina- 
tion. 

The minimum number of marks required to pass this 
examination is 40 per cent, in each subject both in the written 
and practical portions of the examination and 45 per cent, in 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 431 

the aggregate. Candidates who obtain 65 per cent, or more 
in the aggregate are placed in the First Division, those obtaining: 
not less than 50 per cent, in the Second Division. The marks 
obtained in Military Science are not added to the total. 

Any student who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks in either Part I or Part II as the case may 
be but fails in one subject only obtaining not less than 25 per 
cent, in that subject is admitted to an examination in that subject 
only after about six months or if he fails to pass or present 
himself for the examination then, at the next annual examination,, 
and if he passes in that subject in either of these examinations he 
is declared to have passed the Bachelor of Science (Agriculture) 
Examination but is ineligible for a scholarship. 

Master of Science (Agriculture). The examination is open 
to any candidate who has passed not less than 2 years previously 
the B.Sc. in Agriculture or the general B.Sc. Examination with 
Honours in Chemistry, Botany or Zoology or the M.Sc. 
Examination with the necessary qualifications of the Pan jab 
University. 

A candidate is required to present a thesis being the result 
of an original research in some science applied to Agriculture, 
and which has been conducted under the direction of a teacher 
approved by the Board of Studies in Agriculture and further 
to undergo a written, oral and practical examination on the 
special branch of the subject chosen for research. The follow- 
ing are the subjects permitted for the Degree : 1. Crop Husbandry r 

2. Dairying (including Animal Breeding and Animal Feeding ), 

3. Agricultural Economics, 4. Genetics and Biometry, 5. Myco- 
logy and Agricultural Mycology, 6. Plant Physiology, 7. Horti- 
culture (including Fruit Preservation), 8. Chemistry and Agri- 
cultural Chemistry, 9. Zoology and Agricultural Zoology,. 
10. Bacteriology and Agricultural Bacteriology. 

The minimum for a pass is 45 per cent., the total number 
of marks being 700. Those who obtain 65 per cent, or more 
of the aggregate are placed in the First Division and those ob- 
taining not less than 55 per cent, in the Second Division. 

TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Teaching. The course extends over one 
academic year subsequent to graduation in this or any other 
recognized University in any Faculty other than Oriental. The 
examination is open also to any graduate of the University of 
the Pan jab or of Delhi who has undergone the course of training 
in the S. A. V. Class and after passing the S. A. V. Examination 
has worked as a teacher for not less than 18 months and iff 
serving as a teacher in a school either in the Pan jab or itr 



432 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the Province of Delhi. The following are the subjcts for study 
and examination: 1. The Phychological Basis of Education (100 
marks). 2. School Organization and Management (100 marks). 
3. Methods of Teaching (General) (100 marks). 4. Methods of 
Teaching (Selected subjects) (100 marks). 5. History of 
Education (100 marks). 6. Practical skill in Teaching (100 
marks). The examination is conducted by means of written 
papers and by a practical examination in the Practice of 
Teaching. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, of the marks in the 
Practice of Teaching and 33 per cent, in each other subject and 
40 per cent, in the aggregate. A candidate who gains 396 marks 
is placed in the First Division and those obtaining not less than 
318 marks are placed in the Second Division, the aggregate num- 
ber of marks being 600. 

A candidate who fails in only one subject and passes 
in the Practical Test, may be permitted to appear in the 
subject in which he fails about the end of September of the 
.same year, or, if he fails to pass or present himself for the 
examination then, at the next University examination in April 
on payment of a fee of thirty rupees on each occasion, and if he 
passes in that subject in either of these examinations, he shall 
be deemed to have passed the examination for the Degree of 
Bachelor of Teaching. 

COMMERCE. 

Bachelor of Commerce. The course extends over three 
academical years and is open to students who have passed not 
less than 3 years previously the Intermediate Examination in 
either the Arts or Science Faculty of the Pan jab University or 
of Delhi University or if a resident of the Pan jab, the Inter- 
mediate Examination in either the Arts or Science Faculty of 
the Aligarh Muslim University or of the Benares Hindu 
University. 

The following are the subjects for study and examination : 
1. Commercial Law and Industrial and Commercial Organ- 
ization. 2. Economic Development of India, Great Britain and 
Japan. One of the following Groups: GROUP I Trade and 
Transport: (a) Trade and Transport, (b) Accounting, Banking 
and Currency, or GROUP II Banking: (a) Advanced Banking, 
and Currency and Co-operation, Public Finance and Insurance; 
(ft) Accounting and General Trade, or GROUP III Accountancy: 
(a) Advanced Accountancy and Auditing, (b) Banking and 
Currency and General Trade. Each subject carries 200 marks. 
In addition to the above an additional Optional paper in Short- 
hand (SO marks) ; the minimum speed for pass in this being 
80 words per minute* 



PANJAB UNIVERSITY 433 

Besides the above subjects the examination for which shall 
t>e held at the end of the 3rd year of the course there shall be 
a preliminary examination in English at the end of the second 
year of the course. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent, in each subject. 
65 per cent, or more of the aggregate in the Pass papers quali- 
fies one for the First Division and not less than SO per cent, 
for the Second Division. 

' Any student who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one subject only obtaining not 
less than 25 per cent, in that subject, is admitted to an examina- 
tion in that subject only after about six months or if he fails 
to pass or present himself then, at the next annual examination, 
and if he passes in that subject in either of these examinations, 
he is deemed to have passed the Bachelor of Commerce Exami- 
nation. 

Diploma in Commerce. The Examination is open to a 
student who has passed the Matriculation Examination of the 
Pan jab University or any other examination recognized as equiva- 
lent thereto by the Syndicate or by the Government of India 
under the Registered Accountants Rules, and, has been enrolled 
in a College affiliated to the University of the Pan jab in the 
Faculty of Commerce during the three academic years preceding 
the Examination. 

The Examination is held in the second half of April on 
the date fixed by the Syndicate. Every candidate is required 
to take up the following subjects: 1. Accountancy, 2. Com- 
mercial Arithmetic, 3. English and Commercial Correspondence, 
4. Elementary Principles of Commercial Law, and 5. General 
Commercial Knowledge. 

English is the medium of examination in all subjects. The 
minimum number of marks required to pass this examination 
is 40 per cent, in each subject. Candidates who gain 65 per 
cent, of the aggregate number of marks or more are placed in 
the First Division ; those who gain not less than 50 per cent., 
in the Second Division ; and all below, in the Third Division. 

ENGINEERING. 

The First Examination in Engineering. The course extends 
-over one academic year subsequent to passing the Intermediate 
Science or Intermediate Arts Examination (with Mathematics, 
Physics and Chemistry as elective subject) of the University 
of the Pan jab or any other examination recognized for purposes 
of admission to the Faculty of Engineering. The following arc 
the subjects for study and examination: 

Group A. Mathematics and Mechanics, Group B. Engi- 
neering Drawing and Design and Practical Geometry, Group C. 



434 HANDBOOK Otf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Physics and Chemistry : (a) Physics and Electrical Engineering ; 
(b) Applied Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, Group D. 
Surveying. In each group, there are 2 papers of 100 marks- 
each. 33 per cent, of marks in each group and 40 per cent, ia 
the aggregate qualifies a candidate to pass the examination. 
Any student who obtains 45 per cent, of the aggregate number 
of marks but fails in one group only obtaining not less than 
25 per cent, of the marks in that group, is admitted to an exami- 
nation in that group only after about 4 months or if he fails 
to pass or to present himself in the examination then, at the 
next annual examination, and if he passes in that group in either 
of those examinations, he is deemed to have passed in the First 
Examination in Engineering. Candidates to whom this conces- 
sion is granted are allowed to read for the Second Examination 
in Engineering. 

The Second Examination in Engineering. The course ex- 
tends over one academic year after passing the First Examination 
in Engineering, or any other examination recognized as equi- 
valent thereto, the following being the subjects for study and 
examination : 

Group A. Pure a,nd Applied Mathematics, Group B. 
Engineering Design and Drawing, Strength of Materials and 
Theory of Structures, Group C. Heat Engines and Hydraulics, 
and Mechanism (3 papers), and Group D. Electrical Engin- 
eering, Direct and Alternating Current. In each group, there 
are 2 papers of 100 marks each except Group C. 40 per cent, 
of marks in each group and 50 per cent, in the aggregate 
qualifies a candidate to pass the examination. 

Any student who obtains 55 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one group only obtaining not less 
than 25 per cent, of the marks in that group, is admitted to 
an examination in that group only at the end of about four 
months or if he fails to pass or to present himself then, at the 
next annual examination, and if he passes in that group in either 
of those examinations, he is deemed to have passed the Second 
Examination in Engineering. 

Candidates to whom this concession is granted are allowed 
to read for the Final Examination in Engineering. 

The Final Examination in Engineering. The course ex- 
tends over one academic year after passing the Second Examina- 
tion in Engineering and consists of two branches : (a) Mecha- 
nical Engineering and (b) Electrical Engineering; the subjects 
for study and examination of the two branches being: 

(a) For Mechanical Engineering: 

Group A. Mathematics (2 papers), Group B. Mechanism 
and Hydraulics (2 papers), Group C. Strength of Materials 



THE PANJAB UNIVERSITY 435 

and Theory of Structures (2 papers), Group D. Economics of 
Engineering (2 papers), Group E. Heat Engines (one paper 
and examination of practical work), Group F. Engineering 
Drawing and Design (to be marked on the course work done 
(during the year). 

(&) For Electrical Engineering: 

Group A. Mathematics (2 papers), Group B. Theory of 
Electrical Machinery (2 papers), Group C. Electrical Genera- 
tion, Transmission and Distribution (2 papers), Group D. 
Electrical Traction, Telegraphy, Telephony and Radio Commu- 
nications (2 papers), Group E. Heat Engines, Strength of 
Materials and Theory of Structures (2 papers), and Group F. 
Engineering Drawing and Design (to be marked on the course 
work done during the year). 

Every candidate is required to take up the subjects 
prescribed for one of the two branches. 

Marks allotted to each paper and the practical work are 
100, whereas those allotted to course work are 200. 

The minimum for pass is 40 per cent, in each group and 
50 per cent, in the aggregate. 

Candidates who obtain 40 per cent, of the marks or more 
in each group and SO per cent, or more in the aggregate are 
placed in the Second Division, those who obtain 40 per cent, 
or more in each group and 60 per cent, or more in the aggregate 
are placed in the First Division, and those who obtain 40 per 
cent, or more in each group and 70 per cent, or more in the 
aggregate are declared to have passed with Honours. 

Any student who obtains 55 per cent, of the aggregate 
number of marks but fails in one group only obtaining not less 
than 25 per cent, of the marks in that group, is admitted to 
an examination in that group only after about four months or 
if he fails to pass or present himself for the examination 
then, at the next annual examination, and if he passes in either 
-of those examinations, he is deemed to have passed the Final 
Examination in Engineering. 

In addition to passing the Final Examination, a candidate 
is required to have spent two years undergoing approved Prac- 
tical Training in a recognized workshop, or on recognized 
engineering works and on producing certificates of having under- 
gone such a period of approved practical training and made 
satisfactory progress therein and having attained a full age of 
22 years, the successful candidate is admitted to the Degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering. 



436 HANDBOOK OJf INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Examination Fees. 

Matriculation and School Leaving Certificate Examination. 

Rupees 15 from students of recognized schools and Rs. 25 
from private candidates; female private candidates being- 
required to pay Rs. 3 per subject. An additional fee 
of Rs. 2 is charged from candidates (including private) 
taking up one or more Science subjects. 

Oriental Faculty. Rs. 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 10 

B.O.L. .. .. 15 

M.O.L. .. .. .. .. ..40 

D.O.L. .. .. .. .. ..500 

Diploma and Literary Titles in Oriental Languages. 

Proficiency Examination . . . . . . 7 

High Proficiency . . . . . . 10 

Honours Examination . . . . . . 15 

Examination in Vernacular Languages. 

Proficiency Examination . . . . . . 7 

High Proficiency . . . . . . 10 

Honours Examination . . . . . . 15 

Faculty of Arts. 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 25 

Private Candidates . . . . . . . . 30 

[An additional fee of Rs. 3 is charged in the case of 
candidates (including private) taking up a Science 
subject.] 

B.A 35 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 40 

[An additional fee of Rs. 5 is charged in the case 
of candidates (including private) who take up a 
Science subject and of Rs. 20 in the case of candi- 
dates appearing for Honours in any subject.] 

M.A. .. .. .. .. ..60 

Private candidates . . . . . . . . 65 

D.LiTT. .. .. .. .. ..500 

B.T. .. .. .. .. ..30 

Faculty of Science. 

F.Sc. 30 

Private candidates . . . . . . . . 35 

B.Sc. ..45 

[An extra fee of Rs. 20 is charged from candidates 
appearing for Honours in any subject.] 



THE; PANJAB UNIVERSITY 437 

Rs. 

Private candidates . . . . . . . . 50 

M.Sc. .. .. .. .. ..75 

Private candidates . . . . . . . . 80 

D.Sc. .. ..500 

Faculty of Law. 

F.E.L. 40 

Private candidates . . . . . . 45 

LL.B. .. .. .. .. ..60 

Private candidates . . . . . . 65 

Conveyancing and Pleadings . . . . 10 

Private candidates . . . . . . 15 

LL.M. Examination . . . . . . . . 100 

Doctor of Laws . . . . . . . . 200 

Faculty of Medicine. 

T M.B.B.S. .. .. .. .. ..40 

II M.B.B.S. .. .. .. .. ..40 

III M.B.B.S. . . . . .... . . 20 

Final M.B.B.S. (if the whole examination is taken at 

a time) . . . . . . . . . . 60 

Final M.B.B.S. (if taken in parts) for each part . . 40 

Special M.B.B.S. .. .. .. ..50 

M.D. .. .. .. .. ..200 

M.S. 200 

Agriculture. 

I B.Sc. (AcRi.) . . . . . . . . 30 

Final B.Sc. (AGRI.) (For both parts) . . . . 60 

M.Sc. (AGRI.) .. .. .. .. ..75 

Private candidates . . . . . . 80 

Commerce. 

Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . 35 

Engineering. 

First Examination in Engineering . . . . 60 

Second . . . . 65 

Final .. ..70 



Patna University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The Patna University was established by Act XVI of 1917. 
The intention of this legislation was to create ultimately a central 
teaching University at Patna, but owing to certain difficulties 
the idea of having a teaching University has been given up and 
the Act has been amended accordingly. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency Sir Maurice Hallet, K.C.S.I., c.i.E., i.c.s., 
Governor of Bihar. 

VICE-CHANCEUX>R. 

Dr. Sachchidanada Sinha, D.utt., Barrister-at-Law, M.L.A. 
(from 23-8-1936). 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. Mirza Akhtar Hosain (Actiny from 1st January 1936). 

ASSISTANT REGISTRAR. 
Mr. Mirza Akhtar Hosain, M.A. (Alld.) 

DEANS. 

Arts . . Mr. H. R. Batheja. 

Science . . Mr. A. S. Khan. 

Law . . The Hon'ble Sir Courtney Terrell, Kt, 

Chief Justice. 

Education . . Mr. T. R. Spiller. 

Engineering . . Mr. J. Tullis. 

Medicine . . Lt^Col. G. H. Mahony. 

UNIVERSITY READERS. 

1931-32 .. Dr. G. J. Fowler, IM.C. (Sukhraj Ray 

Reader in Natural Science) The Bio- 
Chemistry of Nitrogen Conservation; 
Sir Jadunath Sarkar, Kt., M.A., c.i.E. 
(University Reader in History) 
Bihar and Orissa during the Fall of 
the Mughal Empire. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 



439 



1932-33 



1933-34 
1935-36 



Principal 

Professors of English 



Asst. Professors of 
English 

Professors of Philo- 
sophy 

Asst. Professors of 
Philosophy 



Professors of History 



Asst. Professors of 
History 

Professor of Econo- 
mics 

Asst. Professors of 
Economics 

Professors of Sans- 
krit 



Mr. H. R. Bathejja, B.A. (Oxon.), M.A. 
(Bom.) (Banaili Reader in Indian 
Economics ) Indian Banking ; Mr. 
W. G. Lacey, i.c.s. (University Rea- 
der) Some Aspects of the Census 
Operations of 1931 ; Rai Bahadur 
Sukhdeo Bihari Misra (Ramdin Rea- 
der in Hindi) Contribution of Hindi 
Literature to Indian History. 

Dr. James Mackintosh, K.C., LL.D. 

Mr. J. B. Auden The Earthquake; 
Mr. J. A. Chapman Shakespeare. 

Instructional Staff. 

PATNA COLLEGE. 

Dr. S. C. Sarkar, M.A. (Cal.), D.phil. 
(Oxon.). 

Messrs. J. L. Hill, M.A. (Oxon.) ; F 
Rahman, B.A. (Lond) ; and K. Ahmad, 
B.A. (Cantab.). 

Messrs. M. T. Gulrajani, B.A. (Cantab.) ; 
B. K. Mullick, M.A. (Cal.): and 
S. K. Ghosh, M.A. (Pat), B.A. (Oxon). 

Messrs. Charu Chandra Sinha, M.A 
(Cal.) ; and Jamuna Prasad, M.A, 
(Cal.), B.A. (Cantab.). 

Mr. Nirmalmoy Ghosh, M.A. (Cal.) ; 
Dr. D. M. Dutta, M.A. (Cal.), P.R.S.. 
Ph.D. (Cal.) ; and Mr. Ganga Nath 
Bhattacharya, M.A. (Dacca). 

Dr. S. C. Sarcar, M.A. (Cal.), D.phil. 
(Oxon.) ; and Mr. Y. J. Tarapore- 
wala, B.A. (Cantab.). 

Messrs. S. Hasan Askari, M.A. (Pat.) ; 
and Gupteshwar Nath, M.A. (Pat.). 

Dr. Gyan Chanel, M.A. (Pan jab), Ph.D. 
(Lond.). 

Messrs. B. B. Mukherji, M.A., B.I,. ; 
S. R. Bose, M.A. (Cal.), B.SC. (Lond.) ; 
and R. K. Saran* B.SC. (Lond.). 

Dr. Hari Chand, D.Litt. (Paris) (on 
deputation) ; Dr. A. P. Banarji, M.A. 
(Cal.), D.Phil. (Oxon.). 



440 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Asst. Professors of 
Sanskrit 



Dr. Ishwar Datta, Ph.D. (Munich) ; 
Dr. T. P. Chowdhury, M.A. (Pat.), 
Ph.D. (Lond.) ; and Han S hanker 
Pandey. 

Professor of Mathc- Mr. Harendranath Ganguli, M.A. (Cal.). 
matics 

Mr. Kartik Nath Pandey, M.A. (Cal.). 



Asst. Professor of 

Mathematics 
Asst. Professors of 

Arabic and Persian 



Dr. A. X. M. Ali Hasan, M.A. (Cal.), 
ph.D. (Lond.) ; Messrs. Abdul Man- 
nan, M.A. (Cal.) ; Hafiz Shamsuddin 
Ahmad, M.A. (Pat.), B.I,.; Mohammad 
Ismail, M.A. (Alig.) ; and Mr. Abdul 



AsvSt. Professor of 

' Hindi and Sanskrit 
Asst. Professor of 
Mai thili 



Pdt. Hari Sankar Pandev. 



Dr. Sudhakar Jha, M.A. (Pat.), Ph.D. 

(Lond.). 
Lecturers in History Messrs. K. K. Dutta, M.A., P.R.S. (Cal.) ; 

and J. N. Sarkar, M.A. (Pat.). 
Mr. Bishwanath Mukerji, M.A. (Pat.). 



Dr. Iqbal Hussain, M.A., B.L., Ph.D. 



Lecturer in Kcono- 

mics 
Lecturer in Arabic 

and Persian 
Lecturer in Urdu Mr. S. Najmul Hoda. 

Lecturer in Sanskrit Mr. Dhannendra Brahmachari Sastri, 

and Hindi M.A. 

Lecturers in Geogra- Messrs. Zahir Ahsan, M.SC. ; and Syed 

phy Abdul Majid, M.A. 

lecturer in Hindi Mr. Bishwanath Prasad, M.A. 

SCIENCE COLLEGE, PATNA. 

Principal * .. Mr. A. S. Khan, B.SC. (Cal.), M.SC. 

(Victoria). 

Professors of Mathe- Dr. P. N. Das Gupta, M.SC. (Cal.), Ph.D. 
matics (St. Andrews); Messrs. D. N. Sen, 

M.SC. (Cal.), B.A. (Cantab.) ; and 

P. N. De, M.SC. (Cal.). M.A. (Lond.). 
Mr. Kamta Prasad, M.SC. (Cal.), 

B.A. (Cantab.) ; Rai Sahib Kumar 

Nath Banarji, M.SC. (Cal.) ; Dr. M. M. 

Sen Gupta, M.SC., Ph.D. ; and Mr. Kesho 

Dayal, M.SC. (Cal.). 

Professor of Mathe- Mr. S. P. Prasad, B.SC. (Cal.), B.A. 
matical Physics (Cantab.). 



Professors of Physics 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 



441 



Asst. Professors of 
Physics 



Professors of Che- 
mistry 



Asst. Professors of 
Chemistry 



Asst. Professor of 
Applied Chemistry 

Demonstrator in Ap- 
plied Chemistry 

Demonstrators in 
Physics 



Asst. Professor of 
English 

Lecturer in English 

Lecturers in Mathe- 
matics 

Teacher of Mechani- 
cal and Geometri- 
cal Drawing 

Drill and Gymnastic 
Instructor 



Messrs. Surja Kanta Mitra, M.SC. (Cal.) ; 
D. K. Bhattacharji, M.SC. (Cal.) ; 
S. K. Bose, M.SC. (Dacca) ; Ramakasi 
Gupta, M.SC. (Cal.) ; Dr. Golak Behari 
Banarji, rh.D. (Loncl.), M.SC. (Pat.) ; 
and Mr. D. K. Bhattacharji, 
M.SC. (Cal.). 

Dr. B. K. Singh, M.A. (Cantab.), D.SC. 
(Dublin) ; Dr. Ramesh Chandra Ray, 
D.SC. (London), M.SC. (Cal.) ; Mr. 
Chandra Bhushan Roy, M.A. (Cal.) ; 
and Dr. Phanindra Bhushan Ganguli, 
D.SC. (Loncl.), M.SC. (Alld.). 
Messrs. Panna Lai, M.SC. (Alld.) ; M. 
Qamrud J)oja, B.A. (Cantab.) ; Sishir 
M.SC. (Dacca) ; Dhi- 
Ghosh, M.SC. (Pat.) ; 
Palit, M.SC. (Cal.) ; 
Dayal, M.SC. (Pat.); 
Chandra Sinha, M.SC. 



Guha, 



Kumar 
rendra Nath 
Nirmalananda 
Bishvamohan 
and Profulla 
(Pat). 
Mr. Muhammad 



Hussain, B.SC. (Cal.). 



Mr. Shivanandan Prashad, M.SC. (Pat). 

Messrs. Lalit Mohan Chattarji, M.SC. 

(Pat.) ; Mahendra Narayan Verma, 

M.SC. (Pat.); and Bhola Nath Ghosh, 

M.SC. (Pat.). 
Mr. Kripa Nath Misra, M.A. (Eng.), 

B.A. (Lond.). 

Mr. Devidas Chatterji, M.A. (Pat.). 
Messrs. V. Rangachariar, M.SC. (Pat.) ; 

and Nityananda Chatterji, M.A. (Pat.). 
Mr. Sachindra Narayan Chatterji. 



Hav. Abdul Hamid Khan. 



RAVENSHAW 



, CUTTACK. 



Principal and Pro- 
fessor of Econo- 
mics 

Professors of 
Botany 



Mr. P. K. Parija, M.A. (Cantab.). 



Messrs* P. K. Parija, M.A. (Cantab.) ; 
and D. B. Mukharji, M.A. (Cal.). 



442 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Mr. Parasuram Misra, M.SC. (Cal.). 



Asst. Professor of 

Botany 

Professor of Physics Mr. Narayan Misra, M.SC. (Cal.). 
Asst. Professors of Dr. G. B. Banerji, Ph.D. (Lond.) ; and 

Mr. Radhakrishna Das, M.SC. (Cal.). 
Mr. Haribandhu Mahanti, M.SC. (Pat.). 



Physics 
Demonstrator in 

Physics 
Professor of 

Chemistry 

Asst. Professors of 
Chemistry 

Demonstrator in 
Chemistry 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Asst. Professor of 
Mathematics 

Lecturer in Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of Econo- 
mics 

Asst. Professor of 
Economics 

Professors of English 

Asst. Professors of 
English 

t 

Professor of Philo- 
sophy 

Asst. Professor of 
Philosophy 

Professors of Sans- 
krit 

Asst. Professor of 

Sanskrit 
Professors of 

History 

Asst. Professor of 

History 
Lecturer in Persian 



Mr. B. Prashad, B.SC. (Lond.). 

Messrs. Loknath Misra, M.SC. (Cal.) ; 

and G. C. Mahanti, M.SC. (Cal.). 
Mr. R. C. Tripathi, B.SC. (Pat.). 

Mr. Hare Krishna Das, M.A. (Cal.). 
Mr. B. C. Das, M.A. (Pat.), B.A. (Lond.) , 
Mr. R. N. Mahanti, M.SC. (Pat.). 

Mr. Suresh Chandra Bardhan, M.A, 

(Cal.). 
Mr. B. N. Rohatgi, M.A. (Pal.), B.SC. 

(Lond.). 
Messrs. Niranjan Niyogi, M.A. (Cal.) ; 

Krutibas Samantarai, M.A. (Cal.) ; 

and K. P. Sinha, B.A. (Cantab.). 
Messrs. Jonathan Mahanti, M.A. (Cal.) ; 

Girija Sankar Ray, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 

N. M. De, M.A. (Cal.). 
Mr. Bipin Bihari Ray, M.A. (Cal.). 

Mr. R. K. Pati, M.A. (Cal.). 

Mr. Kashinath Das, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 

Rai Sahib Artaballabh Mahanti, M.A. 

(Cal.). 
Mr. Lakshmikanta Chaudhuri, M.A. 

(Cal.). 
Mr. Nishikanta Sanyal, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 

Rai Sahib Niriml Chandra Banarji r 

M.A. (Cal.). 
Mr. Ghanashyani Das, B.A. (Lond.). 

Mr. Asghar Ali, M.A. (Pat.). 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 443 

TEJ NARAYAN JUBILEE COLLEGE, BHAGALPUR. 

Principal . . Dr. Hari Chand, D.i,itt, I.E.S. 

Professor of English Mr. Krishna Behari Gupta, M.A. (Cal.). 
Asst. Professors of Messrs. S. K. Dutta, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 

English M. M. Sarkhel, M.A., B.L. (Cal.). 

Lecturers in English Messrs. B. G. Gupta, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 

N. K. Sarkar, M.A. (Cal.). 

Professor of Philoso- Mr. J. C. Sen Mazumclar, M.A. (Cal.). 
phy 

Lecturer in Philoso- Mr. Md. Z. Abdin, B.A. (Lond.). 
phy 

Professor of Physics Mr. Surendra Nath Banarji, M.SC. 

(Cal.). 
Lecturers in Physics Messrs. S. C. Pramanick, M.SC. (Cal.) ; 

and P. B. Gupta, M.SC. (Cal.). 

Asst. Demonstrator Mr. U. P. Chowdhry, B.SC. (Cal.). 
in Physics 

Professor of Mr. Haralal Das Gupta, M.A. (Cal.). 

Chemistry 

Lecturers in Chemistry Messrs. I. B. Biswas, M.SC. (Cal.); and 

R. R. Bhattacharyya, M.SC. (Cal.). 

Asst. Demonstrator Mr. vS. N. Banerjee, B.SC. (Cal.). 
in Chemistry 

Professor of History Mr. Niltnony Acharya, M.A. (Cal.). 

Asst. Professor of Mr. K. K. Bose, M.A. (Cal.). 
History 

Lecturer in History Mr. M. C. Roy Chowdhury. 

Professor of Political Mr. Tarak Nath Basu, M.A. (Cal.). 
Economy 

Lecturer in Econo- Mr. G. Chakravarty, M.A., B.L. (Cal.). 

mics 
Professor of Mathe- Mr. Narain Das Banarji, M.A. (Cal.). 

matics 

Lecturer in Mathe- Messrs. A. P. Chatter jee, M.A. (Cal.) ; 
matics and B. Singh, M.SC. (Pat.). 

Professor of Sanskrit Mr. Kumud Chandra Chakravarti, M.A. 

(Cal.). 

Professor of Hindi Mr. M. Prasad, M.A. (Pat.). 
.Professor of Persian Mr. Ali Ahmad, M.A. (Cal.). 
Lecturer in Persian Mr. Md. A. Hossain Nadvi, M.A. (Cal.). 



444 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



BIHAR NATIONAL Coupon, BANKIPUR. 



Principal 

Professor of Philo- 
sophy 

Lecturers in Philo- 
sophy 

Professor of English 
Literature 

Lecturers in English 



Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Lecturers in Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of History 
Lecturers in History 

Professor of Econo- 
mics 

Professor of Sanskrit 
Lecturers in Sanskrit 

Professor of Persian 
Lecturer in Persian 

Professor of Che- 
mistry 

Lecturers in Che- 
mistry 

Professor of Physics 
Lecturers in Physics 



Mr. S. Moinul Huq, M.A. (Cal.), O.B.E. 
Mr. S. N. Roy, M.A. (Cal.). 

Messrs. R. C. Haldar, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 
H. M. Jha, M.A. (Pat.). 

Mr. Chittatosh Mitra, M.A. (Cal.). 

Messrs. S. N. Sen Gupta, M.A. ; B. M. K_ 
Sinha, B.A. (Lond.), M.A. ; S. C. 
Mukherjee, M.A. ; and Sitaram Pd. 

Mr. Waopendra Chandra Dajtta, M.A. 
(Cal.). 

Messrs. G. Upadhyaya, M.SC., B.Ed.; and 
Lala M. M. Prasad, M.A. 

Mr. K. M. Sinha, M.A. (Cal.). 

Dr. B. B. Majumdar, M.A., P.R.S., Ph.D.; 
Messrs. T. P. Bhattacharya, M.A. ; and 
S. C. Misra, M.A. 

Dr. B. B. Majumdar, M.A., P.R.S. (Cal.)^ 
ph.D. 

Mr. S. N. Bhattacharya, M.A. (Cal.). 

Dr. J. Misra, M.A., ph.D. ; and Mr. D. K. 
Sharma. 

Mr. Abu Sayeed, M.A. (Cal.). 

Mr. Ataur Rahman, M.A. 

Mr. B. K. Chaudhuri, M.SC. (Cal.). 

Messrs. N. K. Basu, M.SC.; and A. C, 
Roy, M.SC. 

Mr. S. N. Roy, M.SC. (Cal.). 

Messrs. Sharf Alam, M.SC.; and D. N. 
Chatterjee, M.SC. 



GREER BHUMIHAR BRAHMAN COLLEGE, MUZAFFARPUR. 

Principal .. Mr. A. T. Mukerji, M.A. (Cal.). 

Professors of English Messrs. Barada Kanta Chattarji, M.A. 

(Cal.) ; Bindeshwari Prasad, M.A. 

(Cal.) ; Biseswar Chattarji, M.A. 

(Cal.) ; and Gosthahari Sinha. M.A. 
(Cal.). 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 445 

Professor of Mathe- Mr. Kshetrapal Das, M.SC. (Alld.). 
matics 

Asst. Professor of Mr. D. D. Ghosh, M.A., B.L. 
Mathematics 

Professors of History Messrs. Shibnath Basu, M.A. (Cal.) ; 

and A. Sen, M.A. 

Lecturer in History Mr. S. Narayan, M.A., B.I,. 

Professor of Philoso- Dr. Jiban Krishna Sarkar, M.A. (Cal.). 
phy 

Asst. Professor of Mr. Gagan Chandra Ghosh, M.A., B.I,. 

Philosophy (Cal.). 

Professors of Physics Messrs. Ramesh Chandra Sen, M.A. 

(Cal.) ; and A. M. Sen Gupta, it.se., 
M.A. 
Asst. Professor of Mr. Sushil Chandra Ray Chaudhuri, 

Physics M.SC. (Cal.). 

Professor of Che- Rai Sahib Rajani Kanta Basu, M.A. 

mistry (Cal.). 

Asst. Professors of Messrs. Ramani Mohan Sinha, M.SC. 
Chemistry (Cal.) ; and Paresh Chandra Datta, 

M.SC. (Dacca). 

Lecturer in Econo- Mr. Dibakar Prasad Srivastab, M.A. 
mics (Pat.). 

Asst. Professors of Pandit Umanath Jha, M.A. (Pat.), B.I,.; 
Sanskrit Mr. Ramdin Pandey, M.A., B.Ed. 

Lecturers in Sanskrit Messrs. P. Sukla, M.A. ; and N. P. 

Shastri, M.A. 

Professor of Persian Mr. Saiyed Abdul Majid (Final Ex- 
amination, Calcutta Madrasa). 
Lecturer in Persian Mr. A. Rahman, M.A. 

ST. COLUMBIA'S (DUBUN UNIVERSITY MISSION) COLLEGE, 
HAZARIBAGH. 

Principal and Profes- Mr. A. F. Markham, M.A. (Oxon.). 

sor of Philosophy 

Professor of English Mr. T. H. Mukharji, M.A. (Dacca). 
Lecturers in English Mr. J. C. Hayward, M.A., B.L. (Pat.) ; 

and Rev. E. C. Murray, B.A. (Lond.). 

Lecturer in Philoso- Mr. K. C. Varghese, M.A., B.D. 

phy 
Professor of Sanskrit Mr. P. P. Sinha, M.A. (Pat.). 

Professor of Che- Mr. H. C. Mukharji, M.A. (Cal.). 

mistry 



446 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Lecturer in Che- 
mistry 

Professor of Econo- 
mics 

Professor of History 
Lecturers in Physics 

Professors of Mathe- 
matics 
Professor of Persian 



Mr. K. M. Lahiri, M.SC. (Cal.). 
Mr. S. K. Bose, M.A. (Dacca). 

Mr. J. N. Moitra, M.A., B.I,. (Cal.). 

Messrs. A. A. K. Mundul, M.SC.; anc 
V. C. Varghese, M.A. (Mad.). 

Messrs. R. N. Mukharji, M.SC. (Cal.) 
and C. C. Rai Chaudhuri, B.A. (Cal.) 

Mr. Md. Muslim', M.A., M.O.IV. (Panj.) 



DIAMOND JUBILEE COLLEGE, MONGHYR. 



Principal and Profes- 
sor of History 

Professor of English 
Lecturer in Logic . . 

Lecturer in Mathe- 
matics 

Lecturer in Sanskrit 
Lecturer in Persian 



Mr. K. P. Mitra, M.A., B.I,. (Cal.). 

Mr. K. K. Sarkar, M.A. 
Mr. Priya Govind Dutt, M.A. (Cal.). 
Mr. Ookul . Chandra Sadhukhain, M.A. 
(Cal.). 

Mr. Suresh Chandra Maitra, M.A. (Cal.) 
Mr. A. Ahad, M.A. 



RANCHI ZILA SCHOOL (LA. CLASSES). 



Head Master 
Lecturer in English 
Lecturer in Logic . 



Mr. S. L. Das Varma, M.A., Dip.Ed. 
Mr. A. M. Banerji, M.A. (Dacca). 

Messrs. Ali Akhtur, M.A. (Cal.), B.I,. 
B.Ed. ; and H. Rahman, M.A., M.Ed. 

Mr. B. N. Sen, M.A. (Cal.). 



Lecturer in Mathe- 
matics 

Lecturer in History 

Lecturer in Sanskrit 

and Hindi 
Lecturer in Persian 

and Urdu 

Lecturer in Geogra- 
phy 

RAVENSHAW GIRLS' HIGH SCHOOL, CUTTACK. 

Lady Principal . . Miss Sudhanshubala Hazra, B.A., B.L. 

Lecturer . . Miss Bhaktilata Chanda, M.A. (Cal.), 

Lecturer . . Pandit Visvanath Rath, Kavyatirtha, 

Lecturer . . Miss I. L. Khan, B.A. 



Mr. M. G. Banerji, M.A. (Cal.). 
Mr. R. Pandey, Vyakaranopadhyaya. 

Mr. S. A. Karim, M.A. (Pat.). 
Dr. S. C. Chatterji, M.A., F.R.G.S. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 
NALANDA COLLEGE, BlHAR. 



Principal and Lec- 
turer in Mathema- 
tics 

Lecturer in English 
Lecturer in Logic . . 
Lecturer in History 

Lecturer in Sanskrit 
and Hindi 

Lecturer in Persian 
and Urdu 



Mr. S. Subrahmaniain, 
(Lond.). 



447 



B.A., B.SC. 



Mr. Kshetralal Saha, M.A. (Cal.). 
Mr. Kanhaiya Pd. Sinha, M.A. (B.H.I.). 
Mr. Benimadho Agarwal, M.A. (Alld.). 
Mr. Uma Nath Pathak, M.A. 

Mr. S. Ahmad Hasan, M.A. (Pat.). 



Principal 
Professors 



Principal 
Asst. Professor 



PATNA TRAINING COLLEGE. 

. . Mr. T. R. Spiller, M.A. (Aberdeen), 
i.E.s. 

.. Rai Sahib J. N. Ghosh, M.SC. (Cal.), 
B.T. (Panj.), F.R.G.S. ; Messrs. N. C. 
Chatterji, M.A. (Cal.), Dip. in Edn. 
(Lond.), F.R.G.S.; T. Prasad, M.A., 
B.Ed., L.C.P. ; D. Prashad, B.A., 
Dip. in Edn. (Bristol) (Offg.) ; and 
S. M. Ahmad, M.A., M.Ed. 

CUTTACK TRAINING COLLEGE. 

Mr. M. C. Pradhan, M.A. B.L., 
Dip. in Edn. 

Mr. M. C. Pradhan, M.A., B.I,., 
Dip. in Edn. 



Lecturer in Hygiene 

Lecturer in Mathe- 
matics 



OCCASIONAL TEACHERS. 

Dr. G. C. Pattanayak, M.B., D.T.M. 
Mr. Srinath Ray, M.A., B.Ed. 



GOVERNMENT LAW COLLEGE, BANKIPUR. 



Principal 
Vice-Principal 



Mr. S. S. Alam, M.A., LL.B. (Cantab.), 
Bar-at-Law. 

Mr. S. M. Shareef, M.A. (Cantab.), 
Bar-at-Law. 



448 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Professors . . Messrs. Syed Hasan, B.A., B.L. ; B. K, 

Sinha, B.A., B.I,. (Cal.) ; Sarjoo Pra- 
sad, M.A., B.I,. ; Aditya Narayan Lai, 
M.A., B.I,.; S. M. Abdul Moin, M.A., 
B.L. ; Syed Hasan Reza Kazimi, B.A.,. 
B.L. ; Kamala Sahay, M.A., B.L.,. 
Bar-at-Law ; and S. A. Varis, M.A. r 
Bar-at-Law. 



BIHAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING. 



Principal 

Professors of Civil 
Engineering 

Professor of Mecha- 
nical and Electrical 
Engineering 

Superintendent, Me- 
chanical Apprentice 
Dept. 

Asst. Professor of 
Civil Engineering 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 



Mr. J. Tullis, B.SC. (Glasgow). 

Messrs. J. Tullis, B.SC. (Glasgow) ; and 
B. Sanjana, B.SC. '(Glasgow), i,.c.E. 
(Bom.), M.R.san.i. 

Mr. Bhagwat Prasad, M.SC., B.I,. (Cal.),. 
B.SC. Tech., A.M.I. (Manchester), 
Mech.E. 

Mr. K. K. Guha, M.SC. (California). 



Mr. M. Sadique, B.SC., B.E. (Cal.),. 

A.M.I.S.E. 

Mr. Shiva Chandra Lai, M.SC., is.c. 
(Pat.). 



PRINCE or WALES MEDICAL COLLEGE AND HOSPITAL. 



Principal 



Professor of Medi- 
cine 

Professor of Patho- 
logy 



Lt.-Col. G. H. Mahony, B.SC. (Hons.) r 

M.D., M.Ch., B.A.O., F.R.C.S. 

F.c.o.G. (Lond.), I.M.S. 

Rai Bahadur Dr. T. N. Banarji, 
M.B. (Cal.), M.R.C.P. (Loud. & Edin.) r 
D.T.M.&H. (Lond.). 

Lt.-Col. A. N. Bose, M.B.E., M.D. 
(Laus.), F.R.C.P.. (Lond. & Edin.), 
M.R.C.P. (Lond.), D.T.M. & H.(Camb.). 
I.M.S. 



Professor of Surgery Major D. P. Bhargava, M.B., B.S. 



Professor of Obstet- 
rics and Gynaeco- 
logy 



F.R.C.S. (Edin. & Eng.), D.O.M.S V 
I.M.S. 

Lt.-Col. G. H. Mahony, B.SC. (HOIIS.). 

M.D., M.Ch., B.A.O., 'F.R.C.S. (Editl.), 

F.C.O.G. (Lond.), I.M.S. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 449 

Professor of Pharma- Dr. P. C. Ray, L.R.C.P. & s. (Edin.), 

cology L.R.P.P. &s. (Glas.). 

Professor of Ophthal- Dr. M. Husnain, M.B. (Cal.), tf.R.c.s. 

mology (Ecljn.), D.IV.O. (Lend.), D.O.M.S. 

(Lond.). 

Professor of Physio- Dr. B. Narayan, M.SC., M.B., Ph.D., I\R,S.E- 
logy 

Professor of Anatomy Rai Sahib Dr. S. Pujari, L.M.S. 

Professor of Biology Mr. S. S. Chouclhury, M.A., B.SC. (Alld.), 

M.SC. (Luck.). 

Lecturer of Hygiene Rai Sahib Dr. A. N. Chattarji, M.B., 

and Public Health D.P.H. 

Lecturer in Medical Dr. G. B. Sahay, B.SC., M.B., D.T.M. 
Jurisprudence and 
Toxicology 

Lecturer in Pathology Dr. U. M. Gupta, M.B., D.T.M., 

M.R.C.P. (Edin.). 

Lecturer in Chemical Dr. Gaya Prasad, B.SC., M.B., B.S. 
Pathology 

Lecturer in Bioche- Dr. T. N. Seth, M.SC., Ph.D. 
mistry 

Lecturer in Anatomy Dr. M. Haque, M.B., B.S. 

Lecturer in Surgery Capt. N. M. Pal, M.B., r.R.c.s.H. 

I^ecturer in Medicine Dr. S. M. Ghoshal, M.B V M.R.C.P. 

Lecturer in Ophthal- Dr. D. Ram, M.B., D.T,.O V D.O.M.S. 

mology 

Lecturer in Pharma- Dr. B. N. Prasad, M.B., D.T.M. , Ph.D., 

cology F.R.s.E. 

Lecturer in Physio- Mr. H. N. Banarji, M.SC. 

logy 

Lecturer in Mental The Superintendent, Indian Menta! 

Diseases Hospital. 

Lecturer in Obstet- Rai Sahib Dr. A. N. Sarkar, M.B. 
rics Medicine 

Demonstrator of Phy- Dr. S. S. Mahmood Shah, M.B., B.S. 
siology 

Demonstrator of Or- Mr. M. N. Rudra, M.SC. 
ganic Chemistry 

Demonstrator of Dr. A. Chattoraj, B.SC., M.B., B.S. 
Pathology 

Demonstrator of Dr. Baldeo Prasad Singh, M.B., B.S. 
Anatomy 



450 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

2nd Demonstrator of Dr. T. P. Singh, M.B., B.S. 
Anatomy 

Demonstrator of Mr. M. A. Majid, M.SC. 

Zoology 

Demonstrator of Mr. R. C. Lacy, M.SC. 

Botany 

Medical Registrar Dr. S. K. Ghosh Dastidar, M.B., M.R.C.P. 

(Lond. & Edin.). 
Surgical Registrar Dr. Ugrah Pratap Sinha, B.SC., M.B., 

B.S., M.R.C.S. (Eng,), i,.R.c.p.(Lond.), 

F.R.C.S. (Edin.). 

Lecturer in Leprosy Dr. Ashutosh Sinha, M.B. 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities and the officers of the University are : 
<i) The Chancellor, (ii) The Vice-Chancellor, (in) The Registrar, 
(iv) The Senate which consists of 109 Fellows (25 Ex-officio, 9 
Fellows for life, 60 representative Fellows and 15 nominated 
Fellows) and has the entire management and superintendence 
over the affairs, courses and property of the University, (v) The 
Syndicate which consists of 19 persons and is the Executive 
Body of the University, and (vi) The Faculties of which there 
are at present six: Arts, Science, Law, Education, Engineering 
and Medicine. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

Faculty of Arts . . . . .. 3,313 

Science .. .. ..1,112 

Medicine . . . . . . 284 

Engineering . . . . 88 

Education . . . . . . 77 

Law .. .. .. 393 

Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations 
for the year 1935-1936. 

ANNUAL. 1935 1936 

Matriculation .. .. .. .. 2,080 2,439 

Intermediate Arts . . . . 387 379 

Intermediate Science . . . . 210 137 

Bachelor of Arts .. .. .. ..272 287 

Bachelor of Science . . . . 52 59 

Law Part I (June) . . . . 58 83 

Law Part II (June) . . . , 60 71 

Diploma in Education . . . . 68 57 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 451 

1935 1936 

Bachelor of Education . . . . . . 3 

Master of Education . . . . . . . . 8 

1st. M.B.B.S. (January 1935 and 1936) ..22 2& 

2nd. M.B.B.S. Part I (March) . . 20 27 

2nd M.B.B.S. Part II . . 16 24 

Final M.B.B.S. Part I . . 21 20 

Final M.B.B.S. Part II . . 18 23 

Intermediate Examination in Civil Engineering 10 25 

Bachelor of Civil Engineering . . . . 27 10 

Master of Arts . . . . . . 69 52 

Master of Science.. .. .. .. 14 14 

Doctor of Philosophy . . . . . . 1 

Doctor of Medicine . . . . . . . . 1 

SUPPLEMENTARY. 

Matriculation . . . . . . . . 486 595 

Intermediate Arts . . . . 74 89 

Intermediate Science . . . . 47 42 

Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . 50 7O 

Bachelor of Science . . . . 14 12 

Law Part I (January) . . . . 78 61 

Law Part II . . . . 60 54- 

1st M.B.B.S. (March) .. .. ..11 11 

2nd M.B.B.S. Part I (September) .. .. 12 11 

2nd M.B.B.S. Part II . . 20 12 

Final M.B.B.S. Part I . . 13 12 

Final M.B.B.S. Part II . . 18 16 

Scholarships and Medals. 

State Scholarships. State Scholarships of the value of 
300 a year, tenable for three years, payable from Provincial 
Revenues for study abroad, are from time to time awarded by 
the Government of Bihar and Orissa to persons who are natives 
of, or domiciled in, the Province. 

Research Scholarships. The University awards annually 
two scholarships each of the value of Rs. 75 per month tenable 
for two years for research work to candidates who have obtained 
the degrees of M.A. or M.Sc. or M.B.B.S. or B.C.E. or B.ED. 
or M.X. The scholars have to work under Professors of 
recognized colleges and are required to give the whole of their 
time to research work. 

Harendranath Manorama Scholarship. One scholarship of 
the value of Rs. 5 a month, tenable for two years, is awarded 
in alternate years to the deserving student who, after passing" 
the I.Sc. examination, joins the B.Sc. class with Mathematics 
and Chemistry as his combination and who fails to secure a. 
Government or other scholarship. 



452 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Sir Ganesh Dutta Singh Loan Scholarship. This scholarship 
is restricted to permanent residents of the area within the juris- 
diction of Patna University and is awarded for higher study in 
Medicine or in Science in India or abroad. 

There are also a number of University Medals: A gold 
medal and a prize of books of the value of Rs. 200 for the 
candidate standing first in the First Class in each subject of the 
M.A. & M.Sc. examinations, Gait English Medal, Shrimati 
Radhika Sinha Medal, the Gidhaur Gold Medal, Bakhshi Ramyad 
Sinha Medal, Maclhava Gold Medal and Prize, Shaw Memorial 
Medal, I. N. Chandra Gold Medal, Rabindranath Mukherjee 
Medal, Shrimati Ramkishori Medal, Sifton Hindi Gold Medal, 
Sifton Urdu Gold Medal, Macpherson Gold Medal, Jyotirmoyee 
Silver Jubilee Medal, Wheeler Gold Medal, Sir Jwala Prasad 
Medal, Ramji Das Gupta Medal, and Walford Medal, awarded 
to students who pass prescribed examinations and obtain the 
highest number of marks in a particular subject. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library contains 24,000 volumes. There is 
an annual grant of Rs. 4,000. 

The Trustees of the Bayley Memorial Library Fund trans- 
ferred a sum of Rs. 96,049-9-0 (50,000 Government Grant plus 
Rs. 46,049-9-0 realized subscriptions) to the University Library 
on certain conditions which were accepted by the Syndicate. Out 
of this sum Rs. 2,000 have been allotted for the purchase of 
books this year. 

The Reading Room of the Library is used by readers 
throughout the clay. 

Provision for Research. 

The Regulations, with a view to encourage research in 
Vernacular Literature and Languages and foster their growth, 
authorize the Syndicate to provide grants, prizes or scholarships 
for (a) Critical editions of early vernacular texts, (b) Histori- 
cal investigation of the origin of vernacular literatures and their 
early development, and (c) Philological investigations of Indian 
Vernaculars and their dialects. 

There are University Readerships to whiclt appointments 
are made by the Chancellor on the recommendations of the 
Syndicate and the Senate. The following are the endowed 
Readerships, namely: (1) The Banaili Readership in Indian 
Economics, (2) The Sukh Raj Roy Readership in Natural 
Science, (3) The Ramdin Readership in Hindi. Each Reader 
is entitled to an Honorarium of Rs. 600 for delivering a course 
of not less than 6 lectures on an approved subject. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY ' 453 

Associations in the University. 

1. Patna University Athletic Club. 

2. Patna University Training Corps. 

3. Patna University Students' Information Bureau. 

4. Patna University Debating Society. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The Lectures of the University Readers are published by 
the University at its own cost. The following lectures have so 
far been published: (1) The Indian Fiscal Problem, (2) The 
Place of Partial Differential Equations in Mathematical Physics, 
(3) Magadhan Literature, (4) The Moghul Administration, 
(5) Nadir Shah in India, (6) The Glories of Magadha, (7) Re- 
cent Investigations concerning the Constitution of Matter, 
(8) The Main Currents of Mahratta History, (9) Early Inscrip- 
tions of Bihar and Orissa, (10) Comparative Colonial Policy, 

(11) Educational Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, 

(12) The Value of Scientific and Intuitive Thought in the 
Advance of Modern Medicine, (13) Economics of Protection in 
India, (14) Principles and Methods of Anthropology, (15) The 
Rural Economy of India, (16) Some Aspects of Fiscal Re- 
construction in India, (17) Language in Education, (18) 
Atomic Physics, (19) Federal Finance in India, (20) The Buddh- 
istic Philosophy of the Theravada Schools, as embodied in the 
Pali Abhidhamma, (21) The Moghul Administrations (Second 
Series), (22) India and the International Labour Organization, 

(23) Hindu Law in its Sources, (24) Indian Banking 
with Special Reference to Bihar and Orissa, (25) High Tempe- 
rature Flames and their Thermo-dynamics, (26) Bihar and 
Orissa during the Fall of the Moghul Empire, (27) New Con- 
ceptions in Biochemistry, (28) The Medical and Economic As- 
pects of Some Indian Medical Plants, (29) Some Aspects of 
the Census Operations of 1931 in Bihar and Orissa, (30) Contri- 
bution of Hindi Literature to Indian History, (31) The Origin 
and Growth of the Hindi Language and its Literature, (32) 
Introduction to the Biochemistry of Nitrogen Conservation, 
(33) Some Aspects of Roman Law, (34) Tuhfa-i-Sami, (35) 
Lectures on Shakespeare, (36) Early Persian Poets of India. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The University, as at present constituted, does not control 
the residence of students directly. Students who do not reside 
with their parents or other legal guardians are required to reside 
in collegiate hostels or in lodgings approved by the College. The 
University, however, supervises the residence of students through 
a Student Residence Committee appointed annually by the 
Senate. The functions of this Committee are advisory. 

16 



454 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The receipts for the year 1936 were Rs. 3,00,116-10-6 while 
the expenditure was Rs. 2,73,421-11-6. 

There is a Provident Fund since 1918 to which only the 
whole-time servants of the University can contribute. The rate 
of subscription is 9% per cent, per mensem on the salary of the 
depositor and an equal amount is contributed by the University^ 
and placed to the credit of the depositor. 

Women's Education. 

Female candidates are admitted to the LA. and B.A.. 
examinations without studying in an affiliated College. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, Discipline, etc. 

The University, as at present constituted, does not control 
the residence, health, or discipline of the students directly. 
The power of control in these matters is vested in the Principals 
of Colleges through the Governing Bodies of the Colleges. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

Admission to the courses of study in the University is 
open to othose who have passed the Matriculation examination 
of the University or any other examination recognized as equi- 
valent thereto. 

The University offers the Degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A. and Pn.D. in Arts; B.Sc. (Pass and Honours),. 
M.Sc. and D.Sc. in Science; the Professional degrees conferred 
are: B.L., M.L. and LL.D. in Law; Master of Education in 
Teaching; B.C.E. in Civil Engineering; and M.B.B.S., Master 
of Surgery and Doctor of Medicine in Medicine. 

Diplomas are also awarded in Teaching and Music. 

COURSES OF STUDY. 
ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to the admission to the University, 
and a candidate is required to study and be examined in the 
following subjects: 

(1) English (three papers). 

(2) Composition in Vernacular Language (one paper). 
(3), (4) and (5) Three of the following subjects of which 

two at least must be taken from Group A : 

GROUP A. 

1. A selected Language, 2. History, 3. Logic, 4. Mathe- 
matics, 5. Elementary Economics and Public Administration^ 
6. Domestic Science, /. Geography and 8. Education. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 455 

GROUP *B. 

1. Physics, 2. Chemistry, 3. Elementary Physics and Che- 
mistry, 4. Physiology, 5. Botany, 6. Zoology, and 7. Geology and 
Mineralogy. 

The minimum for a pass is thirty-six per cent, in English 
and in the Vernacular, and thirty per cent, in the remaining 
subjects and thirty-four per cent, in the aggregate. A candidate 
who obtains not less than sixty per cent, is placed in the First 
Division, and in the Second Division if he obtains not less than 
fifty per cent. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass and Honours) . The course extends 
-over two years subsequent to the Intermediate examination. 
A candidate for the Degree is required to study and be examined 
in 1. English (three papers), 2. Composition in a Vernacular 
(one paper), 3 and 4. Two subjects (three papers each) to be 
selected from the following, one at least being taken from 
<Group A: 

GROUP A. 

1. A Language, 2. History, 3. Economics, 4. Political 
Science, 5. Philosophy, or Experimental Psychology, and 
<6. Mathematics. 

GROUP B. 

1. Physiology, 2. Botany, 3. Zoology, 4. Physics, 5. Che- 
mistry, and 6. Geography. 

A candidate for Honours is required to offer three more 
papers in one of the subjects other than Vernacular Composi- 
tion. 

The minimum for a pass is thirty-three and one-third per 
<cent. in each subject and thirty-six per cent, in the aggregate. 
50 per cent, in the aggregate entitles to a distinction in the 
Pass course. 

To qualify for Honours in the subject selected a candidate 
must obtain forty per cent, in "that subject. Sixty per cent, in 
the subject entitles a candidate to secure a First Class. 

Master of Arts. A candidate for this Degree should have 
studied for two years subsequent to graduation under a Uni- 
versity Professor or in a college recognized for the purpose. 
One of the following subjects may be selected for study and 
-examination : 

1. English, 2. A Classical Language, 3. Vernacular, 
4. Comparative Philosophy, 5. Mental and Moral Philosophy, 
<6. History, 7. Ethnology, 8. Archaeology, 9. Economics and 
Political Science, 10. Mathematics, and 11. Experimental Psy- 
chology. 



456 HANDBOOK OP INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

There are eight papers of four hours each at the examina- 
tion and the minimum for a pass is thirty-six per cent, in the 
aggregate. But marks less than twenty-five per cent, in any 
paper are not included in the aggregate. Candidates obtaining 
sixty per cent, of the total are placed in the First Class, and 
in the Second Class if they obtain fifty per cent. 

Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). A Master of Arts who has 
obtained a first or a second class may apply for the Degree 
after three years from the time of his taking Master's Degree. 
He is required to submit a thesis embodying the result of his 
research and is further required to submit himself to a written 
examination at which two papers of three hours each are set, 
one upon the subject of his thesis and the other upon the subject 
of the candidate's study ; and also to an oral or practical test 
with reference to his thesis. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over two 
years subsequent to the Matriculation examination. A candi- 
date is required to study and be examined in the following 
subjects: 

1. English (three papers), 2. Composition in a Vernacu- 
lar (one paper), 3. Chemistry (two papers and a practical 
examination), 4. Mathematics or Physics (two papers in each 
and a practical examination in Physics), 5. one of the following 
two papers in each and a practical examination except in Mathe- 
matics: (i) Botany, (ni) Geology and Mineralogy, (in) Zoo- 
logy, (iv) Physiology, (v) General Biology, (vi) Mathematics 
and (vii) Physics (if not already selected). The minimum for 
a pass and classification of successful candidates are the same as 
in Arts, except that each successful candidate must pass in the 
practical examination, the percentage for a pass being 40. 

Bachelor of Science (Pass and Honours). The course ex- 
tends over two years subsequent to the Intermediate examina- 
tion. A candidate is required to study and be examined in 
three of the following subjects : 

1. Mathematics, 2. Physics, 3. Chemistry, 4. Botany,. 
5. Geology and Mineralogy, 6. Zoology, and 7. Physiology. 

There are two papers and a practical examination in each 
of these subjects except Mathematics in which there will be 
only three papers. 

Honours may be obtained by taking in addition to the Pass 
papers in two of the subjects, four theoretical papers, and twa 
practical examinations in one of the Science subjects or six 
papers in Mathematics. The minimum for a Pass and Honours 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 457 

is the same as for the B.A. Pass and Honours respectively, 
except that each successful candidate must pass in the practical 
examination, the percentage for a pass being 40. 

Master of Science. This Degree may be taken after two- 
years of study subsequent to graduation in Science. A candidate 
is required to offer one of the following subjects: 

1. Mathematics, 2. Chemistry, 3. Physics, 4. Botany, 
5. Physiology, 6. Geology and Mineralogy, 7. Zoology and 
Comparative Anatomy. 

Eight papers of four hours each are set in Mathematics, 
and four papers of four hours each, in each of the other sub- 
jects with a practical examination. 

A candidate who has obtained Honours in B.Sc. is allowed 
to present a piece of research work in lieu of two papers and 
submit himself to oral and practical examination on the subject 
of his research. The minimum for a pass is the same as for the 
M.A. examination. 

Doctor of Science. The rules and regulations are the same 
as for the Doctorate in Philosophy. 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Law. The course of study is open to graduates 
and extends over two years. 

The subjects for study are as follows : 

Law Examination, Part I. (1) Jurisprudence and the 
Elements of Roman Law, (2) Constitutional Law of England 
and of India, (3) The Law of Crimes and the general princi- 
ples of Criminal Procedure and of the Law of Evidence relating 
thereto, (4) Hindu Law including all legislative enactments 
relating thereto, (5) The Law of Contracts and the Law of Torts. 

Law Examination, Part II. (1) The Law relating to 
Property including the Law of Land Tenures, Land Revenue 
and Prescription, (2) The Principles of Equity including the 
Law of Trusts and the Law relating to Specific Relief, (3) The 
Law of Pleadings and the general principles of Civil Procedure 
and the Law of Evidence, (4) (a) The Law of Transfer inter 
vivos, (b) The Principles of Intestate and Testamentary Succes- 
sion (exclusive of the Hindu and the Muhammadan Laws of In- 
testate Succession), (c) The general principles of the Law of 
Limitation, (5) (a) Muhammadan Law with all legislative enact- 
ments relating thereto, (&) Other Acts specified. 

To pass the Law Examination f*art I a candidate must 
obtain 33 per cent, in each paper and 50 per cent, of the aggre- 
gate. Candidates obtaining 66f per cent, are placed in the 
First Class. 



458 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

In order to pass the Law Examination Part II a candidate 
must obtain 33 per cent, in each paper, and 50 per cent, of the 
aggregate. To obtain a First Class the candidate must obtain 
66f per cent, of the marks of the Law examinations Parts I 
and II put together. 

Master of Law. Candidates for this must be graduates who 
have held the Degree of Bachelor of Law. The subjects for 
study are: 1. Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law, 2. Jurispru- 
dence and Principles of Legislation, 3. Principles and History of 
Roman Law, 4. Private International Law, 5 and 6. any two 
of the following subjects, namely: (i) Principles of Equity, 
(ii) The Law relating to the Transfer of Immovable Property 
and the Law of Prescription, (Hi) The Law relating to Wills, 
(iv) The Law of Contracts and Torts, (z/) Principles and 
History of the Law of Real and Personal Property, (vi) Princi- 
ples and History of the Law of Evidence, (TO) History of English 
Law. Six papers, each of three hours' duration, shall be set to 
each candidate, one on each of the six subjects. There is also a 
^nva voce examination. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 50 per cent, in 
each paper and those who obtain 66| of the aggregate are ranked 
in the First Class. 

Degree of Doctor of Law. One year after passing the 
examination of M.L., a candidate may present a thesis contain- 
ing his research. If the thesis is approved, the candidate is re- 
quired to submit to a written examination, consisting of two 
papers, one upon the special subject mentioned by the candidate 
and the other on the subject of the thesis. There is also an 
oral examination. Upon the recommendation of the Syndicate 
the Degree is conferred. 

EDUCATION. 

Diploma in Education Examination. The course of study 
extends over one year after passing the Bachelor's Degree 
examination in Arts or Science, besides a course of practical 
training in a school. The subjects and the scheme of examination 
are as follows: 1. History of Educational Practice, 2. Principles 
of Education, 3. Methods of Teaching, 4. Hygiene of the School 
Child, and 5. Practical Training. 

In each Theoretical subject, there is one paper. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain thirty-six per cent, 
of the marks in each of the above subjects and 40 per cent, 
in the practical examination. Candidates obtaining 60 per cent, 
of the marks shall be declared to have attained distinction. 

Master of Education Examination. The examination is 
open to candidates one year after passing the Diploma in Educa- 
tion examination. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 459 

Any candidate who has passed the Bachelor of Education- 
examination under the regulations which were in force during 
the years from 1928 to 1934 may be admitted to the Master of 
Education examination as a non-collegiate student on the recom- 
mendation of the Principal of the Patna Training College. 

(i) Philosophy of Education. 

(ii) Educational Psychology. 

(Hi) Methods of teaching a special subject. 

(iv) History of Education. 

(v) Intensive study of a special educational problem. 

(vi) Educational measurements. 

(vii) Practical work. 

In the theoretical portion of the examination there shall be 
six papers each of four hours 1 duration carrying 100 marks, 
namely, one paper in each of the subjects (/) to (vi) mentioned 
above. 

In order to pass the Master of Education examination a 
candidate must obtain 216 marks in the aggregate of the six 
theoretical papers and 80 marks in the practical examination. 
If in any theoretical paper a candidate obtains less than 25 marks 
those marks shall not be included in his aggregate. Candidates 
who obtain 400 marks shall be placed in the Second Class and 
candidates who obtain 480 marks shall be placed in the First 
Class. 

Civil, ENGINEERING. 

Intermediate Examination in Civil Engineering. The 
examination is open to registered undergraduates of the Univer- 
sity, two years after passing the Intermediate examination irr 
Science or other equivalent examination. The course of study 
extends over two years. In order to qualify for this examina- 
tion the candidates must obtain 60 per cent, of marks awarded 
for Field Work (Surveying) and other practical work in work- 
shops during two sessions preceding the examination. 

The subjects for study and examination are as follows: 

Group I Mathematics . . Two papers of 3 hours 

each. 

Group II Building Materials and One paper of 3 hours. 

Construction 
Surveying . . One paper of 3 hours. 

Group III Elementary Mechanical One paper of 3 hours. 

Engineering 

Elementary Electrical One paper of 3 hours. 

Engineering 



460 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Gro(up IV Graphic Statics and One paper of 4 hours. 
Applied Mechanics 

Estimating . . One paper of 4 hours. 

Group V Laboratory Records . . Sessional work. 

Mechanical Drawing . . Sessional work. 

Group VI Field Surveys . . Sessional work. 

Building Drawing . . Sessional work. 

Each paper carries 100 marks. Minimum for a pass is 33 
per cent, in each group, and 40 per cent, in the aggregate; 60 
per cent, to get First Division and 50 per cent, to get Second 
Division. 

Bachelor of Civil Engineering Examination. The examina- 
tion may be taken two years after passing the Intermediate 
examination in Civil Engineering and after a further regular 
course of study extending over two years. 

In order to qualify for this examination a candidate must 
obtain 60 per cent, of marks awarded for Field Work (Survey- 
ing) for his particular Engineering project and for other prac- 
tical work in workshops, etc. The subjects for study and exami- 
nation are as follows : 

Group I Strength and Elasticity Three hours. 

of Materials 
Theory of Structures . . Three hours. 

Group II Water Supply and Sani- Three hours. 

tary Engineering 
Irrigation and Hydraulics Three hours. 

Group III Roads, Railways and Three hours. 

Bridges 
Estimating . . Four hours. 

Group IV Business Method . . Three hours. 

Economics of Engineering Three hours. 

Group V Structural Design . . Sessional work. 

Laboratory Records . . Sessional work. 

Group VI Field Surveys . . Sessional work. 

Civil Engineering Project Sessional work. 

There is one paper in each of the subjects under each group 
and carries 100 marks. 

The minimum marks for a pass are 40 per cent, in each 
group and 50 per cent, in the aggregate; 840 marks in the 
aggregate entitle a candidate to First Class, and 720 marks to 
Second Class. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 461 

Before a successful candidate is admitted to the degree of 
Bachelor of Civil Engineering he has to produce evidence of 
a further practical training for one year to the satisfaction of 
the University. 

MEDICINE. 

First M.B.B.S. Examination. The examination may be 
taken six months after passing the I.Sc. examination. A candi- 
date is required to study and be examined in the following 
subjects: 1. Botany, 2. Zoology. In order to pass a candidate 
must secure 40 per cent, of the maximum marks in each part 
of each subject. 

Second M.B.BS. Examination, Part I. The examination 
may be taken at least one year after passing the First M.B.B.S. 
examination. A candidate is required to study and be examined 
in the following subjects: (1) Materia Medica and Practical 
Pharmacy, (2) Organic Chemistry. In order to pass a candidate 
must secure at least 40 per cent, of the maximum marks in 
each part of each subject and 50 per cent, in the aggregate of 
each subject. 

Second M.B.B.S. Examination, Part II. The examina- 
tion may be taken at least two years after passing the First 
M.B.B.S. examination. A candidate is required to study and 
be examined in the following subjects: 1. Human Anatomy 
(including Embryology), Descriptive and Practical, 2. Human 
Physiology (including Histology) and Chemical a,nd Experi- 
mental Physiology. In order to pass a candidate must secure 
at least 40 per cent, of the maximum marks in each part of each 
subject and SO per cent, in the aggregate of each subject. 

Fined M.B.B.S. Examination, Part I. The examination 
may be taken at least two years after passing both parts of the 
Second M.B.B.S. examination. A candidate is required to 
study and be examined in the following subjects: 1. Patho- 
logy and Bacteriology, 2. Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, 
3. Hygiene and Public Health, 4. Pharmacology and Thera- 
peutics. In order to pass, a candidate must secure at least 40 per 
cent, and 50 per cent, in the aggregate of each subject of the 
maximum marks in each part of each sub jet. A candidate who 
passes in all subjects at one time and secures 75 per cent, of the 
maximum marks in any subject shall be declared to have passed 
with Honours in tKat subject. 

Final M.B.B.S. Examination, Part II. The examination 
may be taken at least three years after passing both parts of 
the Second M.B.B.S. examination. A candidate is required to 
study and be examined in the following subjects: 1. Medicine 
(two papers), 2. Surgery, 3. Obstetric Medicine, 4. Ophthal- 
mology and Diseases of Ear, Nose and Throat. In order to 



462 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

pass a candidate must secure. 50 per cent, of the maximum 
marks in each part of each subject of the examination. A can- 
didate who passes in all subjects at one time and secures 75 per 
cent, of the maximum marks in any subject shall be declared to 
have passed with Honours in that subject. 

Master of Surgery. Any registered candidate who has 
passed the M.B.B.S. examination not less than three academical 
years previously may be examined for the Degree of M.S. in 
the following branches : 

I. General Surgery including Gynaecology. 
II. Ophthalmology. 
III. Laryngology, Rhinology and Octology. 

Provided that candidates who have obtained Honours in 
Surgery at the M.B.B.S. examination may be permitted to sit 
ior the M.S. examination after two years have elapsed since 
they passed the Final M.B.B.S. examination. 

Provided also that a similar concession shall be made in the 
case of a candidate who produces evidence that he has devoted, 
subsequent to his graduation, at least one year in practical 
study or hospital work in the special subject in which he wishes 
to present a thesis. 

The subjects in which a thesis may be presented are: 

(i) Surgery. 

(ii) Ophthalmology, 

(Hi) Gynaecology, and 

(iv) Anatomy including Operative Anatomy. 

The examination for the Degree of M.S. shall consist of: 

BRANCH I. 

(a) Two papers in Surgery (including Gynaecology) one 

of which may be a case for commentary or an essay 
on one or two subjects selected from General Surgery 
and Gynaecology. 

(b) One paper in Surgical Pathology. 

(c) One paper in Surgical Anatomy. 

(d) A clinical examination. 

(e) Operations on the dead body. 
(/) An oral examination. 

BRANCH II. 

(a) One paper in General Surgery. 

(b) One paper in Ophthalmology. 

(c) One paper in the Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye 

including Physiological Optics. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY , 463 

(d) One paper in the Pathology of the Eye. 

(e) A clinical examination. 

(/) Operations on the dead body. 
(g) An oral examination. 

BRANCH III. 

(a) One paper in General Surgery. 

(b) One paper in Laryngology, Otology and Rhinology. 

(c) One paper in the Anatomy and Physiology of the Ear, 

Nose and Throat. 

(d) One paper in the Pathology of the Ear, Nose and 

Throat. 

(e) A clinical examination. 

(/) Operations on the dead body. 
(g) An oral examination. 

Doctor of Medicine. Any registered candidate who has 
passed the M.B.B.S. examination not less than three acade- 
mical years previously may be examined for the Degree of M.D. 
in the following branches: 

Branch I. General Medicine including Mental Diseases. 
II. Obstetric Medicine and Diseases of Women and 

Children. 
III. Pathology. 
IV. Tropical Medicine. 

Provided that candidates who have obtained Honours in 
Medicine at the M.B.B.S. examination may be permitted to sit 
for the M.D. examination after two years have elapsed since 
they passed the Final M.B.B.S. examination. 

Provided also that a similar concession shall be made in 
the case of a candidate who produces evidence that he has 
devoted, subsequent to his graduation, at least one year in prac- 
tical study or hospital work in the special subject in which he 
wishes to present a thesis. 

The subjects in which a thesis may be presented are: 

(i) Physiology. 

(ii) Pathology. 

(Hi) Bacteriology. 

(vu) Therapeutics. 

(v) Medicine. 

(*) Forensic Medicine. 

(vii) Mental Diseases. 

(viii) Toxicology. 

(ix) State Medicine. 

O) Obstetrics. 



464 . HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The examination for the Degree of M.D. shall consist of: 

BRANCH I. 

(a) Medicine One paper. 

(&) Medicine including Mental Diseases and Pathology 
Two papers. 

(c) A clinical and oral examination including an examina- 
tion in Pathological specimens. 

BRANCH II. 

(a) Medicine One paper. 

(b) Obstetric Medicine and Diseases of Women and Children 

including the Pathology of these subjects Two 
papers. 

(c) A clinical and oral examination in Obstetric Medicine 

and Diseases of Women and Children including an 
examination in Pathological specimens. 

BRANCH III. 

(a) Medicine One paper. 

(b) Pathology Two papers. 

(c) A clinical and oral examination in Pathology. 

BRANCH IV. 

(a) Medicine One paper. 

(b) Tropical. Medicine including the Pathology of Tropical 

Diseases Two papers. 

(c) A clinical and oral examination including an examination 

in Pathological specimens. 



University of Rangoon. 



Introductory : Character oi the University. 

The University of Rangoon was incorporated in December 
1920 by the University of Rangoon Act 1920 (modified by an 
amendment Act of 1924) as a Teaching and Residential Univer- 
sity, when Government College, Rangoon, and Judson College, 
Rangoon, which had been affiliated to the University of Calcutta, 
were incorporated as Constituent Colleges of the University. 

The University now comprises four Constituent Colleges, 
namely : 

University College, 

Judson College, 

the Teachers' Training College, situated with the main 
University Buildings, Convocation Hall, University 
Library, University Gymnasium, Sanatorium, Stu- 
dents' Union, etc., on the University Estate, and 

the Medical College stands near the Rangoon General 
Hospital and a large Maternity Hospital in the 
city. 

It was intended that the University should be unitary in 
character; the two colleges first named above were left free by 
the Act to amalgamate within five years of the passing of the 
Act. As this amalgamation has not been brought about, the 
University falls short of the unitary ideal but preserves a resi- 
dential unitary character. 

An Intermediate College has been opened at Mandalay by 
Government and is managed by the University. Special tempo- 
rary Regulations have been made to enable students from Man- 
dalay to appear for the Intermediate Examinations of the 
University. 

The University appoints certain members of the teaching 
staff of the Constituent Colleges to the office of Professor of the 
University. These officers are paid .honoraria by the University 
at the rate of Rs. 300 per .mensem which has now been reduced 
to Rs. 200 per mensem for future appointments. Their duties 
as Professors are prescribed in the Regulations of the University. 
They are in charge of the teaching and organization of the 
departments with w.hich they are concerned. Other teachers in 
the Constituent Colleges, are designated lecturers, assistant 
lecturers, tutors and demonstrators. 



466 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The University authorities are: 

The Chancellor, 
The Vice-Chancellor, 
The Council, 
The Senate. 

The Council consists of not more than 70 members and 
exercises its functions by means of an Executive Committee of 
12 members. The Council is the supreme authority of the 
University and has power to reject any Act or Resolution of the 
Senate (the academic authority) in excess of the powers of the 
latter authority. 

The Senate consists of: 

The Chancellor, 

The Director of Public Instruction, Burma, 

The Principals of Constituent Colleges, 

The Professors, 

Three members of the Council, 

and not less than 10 Lecturers in Constituent Colleges, 

Its executive duties are discharged by the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Senate. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 
The Governor-General of India. 

CHANCELLOR. 
His Excellency The Hon'ble Sir Archibald Doughlas Cochrane, 

G.C.M.G., K.C.S.I., D.S.O. 
PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

The Hon'ble U Tharrawaddy Mating Maung, B.SC. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
U Set, C.I.E., B.A. 

REGISTRAR. 
L. Htin Si, M.A. (Cal.). 

PROFESSORS. 

English .. F. W. W. Rhodes, M.A., B.A. 

Oriental Studies . . Khan Sahib A. Cassim, B.A., B.E.S. 

(Offff.). 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 



467 



History 
Economics 

Philosophy 
Mathematics 

Physics 
Chemistry 



Biology 

Geology and Geo- 
graphy 

Medicine 
Surgery 

Pathology 
Anatomy 

Physiology 



Midwifery and 
Gynaecology 

Torensic Medicine 
Education 

'Civil Engineering 
Forestry 



B. R. Pearn, M.A., F.i.Hist.s., M.R.A.S. 
J. R. Andrus, M.A.., Ph.D. (Calif.) 

(Offg.). 
G. S. Jury, M.A., ph.D. 

L. G. Owen, M.A., i.E.s. (On leave). 

E. G. Lewis, B.SC. (Offg.). 

Dr. J. West, B.SC., D.SC., F.mst.p. 

D. H. Peacock, M A., D.SC., *M.c., F.C.S., 

i.K.s. (On Leave). 
J. Farquharson, B.SC., Ph.D., A. i.e., F.c.s. 



F. J. Meggitt, M.SC., Ph.D. (Birm.), 

F.Z.S., i.E.s. 
C. G. Beasley, M.A., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 

Lt.-Col. R. V. Morrison, M.D., F.R.C.P. 
(Edin.), i. M.S. (On leave). 

Major D. P. MacDonald, M.B., ch.B., 

F.R.C.S., I. M.S. 

Lt.-Col. R. H. Malone, M.D., I.M.S. 

Major G. M. Irvine, M.D., I..M., F.R.C.S.^., 
I.M.S. 

Captain C. F. J. Cropper, B.A., M.R.C.S., 

I.M.S. (On leave). 
Dr. H. Chowdhury, M.SC., M.B., M.R.C.P. 

(Offg.). 
Lt.-Col. M. L. Treston, F.R.C.S., M.R.C.S., 

L.R.C.P., M.C.O.G., I.M.S. 

(Vacant). 

Miss M. E. Scott, M.B.E., M.A., B.E)d., 

i.^.s. 

F. Webster, M.C., M.Kng., A.M.I. c.E. 
(Vacant). 

Dr. Ba Han, M.A., Ph.D., D.ijtt., Bar-at- 
Law. 



Constituent Colleges and their Staff. 

(1) University College. 

(2) Judson College. 

(3) Medical College. 

(4) Training College for Teachers. 



468 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Principal 
Biology 

Chemistry 



Economics 

Civil Engineering 



English 



Geography and Geo- 
logy 



History 



UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. 

. Pe Maung Tin, M.A. (Cal), B.utt, 

(Oxon.), I.E.S. 
Professor: F. J. Meggitt, M.SC., ph.D, 

(Birni.), F.z.s., i.E.S. 
Lecturer : ( Vacant) . 
Asst. Lecturer: L. P. Khanna, M.SC., 

F.i,,s. ; 4 Demonstrators and 1 Curator, 

Professor: D. H. Peacock, M.A, 

(Cantab.), D.SC. (Lond.), F.I.C., tf.c.s., 
i.E.S. (On leave). 
Lecturer: J. Farquharson, B.SC., rh.D., 

A. i.e., F.c.s. (Offg. Professor). 
Asst. Lecturers: Dr. R. Venkateswa- 

ran, M.A. (Madras), Ph.D.; B. K. 

Menon, M.SC.; U Po Tha, M.SC. 

(Ran.) ; and 8 Demonstrators and 

Assistant Demonstrators. 

Lecturer: Dr. H. Bernardelli, D.phil. 
Asst. Lecturer: R. C. Dube, M.A. (All.) ; 
and 2 Tutors. 

Professor: F. Webster, M.C., M.Eng., 

A.M.I.C.E. 
Lecturers: A. Burton, B.SC. (Eng.), 

A.M.i.Mech.E. ; D. Pandril-Davies, 

A.M.I.E.E. 

Asst. Lecturer: R. C. Jaidka, B.SC.; 
1 Tutor; and E. M. Edulgee, B.O.T., 
Workshop Superintendent. 

Professor: F. W. W. Rhodes, M.A., B.A. 

Lecturers: L. Htin Si, M.A. ; M. J. P. 
Cruttwell, B.A. ; Dr. Htin Aung, B.A., 
Ph.D., Bar-at-Law; Dr. (Mrs.) I. M. 
Beasley, B.A., ph.D. 

Asst. Lecturers: P. G. Gopalakrishna 
Aiyar, M.A. (Madras) ; S. Jembu- 
nathan, M.A. ; U Myo Min, B.A., B.I,.: 
and 11 Tutors. 

Professor: C. G. Beasley, M.A., F.G.S., 

F.R.G.S. 

Lecturers: O. H. K. Spate, M.A., Ph.D.; 
J. S. Turner, M.SC., F.G.S. ; 3 Demon- 
strators; and 1 Cartographer. 

Professor: B. R. Pearn, M.A., F.R.nist.s., 
M.R.A.S. 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 



469 



Law 



Mathematics 



Oriental Studies 



Logic 
Physics 



Principal 
Biology 

Burmese and Pali 
Literature 



Chemistry and 
Physics 



Lecturer in Far Eastern History: G. H. 

Luce, M.A., I.E.S. 
Asst. Lecturer: W. S. Desai, M.A. 

(Bom.), B.A. (Cantab.) ; and 4 Tutors. 

Professor: Dr. Ba Han, M.A., Ph.D., 
D.Litt, Bar-at-Law. 

Lecturers: U Myint, B.A., Bar-at-Law; 
U Chan Tun Aung, B.A., B.L V Bar-at- 
Law. 

Professor: L. G. Owen, M.A. (Oxon.), 
i.E.S. (On leave}. 

Lecturer: E. G. Lewis, B.SC. (Offg. 
Professor) . 

Asst. Lecturers: K. P. Haldar, M.A., 
M.SC. (Cal.); U Ka, M.A. (Ran.), 
A.T.M.; U. Aung Hla, M.A. ; and 3 
Tutors. 

Professor: Khan Sahib A. Cassim, B.A., 

B.E.S. (Offg.). 
Asst. Lecturer in Pali: U Hla Aung, 

B.A. (Ran.). 
Asst. Lecturer in Burmese : U E Maung, 

M.A. (Ran.) ; and 10 Tutors. 
Special Lecturer: N. C. Das Purka- 

yastha, M.A., B.L. 
Processor: Dr. J. West, B.SC., D.SC., 

F.mst.p. 

Lecturer: W. C. Quayle, M.A., B.SC. 
Asst. Lecturer: N. G. Srinivasan, 

M.SC.; and 8 Demonstrators and As- 
sistant Demonstrators. 
JUDSON COLLEGE. 
G. S. Jury, M.A., ph.o. (Yale). 
G. E. Gates, M.A., ph.D (Harward) ; 

F. G. Dickason, B.A. (Wooster). 
U Tun Pe, M.A. (Cal.), B.L. (Rangoon), 

M.R.A.S., M.H.R. (Burmese and Pali) ; 

R. P. Chaudhuri, M.A. (Cal.) (Pali) ; 

and 3 Instructors. 
Miss Marian Shivers, M.A. (Columbia) ; 

.C. C. Scherling, M.A. (Cantab.) ; 

Dwight Olney Smith, B.A. (Redlands), 

B.SC. (California Tec.); S. C. Guha; 

M.A. (Cal.) ; N. C. Majumdar, M.SC. 

(Cal) ; B. K. Basak, M.SC. (Cal.) ; and 

1 Demonstrator. 



470 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



English Literature . 

History 

Mathematics 



Mental and Moral 
Science and Logic 



Economics 
Geography 

Principal 



Assistant to the 
Principal 

Anaesthetics 
Anatomy 



Contagious Diseases 

Dentistry 

Forensic Medicine . 



Hygiene and Public 
Health 



S. H. Rickard, B.A. (Bucknell) ; Miss 
H. K, Hunt, M.A., Dean of Women; 
Johnson Kan Gyi, M.A. (Chicago) ; 
and 3 Instructors. 

J. F. Cady, M.A. (Cincinnati), ph.D. 
(Pennsylvania) ; Miss B. J. Stewart, 
B.A. (Ran.), Ph.D. (Lond.) ; and 2 
Instructors. 

M. N. Ghatak, M.A. (Cal.) (On leave); 
A. N. Johnson, M.SC. (Ran.) ; N. K. 
Chatter ji, M.SC. (Cal.) ; and 1 Instruc- 
tor. 

G. S. Jury, M.A., ph.D. (Yale) ; U Hla 
Bu, M.A. (Cal.), ph.D. (Lond.), Dean 
of Men; K. N. Kar, B.A. ; R. H. 
Lawson Slater, M.A. (Cantab.). 

J. R. Andrus, M.A., Ph.D. (Calif.) ; 
and 1 Instructor. 

L. W. Trueblood, M.A. (Clark). 



MEDICAL 

Lt.-Col. R. V. Morrison, M.D., F.R.C.P. 

(Eclin.), i. M.S. (On leave). 
Lt.-Col. R. H. Malone, M.D., I.M.S. 

(Offg.). 
Dr. W. Chit Tun, M.B. 

Lecturer: Dr. V. S. John, F.R.C.S. 

Professor: Major G. M. Irvine, M.D., 

F.R.C.S.E., r,.M., I.M.S. 
Asst. Lecturer: Dr. S. C. Guha, M.B., 

F.R.F.P.S. 

Demonstrators: Dr. H. N. Das, M.B.B.S. 
(Ran.) ; Dr. A. C. Guha, M.B.B.S. 
(Ran.). 

Lecturer: Dr. K. P. Pillai, M.B.B.S., D.P.H. 
Lecturer: J. H. Drinkall, IV.D.S., F.c.s. 
Processor : ( Vacant) . 
Lecturer: Dr. M. D. David, F.R.c.s.Ed., 

M.B.C.M. 
Asst. to the lecturer: Dr. Maung Tin, 

L.R.C.P., M.R,C.S. 

Lecturer: Dr. San Hla Aung, M.B., 
ch.B., D.P.H. 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 



471 



Medicine 



Mental Diseases 

Obstetrics and Gynae- 
cology 



Ophthalmology 



Pathology and 
Bacteriology 



Pharmacolog}' and 
Materia Medica 



Physiology 



Radiology 



Surgery 



Professor: Lt.-Col. R. V. Morrison, 
M.D V F.R.C.P. (Edin.), I.M.S. (On 
leave) . 

Assistant to the Professor: Dr. M. N. 
Menon, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. 

Lecturer: Major G. H. Fraser, M.B., 
ch.B. (Edin.), D.P.M. (Eng.), I.M.S. 

Professor: Lt.nCol. M. L. Treston, 
F.R.C.S., M.R.C.S., IV.R.C.P., M.C.O.G-. 
I.M.S. 

Asst. to the Professor: Dr. (Miss) C. 
Pereira, M.B.B.S. 

Lecturer: Lt.-Col. H. S. Cormack, M.C., 

M.B., Ch.B., F.R.C.S.IC., D.O., I.M.S. 

Asst. to the Lecturer: Dr. M. H. 
Jhaveri, M.B.B.S. 

Professor: Lt.-Col. R. H. Malone, M.D., 
I.M.S. 

Asst. Lecturers: Dr. P. G. Gollerkeri, 
M.D. ; Dr. T. Venkataswamy, M.D., 
M.B.B.S. ; Dr. N. Ahad, M.B.B.S. (Offg.). 

Demonstrator: Dr. B. C. Barua, M.B.B.S. 

Lecturer: Dr. M. L. Kundu, M.B., 

F.R.F.P.S. 

Asst. Lecturer: Dr. B. S. Kahali, M.B. 
Demonstrator: Dr. S. R. Das Gupta, 
M.B.B.S. 

Processor: Capt. C. F. J. Cropper, B.A., 

M.R.C.S., I.M.S. (On leave). 
Lecturer: Dr. H. Chowdhury, M.SC., 

M.B., M.R.C.P. (Offg. Professor). 
Asst. Lecturer: Dr. B. S. Kahali, M.B. 

(Offg.). 
Demonstrator'. Dr. K. Rahman, M.B.B.S. 

(Ran.). 

Lecturer: Dr. D. C. Vermani, M.R.C.S., 
L.R.C.P. (On leave) ; Lt.-Col. H. S. 
Cormack, M.C., M.B., ch.B., F.R.C.S.E., 
D.O V I.M.S. 

Professor: Major D. P. MacDonald, 

M.B., Ch.B v F.R.C.S., I.M.S. 

Asst. to the Professor: Dr. D. M. 
Nundy, M.B.B.S. 



472 



Principal 

Lecturer in Educa- 
tion 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

TRAINING COLLEGE FOR TEACHERS. 

.. U Ba, B.A. (nons.), B.Ed. (Offg.). 



Miss M. E. Scott, M.B.EV M.A., B.Ed., 

i.E.s. 
Lecturer in History U Ba, B.A. (lions.), B.Ed. 

and Geography 
Lecturer on Teaching Miss G. White, B.A. 

of Infants 

Assistant Lecturers Mrs. I. Grant, B.A., B.T. ; Miss A. 

DeSouza, M.A. ; Miss A. Kamen, M.A. 
Daw Chit, B.A., B.Ed. ; Mrs. O. W. 

Emm, B.A. 
Miss F. Wemyss, B.A. (nons.), B.Ed. 



in English 
Assistant Lecturers 

in Mathematics 
Assistant Lecturers 

in History and 

Geography 

Senior Masters and 
Mistresses 



Art Master 
Drawing Master 
Physical Training 

Instructor 
Physical Training 

Instructress 
Part-time Lecturer 

in School Hygiene 

and First Aid 



Miss W. Alexander, B.A., D.T. ; Daw E 
Shin, B.A., B.Ed. ; U Kyaw Ngwe, B.A., 
B.Ed. ; S. V. Sarma, B.A., B.Ed. ; U Kun, 
B.A., B.Ed. 

U Ba Nyan. 

T. Sein Wan. 

David Tin Hla, ph.B. 

Miss H. Barnard. 

Dr. J. V. Roberts, L,M. & s., D.P.H. 



INTERMEDIATE COLLEGE, MANDALAY, MANAGED BY THE 
UNIVERSITY. 



Principal 



Burmese and Pali 

Chemistry 
English 



Mathematics 

Physics 
History 



A. D. Marshall, M.A. (Oxon.) (On 

leave) ; U Hla Phaw Oo, M.A. (Ran.) 

(Offg.). 
Lecturer: U Aung Than, B.A. (Ran.); 

and 2 Tutors. 

Lecturer: B. K. Pal, M.SC. (Ran.). 
Lecturer: A. D. Marshall, M.A. (Oxon.) 

(On leave) ; John Mooney, B.A. 

(Ran.) (Offg.) ; and 2 Tutors. 
Lecturer: U Hla Phaw Oo, M.A. 

(Ran.). 

Lecturer: H. S. Sokhey, B.SC. (Cal.). 
Lecturer: S. Ramalingam, M.A. (Offg.). 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 

Number of Students in Each Faculty. 

1. Full-time Students (1936-37). 



473 





Graduate 
Students 


Preparing 
for a 
1st Degree 


Diploma 
Students 


Total 


Faculty or School 














f, 


i s 




QJ 




c 




c 


a 


c 





c 





c 


6 




<u 




<u 








0) 








% 


s 





S 





s 





Arts and Science 


4 




1,465 


298 






1,469 


285 


Medicine 






116 


28 






116 


28 


Law 


76 


3 










76 


3 


Engineering 






31 




23 




54 




Education . . 


25 


21 


.. ! .. 


25 


70 


50 


91 












Total 





1,765 


407 



2. Full-time Students residing in Halls. 
Men . . 929. Women 



298. 



Number of Successful Students in Different Examinations of 1937. 



Men Women 



Intermediate 

B.A. (Pass) 

B.Sc. (Pass) 

B.A. (HoNS.) 

B.Sc. (HoNS.) 

M.A. 

M.Sc. 

2nd Exam, for Diploma in Engineering 

Final Exam, for Diploma in Engineering 

1st Exam, in Engineering 

2nd Exam, in Engineering 

B.Sc. Engineering 

1st Exam, in Law 

Bachelor of Laws . . 

University Trained Teachers* Certificate 

Bachelor of Education 

1st M.B. & B.S. Examination 

2nd M.B. & B.S. Examination 

3rd M.B. & B.S. Examination 

Part I Final M.B. & B.S. Examination 

Part II Final M.B. & B.S. Examination 



194 

61 

18 

22 

7 

2 

1 

8 

5 

10 

8 

4 

31 

24 

24 

24 

43 
11 
10 
12 



39 

20 

1 

9 



1 
1 

66 
20 

16 
3 
1 
2 



474 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Scholarships and Medals. 

Collegiate Scholarships are awarded by bodies other than 
the University. 

The Merlin Kingsley Memorial Scholarship awarded to 
women students who have passed the I.Sc. Examination or an 
equivalent examination of the University and are students of 
the Medical College of the University provided they are educated 
and domiciled in Burma. The number of scholarships to be 
awarded is left to the discretion of the Trustees of the Fund. 

UNIVERSITY PRIZES. 

1. The Ho Wah Kain Gold Medal awarded to the student 
of the University of Rangoon standing highest in Mathematics- 
among the successful students in tfie Intermediate Examination. 

2. The Dally Jamshcdji China I Silver Medal awarded to 
the male candidate who stands first among the successful candi- 
dates (in any subject or group of subjects chosen by the Vice- 
Chancellor) in the B.A. (Honours) Examination of the Univer- 
sity of Rangoon. 

3. The Mrs. Plroja Jamshcdji Chinai Silver Medal award- 
ed to the female candidate who stands first among the successful 
candidates (in any subject or group of subjects chosen by the 
Vice-Chancellor) in the B.A. Examination of the University. 

4. The U Shwe Llay Prize (Gold Medal and Books) 
awarded to the successful candidate standing highest in Chemistry 
in the Honours Examination for the Degree of B.Sc. 

5. The S. Ramcmatha Reddiar Prize (Gold Medal and 
Books) awarded to the successful candidate standing highest in 
Physics in the Honours Examination for the Degree of B.Sc. 

6. The U Po Unit Gold Medal awarded to the student of 
either of the two Colleges in Burma who stands highest for the 
year in English Honours in the B.A. Examination of the 
University. 

7. The Hajee Esoof Bhymeah Gold Medal awarded to the 
student of either of the two Colleges in Burma who stands high- 
est in the Examination for the Degree of B.Sc. 

8. The Moay Twe Main (Mrs. Ho Wah Kain) Prize 
(Gold Medal and Books) awarded to the successful candidate 
standing highest in History in the Honours Examination for the 
Degree of B.A. 

9. The Meyer Prize (Gold Medal and Books) awarded to 
the successful candidate standing highest in Mathematics in 
the Honours Examination for the Degree of B.A. or B.Sc. 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 475 

10. The U Bah Oh Gold Medal awarded to the best 
all-round candidate in the Examination for the B.Sc. Degree in 
Forestry. 

11. The Chinese Merited Association Gold Medal awarded 
to the successful candidate standing highest in Economics in 
the Honours Examination for the Degree of B.A. 

12. The Taiv Koon Gold Medal awarded to the Chinese 
candidate standing highest in the Honours Examination in 
Burmese for the Degree of B.A. or failing such candidate to 
the Chinese candidate standing highest in the Pass Examination 
in Burmese for the Degree of B.A. if his work has been, in 
the opinion of the Vice-Chancellor, of sufficient merit. 

13. The Harriet Chakko Gold Medal awarded to the suc- 
cessful candidate standing highest in Clinical Medicine in the 
Final M.B. & B.S. Examination of the University of Rangoon. 

14. The Dr. Chakko Gold Medal awarded to the successful 
candidate standing highest in Midwifery and Gynaecology in the 
Final M.B. & B.S. Examination of the University of Rangoon. 

15. The Nargis Anklesaria Gold Medal awarded to the 
successful candidate standing highest in Surgery in the Final 
M.B. & B.S. Examination of the University of Rangoon. 

16. The Raja Dr. S. Ramanatha Rcddiar Prize (Gold 
Medal and Books) awarded to the student with the most dis- 
tinguished academic career in Medicine in the University of 
Rangoon. 

17. The Prince of Wales' Prize awarded to the author of 
an original work in Burmese (Prose or Poetry) or of a transla- 
tion or adaptation into Burmese of a work completed during the 
year previous and considered by the Senate of the University 
to show exceptional merit. 

18. The University accepted the generous gift by C. W. 
Dunn, Esq., of shares to the value of Rs. 500 in the Burma Book 
Club to supplement the moneys available for prizes for students. 

Libraries, Museums and Laboratories. 

The University Library contains 20,344 volumes. 

The University College Library contains 36,697 volumes. 

The Judson College Library contains 20,925 volumes. 

Training College for Teachers Library contains 11,000 
volumes. 

Medical College Library contains 1,696 volumes. 

The Intermediate College Library contains 2,740 volumes. 

Museums % in connection with various departments in Con- 
stituent Colleges are in course of formation: 



476 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Chemical, Physical, Biological, Engineering, Geological, 
Psychological, Anatomical and Physiological. 

Provisions for Research, 1937-38. 

Research Scholarship Burmese and Plant Chemistry. 

Budget provides Rs. 8,200 for research projects which have 
been sanctioned by the University Authorities as follows : 

(a) Board of Studies in English . . Rs. 1,000 



(b) Physics 

(c) Board of Oriental Studies 

(d) Board of Studies in Law 

(e) Medicine 

(/) >, Geography & 

Geology 

(g) Chemistry 

(A) Biology 

(i) Contingencies 



200 
500 
600 
500 

750 
1,550 
1,300 
1,800 



Total 8,200 



Publications. 

Professor R. Unwinds "Notes on Forest Protection in 
Burma". 

Professor Pe Maung Tin and G. H. Luce: "Selection 
from the Inscriptions of Pagan". 

Professor D. G. E. Hall: (1) "Early English Intercourse 
with Burma". (2) "Dalhousie-Phayre Correspondence". 

Rev. R. Halliday (Editor) : "Gavampati". 

Prof. Pe Maung Tin (Editor) : "Yazawin Gyaw". 

Prof. L. D. Stamp; "Vegetation of Burma". 

Professor Pe Maung Tin and Mr. G. H. Luce: "Inscrip- 
tions of Burma". 

Mr. J. S. Furnivall: (1) "Studies in the Economic and 
Social Development of the Netherlands East Indies Illr. 
State Pawnshops in Netherlands India." (2) "Studies in the 
Social and Economic Development of the Netherlands East 
Indies III. State and Private Money-Lending." (3) "Studies 
in the Social and Economic Development of the Netherlands 
East Indies 116. An Introduction to the Histoiy of Nether- 
lands India, 1602-1836." (4) Studies in the Social and Econo- 
mic Development of the Netherlands East Indios Illrf. The 
Land Revenue System." 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 477 

Military Training. 

The Burma University Training Corps B.T.F. including 
a Section of Sappers and Miners. Students following Engineer- 
ing courses are members of the " Sapper" Section. Permanent 
Staff of the Battalion : One British Officer, one Acting Regimental 
Sergeant-Ma j or, one Acting Regimental Quarter-Master Ser- 
geant, four Staff Sergeant Instructors. ~ 

Officers of The Burma University Training: Corps 
(B.T.F.) 

Officer Commanding Captain C. C. Scherling. 

Adjutant . . Captain J. P. Fowler-Esson, M.C., 1st 

Bn., The Hampshire Regiment. 

"A" Company. 

Company Commander Captain Lao Htin Si. 
Company Officer . . Lieut. Aung Than. 

"B" Company. 

Company Commander Captain Po Chu, *A.T.M. 
Company Officer . . Lieut. D. Tin Hla. 

"C" Company. 
Company Commander Lieut. J. Kan Gyi. 

''D" Company. 

Company Commander Lieut. Po Tha. 
Company Officer . . 2nd Lieut. Zaw Win. 

Sapper and Miner Section. 
Section Commander Vacant. 



Residence and Cost of Living. 

There are 11 hostels for men and 3 hostels for women 
attached to the Constituent Colleges on the Estate. These will 
accommodate 1,350 men and 300 women respectively. In ad- 
dition there are, on the Estate, two hostels, one for boys and 
one for girls attached to the Practicing Departments of the 
Training College for Teachers. The accommodation is SO each. 

The messing and lodging fees in the Judson College hostels 
are approximately Rs. 200 per annum; in addition, a hostel 
fee of Rs. 10 per year is levied. European diet for women 
students is charged *at Rs. 25 per month. 

In University College hostels the messing and lodging fees 
are approximately Rs. 235 per annum. 



478 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

BUDGET. 

Rs. A. P. 

Government Contribution (out of which 

Rs. 49,000 is on account of Intermediate 

College, Mandalay) .. . . .. 1,05,000 

Fees .. .. .. .. 38,112 8 & 

Income from other sources . . . . 5,61,807 3 5 

Expenditure (including Rs. 49,000 on 

account of Intermediate College, Mandalay) 5,50,233 15 9 

PROVIDENT FUND. 

The University and University College have instituted Pro- 
vident Funds for Officers who are not members of the I.E.S. 
or B.E.S. Pensions and Provident Fund benefits are provided 
for the latter under the Fundamental Rules of the Government 
of India. 

Women's Education. 

No restrictions. 

Students' Information Bureau. 

The appointment of the Registrar of the University as 
Honorary Secretary of the Burma Society as recommended by 
the Lytton Committee has established the machinery whereby 
the functions of a University Bureau are discharged. 

Health. 

All students living in hostels are required, unless exempted 
by medical certificate, to take daily some form of physical exer- 
cise. Qualified Medical Officers look after the health of students 
in hostels. 

Admission, Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 
By Matriculation or equivalent examination. 

DEGREES, DIPU>MAS AND LICENSES OFFERED BY THE 
UNIVERSITY. 

Degrees. B.A. (Pass and Honours). 
M.A. 

B.Sc. (Pass and Honours). 
B.Sc. (Forestry). 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 479 

B.Sc. (Engineering). 

M.Sc. 

B.Eo. 

B.L. 

M.B.B.S. 

Diplomas. Forestry and Engineering. 
Certificates. University Trained Teachers. 
Certificates. Diploma in Engineering. 

ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination in Arts. Courses extend over 
two years after Matriculation; a candidate of more than average 
ability may be permitted to appear for the examination at the 
end of one year. The subjects for study and examination are: 

(1) English (four papers), (2) Burmese or Alternative 
English (one paper), (3), (4) and (5) any three of the follow- 
ing (two papers each) : 

History. Economics. 

Sanskrit. Chemistry. 

Pali. Physics. 

Persian. Biology. 

Latin. Fine Art. 

A Modern European Local Government and Public 

Language. Health. 

Mathematics. Burmese. 

Logic. Geology. 
Geography. 

In Chemistry, Physics, Biology, Geography and Geology 
there is a Practical Examination. 

The Standing Committee of the Senate, by instruction, defines 
the combinations of subjects which may be offered at the 
Intermediate Examination. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass). Courses of study extend over 
two years after the Intermediate Examination. The subjects 
ior study and examination are : 

(a) English Composition (two papers) ; (&), (c) and (d) 
three of the following: 

(1) English Language and Literature (3 papers); (2) 
Burmese Language and Literature (3 papers) ; (3) Pali and 
Elementary Sanskrit (3 papers) ; (4) Persian (3 papers) ; (5) 
La f in (3 papers) ; (6) A Modern European Language (3 papers) ; 
(7) History of the Indian Empire (3 papers); (8) Modern 
History (3 papers) ; (9) Far Eastern History (3 papers) ; (10) 
Economics (3 papers); (11) Philosophy (3 papers); (12) Pure 



480 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Mathematics (3 papers) ; (13) Applied Mathematics (3 papers) ; 
(14) Chemistry (3 papers); (15) Physics (3 papers); (16) 
Zoology (3 papers); (17) Botany (3 papers); (18) Geology 
(3 papers); (19) Geography (3 papers); and (20) Political 
Science (3 papers). 

In addition to the written examination a practical examina- 
tion is required in each of the subjects, Chemistry, Physics, 
Zoology, Botany, Geography and Geology. 

Successful candidates are not ranked in classes; those who 
show special proficiency in a subject are declared to have passed 
with distinction in that subject. 

Bachelor of Arts (Honours). Courses extend over three 
years after the Intermediate Examination : 

(/) Students desiring to proceed to a B.A. Degree with 
Honours take during the First Year after passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination the following course : 

(a) English Composition as prescribed for B.A. Pass can- 
didates ; or translation from a Modern European Language as 
a supplemental subject to their Honours Course. 

(6) Two of the subjects prescribed for the B.A. (Pass) 
Course other than that taken under section (c) below provided 
that students desiring to proceed to an Honours Course in 
English Language and Literature shall take one of the subjects 
prescribed for the B.A. (Pass) Course other than that taken 
under section (c) below and British Empire History from 1485 
A.D. 

The courses in these subjects shall be those for the First 
Year of the B.A. (Pass) Course. 

(c) One of the following subjects as the subject in which 
the candidate desires to proceed to an Honours Degree. The 
course in this subject in the First Year shall include all the 
matter studied in the First Year of the Pass B.A. Course in 
that subject: 

1. English Language and Literature. 

2. Pali. 

3. Burmese Language and Literature and Comparative 

Philology. 

4. A Modern European Language. 

5. History (Modern History, Indian History or Far 

Eastern History). . 

6. Economics. 

7. Philosophy. 

8. Mathematics. 

9. Geography. 

() During the Second Year; students take the subjects 
chosen under sections (a) and (c) above. 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 481 

The examination in the supplemental subject must be taken 
at the end of the Second Year of the course provided that, with 
special permission, the examination in the supplemental subject 
chosen may be taken at the end of the First Year. 

(Hi) During the Third Year, students take the subject 
chosen under section (c) above, and the supplemental subject 
if the examination in that subject has not already been passed. 

M.A. Degree Course. The course for the Degree of M.A. 
shall be in continuation of the Honours Course for the Degree 
of B.A. and shall be of not less than one year's duration. The 
minimum standard for admission to the course shall be Second 
Class B.A. Honours standard. 

The course and the examination to be taken on the com- 
pletion of the course shall be in one of the following subjects: 

(1) English Language and Literature. 

(2) Pali, Sanskrit and Indo-European Philology. 

(3) Oriental Philosophy. 

(4) History. 

(5) Economics. 

(6) Philosophy. 

(7) (a) Pure Mathematics or (6) Applied Mathematics,. 

or (c) Pure and Applied Mathematics. 

(8) Geography. 

(9) Burmese Language and Literature and Comparative 

Philology. 

A Pass B.A. graduate or a Third Class Honours graduate 
desiring to proceed to the M.A. Degree Course must first pass, 
at the end of a course ordinarily of two years' duration, a Uni- 
versity Qualifying Examination, which shall consist of the B.A. 
Honours Degree Examination papers in the subject in which he 
desires to proceed to the M.A. Degree. 

Note. If, but only if, in doing so, he has fulfilled all the relevant 
University requirements for the B.A. Honours Degree, he shall be awarded 
the B.A. Honours Degree. 

But on the special recommendation of the Professor of the 
subject concerned and with the approval of the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Senate the Qualifying Examination may be taken 
at the end of a course of only one year's duration and a graduate 
of another University who has already taken an equivalent course 
may be allowed to take the Qualifying Examination without 
attending the qualifying course. 

No candidate shall be allowed to undergo more than once 
the complete Qualifying Examination. 

Successful candidates in the Qualifying Examination shall 
not be ranked in classes except as provided for in the note above. 



482 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. See information above. 

Bachelor of Science (Pass). Courses of study extend over 
two years after the Intermediate Examination. The subjects for 
study and examination are: (a) English Composition (2 papers) 
.and (b, c, d) three of the following: (1) Pure Mathematics 
(3 papers) ; (2) Applied Mathematics (3 papers) ; (3) Chemistry 
(3 papers) ; (4) Physics (3 papers) ; (5) Zoology; (6) Botany; 
(7) Physiology; (8) Human Anatomy; (9) Geology (4 papers) ; 
(10) Geography (3 papers). (Except in Mathematics there is 
a practical examination in each subject.) 

Bachelor of Science (Honours). Courses extend over three 
years after the Intermediate Examination: 

(i) Students desiring to proceed to a B.Sc. Degree with 
Honours take, during the First Year after passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination, the following course: 

(a) English Composition as prescribed for the B.A. Pass 
candidates or translation from a Modern European Language 
as a supplemental subject to their Honours Course: 

(b) Two of the subjects prescribed for the B.Sc. (Pass) 
Course other than the subject taken under section (c) below. 

The Courses in these subjects are those for the First Year 
of this B.Sc. Pass Course. 

(c) One of the following subjects as the subject in which 
the candidate desires to proceed to an Honours Degree. The 
-course in this subject in the First Year includes all the matter 
studied in the First Year of the Pass B.Sc. Course: 

1. Mathematics. 

2. Chemistry. 

3. Physics. 

4. Zoology. 

5. Botany. 

6. Geology. 

(ii) During the Second Year, students take the subjects 
-chosen under sections (a) and (c) and except when Mathematics 
lias been chosen under section (c) one of the subjects chosen 
under section (b) as a subsidiary subject. The examinations 
in the supplemental and subsidiary subjects must be taken at 
the end of the Second Year of the course provided that, with 
-special permission, the examinations in the supplemental and 
subsidiary subjects may be taken at the end of the First Year. 

(Hi) During the Third Year, students shall take the subjects 
chosen under section (c) above and in addition the supplemental 
and subsidiary subjects, if the examinations in these subjects 
liave not already been passed. 



UNIVERSITY 01? RANGOON 485 

MSc. Degree Course. The course for the Degree of M.Sc. 
shall be in continuation of the Honours course for the Degree 
of B.Sc. and shall be of not less than one year's duration. The 
minimum standard for admission to the course shall be Second 
Class B.Sc. Honours standard. The course and examination to- 
be taken on the completion of the course shall be in one of the 
following subjects: 

(1) (a) Pure Mathematics, or (b) Applied Mathe- 

matics or (c) Pure and Applied Mathematics. 

(2) Chemistry. 

(3) Physics. 

!4) Zoology. 
5) Botany. 
6) Geology. 

A Pass B.Sc. graduate or a Third Class Honours graduate 
desiring to proceed to the M.Sc. Degree Course must first pass r 
at the end of a course ordinarily of two years' duration, a 
University Qualifying Examination, which shall consist of the 
B.Sc. Honours Degree Examination Papers in the subject in 
which he desires to proceed to the M.Sc. Degree. 

Note. If, but only if, in doing so, he has fulfilled all the relevant 
University requirements for the B.Sc. Honours Degree, he shall be- 
awarded the B.Sc. Degree. 

But on the special recommendation of the Professor of the 
subject concerned and with the approval of the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Senate the Qualifying Examination may be taken 
at the end of a course of only one year's duration and a graduate 
of another University who has already taken an equivalent course 
may be allowed to take the Qualifying Examination without 
attending the Qualifying Course. 

No candidate shall be allowed to undergo more than once 
the complete Qualifying Examination. 

Successful candidates in the Qualifying Examination shall 
not be ranked in classes except as provided for in the note above _ 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 

LAW. 

First Examination in Law. The course of study extends 
over one year after graduation for whole-time students, \ l /z 
years for part-time students. The subjects for study and exami- 
nation are: 

1. History of Law, Legislation and Courts (English and 
Indian) including Maxims of Law and Equity, elementary 
Roman Law, Jurisprudence and International Law. 

2. Criminal Law (Public Protection, General Law o 
Crime and Procedure at Trials), Evidence. 



484 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

3. Personal Laws, especially Burmese Buddhist including 
the Law relating to Minors, Guardians, Marriage, Family Pro- 
perty, Inheritance and Wills (but omitting, until later, the Law 
relating to the construction of Wills). 

4. Contract, Tort, Movable Property (including incorpo- 
real rights, Money Securities and Negotiable Instruments). 

Degree of Bachelor of Law. The course of study extends 
over one year for whole-time students and \ l / 2 years for part- 
time students of further study after the First Examination in 
Law. The subjects for study and examination are: 

1. Constitution Law (the Government of India Act, and 
outlines of the Law of Public Bodies, Revenue, Administration, 
Communications and Carriers). 

2. Property Law (Trusts, Landed Property, Deeds, Trans- 
fer of Land Sale, Exchange, Gift, Mortgage, Lease or Licence). 

3. Joint Ownership, Partners, Societies, Companies. 

4. Insolvency, Legal Representatives and Administration 
of Estate. 

5. Arbitration, Legal Practitioners, Civil Procedure (with 
Limitation and Court Fee). 

MEDICINE. 

Degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery. A candidate 
after passing the Intermediate Examination must undergo a 
period of training extending over Six years. There are four 
examinations, the first at the end of the first year, the second 
at the end of the third year, the third at the end of the fourth 
year and the final examination at the end of the sixth year. 

The subjects for study and examination for the first year 
are: (1) Inorganic Chemistry, (2) Physics, (3) Botany, and 
(4) Zoology (two papers in each subject and also a practical 
-examination). 

The subjects for study and scheme of examination for the 
second examination are as follows: (1) Anatomy, (2) Physio- 
logy including Histology and Chemical Physiology, (3) Che- 
mistry (Physical and Organic). 

The courses leading to the Third M.B.B.S. are: (1) Materia 
Medica and Pharmacology according to the standards required 
T>y the General Medical Council of Great Britain, (2) Bacterio- 
logy and Medical Zoology. 

The courses leading to Part I of the Final M.B.B.S. Exami- 
nation are: (1) General and Special Pathology including 
Morbid Anatomy and Morbid Histology, (2) Forensic Medicine 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 485 

(including Medico-Legal Post-mortem Examinations), (3) Hy- 
giene and Public Health (including Practical Hygiene and 
Vaccination). 

The courses leading to Part II of the Final M.B.B.S. 
Examination are: (1) Systematic Medicine, (2) Systematic 
Surgery, (3) Systematic Obstetrics and Gynaecology, (4) Applied 
Anatomy and Physiology, (5) Out-patient Clerkship, (6) In- 
patient Ward Clerkship, (7) Special Departments Eye, Ear, 
Nose and Throat, Venereal and Skin, (8) General Hospital work 
including Anaesthetics, Radiology, Post-mortem work. (9) Spe- 
cial Medical Lectures in Tropical Diseases, Diseases of Children, 
Tuberculosis, ( 10) Special Surgical Lectures in Venereal Dis- 
eases, Orthopaedics, Children's Diseases, (11) Special Thera- 
peutics Lectures in : Dietetics, Mechanical, Electrical Vaccines, 
and Sera, Lectures on Throat, Nose and Ear and Ophthalmo- 
logy, (12) Maternity Hospital: The Instruction to fulfil the 
Regulations of the General Medical Council and to include lec- 
tures in : Child Welfare, Pre-natal Care, Causes of excessive 
infantile mortality, (13) Hospital work: to include instructions 
in : Operative Surgery, Mental Diseases with attendance at 
Asylum, Fevers with attendance at the Contagious Diseases 
Hospital, Dental Surgery. 

ENGINEERING. 

Degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering. A candidate 
is required to study for a period of four years after passing the 
Intermediate Examination of this University in Mathematics, 
Physics and Chemistry. 

First Examination- in Engineering. The course extends 
over one year. The following courses of study lead to the exa- 
mination : (1) Chemistry, (2) Physics, (3) Geometrical Draw- 
ing, and (4) Building Construction. 

Second Examination in Engineering. The course extends 
over one year and is open to candidates who have passed the 
First Examination in Engineering. The following courses of 
study lead to the examination: Pure Mathematics (two papers), 
(2) Mechanics (2 papers), (3) Mechanism (one paper), (4) 
Machine Drawing (one paper), (5) Heat Engines and Electro- 
Technology (one paper). 

Final Examination in Engineering. The course extends 
over two years and is open to candidates who have passed the 
Second Examination in Engineering. The following courses of 
study lead to the examination: (1) Strength, Elasticity and 
Testing of Materials (two papers), (2) Geology (including the 
identification of the common rock-forming minerals and rocks 
in Burma) (one written paper and one practical paper), (3) 
17 



486 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Drawing Structural Design (1 paper), (4) Theory of Struc- 
tures (2 papers), (5) Hydraulics (1 paper), (6) Surveying 
and Geodesy (2 papers). 

There is a viva voce Examination. 

A candidate is required to show a knowledge of the practical' 
application of engineering principles, materials and processes to* 
engineering work. 

Diploma in Engineering. Candidates for the Diploma in- 
Engineering shall be required to have satisfied the regulations- 
for Matriculation in the University. They shall attend approved 
courses of study during not less than four sessions provided that 
candidates who (1) have passed the Intermediate Examination- 
of the University and in that examination have taken the sub- 
jects of Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry; (2) have not 
passed the Intermediate Examination of the University but 
have attained pass marks in that examination in the subjects 
Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry and are declared by the 
Standing Committee to have passed the First Examination for 
the Diploma in Engineering; (3) have passed, in a manner 
approved by the Standing Committee of the Senate, the exami- 
nation of a Technical Institute approved by the Standing Com- 
mittee for the purpose, may be exempted by the Standing Com- 
mittee from attendance for the first two years of the course. 

First Examination in Diploma in Engineering. The course 
extends over two sessions and the subjects for the examination 
are: (1) Mathematics (2 papers), (2) Physics (2 papers ancf 
a practical examination), (3) Chemistry (2 papers and a prac- 
tical examination), (4) English Composition. 

Second Examination in Diploma in Engineering. The 
Second Examination shall be held in March at the end of the first 
session of study subsequent to passing or exemption from the 
First Examination. The subjects for the examination are: 
(1) Pure Mathematics (1 paper), (2) Mechanics (1 paper),. 
(3) Strength of Materials and Mechanisms (1 paper), (4) Heat 
Engines (1 paper), (5) Electro-technology (1 paper), (6) 
Design and Drawing (Marks awarded on the work of the 
session). 

Final Examination in Diploma in Engineering. The Final 
Examination shall be held in March at the end of the first 
session after passing the Second Examination. The subjects- 
for examination are: (1) Strength of Materials and Theory 
of Machines (1 paper), (2) Hydraulics and Hydraulic Engines* 
(1 paper), (3) Electro-technology (2 papers), (4) Heat 
Engines (2 papers), (5) Machine Design (1 paper). 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 487 

FORESTRY. 

Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry. The course of 
study extends over 3 years after passing the Intermediate Exami- 
nation except in special cases in which the course may be reduced 
to 2 years. The subjects for study and examination are: 
(1) Silviculture, (2) Forest Utilization, (3) Working Plans 
and Forest Management, (4) Drawing, Surveying and Esti- 
mating, (5) Forest Engineering, (6) Botany, (7) Geology, 
(8) Forest Law, (9) English, (10) Mathematics (10 papers, 
one paper in each subject). 

There is an oral examination and marks are awarded for 
practical work in the Forests. 

Diploma in Forestry. The course extends over 2 years 
and is the same as the Degree Course with the omission of 
English and Mathematics and in the case of probationers for 
Government Service of Forest Law. 

TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Education. The courses of study extend over 
two years, after graduation, at the end of which there is an 
-examination in the following subjects: (1) Psychology of 
Education (1 paper), (2) History of Education (1 paper), 
(3) Theory and Practice of Education (1 paper), (4) School 
Hygiene (1 paper), (5) Principles and Practice of First Aid 
(oral and practical examination only), (6) The Teaching of 
English (1 paper), (7) The Teaching of any one of the follow- 
ing subjects (Candidates must have passed the B.A. or B.Sc. 
Examination in the subject which they select) : 

(a) Geography. 

(b) History. 

(r) Burmese or a Language other than English. 

(d) Mathematics. 

(e) Physics and Chemistry. 
(/) General Science. 

(g) Botany and Zoology. 

(h) English (advanced course). 

Only students who have taken First or Second Class 
Honours in English can be admitted to course "/a". 

(8) Drawing and Blackboard work (one paper). 

Candidates must pass a practical test in teaching. Candi- 
dates who are certified by the Principal of the Training College 
:as eligible to appear for the practical test may do so towards 
the end of their course of training. Candidates not included in 
the above class can only appear for the practical test after 
completing their course of training and after they have taught 



488 HANDBOOK 0* INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

for one year in a Government school or in a school recognized 
by Government. 

University Trained Teachers' Certificate. The course of 
study for the certificate extends over two years. Admission to 
the course is limited to Matriculates of the University. The 
courses and written examination for the certificate consist of the 
following subjects and papers: (1) Principles of Education 
(1 paper), (2) School Hygiene (1 paper), (3) Principles and 
Practice of First Aid (oral and practical examination only), 
(4) The Teaching of English (1 paper), (5) The Teaching of 
Burmese* (1 paper), (6) The Teaching of Geography (1 paper),. 
(7) The Teaching of History (1 paper), (8) The Teaching 
of Mathematics (1 paper), (9) The Teaching of Drawing and 
Blackboard work (1 paper). 

The Principal of the Training College must certify that each 
candidate who has passed the written examination has satisfac- 
torily completed a practical course in teaching. Candidates who 
fail to secure this certificate are required to appear for a practical 
test after they have taught for one year in a Government school 
or in a school recognized by Government. 

Examination Fees. 

Rs, 

Special Examination for Matriculation . . . . 20 

Special Test in English under provisos (b) and (c) of 

Regulation 3 of Chapter IV .. .. ..5 

Intermediate . . . . . . . . 30 

B.A. or B.Sc. (Pass) . . . . . . . . 30 

B.A. or B.Sc. (Honours) . . . . . . . . 40 

English Composition only Rs. 10 } 

Subsidiary Subject only Rs. 10 > . . . . 40 

Main Subject only Rs. 20 J 

M.A. or M.Sc. .. .. .. .. ..40 

B.Sc. Engineering Examination 

First Examination . . . . . . 30 

Second Examination . . . . . . . . 40 

Final Examination . . . . . . . . 50 

Diploma in Engineering Examination 

First Examination . . . . . . 30 

Second Examination . . . . . . 40 

Final Examination . . . . . . 40' 

B.ED. Examination . . . . . . . . 50 

U.T.T.C. Examination .. .. .. ..40 



*The Teaching of Burmese will be included in the subjects of 
instruction as soon as suitable staff is available and can then be taken 
as an alternative to one of the subjects (6), (7) or (8). 



UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 489 

Rs. 

Law Examinations 

First Examination . . . . . , . . SO 

Final Examination . . . . . . 50 

Medical Examinations 

First M.B. & B.S. 40 

Second M.B. & B.S 50 

Third M.B. & B.S. .. .. .. ..50 

Final M.B. & B.S. .. .. .. ..60 

Qualifying Examination for the M.A. or M.Sc. Degree 
Course 20 



APPENDIX. 

I. 
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona. 

1. History. The idea of establishing an Oriental Institute 
offering facilities to research workers and at the same time 
commemorating the work and the name of the late Sir R. G. 
Bhandarkar originated towards the middle of 1915. The 
scheme was received enthusiastically; and with public support, 
Government sympathy, and chiefly the noble aid rendered by 
the Tatas and the Jain community, the scheme soon material- 
ized, and the Institute was formally inaugurated by H. E. Lord 
Willingdon on the 6th of July 1917, the eightieth birthday of 
Sir Ramakrishna, when a volume of commemorative essays written 
for the occasion by several Indian and European scholars was 
also presented to him. The Institute began its literary work in 
October 1918, when the Government of Bombay were pleased 
to transfer to the Institute the MSS. Library formerly at the 
Deccan College (together with the annual maintenance grant 
of Rs. 3,000), as also to hand over to the Institute the manage- 
ment of the Bombay Sanskrit and Prakrit Series, together with 
a, yearly grant of Rs. 12,000 set aside for that purpose. The 
Main Hall of the Building, named "The J. N. Tata Research 
Hall", was occupied in 1918, and the two Side Halls, named 
"The Khetsi Khiasi MSS. Hall" and the "Ratan Tata Iranian 
and Semitic Hall", were occupied in 1922. The total expense on 
the whole building has been Rs. 1,25,000. 

2. Work: (i) The Mahabharata Department is engaged 
in bringing out a Critical Edition of the Great Epic of India. The 
edition has been universally acknowledged as a monumental work 
of scholarship. Two volumes of the edition are already out. 
Parts of the edition are not sold singly. For forms of subscrip- 
tion (which can be paid in lump or by instalments) apply to the 
Secretary, Mahabharata Editorial Board. General Editor : 
Dr. V. S. Sukthankar. 

(U) The * Manuscripts Department contains some 20,000 
Sanskrit and Prakrit MSS., which are lent to all bo na- fide 
scholars under certain conditions. The MSS. were collected for 
Government by Buhler, Kielhorn, Bhandarkar, Peterson, Katha- 
wate, Pathak, and others, since 1868, and they form one of the 
largest and most valuable collections of Hindu and Jain MSS., 
a collection which is being properly catalogued and looked after by 
the Institute. 



APPENDIX I 491 

(Hi) The Iranian and Semitic Department was created in 
1920 for the collection and preservation of Avesta, Pehlavi, Per- 
sian, and Arabic MSS. A number of old and rare MSS. have- 
been already collected, and a library of printed books pertaining: 
to these subjects is also being built up. One of the immediate 
programmes of the Department is to arrange for the study of 
Avestan Literature in conjunction with Vedic Literature. 

(iv) The Publication Department, besides conducting the 
work of the Bombay Sanskrit and Prakrit Series, has started a 
new series called the Government Oriental Series, which includes 
texts as well as independent original works. Amongst the im- 
portant publications may be mentioned the Collected Works of 
Sir R. G. Bhandarkar; a complete Word-Index to the Vyakarana- 
mahab